u

HARVARD UNIVERSITY

v

fit

LIBRARY

OF THE

Museum of Comparative Zoology

g.^-y

BULLETIN of

The University of Kansas

SCIENCE BULLETIN

(Continuation of Kansas University Quarterly)

Vol. XXII

LAWRENCE, KANSAS
Published Semimonthly

Vol. 36 APRIL 15, 1935 No. 8

Entered as second-class matter December 29, 1910, at the post office at

Lawrence, Kansas, under act of July 16, 1894

15-7186

NOTICE TO EXCHANGES

The attention of learned societies and other institutions which
exchange scientific publications with the University of Kansas is
called to the list of publications of this University on the third and
fourth pages of the cover of this issue.

Those marked "Supply exhausted" cannot be furnished at all; asi
far as the supply permits the remaining numbers will be furnished
gladly to any of our exchanges who may need them to complete their
files.

Back numbers of the Kansas University Quarterly, as far as pos-
sible, will be sent to those of our newer correspondents who are able
and willing to reciprocate. Separates are available to specialists.

ANNOUNCEMENT

The Kansas University Science Bulletin (continuation of the
Kansas University Quarterly) is issued in parts at irregular inter-
vals. Each volume contains from 300 to 400 pages of reading mat-
ter, with necessary illustrations. Exchanges with other institutions
and learned societies everywhere are solicited. All exchanges should
be addressed to the Library of the University of Kansas.

The Kansas University Science Bulletin,
Library of the University of Kansas,

Lawrence, Kan.

EDITORIAL BOARD

H. B. Hungerford, Chairman. C. M. Baker.

E. H. Taylor, Secretary. 0. O. Stoland.

J. D. Stranathan. R. C Moore.
A. W. Davidson.

(00

I

THE

KANSAS UNIVEKSITY

Science Bulletin

DEVOTED TO

THE PUBLICATION OF THE RESULTS OF

RESEARCH BY MEMBERS OF THE

UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

Vol. XXII

(Wide Series, Vol. 32)

PUBLISHED BY THE UNIVERSITY
LAWRENCE, KANSAS

1935

I II

PRINTED BY KANSAS STATE PRINTING PLANT

W. C. AUSTIN. State Printer

TOPEKA 1935

l.r>-718r>

s

L

CONTENTS OF VOLUME XXII

No. e u i e

1. The Flower and Seed of Mollugo verticillata. Sister M.

Anthony Payne 5

2. Comparative Anatomical Research Within the Genus

Lonicera. Marshall M. Mayberry 27

3. A Simple Micromanipulator. A. J. Mix and W. H. Horr. . 55

4. The Prenatal Growth of the Cat: VI. Changes in the

Relative Proportions. Homer B. Latimer 61

5. A Vertebrate Fauna from the Type Locality of the

Ogallala Formation. Curtis J. Hesse 79

6. Miscellaneous Notes on Mexican Lizards. Hobart M.

Smith 119

7. Descriptions of New Species of Lizards from Mexico of

the Genus Uta, with Notes on Other Mexican Species.
Hobart M. Smith 157

8. Notes on Some Mexican Lizards of the Genus Holbrookia,

with the Description of a New Species. Hobart M.
Smith 185

9. Coleonyx fasciatus, a Neglected Species of Gecko. Edward

H. Taylor 203

10. Arkansas Amphibians and Reptiles in the Kansas Univer-

sity Museum. Edward H. Taylor 207

11. A New Species of the Genus Eumeces from New Mexico.

Edward H. Taylor 219

12. Observations on the November Birds of Western Kansas.

W. S. Long 225

13. The Pangoniinae of Nearctic America (Tabanidae,

Diptera) . James Marks Brennan 249

14. The Genus Tenagobia Bergroth (Corixidae, Hemiptera).

Howard 0. Deay 403

15. Life History of Lethocerus americanus Leidy (Belostomati-

dae, Hemiptera). Kenneth Rankin 479

16. The Genus Abedus (Belostomatidae, Hemiptera). Jose

Hidalgo 493

17. The Insect Tarsus. Philip Levereault 521

18. A Monograph of the Genera Alapus and Hebecephalus

(Cicadellidae, Homoptera). R. H. Beamer and Leonard
Tuthill 527

(3)

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 1.

The Flower and Seed of Mollugo verticillata*

SISTER M. ANTHONY PAYNE, O. S. B.

CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction and Technic 5

Ovule and Megaspore 7

Embryo Sac 8

Stamen 9

The Seed and Seedling 11

Endosperm 13

Anatomy of Sepal, Gynoecium, etc 14

Summary 15

Bibliography 16

Literature cited 16

Abstract: The morphology and microscopic anatomy of the leaf, stem and
root of Mollugo verticillata have been discussed in a previous issue of the
Science Bulletin. The present paper traces the development of the seed from
its primordium to the resting stage.

The technic employed in preparing the flowers for microscopic study greatly
facilitated the work, for clusters of flowers, embedded en masse, contained ovules
and seeds in all stages of development. The Botany Department of the Uni-
versity has excellent photographic apparatus, hence the different stages of
development could be photographed and the paper is illustrated by thirty
photomicrographs.

The primordium of the ovule, a protuberance of slightly differentiated tissue,
continues to differentiate until the megaspore cell that is destined to survive,
as well as the epidermal layer and rows of nucelli, have formed. The two
outer rows of cells eventually give rise to the outer integument and from the
next two rows the inner integument differentiates. The megaspore grows into
a large egg-shaped cell which lies in the distal third of the ovule. It has
granular cytoplasm and a large nucleus.

The early development of the embryo sac is regular. After the differen-
tiation of the egg, the embryo sac enlarges rapidly, following in its growth the
curve of the developing kidney-shaped ovule. The egg cell when ready for

Contribution from the Department of Botany, University of Kansas.

(5)

6 The University Science Bulletin

fertilization lies at the mouth of a well-developed pathway which extends from
the micropyle down through the nucellus tissue. After fertilization, a small,
perfectly spherical embryo develops. Then the primordia of the cotyledons
appear at the apical end.

The syncarpous superior gynoecium is composed of a three-loculed ovary
plus the short style with its tripartite stigma. There are ten or more seeds in
each locule, but only about three fifths of the seed is filled with endosperm.
The seed is neither the "albuminous" nor the "ex-albuminous type," but inter-
mediate.

The development of the testa is traced and the gradual utilization of stored
nutrient material demonstrated by means of photomicrographs.

THE morphology and anatomy of the stem, leaf and root of
Moling o verticillata have been described previously (Kansas
Bulletin, Vol. XXXIV). The present paper treats of the anatomy
of the flower of the same plant. "Carpet weeds" were collected in
dry, sandy spots near Lawrence during the latter part of August
by Prof. W. C. Stevens, who fixed them in formalin-alcohol and
later preserved them in 30 percent alcohol. The author takes this
opportunity to express her deep gratitude to Professor Stevens for
his kind help and invaluable direction during the progress of this
study, also for the material and use of laboratory facilities in the
Botany Department at the University of Kansas.

The flowers which occur in umbel-like clusters were removed
individually or in clusters and run through the butyl-alcohol series
into paraffin (Zirkle, '30). Flowers of one cluster vary greatly in
age. Hence clusters of very young flowers were dehydrated and
embedded at one time. Serial sections of these gave all stages of
early growth at various angles and proved very satisfactory for the
study of gametogenesis. Older flowers were embedded separately
and cut either in longitudinal or cross sections.

Several methods of staining were employed, some combinations
proving better for the microscopic study, others giving better light
penetration for photomicrographs. Iron hematoxylin, followed by
light green, gave very good results for both microscopic and photo-
graphic analyses. Fulgen's stain brought out several structures
that were poorly contrasted by other stains. Fulgen's is particularly
good for the study of the development and suberization of the
endothelium in the anthers.

The usual microchemical tests for fats, starch, protein, lignifi-
cation and suberization, etc., were employed in the analyses of cell
contents and cell walls. (Stevens, '24.)

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata 7

OVULE AND MEGASPORE

The primordium of the ovule is a protuberance of slightly dif-
ferentiated tissue. By continued periclinal divisions, together with
an occasional anticlinal one, the epidermal layer, rows of nucelli
and the archesporial cell arise. It is difficult to pick out the arche-
sporial cell at its inception, but as growth proceeds one of the apical
cells at the micropylar end just under the epidermal wall divides
and gives rise to two megaspore mother cells (PI. I, fig. 1). After
the second division the innermost megaspore cell is somewhat larger
and can be readily recognized as the megaspore that is destined to
survive. It continues to enlarge at the expense of the three degen-
erating basal megaspore cells and soon measures as much as 0.11
mm. in diameter. The surviving megaspore is rounded and has been
pushed down into the basal part of the upper third of the ovule,
which is bent on the elongating funiculus at an angle of about 50°.
The aborting basal megaspore cells form a dark concave cap above
the large terminal megaspore. The protoplasm of the megaspore
is more alveolar than that in the cells of the adjacent nucellus, but
its nucleus is not much larger than the nuclei in other cells.

The ovule, with the exception of the megaspore cells, consists of
small square to rectangular cells. All have large nuclei and deeply
staining protoplasts. When the megaspores are first formed and the
basal megaspores start to degenerate, a section of an ovule con-
>i>ts of 16 or 18 rows of cells. The outer two rows form the outer
integument. In length they are five or six cells shorter than the
second integument, which is also formed of two rows of cells. The
tips of the inner integument project beyond the body of the ovule,
which is formed of definite rows of nucellus cells (PL I, fig. 2). As
growth continues the megaspore comes to occupy a locus nearer the
micropyle, due to the fact that it appropriates all the space formerly
occupied by the basal megaspore cells as well as its own original
space. It measures as much as 0.17 mm. by 0.11 and lies just under
the two rows of nucellus cells at the tip of the ovule. It is a large,
egg-shaped cell, with granular cytoplasm and a nucleus several times
larger than the nuclei of neighboring cells.

A delicate reticulum ramifies throughout the body of the nucleus.
There are large clumps of chromatin just under the nuclear mem-
brane and a large heavy-staining chromatin-nucleolus is centrally
placed (PI. I, fig. 3).

8 The University Science Bulletin

THE EMBRYO SAC

The nucleus of the egg-shaped megaspore divides and at first the
two nuclei lie close together. A few small vacuoles appear in the
cytoplasm. Later these coalesce into a single large vacuole be-
tween the two nuclei. As this vacuole enlarges the two nuclei move
further and further apart. Eventually they are but slightly re-
moved from the polar ends of the cell. Each nucleus divides again,
giving rise to the 4-nucleated embryo sac which is but slightly larger
than the 2-nucleated embryo sac (PI. I, fig. 5). It retains its shape
and measures only 0.18 by 0.13 mm. Up to this stage of develop-
ment there is no pronounced cytoplasmic change. The nucleus at
the micropylar end of the embryo sac often divides before the
nucleus at the antipodal end, giving rise to a 3-celled gametophyte.

The nuclei of the cells of the nucellus that are adjacent to the
growing gametophyte develop a great affinity for basic stains. This
change in staining reaction seems to be the first of a series of
changes which results in the gradual disintegration of the nucellus
material that borders the growing embryo sac.

The early development of the female gametophyte is typical and
easily followed, for during the first stages of growth the entire
embryo sac is relatively straight and lies in one plane. After the
migration of the polar nuceli and the differentiation of the egg the
embryo sac enlarges rapidly, elongates, and at the same time curves,
following in its growth the outer margin of the kidney-shaped ovule.
The method of growth of the embryo sac makes it difficult to
secure an entire section through it, for sections of ovules usually
contain only the basal, the apical or the middle portion of the
greatly elongated sac (PI. I, fig. 6).

The polar nuclei are small, and fusion occurs in the mid-region
of the sac. The first division of the primary endospern nucleus
has not been observed, but judging from a study of sections that
precede and follow the mid-portion of the section shown in Plate II,
figure 11, it is probable that the nucleus centrally located in the
constricted region of the embryo sac is the primary endosperm
nucleus.

The egg cell when ready for fertilization lies at the mouth of a
well-developed pathway which extends from the micropyle down
through the nucellus tissue. After the fusion of the male and female
gametes the ovum remains attached at the basal end of the embryo
sac (PI. II, fig. 9). It is a large, rounded cell and soon divides by a
transverse wall into two cells. This first division of the zygote

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata 9

marks the polarity of the embryo. A large vacuole appears in the
basal cell which gives rise to the suspensor (PI. II, fig. 10). The
free apical cell, by successive divisions, gives rise to the embryo.
From the quadrant stage it develops into a perfectly spherical
embryo of 70 or 80 cells (PI. II, fig. 12). After the large spherical
form is attained the primordia of the cotyledons appear at the
apical end of the embryo. The endosperm is clearly of the "nu-
clear" type, where cell division is distinctly later than nuclear divi-
sion, and at this stage of development the endosperm consists of
many nuclei in a peripheral layer of cytoplasm.

The nucellus cells at the micropylar end of the seed are smaller
than those at the opposite end. The cytoplasm is dense and
granular and only a very small vacuole is present. The walls of
the outer row of nucellus cells become thickened and form a definite
limiting layer, which is more highly specialized in that region of the
seed which contains the young embryo. In early stages of develop-
ment these cells contain living protoplasts, but in later stages the
walls are cutinized and the cells appear lifeless.

STAMEN

The flower has three prominent stamens which mature long be-
fore the ovules are ready for fertilization. Each anther contains four
elongated pollen sacs with a common vascular bundle entering the
connective (PI. Ill, fig. 16). Reduction-division occurs in the spore
mother cell in the usual manner, each mother cell giving rise to a
tetrad of spores (PI. Ill, fig. 15). At the time that the heterotypic
division occurs in the microspore mother cells the megaspore has
just commenced to germinate.

The growing point, which later gives rise to the stamen, differ-
entiates rapidly into the filament and anther tissue. At an early
stage the sporogenous cells lie just under the epidermal layer at the
distal end of the developing stamen. The walls of the single layer
of isodimetric epidermal cells which surround the anther and con-
tinue on down the growing filament, are already somewhat thickened
at this early stage of development. A firm protoplast fills the cell
cavity and the nucleus is large and clearly defined (PI. Ill, fig. 13).

There is some variation in the size and shape of the cells that
form the mass of sporogenous tissue, but the differentiation at this
stage of development is not sufficiently pronounced to distinguish
between microspore mother cells and future tapetal cells. Although
the origin of the tapetal cells has not been definitely determined, a

10 The University Science Bulletin

study of cross sections of stamens in later stages of development
suggests that each outer sporogenous cell, by periclinial division,
gives rise to two daughter cells, the outer of which becomes a
tapetal cell while the other daughter cell is sporogenous. A careful
measurement of such daughter cells shows that the outer cell is
tangentially elongated and that it contains much less cytoplasm
than its sporogenous inner sister cell. The origin of the tapetum
from the outer sporogenous cells, while not the rule, has been re-
ported for many species: in Ranunculus by Coulter, '98; in Myo-
surus by Swingle, '08; in Magnolia and Liviodendron by Maneval;
in Impatiens by Carroll, '19; etc.

The size difference becomes greatly accentuated in microspores
and tapetal cells of older stamens. Here a longitudinal section
shows one or two rows of very large, nearly quadrangular microspore
mother cells, each row consisting of six or seven cells (PI. Ill, fig.
14) . The microspore mother cells are nearly two times wider than
long, measuring approximately 0.07 mm. in width.

Adjacent to the microspore mother cells are two uneven rows of
tapetal cells. The inner row of tapetal cells is composed of rel-
atively large perfect cells, containing well-defined nuclei and evenly
thickened walls. These cells average about 0.03 mm. in diameter.
The outer row of tapetal cells is cramped and distorted. They
lose their nuclei very early, and in older stamens have disappeared
altogether, while the inner row of tapetal cells stains heavily and
forms a definite wall. In sporangia containing tetrads of spores
these cells do not enlarge greatly, and unlike the condition found
in many other forms, in which the tapetum, at this stage of de-
velopment is bi- or multi-nucleated, the majority of these cells are
uninucleated. (Smith, '98; Stenar, '25, etc.) The cytoplasm is
granular, the nucleus sharp and the walls definitely thickened.
After reduction-division the tapetum degenerates, and in perfectly
mature sporangia, only the walls of the tapetal cells remain at the
periphery of the loculi. Many of these are broken or in the process
of disintegration (PI. Ill, fig. 16).

In young anthers the cells of the outer or epidermal layer have
slightly thickened walls and well-developed protoplasts with large
nuclei. In older anthers the protoplasts of the epidermal cells
remote from the central connective degenerate, the walls thicken,
and the entire cell becomes elongated (PI. Ill, fig. 16), while the
epidermis adjacent to the connective remains thin-walled, and its
cells are large.

Payne: Molltjgo Verticillata 11

Just under the epidermis there is another layer of small, tangen-
tially elongated cells which at first closely resembles the adjacent
tapetum, but which later develops into a wall layer of the spo-
rangium. The cells of this layer increase in size and radial thicken-
ings form in the walls. The protoplast gradually disappears and,
in the mature anthers, these cells, characteristically striped, form
the greater part of the endothecium (PI. Ill, fig. 18). The suberized
thickenings or lines in the walls of the cells, running from the base
of the cell out to the periphery, become evident only after special
staining (Fulgen's). The mature endothecium remains bordered by
the epidermal cells.

The four sporangia of the mature anther are crowded with spher-
ical disc-shaped pollen grains. The exine, heavily cutinized, is
covered with short rugae and contains four germ pores. In de-
generating pollen grains the thinner intine has pulled away from the
heavier outer membrane and the contents of the cell are lunar-
shaped. The protoplasm is finely granular, stains heavily, and may
contain three or four smaller vacuoles. The nucleus contains a
large, round chromatin-nucleolus. Eventually the definite rounded
nucleus divides into the generative nucleus and the tube nucleus.
At first they are similar in size and shape, but soon the generative
nucleus becomes appressed to the intine with a small cytoplasmic
area organized about itself (PI. Ill, fig. 16). The generative and
tube nuclei are often found in the same pollen section, but at no
time have three nuclei been seen in one pollen grain. Hence, it is
probable that the generative nucleus does not give rise to the male
nuclei while the pollen grain is still in the anther, which, however,
according to Dudgeon, '18, is the case in Rumex crispus. Schnarf,
'29, has noted that the two-nucleated or three-nucleated condition
of the mature pollen grain is a constant condition within the species
and is the rule with a family. In longitudinal sections of anthers,
twelve to eighteen pollen grains measuring 0.08 mm. in diameter
may be counted in one pollen sac (PI. Ill, fig. 18).

THE SEED AND SEEDLING

The seeds of Mollugo verticillata are reddish brown, the brittle
testa being characteristically marked. Rows of deep pits with
striated floors run from the outer edge of the seed coat into the
short funiculus, by which the plump, kidney-shaped seeds are at-
tached to the placentae. Placentation is axile. A small vascular
bundle lies near the center of each funiculus (PI. IV, fig. 23). Each

12 The University Science Bulletin

of the three locules of the mature ovary contains two rows of five
or six seeds, there being approximately thirty seeds in each ovary.

About three fifths of the body of the seed is occupied by the
young embryo which lies under the longer outer curved seed coat.
The radicle and cotyledons of the embryo are well-developed, and
a small plumule lies between the two thickened cotyledons. The
cotyledons together are about equal in size to the well-developed
radicle, which shows pronounced tissue differentiation very early in
its growth. In the fresh unstained embryo the primordial meristem,
and further back strands of differentiating cells, can easily be dis-
tinguished (PL III, fig. 20). The radicle points toward the mi-
cropylar end of the seed, the plumule lies under the mid-region of
the outer curved wall of the seed coat, and the cotyledons fill the
upper end of the seed. In Plate III, figure 21, part of the brittle
testa has been removed and the cotyledons of the embryo are
pictured in situ. The micropylar evagination is to one side of the
short funiculus. In longitudinal sections of mature ovaries, the
seeds are cut at various angles, showing the locus of the embryo in
the seed, and its relation to the endosperm (PL III, fig. 19). The
greater part of the endosperm is massed under the middle part of
the embryo. Most of the embryonic tissue is embedded in or sur-
rounded by endosperm, while the extreme upper ends of the cotyle-
dons are closely appressed to the epidermis of the old nucellus
tissue, with little or no endosperm intervening (PL III, fig. 17).

The cells of the embryo contain much oil and protein and are
without starch. Thin sections may be stained with Sudan III and
Scarlet R in order to test for fat. The test shows that all of the cells
of the embryo contain many fat droplets, but that the peripheral
layer of cells is literally filled with fat. If the fat is dissolved out
of the embryonic tissue and a test for protein made, yellowish
granules are seen in the protoplasts of all of the cells, except those
in the peripheral layer. The amount of fat present in the resting
embryo is greater than the amount of stored protein, although both
are present in great abundance.

There are two seed coats, an outer and an inner. The outer seed
coat is composed of brittle, cutinized, radially rectangular protective
cells whose thick walls are pitted and of a characteristic yellow-
brown color. A very thick cuticular layer, forming an impermeable
coat for the mature seed, is gradually secreted by the outer pro-
tective coat (PL IV, fig. 27). In young ovules this outer epidermis
is composed of living cells whose protoplasts contain innumerable

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata 13

fat droplets and five to eight large plastids which store polysac-
charides (PL IV, fig. 22). The starch grains are gradually utilized,
but the fat droplets increase in number and gradually coalesce to
form large drops, which are later emulsified (PL IV, fig. 24). Fi-
nally the entire cell cavity is filled with an apparently homogeneous,
milky-looking, fatty substance (PL IV, fig. 25). This later is
utilized either by the growing seed or in the formation of the deep
cuticular layer, for in the mature seed nothing remains of the outer
seed coat but the thick, brittle, brownish-colored cell walls.

The inner seed coat consists of a layer of small, isodiametric, thin-
walled parenchyma cells. Their protoplasts are crowded with large
amyloplasts, some showing one, others several, centers of starch
formation. All during the later stages of seed growth this nutritive
layer contains large starch grains, and even in the mature seed the
living cells have definite nuclei and healthy protoplasts. Plate IV,
figure 29, is through the tip of a seed and shows the cuticular layer
and the large rectangular cells of the outer seed coat overlying the
thin-walled parenchyma of the inner seed coat.

The outer cutinized layer of nucellus cells forms an additional
protective layer whose inner walls are also heavily cutinized, while
the lateral and outer walls are much less thickened. The protoplasts,
which do not degenerate until the endosperm of the seed is well
developed, contain neither starch nor fat droplets (PL IV, fig. 27).

ENDOSPERM

The endosperm gives a positive reaction to starch tests. The
starch grains in the cells are very small and exceedingly numerous.
Traces of fat droplets appear throughout the endosperm.

Mollugo may be called an intermediate type of seed from the
viewpoint of the amount of endosperm contained, for there is ap-
proximately a 60-40 distribution of embryonic and endosperm mate-
rial. The embryo is relatively large and has cotyledons that are
fairly well thickened, but masses of endosperm remain in contact
with the embryo. Hence the condition is neither that which is
found in the relatively primitive state where the "albuminous" seed
contains much endosperm and a dependent, poorly developed em-
bryo, nor is it similar to that which is found in the "ex-albuminous"
type in which the embryo develops early and absorbs all of the
endosperm material (Bower, '19).

14 The University Science Bulletin

ANATOMY OF SEPAL, GYNOECIUM, ETC.

The perianth is composed of five small, curved sepals. Each
sepal is five or six cell layers in thickness, has three large nearly
parallel veins with small transverse branches. The epidermis is
composed of heavy- walled cells, noticeably larger on the upper sur-
face than on the lower. The cells of the parenchyma tissue below
this have large vacuoles and contain many large plastids. The
protoplast of the border parenchyma of the veins is particularly
rich in starch. The walls of the tracheal tubes in the vascular
bundles are lignified (PI. IV, fig. 28).

The pedicel of the flower is herbaceous, with a central vascular
cylinder. The epidermis is flattened and has thickened outer walls.
Several rows of parenchyma cells lie between the epidermis and the
central cylinder. These large rounded cells have sparse cytoplasm,
small nuclei and large vacuoles. The tracheal tubes have heavily
lignified walls and are scattered irregularly among the thinner-
walled xylem parenchyma cells. The stele broadens as the pedicel
joins to the gynoecium, traces passing from it to the various floral
organs.

The syncarpous superior gynoecium is composed of a three-
loculed ovary which terminates in a short style with a tripartite
stigma. The carpels are about five cell layers thick, and contain
several vascular strands. The epidermal layer of cells that lines
the outer margin of the locules has thickened outer walls, while in
the mature ovary, the cells of the inner carpellary walls are greatly
modified. They are columnar-like cells with slightly lignified walls.
They are tallest at the base of the ovary, then gradually decrease in
height until they are about the same height as the rest of the inner
locular epidermal cells. This tissue probably functions in conduct-
ing water to the developing ovules (PI. IV, fig. 30 ) . A large cylinder
of vascular tissue occupies the center of the ovary and the paren-
chyma tissue is noticeably thickened.

The number of chromosomes could not be definitely determined.
They are numerous short rodlets. When massed on the metaphase
plate the count closely approximates 20, but this number cannot be
quoted with any great assurance. Numerous small and regular
mitotic figures are found in all growing stages, but the chromosomes,
when present, are always in clumps or groups. In the resting stage,
the chromatin masses are numerous and pronouncedly basiphilic.
The clumps are generally found just under the nuclear membrane,
while within the nucleoplasm one or two large nucleoli are seen.

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata 15

SUMMARY

The flower and seed of Mollugo verticillata might well be used
for the microscopical study of the "typical flower."

The primorida of the ovules appear and gradually differentiate.
The two integuments later form the seed coats. The megaspores
behave in the usual maimer and the large megaspore passes through
the 2-4-8 cell stage.

The embryo sac then elongates rapidly, following the curve of the
kidney-shaped ovule in its line of growth.

The stamens appear as evaginations at the base of the ovary, the
sporogenous tissue giving rise to microspores and two rows of
tapetal cells. The microspores divide into tetrads of spores, each
of which finally contains a generative nucleus and a tube nucleus.
The generative nucleus does not divide before the pollen grain fall
on the stigma.

There are about 30 brownish seeds in an ovary. The fairly well-
developed embryo occupies nearly three-fifths of the seed cavity,
the balance being filled with starchy endosperm. Hence the seeds of
Mollugo verticillata are intermediate between the extreme "albumi-
nous" and "ex-albuminous" types.

The embryo contains much oil and protein. The outer seed coat
and the outer row of nucellus cells at first perform a nutritive
function, and later become heavily cutinized, forming protective
coats for the delicate embryo. A gradual process of fat storage,
emulsification and utilization has been traced as it occurs in the
developing outer coat of the seed. Each large and regular sepal has
three definite traces.

The gynoecium is composed of a three-loculed ovary which
terminates in a short style and a tripartite stigma. Some of the
cells of the inner epidermis of the carpels are greatly elongated and
function probably as vascular tissue. The walls of these cells are
lignified.

The chromosomal diploid count is estimated at twenty or less.

16 The University Science Bulletin

LITERATURE LIST

Bower, F. O. 1919. Botany of the living plant (p. 281). Macmillan & Co.
Carroll., F.B. 1919. The development of the chasmogamous and the cleistog-

amous flowers of Impatiens julva. Contr. Bot. Lab., Univ. of Penn., vol. 4,

p. 144.

Coulter, J. M. 1898. Contribution to the life history of Ranunculus. Bot.

Gaz., vol. 25, p. 73.
Dudgeon, W. 1918. Morphology of Rumex crispus. Bot. Gaz., vol. 66, No. 5,

p. 393.
Fink, B. F. 1902. Contributions to the life history of Rumex. Minnesota

Botanical Studies, vol. 2, Botanical Series LV, p. 138.
Lonay, H. 1922. Contribution a. l'etude des relations entre la structure des

differents parties de 1'ovule et la nutrition generale de celui-ci avant et

apres la fecondation. Bull. Classe Sc. Acad. Roy. Belgique, 5 s, 8, p. 24.
Maneval, W. E. 1914. The development of Magnolia and Liviodendron.

Bot. Gaz., vol. 57, p. 1.
Ottley, A. M. 1918. A contribution to the life history of Impatiens sultani.

Bot, Gaz., vol. 66, No. 4, p. 289.
Schnarf, K. 1929. Embryologie der Angiospermen. In Lensbauer's Hand-

buch der Pflanzenanatomie. 11 Abt., 2 Teil., p. 46.
Smith, W. R. 1898. A contribution to the life history of the Pontederiaceae.

Bot. Gaz., vol. 25, p. 324.
Stenar, H. 1925. Embryologische Studein. I: Zur Embryologie einiger

Culumniferen. II: Die Embryologie der Amaryllidaceen. Akad. Abhundl.

Uppala.
Stevens, W. C. 1924. Plant Anatomy (p. 293). P. Blackiston's Son & Co.,

Phil.
Swingle, L. D. 1908. Embryology of Myosurus minimus. Amer. Natur.,

vol. 42, p. 582.
Zirkle, C. 1930. The use of N-butyl alcohol in dehydrating woody tissue for

paraffin imbedding. Science, vol. 71, No. 1830, p. 103.

EXPLANATION OF PLATES

(17)

2—7186

18 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE I

Photomicrographs of ovules, etc., made from stained sections cut 8 or 10 ^
thick.

Fig. 1. Section through carpel containing young ovules. Megaspore cells
have differentiated as well as the inner integument. (X 470)

Fig. 2. A little later stage. The outer integument is forming and the mega-
spore cells have increased in size. (X470)

Fig. 3. The egg-shaped megaspore mother cell perfectly formed at the apex
of the young ovule. Its nucleus is large and the cytoplasm granular. (X420)

Fig. 4. Anaphase in one of the nuclei of a young embryo sac. (X 390)

Fig. 5. The embryo sac in the four-cell stage. Two nuclei are above, two
below the large vacuole which is centrally located. The cells of the epidermis
are gradually growing taller, but cytoplasmic secretion has not commenced.
(X380)

Fig. 6. An ovule containing a mature egg cell and degenerating antipodal
cells. The walls of the epidermis have become somewhat cutinized and oil
droplets and starch granules have appeared in the cytoplasm. The outer walls
of the nucellus cells have also thickened. (X 360)

(Original magnifications given — must be corrected according to reduction of
plates.)

Payne: Molll-go Verticillata

19

PLATE I

> ^ . **■ '•■*• A *^ 6,

20 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE II

Fig. 7. Section through part of ovary, showing seeds, seed coats, funiculus,
micropyle, pathway of pollen tube, portions of embryo sacs, etc. (X 340)

Fig. 8. Female garnets attached at the antipodal end of the embryo sac.
(X360)

Fig. 9. Male and female pronuclei. (X350)

Fig. 10. Embryo in the 2-cell stage of development. A large vacuole is
present in the basal cell. (X 360)

Fig. 11. Cross-section of seed, showing several nuclei in the wall of the
embryo sac. From a study of the serial sections it is probable that the nucleus
in the central constricted region of the sac is the endosperm nucleus. (X610)

Fig. 12. Young embryo buried deep in the nucleus. The micropyle and the
pathway of the pollen tube show. (X470)

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata

21

PLATE II

22 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE III

Fig. 13. Primordium of stamen, before differentiation of sporogenous tissue.
(X480)

Fig. 14. Longitudinal section through locule of anther containing young
microspore mother cells, surrounded by layers of tapetum. (X 130)

Fig. 15. Loculi of anther containing tetrads of spores. (X 270)

Fig. 16. x-section of mature anther. Pollen grains contain the generative
and tube nuclei. The tapetum is broken down and degenerate. (X 300)

Fig. 17. Highly magnified view of cross sections of seeds. The brittle testa
tends to break away from the underlying tissue when the seeds are cut.
(X 160)

Fig. 18. Tangential section through the upper part of a flower, showing the
radial thickenings in the endothecium of the anther wall. (X 130)

Fig. 19. Longitudinal sections through the seeds and ovary (sections cut
about 25 i).). The relation of the embryo and endosperm is shown. (X 60)

Fig. 20. Young embryo removed from the seed. The cotyledons, plumule
and radicle are shown. Tissue differentiation has commenced. (X30)

Fig. 21. Seed from Mollugo in which part of the brittle testa has been re-
moved. The cotyledons of the young embryo extend from the seed. The
micropylar evagination is to one side of the short funiculus. (X 45)

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata

23

PLATE III

24 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE IV

Fig. 22. As emulsification continues, the starch granules that remain in the
cells of the outer seed coat aggregate at the top of the elongated cells. The
nucleus of the protoplast has disappeared and the cells seem to be merely
storage units. The walls, however, are gradually hardening, and the cuticular
layer appears. (X 810)

Fig. 23. Vascular bundle in a cross section of the funiculus. (X380)

Fig. 24. A later stage, when the fat content of the cells are emulsified and
fill the cell cavity. There is less cell-content in the cells near the micropyle
than in those at the opposite end of the seed. (X240)

Fig. 25. Highly magnified integuments of ovule, just after cutinization of
cell walls and secretory activity commences. (X550)

Fig. 26. Highly magnified parenchyma cells showing the numerous and large
plastids. In many of these several centers of starch formation can be dis-
tinguished in the individual plastid. (X 760)

Fig. 27. Cross sections of seeds, showing the characteristic brittle testa of
the mature seed. The cell contents have disappeared and the cuticular layer
is heavy and continuous. (X520)

Fig. 28. x-section through trace of sepal. The parenchyma tissue contains
much starch, each border parenchyma cell having 8 or 10 large amyloplasts
in the cytoplasm. The walls of the epidermis are cutinized. (X540)

Fig. 29. x-section through the tip of a seed, showing the cuticular layer, the
cells of the outer seed coat and the thin-walled cells that form the inner seed
coat. (X540)

Fig. 30. Tall columnar cells lining the inner wall of the base of the carpel.
The walls of these cells are slightly lignified. (X65)

Payne: Mollugo Verticillata

25

PLATE IV

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. ] April 15, 1935 [No. 2.

Comparative Anatomical Research Within the Genus

Lonicera

MARSHALL \V. MAYBERRY,*

Department of Botany, University of Kansas

Abstract: The results obtained from a detailed anatomical and histological
study of fifteen species of Lonicera are summarized.

The anatomj- of one- and two-j-ear stems of the various species has been
recorded and a comparison made of the features characteristic of the species
studied. Considerable differences were found in the stems in the primary cor-
tex, pericyclic hard bast, secondary hard bast, time of development and
number of rings of peridermal tissue in the two years' growth. Differences in
the leaf were in the amount and distribution of trichomes of the leaf epider-
mis, presence or absence of glands, shape of leaf epidermal cells, shape of leaf
tip. margin, midrib and petiole sections.

INTRODUCTION

PLANTS are usually classified with reference to their gross mor-
phological features, a rational and most convenient method, but
the finer histological structures also have taxonomic values and are
especially useful in clarifying doubtful cases; furthermore, a com-
parative study of them reveals their relatively stable and mutable
features and ecological adaptations. In my work with fifteen
species of Lonicera sufficient anatomical differences have been ob-
served to enable me, by various combinations of these, to develop
keys for classification of the various species.

The Caprifoliaceae of which the genus Lonicera is a part is made
up of thirteen genera: Sambucus, Viburnum, Symphoricarpus.
Dipella, Abelia, Linnaea, Kolkwitzia, Diervilla, Leycesteria, and
about 400 species found chiefly in the North Temperate zone, and

* This work was carried out in the Botany Department of the University of Kansas under
the direction of Prof. W. C. Stevens. The writer desires to make his appreciative acknowl-
edgment to Professor Stevens for his help and encouragement during the preparation of the
work here presented.

(27)

28 The University Science Bulletin

a few on the mountains in the Tropics and in the Southern Hemi-
sphere. Within the genus Lonicera there are more than 100 species
distributed in nearly all regions of the Northern Hemisphere, but
most frequent in the Himalayas and Eastern Asia. About 100
species have been introduced into cultivation, grown for landscape
effects as well as for their attractive flowers and fruits. The genus
Lonicera includes shrubs that are rarely half-evergreen or evergreen
and sometimes tree-like or climbing.

Of the fifteen species used in making a comparative study of the
genus Lonicera the species L. japonica, L. tatarica, L. bella, L.
fragrantissima, L. sempervirens and L. Morrowii were found in the
vicinity of Lawrence, Kan., grown as ornamental shrubs, while
species L. demissa, L. Thibetica, L. Henryii, L. Webbiana, L. Spinosa
Alberti, L. coerulea graciliflora, L. deflexicalyx xerocahj.v, L. invol-
ucrata and L. tatarica siberica were received from the Arnold
arboretum.

The species which were found around Lawrence. Kan., were ac-
cessible at the beginning of my study and were collected in June
and during the first part of July. The material sent from the
Arnold arboretum was cut during August and shipped to Lawrence,
Kan., preserved in a solution of formalin. In comparing tissues
within the various stems, such as those of the periderm and of the
primary cortex and pericycle, it must be granted that certain
differences no doubt have occurred due to the month interval in
time of cutting.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION AND INTRODUCTION
INTO CULTIVATION

L. Thibetica. Introduced into cultivation about 1897 from West-
ern China.

L. Coerulea graciliflora. There is considerable variation within
the species coerulea of which graciliflora is a variety. The species
has long been in cultivation.

L. fragrantissima. Introduced into cultivation about 1845 from
Eastern China.

L. involucrata. Found from Quebec to Alaska and in the Rockies
south to Mexico. Introduced about 1880.

L. tatarica. Introduced into cultivation in 1752; native from
southern Russia to Turkestan.

L. tatarica siberica. As above.

L. demissa. This species was found in Japan about the year
1914.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 29

L. deftexicalyx xerocalyx. Found in southwestern China and in-
troduced into cultivation about 1915.

L. japonica. This species lias become somewhat naturalized in
the eastern part of the United States; introduced from Eastern Asia
about 1806.

L. Morrowii. Found in Japan in 1875.

L. Henryii. Introduced into cultivation about 1908 from west-
ern China.

L. Webbiana. First discovered in Southeastern Europe and in
the Himalayas. Introduced about 1885.

L. sempervirens. Found in 1656; from Florida, west to Nebraska
and Texas.

L. bella. Introduced sometime before 1878. This species is a
hybird of Morrowii and L. tatarica.

L. Spinosa Alberti. Introduced from Turkestan about 1880.

NATURE OF PUBLISHED ANATOMICAL RESEARCH

Some work has been done on the anatomy of the genus Lonicera,
mostly before 1900; summarized by Solereder ('08). Outstanding
anatomical feature considered characteristic of the genus by Solere-
der are as follows:

1. Lack of specific type of stoma.

2. Occurrence of glandular hairs.

3. Medullary rays mostly narrow.

4. Secondary hard bast present in almost all members of the order.

5. Stone cells absent in the cortex.

6. Tendency towards the formation of scalariform perforations in the
vessels.

Also, Solereder reports that the pericyclic development of cork
does not occur in all Lonicers. Cork cells generally have wide cell
cavities with thick or thin walls. The pericycle in most all cases
contains hard-bast fibers, either forming rings or in groups.

Work on four species of the genus has been done by Dr. Ludwig
Linsbauer ('95). These species were L. glauca Hill (parviflora
Lam.), L. japonica, L. nummularij olia and L. tometella. Linsbauer
found that L. japonica has two kinds of trichomes: large, single-
celled hairs and hairs consisting usually of a three-celled stalk
surmounted by a glandular head. The former type grows from
elevations formed by groups of four to five cells of the collenchym-
atous hypoderm. He found also that the primary hard-bast fibers
have large cavities and thin walls and form a closed ring.

Yesque (85) gave some of the distinguishing features of the
Caprifoliaceae as being: Clothing hairs unicellular, cylindrical,

30 The University Science Bulletin

sharp pointed, thickened, smooth or more frequently with pearlike
projections or spiral striae; capitate hairs uniseriate with a multicel-
lular head, rarely transformed into clothing hairs by hypertrophy of
the cells of the head; guard cells surrounded by several cells ir-
regularly disposed; crystals simple, clinorhombic, sometimes with
concave faces, or clustered in aggregate crystals, rarely (Sambucus)
pulverulent and composed of angular fragments, or wanting.

Joseph Mueller ('82) discusses the family, dividing it into two
natural subdivisions by use of the structure of the bark.

Paul Oscar Michael ('85) investigated the central axis of the
stems of a number of the species.

Hesselbarth (79) summarizes work done by Michael and Schulz
on the central axis and medullary rays.

Eugene Grignon ('84) has gone into the anatomy of the Cap-
rifoliaceae in general, working with the petiole, leaf blade, stem,
and root of various of the species.

H. H. Douliot ('89) has made a study of the periderm formation
in a large group of plants, classifying the species according to the
origin of their periderm. He speaks of all the species of Lonicera
which he has studied as having periderm formation in the pericycle.

Rehder ('27) gives detailed description of the external features of
the species of Lonicera.

Dr. Carl Fritsch ('91) goes into detail concerning the anatomy of
the Caprifoliaceae, also giving consideration to the origin of the
various species.

COMPARISON OF ANATOMICAL FEATURES

To keep this comparative study as uniform as possible the mate-
rial for sectioning has been taken from corresponding parts of the
plant in each of the species. For the study of the leaves, average-
sized ones were taken and the venation was studied at the tip of the
leaf. Margins and midribs were sectioned from portions of the leaf
about midway in the extent of the leaf blade. Stem sections have
been made within the second internode from the base of the current
year's growth in length and from the preceding year's growth within
the second internode. Only in species where early borke formation
has occurred at the second internode has this rule been varied, tak-
ing sections from nearer the apex in order to determine the nature
of the tissues that had been sloughed off. Very early sloughing of
borke is common to the majority of the species within this genus,
and for this reason various methods have been used in the attempt
to get thin sections which would retain their outer tissues.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 31

ONE- AND TWO-YEAR STEMS

In the study of the anatomy of one- and two-year stems of the
various species certain features have been found which are charac-
teristic of the stems in general. These features are as follows, pro-
ceeding from the outside to the center of the stem:

A. The bark.

1. Trichomas occur in a majority of the species.

2. A collenchymatous hypoderm, one to four cell rows broad im-
mediately below the epidermis.

3. Primary cortex narrow, becoming broken down and discolored early.

4. A continuous cylinder of primary hard-bast fibers developing within
the pericycle.

5. Secondary hard-bast within the phloem of most species.

6. Pericyclic development of cork in one-year stems.

7. Borke formation occurring early in all species.

B. The wood.

8. Occurrence of numerous wood fibers, radially arranged.

9. Tracheal elements with scalariform perforated endings.

10. Tracheids and xylem parenchyma sparce.

11. Secondary medullary rays narrow, alternating with two to five
radial groups of xylem elements.

C. The pith.

12. Pith cylinder broken down, outer cells used as a storage tissue.

The above anatomical features are as found common to the
species studied, although certain exceptions and variations occur.
Therefore, it is necessary to discuss further the prominent features
listed, bringing forth exceptions and variations when found.

Trichomes are found in the stem epidermis of the following
species: L. spinosa Alberti, L. japonica, L. coeridea graciliflora, L.
bella, L. Morrowii, L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx and L. demissa, being
unicellular, cylindrical, sharp-pointed clothing hairs (PI. VIII). In
all these species there is considerable variation in size of the tri-
chomes, although not of taxonomic value. The trichomes range from
the short, blunt, inconspicuous hairs which average .08 mm. in
length on stems of L. spinosa Alberti to the more conspicuous hairs
averaging .51 mm. in length on the stems of L. japonica. L. Thi-
betica has trichomes which are off type, being wavy and matted on
the stem (PI. VIII, fig. 35). No glandular hairs were found on any
of the stems. Dr. Ludwig Linsbauer (1895), however, speaks of
both types as occurring on the epidermis of L. japonica. No tri-
chomes are found on the stem of the following species and varieties:
L. sempervirens, L. tatarica, L. tatarica siberica, L. Henryii, L.
involucrata and L. Webbiana.

32 The University Science Bulletin

When comparing the nature and development of the primary
cortex as found within the various species, we find a fairly uniform
situation; however, there are slight variations, as well as some
marked exceptions to the characteristic features of the majority of
the species.

Those having a relatively narrow primary cortex are: L. Thi-
betica, L. coerulea graciliflora, L. tatarica siberica, L. Henryii, L.
Webbiana, L. japonica, L. Morrowii, L. involucrata, L. demissa
and L. bella (PI. VII). L. spinosa Alberti at the second internode
has sloughed off its primary cortex; however, in sections made near
to the growing apex the cortex is seen to be narrow and would be
included in the above list. Within this group the average breadth
of the primary cortex is .04 mm. and the cortical parenchyma in
each case has become badly crushed and discolored. L. demissa
and L. tatarica siberica by August of the first season's growth have
only thin shreds of their primary cortex remaining, due to the
periderm formation.

L. sempervirens, L. jragrantissima, L. tatarica and L. defiexicalyx
xerocalyx have their primary cortex relatively well developed and
remaining nearly intact, with very little discoloration. In L.
deflexicalyx xerocalyx the cortical parenchyma shows definite tan-
gential elongation, but is still intact. The average breath of the
cortex of these species is approximately .12 mm. ; however, the
cortex of L. sempervirens reaches .2 mm. in breadth.

The development of a continuous cylinder of primary hard-bast
fibers within the pencycle is a most outstanding feature of the
fifteen species studied. This tissue occurs without exception in the
pericycle of all the species, although there are variations in the
breadth of the zone, number of cell rows of which it is composed,
and size of the fiber cavities. Slight variations are also found in
the average thickness of the fiber walls in the various species.

Macerations were made of all the species, in order that the length
and full appearance of the primary hard-bast fibers could be de-
termined. In sections macerated, which were always over 15 mm.
in length, the exact length of the fibers could not be determined.
Only in one case was there a fiber of the primary hard bast found
that measured less than 15 mm. in length, and this was in a macera-
tion of L. jragrantissima ; here I found one which was approximately
.9 mm. long. The fibers of all the species were straight and stafflike,
tapering to a blunt ending. No pits were seen in their walls.

In species L. jragrantissima, L. tatarica siberica, L. dejiexicalyx

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 33

xerocalyx, L. Webbiana, L. bella, L. cocrulea gracilifiora and L.
demissa the primary hard-bast cylinder as seen in cross section is
generally composed of from two to three fiber rows; however, there
are slight variations in the breadth of the zones, due to the size and
compactness of the fibers. Average cavity diameter of the hard-
bast fibers found in these species ranges from .02 mm. in L. Web-
biana to .029 mm. in L. tatarica siberica (PL VI, figs. 1, 7). Only
slight variation in thickness of the walls of the primary hard-bast
fibers is found within these species. Fibers of L. deflexicalyx xero-
calyx have walls approximately .012 mm. thick, while the remaining
species have fiber walls averaging .0065 mm. in thickness.

The primary hard-bast cylinders of L. Morrowii and L. invo^i-
crata are relatively narrow (PI. VI, figs. 5, 11). The zone is ap-
proximately .04 mm. broad in both spades. In L. Morrowii the
fibers are smaller and less compact than in involucrata.

L. Henryii and L. japomca both have cylinders of primary hard
bast not over two fiber rows broad; however, this zone is unusually
prominent in the cross section of both species, due to the size of the
bast fibers (PI. VI, figs. 9, 13). In L. Henryii the zone is ap-
proximately .13 mm. broad and in L. japonica .04 mm. broad, the
difference being due to the cavity diameters. The average cross
diameter of the bast fibers of L. Henryii is .07 mm., while that of
L. japonica is .021 mm. The walls of the primary hard-bast fibers
of both species are thick, being approximately .013 mm. in L.
japonica and .016 mm. in L. Henryii.

Species L. semper virens, L. tatarica and L. Thibetica all have
well-developed primary hard-bast cylinders. The zone in L. tatarica
is very prominent in cross sections (PI. VI, fig. 5) , being composed
of fibers uniform in size and relatively thick-walled, and from three
to four rows in breadth. In contrast, the primary hard-bast cylin-
der of sempervirens is composed of fibers very unequal in cross di-
ameter and relatively thin-walled, and is from five to six rows broad
(PI. VI, fig. 2). L. Thibetica has a cylinder of hard bast in the
pericycle which is unusually well developed, being compact and
from four to five fiber rows broad. The fibers are uniform in size
and shape, averaging .03 mm. in cross diameter (PI. VI, fig. 12).

The formation of secondary hard-bast fibers occurs in the major-
ity of the species within the phloem area of the second year's growth
and often within the phloem of the first year. The fibers are seldom
in a continous cylinder, as those of the primary hard bast are, but
form a broken cylinder, often interrupted by the xylem rays ex-

3—7186

34 The University Science Bulletin

tending through them. In some species, such as L. demissa, L.
jragrantissima and L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx, in the second year
phloem there are two and three centripetal layers of the secondary
hard-bast fibers developed within the one-season's growth. This
occurs also in the first-year phloem of L. demissa.

Species which have secondary hard bast occurring in both first-
and second-year phloem are L. demissa, L. jragrantissima, L.
deflexicalyx xerocalyx, and L. involucrata. Those with secondary
hard bast found only in the second-year phloem are, L. bella, L.
Morrowii, L. japonica and L. tatarica siberica. No secondary hard-
bast fibers were found in either first- or second-year phloem in the
following species: L. sempervirens, L. tatarica, L. Thibetica, L.
spinosa Alberti.

There is very little difference in the size of the fibers developed
within the phloem of the various species. The walls are relatively
thick, usually .01 mm. from cavity to cavity, and the cavities
average .005 mm. in cross diameter. In the first-year phloem of
L. demissa two concentric cylinders of secondary hard-bast fibers
occur, the outer cylinder being composed of average-sized fibers,
while the inner cylinder has fibers with cavities approximately
.01 mm. in cross diameter and walls approximately .005 mm. thick.
Then in L. Morrowii the cavities of the fibers average .015 mm. in
cross diameter with walls approximately .01 mm. thick.

The secondary hard-bast fibers (in contrast to the primary hard-
bast fibers) as seen in macerated and longitudinal sections resemble
the wood fibers. Walls of the fibers are not pitted. In every case
the fibers have given a good lignin reaction.

Pericyclic development of cork in one-year growth and additional
borke formation in two-years growth has been found to be typical
of all the species. The phellogen of one-year stems is a band of
pericyclic cells situated immediately beneath the primary hard-bast
fibers and in front of the primary phloem. Later formation occurs
as a result of phellogen layers developing within the secondary
phloem.

Development of the pericyclic cylinder of cork occurs earlier in
some species than others. Of the nine species cut during August,
L. spinosa Alberti, L. Webbiana (PI. V, figs. 2, 5), and L. Henryii
show pericyclic cork well advanced, it being at that time five to
seven rows broad and very prominent in cross section. In L. spinosa
Alberti all tissues outside the cork formation have been sloughed off
from stems at the second internode of the current year's growth in

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera -'i")

elongation. L. demissa, L. coendea gracilijiora, and L. tatarica
siberica have a pericyclic cylinder of cork approximately three or

four rows broad, while in species L. involucrata and L. Thibctica
the cylinder is usually two rows broad. L. defiexicalyx xerocalyz
has very little pericyclic cork developed by August in the current
year's growth (PI. V, fig. 1). In general, species L. sempervirens,
L. bella, L. japonica, L. fragrantissima, L. tatarica and L. Morrowii
cut during June and the first part of July show a less amount of
cork than is found in the above species gathered in August, as one
would expect, due to the month difference in time of cutting. L.
hi lla has from three to four rows of pericyclic cork developed, but
L. fragrantissima, L. japonica and L. Morrowii have approximately
two row-. L. sempervirens shows very little pericyclic development
of cork at this period of its growth, the cork occurring in places only
one row broad.

The cork cells of all species are comparatively uniform in size
and shape. Average cork cells of the various species are approxi-
mately .03 mm. in cross diameter and .08 mm. in length. The cork
cells in all the species excepting L. Webbiana have relatively thin
walls; in L. Webbiana they are noticeably thickened.

The most noticeable feature concerning the pith cylinder is the
arrangement of the pith cells and the fact that in most of the species
during the first year's growth the cylinder breaks down at the center.
As to the arrangement of the cells, it is common to find small-
cavitied, relatively heavy-walled pith cells lying next to the vas-
cular ring and serving as a storage tissue. The cells nearer the
center are larger cavitied and thinner walled. Walls of these cells
in all species are pitted.

No outstanding variations are found in comparing the xylem
areas of the various species. In cross sections the elements are seen
to be arranged in radial groups of two to five rows wide alternating
with relatively prominent xylem rays. No primary medullary rays
occur, due to the procambium having developed in a continuous
cylinder. The tracheal tubes are well scattered and of various
sizes, being always more concentrated in the early growth of the
annual ring. The protoxylem points are not prominent and usually
indent the pith cylinder very little.

In the various species the wood fibers vary considerably in length
within a single macerated mount; however, the average size is
generally .6 mm. in length and .02 mm. in width. Their walls show
elliptic, inclined pits and are relatively thickened. In the macera-

36 The University Science Bulletin

tions of the stems of the species the wood fibers were always the
more prominent xylem element.

The tracheal tubes are composed of elements generally not over
.4 mm. in length as an average of all the species. They are seen to
lie end to end, bluntly tapering and slightly overlapping, with
scalariform perforations in their end walls. This characteristic is
typical of all the species, although within the xylem area of the
same species, tracheal elements having their end walls nearly or en-
tirely dissolved out are found. The latter type is more often found
in the older growth of the stem. Dr. Ludwig Linsbauer ('95) rec-
ognized this feature in species of Lonicera when he said, "The cross
walls of the tracheal tubes are elliptical with scalariform perfora-
tions; complete breaking clown of the cross walls is not common in
the one-year-old stems; this condition is more characteristic of the
later additions of the annual rings." The walls of the elements have
elliptic, reticulately arranged pits. The size of the tracheal-tube
cavities in cross diameter varies within the fifteen species; the
average being approximately .04 mm. L. japonica and L. Henryii
have tracheal tubes often .06 mm. in cross diameter. Hesselbarth
('79) speaks of L. japonica as having tracheal tubes often .1 mm. in
cross diameter.

Tracheids and xylem parenchyma are sparse in all the species
studied. Those tracheids observed in macerated material were fiber
tracheids averaging .6 mm. in length and .025 mm. in cross di-
ameter. Their walls were densely marked with reticulately ar-
ranged pits. The xylem parenchyma cells always had relatively
thin walls marked with small pits, and average .07 mm. in length
and .02 mm. in cross diameter.

The xylem rays as seen in tangential sections can be described by
a single type which is characteristic of those seen in all the species.
This type is brought out in a dissertation by Michael ('85) when he
attempted to make use of the medullary rays in a new way in
taxonomy. He set up for the Caprifoliaceae a principal type which
could be found in all genera but Sambucus. In this type the shorter
cells occupy the center of the ray, with longer cells above and below
them, while above and below these longer cells the longest cells were
to be found. This type has been found in all the fifteen species, the
rays varying only in number of cell rows across the tangential and
longitudinal diameters. Cells of the xylem rays are strongly pitted
and usually have stored food within them.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 37

THE LEAVES

A study of the leaves of the various species show clothing hairs
and some glandular hairs occurring in general upon both surfaces of
the leaf, but principally on the lower surface. The typical clothing
hairs are represented by a cell with thickened walls, strongly devel-
oped in length, diminishing in diameter from base to summit and
finally terminating in a very sharp point. Trichomes of this type
are found in both epidermises of species L. japonica, L. bella, L.
Morrowii, L. dejlexicalyx xerocalyx, L. Webbiana, L. demissa, L.
coerulea graciliflora, L. involucrata, L. Henryii and L. tatarica
siberica (PI. VIII) . Among these species variations of the trichomes
are found, such as the occurrence sometimes of ring-like markings
and thickenings in the walls. Some of the species have trichomes
well scattered over the leaf blade, while in others, such as L. tatarica
siberica and L. coerulea graciliflora, the trichomes are found chiefly
along the margin and midrib, being but sparsely scattered over the
leaf blade.

Two species, L. sempervirens and L. Thibetica, have trichomes
only on the lower surface of the leaf. Trichomes found on L.
Thibetica are off -type, being slender and wavy (PI. VIII, fig. 36).
The leaves of L. fragrantissima, L. tatarica and L. spinosa Alberti
have no trichomes borne on either of the leaf's surfaces.

Glandular hairs were seen on the leaf blade of four species, L.
bella, L. demissa (PL VIII. fig. 66), L. involucrata (PI. VIII, fig.
8), and L. Morrowii (PI. VIII, fig. 48). These hairs are borne
mostly along the midribs and veins. They have a multicellular
head surmounting a one- or two-celled stalk.

Cells of the two epidermises in the leaves seldom have the same
cavity diameter, the upper epidermal cells being the larger. The
epidermal lateral walls of some of the species are pitted, this being
very noticeable in the upper epidermis of L. japonica (PI. VIII,
fig. 5). More or less undulation of the lateral walls in the lower
epidermis is typical of the fifteen species. The lower epidermises
of L. Morrowii, L. japonica and L. bella are noticeably undulated
(PI. VIII, figs. 45, 6, 54).

L. Henryii, in the tests made for a cutinized outer wall of the
epidermal cells, is the only leaf to show all of the outer wall in
this condition; however, a thin cuticle is found covering both
epidermises of all the species. In L. Henryii the upper epidermal
cells project in peaks at the surface.

38 The University Science Bulletin

Stomata occur only in the lower epidermis, the guard cells being
surrounded by a varying number of epidermal cells exhibiting no
regular arrangement or special shape; however, considerable vari-
ation has been found in the number of stomata occurring per
sp. mm. of leaf surface. Among the species this number ranges
from .40 per sq. mm. in L. bella to 528 per sq. mm. in L. fragran-
tissima.

The structure of the mesophyll remains relatively stable through-
out the fifteen species, being composed of from one to two rows of
palisade cells above and irregularly arranged spongy mesophyll
cells below. Variations occur in the number of palisade cells in the
upper layer per sq. mm., ranging from 2,500 per sq. mm. in L.
sempervirens to 10,000 in L. Thibetica. Large cluster-crystals of
calcium oxalate are commonly found in the mesophyll of the various
species, being unusually large in L. Henryii and occurring chiefly in
the palisade row. A glucoside is found in patches immediately
below the epidermises in L. demissa.

There is considerable variation in the size and shape of the
midribs among the fifteen species (PI. VII I. L. spinosa Alberti and
L. Thibetica have midribs averaging .22 mm. in breadth and
.26 mm. in thickness, while those of L. involucrata are approximately
.97mm. in breadth and .94mm. in thickness; this contrast corre-
sponds to the difference in the size of the leaves. Shapes of the
midribs vary from V-shaped in L. Thibetica to elliptical and cir-
cular outlines in L. bella and L. involucrata. With these variations
in general shape there are contrasts among the species as to the
appearance of the upper surface of the midribs, the variation rang-
ing from a definite V-shaped indentation to a convex upper surface.

The fundamental tissue of the midrib is principally composed of
large, thin-walled parenchymatous cells; however, it is typical of
all the species to have one or two rows of sclerotic cells beneath the
lower epidermis in the position of a collenchymatous hypoderm. In
L. fragrantissima there are five or six rows of this tissue composing
nearly all of the fundamental tissue zone. L. bella has isolated
sclerotic cells lying in close proximity to the vascular bundle; and
the vascular bundles of L. jragrantissima and L. coerulea graciliflora
are nearly surrounded by a compact zone of hard-bast fibers.
Species having midribs indented or concave on the upper surface
seldom have the sclerotic cells beneath the upper epidermis; how-
ever, in those midribs having a convex upper surface, two to five
rows are usually found.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 39

The vascular system of the midribs vary in cross-sectional size
and shape, depending upon the size of the midrib. In the smaller
midribs the vascular bundle is elliptical, while in the larger mid-
ribs the bundles have the shape of a wide open arc

The margins of the leaves vary from rounded to obtuse among
the various species. In this respect the species are shown in Plate
VI, figures 16-30.

Variations found in the strueture of the petioles correspond with
those discussed concerning the midrib. Some of the species, such as
L. bella, L. tatarica, L. Henryii and L. Webbiana, have petioles
lunate in general outline of the cross section, with the upper surface
only slightly concave (PI. VII, figs. 16, 10, 17, 1). The petioles of
L. jragrantissima and L. defiexicalyx xerocalyx are kidney-shaped
in cross section, while those of L. japonica and L. sempervirens are
triangular, with the upper surface slightly convex (PI. VII. figs. 5,
13, 11, 6). As was stated concerning the midribs, the petioles range
in size from the smallest, found in L. spinosa Alberti, to the largest,
found in L. involucrata (PI. VII, figs. 4, 8).

The fundamental tissue is typically composed of large, circular,
thin-walled parenchyma cells surrounding the vascular system and
of one to two rows of sclerotic cells beneath the epidermis, having
the position of a collenchymatous hypoderm; however, in the
petiole of L. jragrantissima nearly the whole zone of fundamental
tissue is sclerotic. The projected petiole margins of L. sempervirens
and L. involucrata have sclerotic cells within them.

A majority of the vascular systems are in a continuous wide-open
arc, although in L. sempervirens and L. coerulea graciliflora isolated
bundles compose the vascular arc and in L. involucrata the arc is
three divided (PI. VII, fig. 8).

In conclusion, the following structurals have been found to be
characteristic of the leaves among the fifteen species.

A. Leaf blade.

1. Simple clothing hairs on a majority of the species, chiefly on the
lower surface.

2. Lateral walls of the lower epidermal cells more or less undulated.

3. Stomata occurring only on the lower surface.

4. Clusters of sclerotic cells in the margins of the leaves.

B. Midrib.

5. One to two rows of sclerotic cells beneath the lower epidermis and
two to six rows beneath the upper epidermis, having the position
of a collenchymatous hypoderm.

6. Calcium oxalata crystals within the cavities of the relative lv large,
thin-walled parenchyma cells.

7. Vascular system in the shape of a wide-open arc.

40 The University Science Bulletin

C. Petiole.

8. One to three cell rows of sclerotic cells having the position of a
collenchymatous hypoderm .

9. Fundamental tissue large cavitied and thin walled, often with large
cluster crystals of calcium oxalate.

10. Vascular arc continuous, seldom in lobes.

ANATOMICAL KEY— MIDRIBS

Using shape of midrib, trie-homes, vascular bundle, hard-bast fibers and stomata.
I. Midribs with distinctly V-shaped indentation on the upper surface.
A. Vascular bundle elliptical to circular in cross section.

1. Midrib projecting in V-shaped fashion on the lower surface.

a. Leaf without trichomes L. spinosa Alberti.

b. Leaf with dense mass of wavy trichomes on the lower surface. . .L. Thibetica.

2. Midrib projecting roundedly on lower surface L. demissa.

II. Midribs with concave upper surface.

A. Vascular bundle in a widely spread arc.

1. Midribs circular in cross section, with numerous small trichomes on the
upper surface L. involucrata.

2. Midribs elliptical in cross section; with few trichomes. .L. defiexicalyz xerocalyx.

B. Vascular bundle elliptical in cross section L. Morrowii.

III. Midribs with convex upper surface.

A. Vascular bundle enclosed within a zone of hard-bast fibers L. fragrantissima.

B. Vascular bundle not enclosed within a zone of hard -bast fibers.

1. Midrib extending very little on either surface; elliptical in cross

section L. Henryii.

2. Midrib decidedly projecting below; circular in cross section.

a. Leaf blade without trichomes L. tatarica.

b. Leaf blade with trichomes sparsely scattered on the lower surface

only L. sempervirens.

c. Leaf blade with trichomes on both surfaces.

(1) Approximately 272 stomata per sq. mm. of leaf surface. . . .L. Webbiana.

(2) Approximately 140 stomata per sq. mm. of leaf surface L. bella.

(3) Approximately 204 stomata per sq. mm. of leaf surface L. japonica.

3. Midrib decidedly projecting below, but more or less square in cross
section L. tatarica siberica.

IV. Midrib with the upper surface even with the upper surface of the leaf blade.

L. coerulea graciliflora.

ANATOMICAL KEY— PETIOLES

Using shape and size of the petiole in cross section, vascular system and trichomes.

I. Upper surface of the petiole more or less concave.

A. Margins projecting.

1. Vascular system in three lobes or divisions.
a. Numerous trichomes on both surfaces.

(1) Only on the upper surface L. coerulea graciliflora.

(2) Sparsely scattered over both surfaces L. demissa.

2. Vascular system not lobed or divided.

a. Vascular system in the shape of an arc.

(1) Trichomes numerous on both surfaces L. Morrowii.

(2) Trichomes few or none L. tatarica siberica.

b. Vascular system elliptical, nearly circular in cross section.. L. spinosa Alberti.

B. Margins not projecting.

1. Vascular system in three lobes or divisions L. fragrantissima.

2. Vascular system not lobed or divided.

a. Isolated sclerotic cells in close proximity to the vascular bundle. . .L. tatarica.

(1) Trichomes scattered over the surface L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

(2) Trichomes few, if any.

(a) Average petiole 1.33 mm. wide and 1.2 mm. thick L. Webbiana.

(b) Average petiole .97 mm. wide and .82 mm. thick L. Henryii.

(c) Average petiole .6 mm. wide and .47 mm. thick L. Thibetica.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 41

II. I'pper surface of the petiule flat.

A. Margins projecting; petiole in cross section triangular L. japonica.

B. Margins not projecting; petiole in cross section semicircular L. bella.

III. I'pper surface of the petiole slightly convex, with the margins sharply

projecting L. seynpervirens.

ANATOMICAL KEY— STEMS

Key to steins using the presence or absence of trichomes, features of the primary cortex,
together with the hard bast of the pericycle.

I. Trichomes wanting.

A. Primary cortex many cell -rows broad.

a. Hard-bast fibers thin walled; cavities not exceeding .043 mm. in cross
diameter L. sempervirens.

b. Hard-bast fibers moderately thick walled : cavities often .052 mm. in cross
diameter L. tatarica.

B. Primary cortex narrow, having but few cell-rows.

a. Hard-bast fibers with cavities usually .05 mm. in cross diameter or greater.

1. Fibers thin-walled, .01 mm. in thickness L. tatarica siberica.

2. Fibers thick-walled, .02 mm. in thickness L. Henryii.

b. Hard-bast fibers with cavities seldom over .03 mm. in cross diameter.

1. Fiber ring mostly composed of one cell row L. involucrata.

2. Fiber ring mostly composed of three cell rows L. Webbiana.

II. Trichomes present.

A. Trichomes short and inconspicuous.

a. Hard-bast fibers averaging .01 mm. in cross diameter L. spinosa Alberti.

b. Hard-bast fibers averaging .025 mm. in cross diameter L. fragrantissima.

B. Trichomes well developed and conspicuous.

a. Hard-bast ring narrow ; usually not more than two cell rows broad.

1. Fibers with walls approximately .013 mm. in thickness L. japonica.

2. Fibers with walls approximately .01 mm. in thickness.

(a) Cavities of fibers seldom over .029 mm. in cross diameter.

L. coerulea graciliflora.

(b) Cavities of fibers often over .04 mm. in cross diameter L. bella.

3. Fibers with walls approximately .0065 mm. in thickness L. Morrowii.

b. Hard-bast ring broad, usually from three to five cell rows broad.

1. Primary cortex six to ten cell-rows broad L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

2. Primary cortex three to five cell-rows broad.

(a) Bast ring mostly five cell-rows broad L. Thibetica.

(b) Bast ring approximately three cell-rows broad L. demissa.

42 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE V

TYPICAL STEM CROSS SECTIONS (X 76)

Fig. 1. Stem section of L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx from the current year's
growth.

Fig. 2. Stem section of L. Webbiana from the current year's growth.
Fig. 3. Stem section of L. tatarica from the current year's growth.
FlG. 4. Stem section of L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx from two-years growth.
Fig. 5. Stem section of L. Webbiana from two-years growth.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera

43

PLAT I<] V

44

The University Science Bulletin

PLATE VI

Cross sections of the stem cortex and pericyclic hard bast and leaf margins

(xioo).

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.

STEM CORTEX AND PERICYCLIC HARD BAST

1. L. Webbiana.

2. L. semper virens.

3. L. coir idea gracili flora.

4. L. spinosa Alberti.

5. L. tatarica.

6. L. deflexicalyx xt rocalyx.

7. L. tatarica siberica.

8. L. Morrowii.

LEAF MARGINS

Fig.

9.

L.

Henryii.

Fig.

10.

L.

bella.

Fig.

11.

L.

involucrata.

Fig.

12.

L.

Thibctica.

Fig.

13.

L.

japonica.

Fig.

14.

L.

fragrantissima

Fig.

15.

L.

demissa.

16. L. tatarica sibt rica.

17. L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

18. L. demissa.

19. L. japonica.

20. L. Henryii.

21. L. involucrata.

22. L. semp( fvirt ns.

23. L. Webbiana.

Fig. 24. L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 25. L. bella.

Fig. 26. L. Morrowii.

Fig. 27. L. spinosa Alberti.

Fig. 28. L. fragrantissima.

Fig. 29. L. tatarica.

Fig. 30. L. Thibetica.

Mayberry: The Genus Loniceka

45

PLATE VI

OOOOCXJOOO,

46

The University Science Bulletin

PLATE VII

Semidiagrammatic drawings of cr
and 16) X 20 and petioles (Figs. 15

Fig. 1. L. Webbiana.

Fig. 2. L. Thibetica.

Fig. 3. L. demissa.

Fig. 4. L. spinosa Alberti.

Fig. 5. L. fragrantissima.

Fig. 6. L. sempervirens.

Fig. 7. L. Henryii.

Fig. 8. L. involucrata.

Fig. 9. L. Morrowii.

Fig. 10. L. latarica.

Fig. 11. L. japonica.

Fig. 12. L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 13. L. deflexicalyx xerocahj

Fig. 14. L. tatarica siberica.

Fig. 15. L. Thibetica (petiole).

oss sections
and 17-30)

Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
Fig.
r. Fig.

Fig.
Fig.

through the midrib (Figs. 1-14

xis.

16. L. bella (midrib).

17. L. japonica.

18. L. Morrowii.

19. L. Webbiana.

20. L. spinosa Alberti.

21. L. tatarica.

22. L. fragrant issim a.

23. L. involucrata.

24. L. bella.

25. L. sempervirens.

26. L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

27. L. Henryii.

28. L. tatarica siberica.

29. L. demissa.

30. L. coerulea graciliflora.

Mayberky: The Genus Lonicera

47

PLATE VII

48 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE VIII

(See page 51 )

Surface views of the stem and leaf epidermises, and trichomes. X 100.

Fig. 1. Lower leaf epidermis of L. involucrata.

Fig. 2. Stem epidermis of L. involucrata.

Fig. 3. Stem epidermis of L. jragrantissima.

Fig. 4. Lower leaf epidermis of L. jragrantissima.

Fig. 5. Upper leaf epidermis of L. jap, mica.

Fig. 6. Lower leaf epidermis of L. japonica.

Fig. 7. Upper leaf epidermis of L. involucrata.

Fig. 8. Glandular hair from the lower surface of a leaf of L. involucrata.

Fig. 9. Upper leaf epidermis of L. jragrantissima.

Fig. 10. Lower leaf epidermis of L. sempervirens.

Fig. 11. Stem trichome from L. japonica.

Fig. 12. Stem epidermis from L. japonica.

Fig. 13. Trichome from upper surface of the leaf of L. japonica.

Fig. 14. Trichome from the lower surface of a leaf of L. involucrata.

Fig. 15. Upper leaf epidermis of L. sempervirens.

Fig. 16. Leaf trichome from L. sempervirens.

Fig. 17. Stem epidermis of L. sempervirens.

Fig. IS. Trichome from the upper surface of a leaf of L. involucrata.

Fig. 19. Lower leaf epidermis from L. Webbiana.

Fig. 20. Stem epidermis from L. tatarica.

Fig. 21. Upper leaf epidermis from L. tatarica.

Fig. 22. Trichome from the lower surface of the leaf of L. japonica.

Fig. 23. Upper leaf epidermis of L. Thibetica.

Fig. 24. Stem epidermis from L. Webbiana.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera 49

PLATE VIII— Continued

Fig.25. Trichome from the upper surface of a leaf of L. Webbiana.

Fig. 26. Upper leaf epidermis of L. Webbiana.

Fig. 27. Lower leaf epidermis from L. tatarica.

Fig. 28. Stem trichome from L. spinosa Albert/.

Fig. 29. Stem epidermis of L. Thibetica.

Fig. 30. Lower leaf epidermis from L. Webbiana.

Fig. 31. Upper leaf epidermis from L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

Fig. 32. Trichome from upper surface of the leaf of L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

Fig. 33. Upper leaf epidermis from L. spinosa Alberti.

Fig. 34. Lower leaf epidermis from L. spinosa Alberti.

Fig. 35. Trichome from the stem of L. Thibetica.

Fig. 36. Trichome from the lower surface of the leaf of L. Thibetica.

Fig. 37. Upper leaf epidermis of L. </< missa.

Fig. 38. Stem trichome from L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

Fig. 39. Stem epidermis from L. deflexicalyx xerocalyx.

Fig. 40. Upper leaf epidermis of L. tatarica siberica.

Fig. 41. Stem epidermis of L. tatarica siberica.

Fig. 42. Lower leaf epidermis of L. tatarica siberica.

Fig. 43. Upper leaf epidermis from L. bella.

Fig. 44. Stem trichome from L. Morrowii.

Fig. 45. Lower leaf epidermis of L. Morrowii.

Fig. 46. Trichome from the lower surface of the leaf of L. deflexicalyx

xerocalyx.

Fig. 47. Leaf trichome from L. tatarica siberica.

Fig. 48. Glandular hair from the lower epidermis of L. Morrowii.

50 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE VIII— Concluded

Fig. 49. Upper leaf epidermis from L. Morromi.

Fig. 50. Stem epidermis of L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 51. Trichome from the lower surface of a leaf of L. coerulea gracilifloia.

Fig. 52. Lower leaf epidermis of L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 53. Trichome from the lower surface of the leaf of L. bella.

Fig. 54. Lower leaf epidermis from L. bella.

Fig. 55. Stem epidermis from L. bella.

Fig. 56. Stem epidermis from L. Morromi.

Fig. 57. Trichome from the upper surface of L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 58. Stem trichome of L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 59. Upper leaf epidermis from L. coerulea graciliflora.

Fig. 60. Stem trichome from L. bella.

Fig. 61. Trichome from upper surface of the leaf of L. bella.

Fig. 62. Trichome from the lower surface of the leaf of L. Morrowii.

Fig. 63. Lower leaf epidermis of L. demissa.

Fig. 64. Trichome from lower surface of a leaf of L. demissa.

Fig. 65. Stem epidermis of L. demissa.

Fig. 66. Glandular hair from lower surface of a leaf of L. demissa.

Fig. 67. Trichome from upper surface of a leaf of L. demissa.

Fig. 68. Trichome from stem of L. demissa.

Fig. 69. Upper leaf epidermis from L. Henryii.

Fig. 70. Lower leaf epidermis from L. Henryii.

Fig. 71. Leaf trichome from the upper surface of the leaf of L. Henryii.

Fig. 72. Stem epidermis from L. Henryii.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera

51

PLATE VIII

4—7186

52

The University Science Bulletin

PLATE

IX

LEAF BLADES

(Venation)

Fig.

1.

L.

Sjonioso Alberti

Fig. 9.

L. Thibelica.

Fig.

2.

L.

japonica.

Fig. 10.

L. demissa.

Fig.

3.

L.

Webbiana.

Fig. 11.

L. jragrantissima.

Fig.

4.

L.

tatarica.

Fig. 12.

L. coerulea graciUflora

Fig.

5.

L.

semper virens.

Fig. 13.

L. bella.

Fig.

6.

L.

tatarica siberica.

Fig. 14.

L. involucrata.

Fig.

7.

L.

i!i llrxicahjx xerocalyx.

Fig. 15.

L. Morrowii.

Fig.

8.

L.

Henryii.

Mayberry: The Genus Lonicera

53

PLATE IX

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. I April 15, 1935 [No. 3.

A Simple Micromanipulator

A. .7. MIX AND W. H. HOUR,
Department of Botany, University of Kansas

A SIMPLE technique for the isolation of individual bacteria or
spores of fungi has been described by Dickinson.1 The use of
This technique calls for a mechanical device for raising and lower-
ing the point of the capillary glass rod. Controlled vertical move-
ment is all that is essential, since lateral movement of the slide,
cover glass and material may be accomplished by means of a
mechanical stage.

The expensive manipulator described by Chambers2 may be used,
but it is complicated by provisions for movements other than the
one desired. Hanna3 describes a device for raising and lowering the
needle, constructed from parts of a camera lucida and of a hand
microtome. Dickinson4 states that no special micromanipulator is
needed and describes the utilization of the microscope condenser for
producing vertical movement. It seems, however, that some workers
may prefer a simple micromanipulator that may be attached to the
stage of the microscope and removed when not in use.

The manipulator here described borrows the feature of the Cham-
bers apparatus which allows simple vertical movement. It has
been used by the senior writer in obtaining monospore cultures of
various Taphrinaceae.

A plan and side view of the apparatus are shown in Plate X. The
body (J i of the manipulator is of aluminum. In use this is clamped
to the stage of the microscope by two set screws (K, K) . The clamp

1. Dickinson, S. A simple method of isolating and handling individual fungal spores
and bacteria. Ann. Bot. 40:273-274. 192G.

•2. Chambers, R. New micromanipulator and methods for the isolation of a single bac-
terium and the manipulation of living cells. .Tour. Infect. Dis. 31:334-343. 1922.

3. Hanna, W. I*. A simple apparatus for isolating single spores. Phytopath. 18:1017-
1021. 1928.

4. Dickinson, S. The technique of isolation in microbiology. Phytopath. 23:357-30". 1933.

(55)

56 The University Science Bulletin

(I) which holds the needle is mounted on the upper end of a movable
rod (H). This rod is enclosed in a sleeve (G) which is held firmly
in place by a setscrew (F). The lower portion of this sleeve is
threaded and a nut (E), into which the rod (H) is seated, moves up
and down on the thread, carrying rod and clamp with it. To in-
sure accuracy of vertical motion a guide (C) is attached to the
lower end of the movable rod (H) by means of a screw (B). The
notched end of this guide fits closely to a post (A) , which is inserted
into the body (J) of the apparatus. A setscrew (D) in the guide

(C) tightens against the lower end of the movable rod (H) and will,
when loosened, allow rotation of the clamp (I).

In using the apparatus the tip of the capillary needle (which has
of course been bent at right angles to the tube) is brought to the
center of the microscopic field by shoving the needle back and forth
in the clamp (I) and by swinging the clamp itself. The setscrew

(D) is loosened to allow this swinging of the clamp. When the
needle tip has been centered the clamp and setscrew are tightened
and subsequent procedure is according to the method described by
Dickinson1.

In making isolations it has been found convenient to use the cell
described by Hanna3. This is cut from a block of paraffin, with a
window for the needle. A large oblong cell has sometimes been
employed when it was desirable to mount a larger cover glass. A
microscope with complete equipment ready for use is shown in
Plate XI.

The body of the apparatus, as has been stated, is of aluminum, the
movable rod (H) and the post (A) are of steel, and the other parts
are of brass. The manipulator was made in the Fowler Shops,
University of Kansas, at a cost of $28, including the charge for mak-
ing the pattern. A second instrument from the same pattern cost
$20. In this second manipulator the post (A) was made of brass,
and a spring was added to work against the nut (E) in order to pre-
vent lost motion due to wear of the threads.

1. Dickinson, S. A simple method of isolating and handling individual fungal spores
and bacteria. Ann. Bot. 40:273-274. 1926.

3. Hanna, W. F. A simple apparatus for isolating single spores. Phytopath. 18:1017-
1021. 1928.

Mix and Horr: A Micromanipulator

57

PLATE X

Plan and side view of manipulator, actual size. Explanation
of the lettering given in the text.

Mix and Hokr: A Micromanipulator

59

PLATK XI

Microscope, manipulator, and equipment for isolation assembled for use.

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 4.

The Prenatal Growth of the Cat, VI: Changes in the

Relative Proportions

HOMER R. LATIMER,
Department of Anatomy, University of Kansas

Abstract: This paper gives some of the changes in the ponderal and linear
proportions of 229 fetal and 35 newborn cats.

The head decreases in relative weighl during the fetal period while the trunk
increases. The head is almost as heavy as the trunk at first, but in the largesl
specimens it is about one fourth as heavy.

The fore limb forms the following percentages of the body weight: 4.4, 8.4,
and 6.6 percent. The similar percentages of the hind limb are: 3.5, 10.8, and
8.8 percent. The maximum percentage of the fore limb occurs at 70 grams
of body weight and at 100 grams of body weight for the hind limb. The
ponderal index of the two extremities rises to its maximum of 170 percent at
1 gram of body weight and then decreases to 74 percent in the largest speci-
mens.

The head and the trunk decrease in relative length, and the tail increases.
The head becomes progressively broader up to 40 grams of body weight and
then more slender up to birth. The trunk is most slender in the smallest
specimens and it becomes stouter during the fetal growth period.

It is shown that the forefoot decreases, the forearm increases and that the
relative length of the arm changes but little during the fetal period. The
hindfoot decreases likewise, but the other two segments of the hind limb do not
change as much in their relative lengths.

The ratios between the segments of the same appendage show that the
distal and the proximal segments do not grow as fast as the middle segment.
Indices of the homologous segments of the appendages show that the arm is
longer than the thigh and the forefoot is shorter than the hindfoot. Both of
these indices decrease rapidly at first and then more slowly. The intermembral
index likewise decreases from 132 to 99 percent.

MANY animals while developing from birth to maturity increase
not only in size but undergo many well-recognized changes in
their relative proportions. The large head becomes relatively
smaller, and. in the child, the upper extremities likewise decrease.
and the lower extremities increase in relative length. The changes
so commonly recognized in postnatal life are likewise found in the
prenatal period. Scamraon and Calkins ('29) have described the

(61)

62 The University Science Bulletin

prenatal growth of the human fetus and have given a very complete
bibliography of the literature. These changes have not been studied
in many forms other than in man and in the primates (Schultz, '26).
The growth in weight and in length of the cat fetus and of its
chief divisions has been given in the first three papers of this series.
This paper will attempt to show some of the changes in the pro-
portions of the cat during the fetal growth period. The description
of the 229 fetuses and 35 newborn kittens and the methods of
weighing and measuring have been given in the first paper of this
series and need not be repeated here.

CHANGES IN RELATIVE WEIGHT

The relative proportions by weight of the head, trunk, fore limbs
and hind limbs are shown graphically in Plate XII, figure 1. These
relative values were determined from the absolute weights computed
by means of the empirical formulae given in the first paper of this
series. This shows the relative size of the head in the cat fetus de-
creasing from its maximum of 36 percent of the total body weight
in the smallest specimens to 16 percent in the largest specimens.

The trunk increases rather rapidly at first from 41 percent to its

maximum of 68 percent in the largest specimens. The trunk, as it

is called in this paper, includes the neck, the trunk proper, and the

tail. In the dissection of each specimen, the head was removed by

an incision separating the atlas and the occipital condyles. The two

pairs of extremities were removed, but the tail was left attached to

the trunk. To show better the ponderal relations of the head and

head weight X 100

the trunk, the head-trunk index, or , was deter-

trunk weight

mined from the calculated values. This index was found to be 93

at 0.3 grams of body weight. It drops rapidly to 73 at one gram of

body weight, to 44 at 10 grams, and to 39 at 20 grams of body

weight. It continues to decrease, though at a slower rate, to 24 at

190 grams of body weight. This index and figure 1 (PI. XII) both

show the relatively large size of the head at first, almost equalling

the trunk in weight, and the slower but ultimately greater growth of

the trunk. The head increases 300 times and the trunk 1,230 times

in weight during this period.

Plate XII, figure 1, shows the fore limbs forming 4.4 percent of the

body weight at first and increasing to a maximum of 8.4 percent at

70 grams of body weight, and then decreasing slowly to 6.6 percent

in the largest specimens. The growth of the hind limbs follows a

Latimer: Growth of the Cat 63

course similar to that of the tore limbs. They start at 3.5 percent of

the body weight, reach their maximum of 10.8 percent at 100 grams

of body weight, and then decrease to 8.8 percent in the largest

specimens.

weight fore limbs X 100
1 he ponderal index ot t lit* two extremities or, .

weight hind limbs
was determined for each ten grams increase in body weight and some
of these values are given in table 1. The increase in this index from
0.3 to 1.0 grams of body weight may be due to inaccuracy in re-
moving from the body and in weighing, for these appendages are
very small, but it probably means that the initial rapid growth of
the fore limbs is terminated at about 1 gram of body weight. From
this point on to 100 grams of body weight, the rate of growth of the
hind limbs exceeds that of the fore limbs. From 100 grams on. the
index increases slowly, indicating that the fore limbs again grow
slightly faster than the hind limbs. The fluctuation in this index
suggests the rythmic growth found by Landauer ('34) and Schmal-
hausen ('26 and '27) and others in the chick embryo. Scammon
('30) gives values for this index in the human fetus for only 6. 8,
and 10 months of age. For these ages the index decreases progres-
sively. The total growth of the hind limbs is greater than that of
the fore limbs during this period, resembling the changes described
by Scammon and Calkins ('29) for the human fetus. The fore limbs
of the cat fetus increase 1,250 times and the hind limb 2,100 times in
weight during this period.

In general, the relative ponderal changes in the cat fetus resemble
those in the human fetus. The head is very precocious. It is
nearly the same size as the trunk at first, but decreases in relative
weight. The fore limb is heavier than the hind limb in the smallest
fetuses and it reaches its maximum relative weight earlier. After a
body weight of 20 grams is attained, the hind limb forms a larger
percentage of the body weight. All of these illustrate Scammon's
('33 i "law of developmental direction."

CHANGES IN THE LINEAR PROPORTIONS

The relative lengths of head, trunk, and tail are shown in Plate
XII, figure 2. The lengths of the trunk were not determined di-
rectly, but the difference between the nose-anus length and the head
length gives a fairly accurate idea of the length of the trunk plus
the length of the neck. The weight of the neck has been included
with the trunk weight in the preceding section. These linear changes

64 Thf. University Science Bulletin

are not as pronounced as are the ponderal changes shown in Plate
XII, figure 1. The head decreases from its maximum relative length
of 20 percent at 0.3 gram of body weight to a minimum of 16.73
percent at 130 grams of body weight, and thereafter it increases
slightly to 17.87 percent at 190 grams of body weight. This last
slight increase in relative length occurs in the newborn kittens, for
all of the specimens above 121 grams of body weight are newborn
kittens. The trunk likewise decreases in relative length from its
maximun of 68.6 percent at 0.3 gram of body weight to 54.5 per-
cent. The tail is the only one of these parts which increases
throughout. It increases from 11.4 to 27.6 percent.

The head decreases in relative weight and in relative length, as
shown in the two preceding figures, and to get some idea of this
change, the weight per unit of length was determined for each ten
grams increase in body weight. These have no significance as
absolute values, for the head is not a symmetrical cylinder, but it
serves merely as a means of comparing the changes in length and in
weight. In the smallest specimens there are fifteen milligrams per
millimeter of length. This increases, rapidly at first and then more
slowly, but continuously, to a maximum of over 700 milligrams per
millimeter of length.

It has been shown above that the trunk decreases slightly in
relative length, but increases in relative weight during this period.
Its weight per unit of length was found in a similar manner to that
for the head and, like the values for the head, these weights in-
crease rapidly at first and then more slowly. The changes are:
from 4 milligrams per millimeter of length in the smallest specimens
to 962 milligrams per millimeter in the largest. This would indicate
that the trunk of the cat becomes stouter during the fetal period.
Schultz ('23) states that the trunk in man becomes more slender
during fetal development. He finds that the ratio of the trunk
circumference to trunk height decreases in the fetal period. Using
the calculated values, the ratio of the circumference of the thorax

circum. thorax X 100

to the trunk length, or , was found for the va-

trunk length

rious body weights. This index begins at 58.3 percent in the
smallest specimens and increases continuously to 92.6 per cent at
190 grams of body weight. In order to get another means of study-
ing the changes in the shape of the trunk in fetal life, the ratio of the
transverse diameter of the thorax to the trunk length was found for

Latimer: Growth of the Cat 65

trans, dia. thorax X 100

the same body weights. This index, — , likewise

trunk length
increases from 20.0 percent at 0.3 mam of body weight to 2(3.1
percent at 1!'<) grams of body weight. Hence, we must conclude
that in the cat the trunk becomes stouter during fetal growth.

The ratio of the transverse diameter of the head to the transverse
diameter of the thorax was studied. Using the computed values of

trans, dia. head X 100

the two diameters, the index. ■ , begins at 95.8

trans, dia. thorax

percent at 0.3 gram of body weight and rises to its maximum of
105.4 percent at 10 grams of body weight. Thereafter it decreases
-lowly and regularly' to 83.9 percent at 190 grams of body weight.
The initial rise here may be explained as was the rise in the ponderal
index of the two extremities, as due to the termination of the initial
period of rapid growth of the head. The change in the shape of the
head as shown by the cephalic index (discussed in the following
paragraph l may affect this index slightly. The decline is probably
due to the increased rate of growth in the transverse diameter of the
trunk, thus lowering the index.

The cephalic and the thoracic indices and the ratio of the neck
circumference to the thoracic circumference have been given in a
previous paper (Latimer, '31). The slight changes in the cephalic
index show that the head tends to become a little broader up to
about 40 grams of body weight and then more slender, with an in-
dex at the end about equal to that of the smallest specimens.
Schultz ('26) suggests that the early growth of the brain tends to
mold the cranial part of the skull into a spherical shape. The later
development of the facial part of the skull and the change toward
the newborn shape of the head may be the explanation of the slight
elongation in the fetal cat head, beginning at 40 grams of body
weight. When these cephalic indices were plotted (not shown), the
cases were more closely distributed than many of the other dimen-
sions, suggesting that there was a marked uniformity in the shape of
the fetal cat head. In a study of several dimensions of the muskrat
skull (Latimer and Riley, '34) the correlation between skull length
and skull breadth was next to the lowest correlation found for the
skull dimensions. This would suggest either that there is a dif-
ference in this index in different species of animals, or that the in-
dividual variation in head shape makes its appearance in postnatal
life. This must be answered by data from the same species. Data

66 The University Science Bulletin

are being collected now on these dimensions of the head of adult
cats, but there are not enough to warrant any conclusions as yet.
The thoracic index (fig. 6 of No. 2) has an initial rise, which has
been discussed in a previous paper, and then averages 114 percent,
showing that there is no change in this index in the late fetal or new-
born stage. The neck becomes relatively a little more slender than
the thorax, as shown in figure 9 of this earlier paper.

These data show that the head of the cat during the fetal growth
period decreases in relative weight, relative length, and for all but
the very early part of this period, its transverse diameter grows less
rapidly than the similar diameter of the trunk. Meanwhile the
trunk increases in relative weight but decreases somewhat in relative
length. Unlike the human fetus, it becomes less slender during fetal
development. The weight of the fore limbs exceeds that of the hind
limbe at first, but above one gram of body weight the hindlimbs
gradually overtake and surpass the fore limbs in weight. There is
another very slight spurt in the growth of the fore limbs toward the
end, but not enough to markedly change the ratio of the two ex-
tremities established at 100 grams of body weight.

CHANGES IX THE LINEAR PROPORTIONS OF THE

EXTREMITIES

In the third paper of this series, the lengths of the fore limbs and
of the hind limbs have been shown with reference to the nose-anus
length. The fore limb increases from 20 to 40 percent and the hind
limb increases from 10 to a little over 40 percent of the body length.
The ratios of the lengths of the extremities to the trunk length is
frequently used, and these ratios derived from the computed lengths
of the fore limb, hind limb, and trunk (as described above) are given
in table 2. These ratios were computed for every ten grams in-
crease in body weight, but to save space, they are given for each
20 grams increase above 30 grams of body weight. Schultz ('26)
gives these ratios for the human fetus, and they are larger than for
the cat fetus. Unfortunately, the body length or trunk length
measurement is not the same as the measurement he used, and so
we cannot compare the relative lengths of the extremities in the cat
and in man. He finds the upper extremities relatively longer than
the lower throughout the entire period with the exception of the 34th
week. In the cat fetus the fore limb exceeds the hind limb in length
until a body weight of 110 grams is attained, and thereafter the
hind limbs are longer. The growth of the two extremities of the cat

Latimer: Growth of the Cat 67

fetus resembles that of the human fetus in that both extremities
grow more rapidly than the body length or the trunk length. Also
the most rapid change occurs in the early part of the fetal period in
both the cat and the human fetus, as described by Schultz ('26),
and Scammon and Calkins ('29).

The lengths of the three segments of the fore limb were measured
and these lengths relative to the length of the entire extremity were
determined, and from these percentages figure 3 in Plate XIII was
constructed. The forefoot decreases from about 37 percent of the
length of the fore limb in the smallest specimens to about 28 percent
in the largest. The forearm increases in relative length, or from 27
to 36 percent. The relative length of the arm changes less than
either of the other two segments. It forms about 36 percent of the
extremity at first, increases to about 38 percent, and then decreases
to about its initial relative length.

Figure 4 I PI. XIII) shows similar changes in the relative lengths
of the segments of the hind limb. The hindfoot decreases from 47 to
43 percent, or less than the change in the relative length of the fore-
foot. The leg forms about 22 percent at first. It increases rapidly
at first and then decreases slowly to about 24 percent in the largest
specimens. The thigh increases at first in relative length, or from
32 to 35 percent, and then decreases until in the largest specimens it
forms about one third of the length of the entire extremity.

These two figures show that the most marked changes in the
linear proportions take place at the beginning of this growth period
and that both feet decrease in relative length, with the greatest de-
crease in the forefeet. Plate XIII, figure 4, shows an apparently
greater variability in the relative length of the leg and the thigh
following the initial change. This may be due in part, but not en-
tirely, to the greater difficulty in measuring the length of the leg as
described in the preceding paper ( Latimer, '33 ) .

The ratios of the adjacent parts of the same extremity were de-
termined for each specimen and the individual indices, together with
a curve drawn by inspection, are shown in Plate XIV, figure 5. The
averages for each ten grams increase in body weight for each of
these indices, as well as the indices in Plate XIV, figure 6, are given
in table 1 of the third number of this series. It seemed best to give
the curves and individual cases to show better the changes in, and
the distribution of, these indices. It will be noticed that the first and
the third curves from the top both decrease rapidly at first and then

68 The University Science Bulletin

more slowly. The first shows the ratio of the hindfoot to the leg

(foot length X 100 \
1 and the third curve, the ratio of the fore-
leg length /

(foot length X 100 \ .

1 . This again shows the
forearm length /

relative decrease in the feet, especially the forefeet, which has been

shown in figures 3 and 4 on Plate XIII. The individual cases for

the upper curve are not given, as they were very widely scattered.

It has already been shown (Latimer, '33) that the leg is a variable

part of the hind limb. There is not as much change in the relation-

( leg length X 100 \
— — I (bottom curve)
thigh length /

but the arm forms an increasingly larger ratio to the forearm as

/ forearm length X 100 \

shown in the second curve from the top I 1 .

\ arm length /

Scammon and Calkins ('29) find the middle segment of both ex-
tremities growing more rapidly than the proximal and that is, in
general, the findings for the cat fetus. They find that the distal
segments grow more rapidly than the middle, but this is not true for
the cat fetuses, for both curves (upper and second from the bottom)
show marked decreases at first with an increase for the foot-leg
index during the middle of the growth period.

The curves in Plate XIV, figure 6, were prepared in a similar
manner to those in Plate XIV, figure 5, and these show the changes
in the ratios of the homologous parts of the two extremities. The

/ length arm X 100 \

upper curve gives the humero- femoral index I I

1 1 \ length thigh /

and it shows that the arm is longer than the thigh throughout the

entire period. The lowest curve gives the ratio of the forefoot to

/ length forefoot X 100 \ .,,,,,

the hindfoot I I and it shows that the forefoot

\ length hindfoot /

is shorter than the hindfoot in all of the specimens except a very

few of the smallest. The general trend of the middle curve, or the

/ length fore limb X 100 \ . .
intermembral index ( I is similar to that of

\ length hind limb /

the human fetus. This index shows that the fore limb decreases from
132 percent of the hind limb to 99 percent in the largest specimens,
or as has already been shown, the hind limb grows more in the fetal
period than does the fore limb.

Latimer: Growth of the Cat 69

SUMMARY

The head decreases in relative weight during the fetal period
while the trunk increases. The head is almost as heavy as the trunk
at first, but in the largest specimens it is about one fourth as heavy.

The fore limb forms the following percentages of the body weight:
4.4. 8.4, and 6.6 percent. The similar percentages of the hind limb
are: 3.5, 10.8, and 8.8 percent. The maximum percentage of the
fore limb occurs at 70 grams of body weight and at 100 grams of
body weight for the hind limb. The ponderal index of the two ex-
tremities rises to its maximum of 170 percent at 1 gram of body
weight and then decreases to 74 percent in the largest specimens.

The head and the trunk decrease in relative length, and the tail
increases. The head becomes progressively broader up to 40 grams
of body weight and then more slender up to birth. The trunk is
most slender in the smallest specimens and it becomes stouter dur-
ing the fetal growth period.

It is shown that the forefoot decreases, the forearm increases, and
that the relative length of the arm changes but little during the fetal
period. The hindfoot decreases likewise, but the other two segments
of the hind limb do not change as much in their relative lengths.

The ratios between the segments of the same appendage show
that the distal and the proximal segments do not grow as fast as
the middle segment. Indices of the homologous segments of the ap-
pendages show that the arm is longer than the thigh and the fore-
foot is shorter than the hindfoot. Both of these indices decrease
rapidly at first and then more slowly. The intermembral index like-
wise decreases from 132 to 99 percent.

LITERATURE CITED

Landauer, Walter. 1934. Studies on the creeper fowl. VI. Skeletal growth

of creeper chickens, with special reference to growth of the long bones.

Bull. 193, Storrs Agri. Exp. Station, Storrs, Conn.
Latimer, H. B. 1931. The prenatal growth of the cat. II. The growth of

the dimensions of the head and trunk. Anat. Rec, vol. 50, pp. 311-332.
1933. The prenatal growth of the cat. III. The growth in length of

the two extremities and of their parts. Anat. Rec, vol. 55, pp. 377-394.
Latimer, H. B., and John M. Airman. 1931. The prenatal growth of the

cat. I. The growth in weight of the head, trunk, fore limbs, and hind limbs.

Anat. Rec, vol. 48, pp. 1-26.

5—7186

70

The University Science Bulletin

Latimer, H. B., and R. B. Riley. 1934. Measurements of the skull and of
some of the long bones of the muskrat (Ondatra zibethicus cinnamominus) .
J. Morph., vol. 56, pp. 203-212.

Scammon, R. E. 1930. The ponderal growth of the extremities of the human
fetus. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop., vol. 15, pp. 111-121.

1933. Section on developmental anatomy. Morris* Textbook of

Anatomy.

Scammon, R. E., and L. A. Calkins. 1929. The development and growth of
the external dimension of the human body in the fetal period. The Univer-
sity of Minnesota Press.

Schmalhausen, I. 1926. Studien iiber Wachstum und Differenzierung. III.
Die Embryonale Wachstumskurve des Huhnchens. Archiv. f. Entwick-
lungsmechanik der Organismen, Bd. 108, S. 322-387.

1927. Beitrage zur Quantitativen Analyse der Formbildung. I. Uber
die Gesetzmassigkeiten des Embryonalen Wachstums. Archiv. f. Entwick-
lungsmechanik der Organismen, Bd. 109, S. 455-512.

Schmalhausen, I., und J. Stepanowa. 1926. Studien iiber Wachstum und
Differenzierung. IV. Das Embryonale Wachstum des Extremitatenskelettes
des Huhnchens. Archiv. f. Entwicklungsmechanik der Organismen, Bd. 108,
S. 721-738.

Schultz, Adolph H. 1923. Fetal growth in man. Am. J. Phys. Anthrop.,
vol. 6, pp. 389-399.

1926. Fetal growth of man and other primates. Quart, Rev. of Biol.,

vol. 1, pp. 465-521.

Table 1. — Ponderal index of the extremities or

Wgt. Fore limb X 100

The weights

Wgt. Hind limb
of the extremities were taken from Table 3 of the first paper of this series.

Body weight, grams

0 3.

1..,
10..
20. ..
30...
40. ..
50...

Inde

X

134

8

170

2

109

7

97

7

91

4

87

3

84

3

Body weight, crams

60

70

80

90

100

110

120

Index

82 0
80.1
78 4
77.1
73 3
73.8
73.9

Body weight, grams

130.

140

150

160

170

180

ISO

Index

74.0
74 1
74 1
74.2
74.3
74 4
74.4

Latimer: Growth of the Cat

71

Table 2. — Ratios of the computed lengths of the extremities to the trunk
length. The linear dimensions were computed for each 10 gram increase in
body weight, but above 30 grams of body weight they are given for each 20
grams increase in body weight.

Body
weight,
grams

Fore limb X 100

Hind limb X 100

Body
weight,
grams.

Fore limb X 100

Hind limb X 100

trunk.

trunk.

trunk.

trunk.

1

33.8

49.3
50.6
50.8
50 8
50 8

21 0
43.3
46.8

48.2
49.4
50 1

90

110

130

51.3

52.0
52.9
55.9
58.8
61.5

51 0

10

52.1

20

53 2

30

150

170

190

56.6

50

59.8

70

62.7

72 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XII

Fig. 1. The relative weights of the head, trunk, fore limbs, and hind limbs.
The ordinates give the percentages and the abscissae, the body weights in
grams.

Fig. 2. The relative lengths of the head, trunk, and tail. The percentages
are given as ordinates and the abscissae give the body weights in grams.

Latimer: Growth of the Cat

73

PLATE XII

80 100 IZO

Figure 1

160 ISO 190

GRAMS

80 lOO 120

Figure 2

160

180 200

GRAMS

74 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XIII

Fig. 3. The relative lengths of the three divisions of the fore limb. The
ordinates give the percentages and the abscissae the body weights in grams.

Fig. 4. The relative lengths of the three divisions of the hind limb. The
ordinates give the percentages and the abscissae the body weights in grams.

Latimer: Growth of the Cat

75

PLATE XIII

0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 2000M.

Figure 3

20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 180 200GM

Figure 4

76 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XIV

Fig. 5. Four indices of adjacent parts of the extremities plotted on body

/Hf.\
weight. The upper curve I I with no cases shown, represents the foot-leg

index, and its values are given in the right margin. The second curve ( — 1

V A./
represents the brachial index, and its percentages are given in the left margin.
All of the individual cases are shown as circles. The curve which is third from

the top throughout most of its course I I represents the forefoot-forearm

\Fa./
index. Its percentages are given in the left margin and all of the individual
cases are shown as dots. The lowest curve with all of the cases shown as

circles ( — I represents the leg-thigh index. Its percentages are shown in the

\T./
left margin.

Fig. 6. Three indices of homologous parts of the extremities. The upper

A.

curve with the cases shown as circles f — 1 represents the arm-thigh index.

(£)

The percentages of all of these curves are given in the left margin and all

are plotted on body weight in grams. The middle curve, with the cases

/F.L.\
shown as dots, I 1 represents the intermembral index and the lowest

Vh.l./

/Ff.\ .

curve I — 1 represents the forefoot-hindfoot index, with the individual cases

\Hf./

shown as circles.

Latimer: Growth of the Cat

77

PLATE XIV

200
PCI

(80 200GM.

20 40 60 80 100 120 (40 160 ISO 200CK

Figure 6

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 5.

A Vertebrate Fauna from the Type Locality of the

Ogallala Formation

CURTIS J. HESSE,
(Contribution from the Museum of Paleontology, University of California)

CONTENTS

TAGE

Introduction 79

Distribution of the Ogallala 80

Summary of the Feldt Ranch Fauna 83

Rodentia 83

Carnivora 84

Perissodactyla 85

Artiodactyla 90

Proboscidea 95

Correlation of the Fossil Vertebrates of the Type Locality of the Ogallala, 96

Bibliography 89

Abstract: The vertebrate fauna from the type locality of the Ogallala for-
mation at Ogallala, Nebraska, is described and its relation to other known
Tertiary faunas is discussed.

The faunas collected in various outcrops of the Ogallala are generally con-
sidered to represent typical Pliocene assemblages, the most primitive among
them being the Republican River "phase A" (lower) of the author and the
most advanced the Blanco fauna of Texas.

The described type locality fauna belongs together with the rest of the
Ogallala faunas between these two extreme phases.

IN 1930 while working on the stratigraphy and distribution of the
Ogallala formation, Maxim K. Elias, of the State Geological
Survey of Kansas, collected the first vertebrate fossils from the type
locality of these beds. The following year Elias and H. H. Lane,
curator of the University of Kansas Museum of Natural History,
sent a field party into this area to secure additional material. This
party was in charge of C. W. Hibbard, who was assisted by W. C.
McNown and Max M. Elias. The collections resulting from these

(79)

80 The University Science Bulletin

activities were turned over to the writer for study and description,
through the courtesy of Dr. H. H. Lane.

This collection came from the Feldt Ranch (SE 14 of sec. 33, T.
14 N., R. 38 W) , two miles east and one half mile north of the town
of Ogallala, Keith county, Nebraska. The exposures here are be-
tween the North and South Platte rivers, which join at the town of
North Platte, a few miles to the east of Ogallala. In the vicinity of
Ogallala the river beds have a general elevation of 3,200 feet, while
the plateau between the two streams stands at about 3,400 feet.
This high land rises abruptly from the valley floor and forms a long
line of east-west bluffs, which consist chiefly of the Ogallala forma-
tion. According to Robert W. Hay (1895, p. 580) the section at
this point is about 240 feet thick, and is composed of calcareous
grits and sand.

The fossil bed itself is at the head of a small north-south draw
about thirty-five feet below the top of the section at this place. The
material was distributed through a three-foot layer of fine sand, but
does not show any water-worn surfaces or other evidences of trans-
portation. Just above this sandy horizon is a layer of the charac-
teristic calcareous grit, from which most of the Prosthennops mate-
rial was taken. Lack of time prevented extensive working of this
locality, but a sufficiently large collection was obtained to place a
definite age on these type beds, as well as to show something of
their relationship to allied faunas.

DISTRIBUTION OF THE OGALLALA FORMATION

Since the original definition of the Ogallala formation in 1899 by
N. H. Darton, the areal limits of this unit have been steadily ex-
tended. Publications of the United States Geological Survey and
the various state geological surveys of this region have shown that
the Ogallala is one of the most extensive North American continental
deposits. In general its distribution is coincident with the high
plains of the Mid-Continent, where it has been recognized in the
following states:

1. Nebraska

The Ogallala occupies the entire southwestern corner of the state,
continuous from the type locality at the town of Ogallala, Keith
county, Nebraska. It was recognized and mapped in this area by
Darton (1899, 1905, pp. 178, 179), G. E. Condra (1907, pp. 19, 20),
and the Nebraska Geological Survey (E. H. Barbour, 1903, pp. 163-
165).

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 81

2. Wyoming

Here the Ogallala occurs in the extreme southeastern corner of
the state, and is probably confined to Laramie county. It has not
been clearly mapped and is not, at present, fully distinguished from
the Arickaree which it overlies (Darton, 1905, p. 178), (Lee, W. T.,
1916. p. 37).

3. Kansas

Beneath the soil mantle the Ogallala makes up most of the sur-
face of the state west of the 99th meridian. It is probably better
developed in this area than in any other. The Belleville formation
of Wing (1929, pp. 19-21) is, on the basis of unpublished strati-
graphic evidence, now considered as Pleistocene in age, and not as
a part of the Ogallala as the original author suggested.

In the Kansas Geological Survey reports, "The Geology of Wal-
lace county, Kansas," by Maxim K. Elias, deserves special mention.
It has long been thought impossible to work out any detailed
stratigraphy within the Ogallala section, but Elias has shown that
this may be accomplished. His work is the first in which this unit
is attacked in detail, and the results he obtains with the fossil grass
seed zones as well as detailed stratigraphy make his paper second
only to those of the pioneer N. H. Darton.

4. Colorado

The Ogallala covers the eastern tier of counties, with the excep-
tion of the Arkansas River Valley. It extends, as a broad triangle,
as far west as 104° longitude. The Nussbaum formation of Gilbert
(1897, p. 4) and others was included in the Ogallala by Darton
(1905, p. 179, 1906, p. 34) , who mapped most of eastern Colorado.

5. Oklahoma

In Oklahoma the Ogallala extends over most of Cimarron, Texas
and Beaver counties, as well as eastward into Ellis county. In
this area it was recognized and mapped by the United States Geo-
logical Survey (C. N. Gould, 1905, pp. 79-81) under the direction of
Darton, and later by the Oklahoma Geological Survey (Rothrock,
1925, pp. 68, 69; Gould, 1926, pp. 26-31, 1926A, pp. 24-33).

6. Texas

The Ogallala formation is extensively developed in the Panhandle
of Texas. The area north of the 32d parallel and west of the 100th
meridian is almost entirely covered by this mantle. It was rec-

82 The University Science Bulletin

ognized in this area by Gould (1906, pp. 25-30, 1926, pp. 24-33),
later by Darton (1928, p. 58) and was mapped by the University of
Texas Bureau of Economic Geology (1916). The Tertiary geology
of this state has been the subject of many papers by various authors,
but, unfortunately, all work thus far has been localized. There have
been many formations named here, such as the Paloduro Beds,
Goodnight Formation, the Blanco of Cummins, the Clarendon Beds
of Gidley, and the Hemphill Beds of Reed and Longnecker. The
faunas of some of these formations may differ slightly, as well as
the lithology of the local section, but it has not been possible for
subsequent investigators to show that these beds exist as separate,
mapable, stratigraphic units (Gould, 1906, p. 27, 1926, pp. 24-33;
Matthew, in the Reed and Longnecker Report, 1932, p. 69). In
my opinion it would clarify the problem if the above "formations"
were to be referred to as zones of the Ogallala [e. g., Ogallala
formation (Clarendon zone)] .

7. New Mexico

The Ogallala formation covers a large part of the eastern tier of
counties in New Mexico, with outliers as far west as the 105th
meridian. Over this area it has been recognized and mapped by
Darton (1928, p. 58).

Over most of the above-described region the Ogallala overlies, un-
conformable', rocks of Mesozoic and Paleozoic age. It occurs as
a mantle, masking the underlying formations and grading up into
local Pleistocene deposits or the recent soil. Darton and others
have set forth its stratigraphic position and its relationship to
other formations of like character and age. In certain sections it is
difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish it from Pleistocene or later
deposits which overlie it. It is quite distinct from the older series
except in Laramie county, Wyoming, where it has not been clearly
separated from the underlying Arickaree.

I do not intend to imply that the areal distribution of the Ogallala,
as set forth by various writers, is more than tentative. Future work
in this region will cause marked changes in its delineation, es-
pecially in central and northern Nebraska. But it is at present im-
possible to do more than follow the above-cited accounts of the
extent of these beds, however scattered they may be.

1 1 esse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 83

SUMMARY OF THE FELDT RANCH FAUNA

Lacertilia

A fragment of the pelvic bone of a reptile establishes the presence
of a small lizard in these beds. The specimen is too incomplete to
identify further than the order.

Aves
A single fragment of the sternum of a bird was found at this
locality. Mr. L. V. Compton, of the Museum of Vertebrate Zoology,
University of California, makes the following statement regarding
this fragment: "The specimen consists of all the right and half the
left caracoidal sulci, and a small section of the sternal plate on the
right side.. This sternum represents a form related to the anserines,
altho it presents characters that are different from those found in
any of the present-day genera of North American ducks and geese,
and it is probable that it is a member of an unknown genus and is
a new species. Since the specimen is incomplete and is of a some-
what nondiagnostic element, it is not considered sufficient evidence
upon which to base a new form. It is approximately the same size
as the sternum of the Canada goose (Branta c. canadensis) , but it is
distinctly lighter in structure."

Rodextia
Hypolagus

Two teeth, the proximal end of an ulna, and the astragulus of a
rabbit are referred to the genus Hypolagus. Although this material
is fragmentary and insufficient for specific identification, it re-
sembles closely the type of Hypolagus vetus ( Lepus vetus). This
species is known from the Thousand Creek (Pliocene) and Virgin
Valley (Miocene) Beds of Nevada and was provisionally recorded
from both the lower Snake Creek and Sheep Creek Beds by Mat-
thew (1924, pp. 86, 87).

Mylagaulus sp.?

This genus is represented by a right femur which, in all its de-
tails and size, is exactly like those figured by Matthew (1902, p.
295) from associated skeletons. Its occurrence in this stage is to be
expected, since that family is sparsely represented in the late
Tertiary Beds.

84 The University Science Bulletin

Dipoides sp.?

(Plate XV, fig. 1)

A single upper molar, a part of the incisor and the astragulus of
a beaver are all that may be identified as belonging to this genus
The molar tooth (PI. XV, fig. 1) possesses an "S" pattern, formed by
a lateral groove from crown to base on either side. The tooth is open
at the base and is similar to those occurring in the Thousand Creek
Beds of Nevada and the Rattlesnake Beds of Oregon. The incisor
has a convex anterior face, and is much like that of Eucastor except
for its slightly larger size. The astragulus is approximately one
fourth larger than the astragulus of Eucastor from the Esmeralda
Formation (Fish Lake Valley Beds) of Nevada.

Indet.

In addition to the genera listed above there are several frag-
ments which I regard as indeterminate. They are mostly fragments
of incisor teeth and limb elements. One lower incisor is quite
flattened, and while it is not Palaeocastor it is comparable to certain
species of it. A femur, radius and tibia could not be determined
accurately enough to name. Rodents must have been very common
here and were probably represented by at least five genera.

Carnivora

osteobortis or aelurodon

A single fourth metatarsal of a moderately large carnivore I refer
to the Osteoborus-Aelurodon group. Although generic reference is
questionable on such scanty evidence, the size and shape of the
bone places it definitely somewhere in that group. It is not as
robust as the same element in Aelurodon cf. A. hadenyi from the
Esmeralda Formation (Fish Lake Valley Beds) of Nevada. It
agrees far more closely in detail with the series of Osteoborus
metatarsals from the Hemphill Beds (Coffee Ranch quarry) of
Texas. This latter genus is quite common in faunas of this age.
Our specimen is slightly more robust than the Texas species 0.
cyonoides.

Felis sp.?

(Plate XV, fig. 2)

A large fourth metatarsal (K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3759; PI. XV,
fig. 2) from the Feldt Ranch locality belongs to some large carniv-
ore. It is much larger than either Machairodus or Osteoborus, in
fact it is considerably larger than any known Pliocene form. In

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 85

size and construction it is identical with the well-known Pleistocene
-pent- Felix atro.v, which has recently been so well figured and
described by Merriam and Stock (1932, p. 158). These authors
give a series of maximum and minimum measurements of this ele-
ment, based upon thirty specimens from Rancho La Brea The
Nebraska specimen agrees quite closely in general size, but has
some slight differences in proportion. This, so far as I am aware,
is the first bit of evidence of an exceptionally large felid in the
Pliocene.

Bassariscus sp.?

In the collection from this locality was the small lower jaw of
a Bassariscus. It was retained by C. W. Hibbard, of the Univer-
sity of Kansas, for stud}' and description. I have not had the op-
portunity to examine the specimen in detail, but Mr. Hibbard in-
forms me that it is probably a new species.

PERISSODACTYLA RlIINOCEROTIDAE

In the plains region rhinoceros remains are the most common of
all fossils, with the exception of those of the horse. These fall into
several genera and one or two subgenera, which are in turn divided
into many species.

Out of this wealth of material two main lines of phylogeny have
been pointed out by W. D. Matthew and other writers. These two
lines form the Miocene to Pliocene genera Aphelops and Teleoceras.
A third genus. Peraceras. is not yet sufficiently known to be clearly
separate from the Aphelops line. In the two main genera, Aphelops
and Teleoceras, several well-defined characters have been pointed
out by Osborn, Matthew, Lane and Stirton. Following these char-
acters the Ogallala material agrees with the genus Teleoceras on the
following points.

1. Molars more hypsodont in comparison with those of
Aphelops.

2. Reduced premolars, P2 very small.

3. A short, deep jaw, such as would fit a moderately short
skull.

4. A character which has been called to my attention by
R. A. Stirton is: The relative depth of the jaw beneath P2 is
much less than beneath M3 in Teleoceras, while in Aphelops the
two are almost the same. This is, possibly, correlated with the
reduced premolars and shortened jaw of Teleoceras.

6—7186

86 The University Science Bulletin

5. The tibia and metatarsal, in this collection, are extremely
short.
The above points place the Ogallala rhinoceros in the genus
Teleoceras. In this genus there are eight known species, six of which
are described from the same general region in which the Felclt
Ranch specimens were collected. These six species may be readily
divided into two groups, a more primitive Upper Miocene stock com-
posed of T. medicornutus Osborn and T. minor Olcott from the
Pawnee Creek and Arickaree Formations. The second group, more
advanced in its characters, is made up of T. major Hatcher, T.
fossiger (Cope), and T. hicksi Cook, all of which are from the Lower
Pliocene. Within this second group additional material will prob-
ably show fewer species, since the individual variation in an animal
as large as a rhinoceros is bound to be great. T. major has been
considered by Matthew (1918, p. 209) as a large male of T. fossiger
(Cope), and can no longer be recognized as distinct. The genus
Paraphelops Lane may belong close to this second Teleocerine group.
It is distinctly Teleocerine in the depth of the ramus beneath P3,
in the reduction of the premolar teeth, and in the height of the
crowns of the teeth in comparison with Aphelops. The size and
position of the tusks, as well as the length of the symphysis, are
characters now known to be of little value. With these points in
mind the Ogallala specimens may be referred to:

Teleoceras fossiger (Cope)

(Plate XVI)

1878. Aplielops fossiger Cope. Descriptions of new extinct Vertebrata from the upper
Tertiary and Dakota formations. Bull. U. S. Geol. and Geog. Surv. Territories, 1878, IV,
p. 382.

1894. Teleoceras major Hatcher. Amer. Geologist XIII. pp. 360-361.

Description of the Material. The lower jaws (K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3752; PI. XVI.) are those of a large male. They are well pre-
served, lacking only the left tusk and the tip of the left coronoid.
The ramus is thick, heavy, and is larger in lineal dimensions than
most of the recorded specimens of T. fossiger. This robustness is
the only character upon which T. major could be separated from T.
fossiger, but our specimen tends to bridge over this difference in size
and warrants the reference of both to the older .species. The canines
are heavy, widely flaring, and rather short. They are not noticeably
upright or procumbent, and when compared with a series of Aph-
elops mutilus jaws from the Hemphill Beds (Coffee Ranch quarry)
of Texas they cannot be separated from them by this character.

Hesse: Fauna'of Ogallala Formation

>7

The diastema behind the tusk is short; P2 much reduced (repre-
sented by alveoli, only, in this specimen) ; P3 small, triangular, less
than three fourths the length of P4, and also sits considerably higher
in the ramus than does P4; pre- and post-fossette shallow; P4
molariform, pre-fossette shallow; M1 heavily worn; M2 crowded
against M^ partly overlapping it on the inner side; M3 as in all
other Teleocerines. The molars arc more hypsodont than those of
Aphelops, they bear no cingula, and seem crowded together in the
jaw. The symphysial region is flattened, both above and below, ex-
tending back to a line joining the pre-fossettes of P4. (This char-
acter, although it has been given considerable weight in the past, is
now regarded as varying with age and sex. It is not of value in sep-
arating Teleoceras from Aphelops. I The ramus increases in depth
from P3 to M3, it is quite shallow beneath P3; mental foramen large,
beneath P3, close to ventral border of ramus; rugosity on angle be-
gins directly beneath ascending ramus and continues well around to
the back of the jaw; post-cotyloid process broad but not especially
heavy; condyle heavy, about as described by Lane (1927, p. 303)
in his Paraphelops; coronoid broad at base, tapering to a rounded
wide end, it is not ''hooked" forward, but stands in line with the
ascending ramus. The jaw is Teleocerine in all its characters, its
robustness is, I believe, a sex character, and the prominence of the
muscle attachments, rugosities and length of the symphysis is due
to the age of the individual.

Table I

FOSS/Of/? LOM5P SJ0WS /%Wf /=fr.£>7~ MA/C//

A/AM£

bf

li

h

^

I

&^

s

^

f

It
It
I

dp/lC/cpS /?7G>f//uS

600

/30 /25 3/8

/44

J 74

/96

/25

296

7e/eoces~os foss/<?es~

550

/04

95 255

85

/70

/2d

84

200

7b/eoces-as fass/ger-
C&a//<7/o, Ate£>s?

555

/60 /58 264

93 /70

/39 /Od

290

88 The University Science Bulletin

MISCELLANEOUS RHINOCEROS MATERIAL

Besides the above-described jaw there are four separate Tele-
ocerine teeth from this quarry. The two lower teeth (K. U. Mus.
Pal. No. 3746) are molars quite like those of the jaw and may be
referred to the same species. The two upper teeth (K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3746) I believe to be the right Mt and the left M2, both heavily
worn. So far as I am able to determine they may be identified with
the T. fossiger skulls in the University of California Museum of
Paleontology, but they are so heavily worn that specific reference is
questionable. The remaining rhinoceros material, a tibia (K. U.
Mus. Pal. No. 3751) and the right metatarsal IV (K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3751 A) are both distinctly Teleoceras. These limb elements are
extremely short, and may be easily distinguished from the other
rhinoceros genera of the Lower Pliocene.

Eqltdae

The remains of horses are the most common of all fossil verte-
brates in the later Tertiary formations of the great plains. The
beds at the type locality of the Ogallala are no exception in this
respect. Horses in individual numbers were more abundant than
any of the other animals. The material consists chiefly of teeth,
only one lower jaw and several carpal and tarsal elements were
found.

The genera represented are all Pliocene forms, the characteristic
Miocene genus Merychippus is not present. The majority of these
specimens are readily identifiable as members of the genus Hip-
parion, the most common of all Pliocene equine genera from these
horizons. There are many species of this genus; some ten have been
described from the general region in which this material was col-
lected. When one works through this rather imposing list of species
one finds most of them based upon poor material, insufficiently de-
scribed, and distinguishable, if at all, only on the most meager char-
acters. In working with such a list -and attempting to identify any
series of specimens, certain groups composed of several described
species stand out quite clearly from each other. The species within
these groups cannot, in my opinion, either be delineated or rele-
gated to synonomy when a series of individuals is studied. These
species represent variations, individual, geographic, or whatever
one chooses to call them. It is true that certain specimens may be
identified with certain of the described species, or perhaps one may

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 89

view certain individuals as new species, yet the entire series seems
to form a unit intergrading and combining at least four and perhaps
six of the described "species." Matthew (1924, p. 154) encountered
this same difficulty in working over the Snake Creek horses, and
found it impossible to carry his identification further than these
groups. Although I feel that these larger groups represent true
species, until a larger series of topotype material has been collected
irom all localities I hesitate to throw any of them into synonomy.
It seems best, therefore, to identify the horses as members of a
group, giving it the name of the oldest described species within the
range.

Hipparion occidentale (Leidy) 1856

(Plate XVII, figs. 1-2; Plate XVIII, fig. 1)

The Hipparion occidentale group was recognized by Matthew
(1924, p. 172) who listed as other members of it, H. affine, H. sin-
clairi, and H. whitneyi. In addition to these the writer feels that
H. dolichops Gidley and H. coloradense Osborn may also be mem-
bers of this group. The above list of forms may all be charac-
terized on the following points.

1. Medium sized to large hypsodont teeth.

2. Protocone separate from protoloph from crown to base.

3. Protocone flattened in an antero-posterior direction, but
not extremely elongate.

4. Plication of the pli-prefossette and the pli-postfossette
simple to moderately complex.

5. External styles of upper teeth heavy.

6. Pillars of metaconid and metastylid on the lower teeth
rounded, equal in size, and close together, not flattened and
far apart.

Description oj the Ogallala Hipparion Material. The teeth
(Plate XVII, fig. 1) from the Ogallala quarry are all quite hypso-
dont, nearly straight, and have a completely isolated protocone.
The protocone is flattened in an antero-posterior direction, and in
some cases is slightly concave on its lingual side. The enamel
plications vary from a simple fold or two, to several folds, but in
no case can they really be called "complex." The external styles
are prominent on the upper teeth, showing no tendency to pinch
in just above the bases. Unfortunately none of these teeth are
associated, nor was there the slightest trace of any skull material.
The above description is drawn from individual teeth, which are
not complete in all cases.

90 The University Science Bulletin

The lower teeth are, in pattern, very close to Osborn's figure of
the type of H. whitneyi. These teeth are quite hypsodont, large,
and the crowns are only about one half longer than they are wide.
The metaconicl and the metastylid are rounded and not widely
separated. The entoconid is crowded against the posterior border
of the metastylid, but the protoconid and hypoconid are wide
transversely.

Calippus sp?

(Plate XVIII, fig. 2)

Three of the equid teeth in the above series do not fall into the
generic reference of the rest of the material. These three upper
cheek teeth (K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3790; PI. XVIII, fig. 2) are
smaller in size, less hypsodont, and the protocone is narrowly
joined to the protoloph. These characters place them in the Plio-
cene genus Calippus, slightly larger than the genotype C. placidus
(Leidy) from "the Lower Pliocene sands of the Niobrara River."
These three teeth are intermediate in their characters between the
genotype and C. arise from the Ogallala formation (Hemphill Beds)
of Texas. The crown pattern is simple, without crenulations, and
the premolars are, relative to those of Hipparion, less high crowned.
Judging from these three teeth, the curvature is somewhat greater
than that of Hipparion. This species may be distinguished from
the genus Merychippus on the height of crown, simple, yet with an
advanced crown pattern, and the lack of a pinching in of the
mesostyle above the base.

f Pliohippus f

Among the carpal and the tarsal elements which may be referred
to the genus Hipparion is an exceptionally large astragulus. This
element (K. U. Mus Pal. No. 3793) seems too large to be placed in
the latter genus, and may possibly belong to the larger form Plio-
hippus. Members of this genus are common in faunas of this age,
and especially so in the faunas of this region; its apparent rarity
here may be regarded as exceptional.

Artiodactyla
Prosthennops serus (Cope)

(Plate XIX; Plate XX, figs. 1, 2; Plate XXI, fig. 1)

The most complete material of all genera found at the Feldt
Ranch locality was that of an extinct peccary. Unfortunately this
group is not well enough known to be of much assistance in the
correlation of these beds. However, since this material seems

Besse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 91

rather common in this region, a full description may, sonic day.
make it useful. There are three species of the genus Prosthennops
known from the plains Tertiary, and two species from the Pacific
( !oast, besides much referred material from both area-.

Prosthennops serus, the genotype, was collected by Russell Hill
in 1872 from "the Loup Fork Beds of Northwestern Kansas."
This specimen was very probably from the "Republican River
Beds" of Osborn, and almost certainly from the Ogallala, which is
the only known Tertiary formation in that area. This specimen, a
lower jaw, was described by Cope under the name Dicotyles serus,
although he probably realized that it was not a member of that
genus. The second species was described in 1904 by Matthew and
Gidley. who placed it in a new genus, Prosthennops, making Cope's
species the genotype. This second species, P. crassigens, is based
upon a very complete skull with heavily worn dentition. It was
collected in the "Loup Fork Sands" of the Little White river, South
Dakota, which at that time were considered Upper Miocene. In
1925 E. H. Barbour, of Nebraska State Museum, .published an
account of a third species of Prosthennops. This form, P. xiphi-
donticus, was collected in 1915 "a mile or two west of Valentine,
Cherry county, Nebraska." In this area Darton maps only Arick-
aree beds but, in my opinion, there are Pliocene beds here, either
Ogallala or equivalent in age to this formation.

In addition there are two species known from the Pacific Coast,
Prosthennops edensis Frick, of the Eden Pliocene, and P. longirostris
Thorpe from the ?Pliocene deposits? of Oregon. Judging from the
known occurrences of this form, as well as that of the referred
material, it appears to be a Pliocene genus rather than a Miocene
one as the original authors supposed.

Description of the Ogallala Peccary Material. The peccary
material from the Ogallala type locality (Feldt Ranch Beds) may
be referred to Prosthennops serus (Cope) . The type of this species
was described, but never figured, although many specimens have
been referred to it. Dr. W. D. Matthew, who had access to this
type, referred many of the Snake Creek specimens to it, and de-
scribed the upper dentition and skull for the first time. On the
above references and on Cope's original description I base my
identification.

Lower Jaw. An adult lower jaw (K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3755; PI.
XIX i with complete left dentition moderately worn. I: and I2 pig-
like, procumbent, of equal size; L, very small, separated from I, by

92

The University Science Bulletin

one third distance to canine; canines missing, the alveoli indicating
that they were large and projected slightly outward from mid-line of
jaw; post-canine diastema long, equal to length of molar teeth,
sharply ridged, straight except for slight incurve just behind canine,
posterior end of diastema curves upward, slightly, to end of tooth
row; P2 triangular, small anterior tubercle, high median cusp, wide
heel, which when unworn probably had two cusps; P3 quite molari-
form, slightly wider posteriorly, two prominent anterior cusps, less
worn than posterior pair; P4 molariform, four main cusps, one at
each corner; M1 heavily worn, almost square with no trace of
pattern except ridge across middle of tooth, dividing anterior and
posterior set of cusps; M2 larger with small cingulum across the
anterior end of tooth, slight foreshadowing of heel on M3; M3 large,
elongate, well-developed heel, with bases of three cusps, otherwise
same as M2. Jaw heavy and thick beneath cheek teeth, deep; sym-
physis as long as check-tooth row, suture shows plainly below, but
is obliterated above. Jaw pinches in behind canines, expands rap-
idly from that point back; posterior part of ramus missing. Entire
specimen large and heavy in general build.

Table II

C6mQ4/?AT/V£ M34SC//?£A/&V7'S O/1 /¥&S7?/fiVA£IPS

s&?c/s /wen/ /=&u?r /?4A/c/y

/VA/M£

i

II

1$

1

I

Og?<7//c7/(7 spec/men

988

592

597

554

/&

///

/Z3

745

740

/Q2

264

436

SnoAe Cs~e<sA

5/6

/5.9

/77

/67

25.4

7? /o/idp/rosfr/s
rc/pe

96.5

¥6.5

60.

76.5

54.

70+

//.6+

/S.4*

762+

/83+

24.2+

4&4*

P x/pTi/Ponf/co'S
Tc/pe

75

29.

46.

57

92

/2Z

/2.6

/4.3

/S.8

54.

65+

32+

566

85+

/0.5>

/32+

/35>

/6S+

23/

552

Milk Dentition. A fragment of the right lower jaw (K. U. Mus.
Pal. No. 3753; PL XX, fig. 1) is the milk dentition of this form.
Dp2 posterior half only, stands well out of the jaw, high median

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 93

cusp and low posterior one. I)p3 also high out of alveoli, two small
anterior cusps, larger median cusp with a trace of bifurcation (in
unworn stage), low posterior heel which probably carried only one
cusp and a cingulum. Dp4 large, oblong, "double" tooth, with three
transverse rows of cusps made up of two each; this tooth is slightly
wider posteriorly, carrying a small accessory cusp (in mid-line)
between the two posterior main ones, also has a trace of a cingulum
at that point.

I '/>/>( r Permam ut 1)< ntition. Unfortunately the parts of the skull
represented in our collection are not diagnostic of the species. There
are two specimens showing the upper dentition, but the permanent
premolars are not present in either. In one of these two (K. U.
Mus. Pal. No. o7o4; PI. XX, fig. 2) a section of the posterior part
of the palate with Mj and M2 in place, P3, P4, and M, may be
readily seen, but are not yet functional. P3 is a square tooth (12.4
long by 12.4 wide I whose height of crown is about as great as its
own length (11.0 1. There are two main cusps on the posterior half
of the crown, two smaller cusps anterior to the main ones and
crowded to the lingual side, and on the buccal and anterior edge of
the tooth a well-developed cingulum is present. P4 is one third
larger than P,, with four prominent cusps on its crown. There is a
trace of a cingulum on the anterior margin of this tooth. M.t is
oblong in shape (16.0 by 13.4) with marked anterior and posterior
cingula, which may be carried entirely across the exterior of the
tooth in some specimens. It bears four heavy, blunt cusps and two
median accessory cusps on the anterior side of the two main sets.
M2 is one third larger than M1; with a rather square crown (19.4 by
17.0). The posterior and anterior cingula are not well developed.
and the tooth bears three accessory cusps; one on the anterior
cingulum in the mid-line, one between the posterior main cusps as
in Mj, and a third, less well developed, on the posterior cingulum at
its mid-point. The four main cusps are slightly heavier than in Mx.
M3 is unerupted, and is, therefore, somewhate obscure. It appears to
be a square tooth, with four main heavy cusps and several minor
ones. It is distinctly larger and more high crowned than are the
other teeth of the series. There is no indication of cross-cresting in
these specimens, such as one finds in the genus Platygonus.

Upper Deciduous Dentition. The deciduous teeth are well pre-
served in the larger part of the rostrum of a skull (K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3753; PI. XXI. 1). The anterior tip of the palate is broken
away just anterior to the canines, but both maxilla are complete

94 The University Science Bulletin

back to and including M1. The deciduous canines are still in
place, but the permanent ones are developed, and may be seen just
anterior to and below those now in use. The post-canine diastema
(38.4) is about equal to the length of the premolar teeth (39.0).
Dp2 is a small (10.6 by 7.6), triangular, three-rooted tooth, with a
prominent, anterior, bifurcate cusp, and two posterior cusps wide
apart and low. The posterior half of this tooth carries a cingulum.
Dp3 is one third larger than Dp2 (13.4 by 11.0), and its anterior
cusps are only slightly larger than the posterior set. It bears a
cingulum across the posterior half of the crown, and is slightly
wider in that region. Dp4 foreshadows M1, the cingulum is almost
complete on the buccal side of the tooth, and the anterior and
posterior sets of cusps are of equal size. The entire series of upper
deciduous teeth show a decided tendency toward the formation of
accessory cusps.

The skull parts represented in the above specimens are in most
respects the same as those of either P. serus or P. crassigens. The
skull of the latter species is fairly well described, but Matthew
(1924, p. 178) did not figure or give measurements of the skull
which he referred to P. serus. The points of difference on which
these two species are based have not been clearly set forth.

RELATIONSHIPS OF THE OG ALL ALA PECCARY

MATERIAL

As shown above, the Ogallala peccaries fall into the fairly well-
known P. serus-P. C7*assigens group. They were collected just north
of the type locality of the former species, and may, I think, be
definitely referred to it. The Valentine form, P. xiphidonticus, is
a smaller and more primitive member of the genus, the I3 is larger,
P2 and P3 are less molariform, and the heel of M3 is not as well
developed. In general outline the lower jaw of P. xiphidonticus is
similar to P. longirostris of the Oregon Pliocene. The California
species P. edensis is so heavily worn and fragmentary that little
may be told about it.

Camelid

Two teeth, an incisor and an upper molar, are camelid but are
further indeterminate. At least two genera are represented in this
meager lot of material. The incisor is large, quite spatulate, and
belongs to an advanced form of camel very distinct from the form
represented by the molar tooth. The upper molar is of a low

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 95

crowned form, with prominent external styles and represents the
left M2. It belongs to one of the more primitive camelid genera,
possibly Miolabis or Protolabis, but lack of additional evidence
makes such a reference little better that a guess.

? Blastomeryx

(Plate XXI, fig. 2)

The anterior part of the right lower jaw of a tiny fervid (K. U.
Mus. Pal. No. 3148; PI. XXI, fig. 2) represents one of the rarer
genera of the Pliocene faunas. The teeth (P2 to MJ are heavily
worn and little can be told about them, except that in size, pattern
and general proportion they are close to Blastomeryx. The Blasto-
meryx group is well represented in the Miocene deposits of the
great plains, but by Pliocene time it seems to have largely dis-
appeared. Of the eight small species of the genus Blastomeryx, only
two are recorded from the Pliocene. It is with these two small,
advanced species that the Ogallala specimens may be placed.

Proboscidea — Mastodontidae

(Plate XXII. figs. 1, 2)

Two specimens in this collection are of especial interest, since
they represent a foetal or very young proboscidean. I am unable to
say to which of the groups under the family this form belongs, since
it does not exhibit any adult characters. The first of these two
specimens (K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3758; PI. XXII, 1) is the posterior
part of the right maxillary with two teeth in place. The most ante-
rior of these teeth has lost its crown, and might easily be mistaken
for a heavily worn tooth, since its surface is fiat and presents no
characters. The most posterior of the teeth has a well-developed
crown with its anterior inner tip broken away. This tooth is placed
at an angle of almost 45° with the mid-line of the jaw, and it slightly
overlaps the posterior outer margin of the most anterior tooth. The
pattern of the cusp of this second tooth resembles in a general way
that of the other members of this family from the same horizon.
The angle of this tooth to the mid-line and the fact that the anterior
inner base projects through the wall of the jaw leads one to suspect
that the specimen is abnormal. It is approximately half the size
of the foetal form of Platybelodon grangeri recently described by
Osborn and Granger (1932, p. 5) from the Miocene Tung Gur beds
of China. The second specimen (K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3758; PI.
XXII, fig. 2 I I identify as the superior milk incisor. This tooth is

96 The University Science Bulletin

less than half the size of the form referred to by Osborn and
Granger. The tooth is oval in cross section, becoming quite flat-
tened at its root. The anterior tip is coated with enamel which
fades away one fourth the distance from the anterior tip. The tip
of the tooth is slightly curved downward. On the anterior tip, and
just at the base of the enamel line on the inner side, this tooth shows
wear. The tip is blunted, and the posterior wear spot is quite pro-
nounced. I cannot explain this wear on any other grounds except
from use of the tooth; this, of course, makes it impossible that the
individual was yet unborn. Although less than half the size of the
Chinese specimen, which is considered as foetal, this tiny probos-
cidean must have been fully developed and capable of feeding by
itself.

CORRELATION

OF THE FOSSIL VERTEBRATES OF THE TYPE LOCALITY OF THE
OGALLALA FORMATION

As has been pointed out in the introduction of this report, the
Ogallala formation has a very wide geographical extent. It in-
cludes many so-called "formations" and "beds" which have been
named chiefly by vertebrate paleontologists, and the application of
which is quite local.

Within the areal limits of Barton's Ogallala, several vertebrate
faunas are known. These fall clearly into two groups; first, an older
one characteristic of the formation as a whole, and allied to that of
the type section; and second, a much younger assemblage, probably
confined to the loess of Pleistocene time.

In the first, which is the older of these two groups, and typical of
the Ogallala as a formation, we may place the faunas found at the
following localities:

1. Feldt Ranch fauna, referred to in this report as such from the type
locality of the Ogallala formation, Keith county. Nebraska.

2. Republican River fauna. The entire Republican River fauna has been
referred to the "Republican River Beds" of Osborn (1910, p. 348). This for-
mation has never been denned in any accurate way. nor have geologists work-
ing in that region recognized any such unit. The fossils were collected over
a considerable area, on several different creeks both in Kansas and Nebraska.
Some of these localities are as much as 150 miles apart. Condra (1907, p. 19)
has pointed out the possibility of outliers of Arickaree in this area, and
Matthew (1930, p. 359) and others have called attention to the probability of
two faunal assemblages occurring here. Therefore we may regard this fauna as:

a. An older phase, probably confined to certain localities within the area
from which the collections came.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 97

b. A younger phase, equivalent to the fauna of the Ogallala type locality,
and i mbracing most of the Republican River fossils.

3. The Kelson fauna, from the "Edson Beds" of Adams and Martin (1929,
p. 505), in the southeast corner of Sherman county, Kansas.

I. The "Rhinoceros Hill" fauna, from the "Rhinoceros Hill Beds" of M. K.
Klias (1931, p. 159), in the northeastern corner of Wallace county, Kansas.

5. The Collins Draw fauna, from Ogallala beds which have no local name,
in the western part of Wallace county, Kansas.

6. The Beecher Island fauna, from the "Wray Beds" of Cook (1922. p. 4),
south of the town of Wray, Yuma county, Colorado.

7. The Beaver fauna, from Ogallala beds, with no local name, 10 miles east
of the town of Beaver, Beaver county. Oklahoma.

8. The Optima fauna, from Ogallala beds, near the town of Optima, Texas
county, Oklahoma.

9. The Hopewell fauna, from Ogallala beds, with no local name, east of
Hi^ins, Texas, near Hopewell Schoolhouse, Ellis county, Oklahoma.

10. The Higgins fauna, from Ogallala beds, near Higgins, Lipscomb county.
Texas.

II. The Hemphill faunas, from the "Hemphill Beds'' of Reed and Long-
necker (1932, p. 18), in Hemphill county, Texas.

12. The Clarendon fauna, from the "Clarendon Beds" of Gidley (1903,
p. 632). near the town of Clarendon, Donley county, Texas.

13. The Blanco fauna, from the "Blanco formation" of Cummins (1890,
p. 431; 1893, p. 200). from beds overlying the section of the Dockum con-
glomerate, in Dickens county, Texas.

Most of the above faunas are of about the same age, but certain
differences in them are apparent. The most primitive vertebrate
fossils found in any of the above-listed localities occur in the older
phase of the Republican River fauna (Republican River A). The
Miocene genus Merychippus is recorded in this fauna from Drift-
wood Creek. Nebraska; from Plum Creek, Kansas; and from the
region south of the town of Logan, Kansas. As has been pointed
out by Matthew (1930, p. 359) and others, there certainly are two
faunal phases represented in this collection of material. It may be
that small outliers of Arickaree do occur in this area, or perhaps we
are dealing with a somewhat transitional fauna. The species M.
r< publicanus is certainly a well-advanced form, and represents an
end product of the evolution of that genus. The only other record
of Merychippus within the above list of faunas is that of two teeth
from the Beecher Island fauna (Wray Beds). H. J. Cook (1922,
p. 10) points out in his paper that the teeth resemble Pliohippus in
many ways. The distinction between these two genera is often dif-
ficult to make, and after a study of Cook's figures of the teeth, the
weight of the evidence is, in my opinion, in favor of their being
Pliohippus.

98 The University Science Bulletin

Other than the Republican River phase A. fauna, the Clarendon
of Texas contains the most primitive types, but the assemblage is
characterized by the genus Hipparion. Very close to the Clarendon
vertebrates in their degree of "advancement" are the equids of the
Beaver fauna.

The remaining faunas, with the exception of the Blanco, are ap-
proximately the same age, and appear to be characteristic of the
formation. These faunas are separated, if at all, only by the small-
est gaps, and are in the main typical middle Pliocene assemblages.
The Blanco fauna, from the Blanco formation of Cummins (1890, p.
431; 1893, p. 200), is the most advanced of all groups in the list, so
much so that it is generally considered the youngest Pliocene fauna
of the great plains area.

The most primitive fauna in the above list is that of the Republi-
can River phase A. Although the genus Merychippus does not
occur in the old world, I believe the remainder of the fauna to be
about the same age as the Tung Gur of China, the Chingi of India
and the La Grive-Saint Alban of Europe. The Clarendon and
Beaver material is allied more closely with the Pikermi and Samos
faunas of Europe. They are regarded in this report as of lower
Pliocene age.

The slightly younger group, more common in the entire formation,
is middle Pliocene, comparable to the Montpellier and Roussilon
Pliocene Beds of Europe. The entire list of faunas is close to those
found in the lower parts of the Loess of China, which are regarded
there as being Pontian in age.

The second series of vertebrate faunas which are found within the
areal extent of the Ogallala, are of Pleistocene age, and are not re-
garded as a part of the formation. Although the beds from which
these fossils come are of later date than the Ogallala, in many
localities it is difficult, if not impossible, to draw a line between the
two. The Pleistocene probably does not have a wide areal extent as
a stratigraphic unit, but apparently is of local occurrence. Many
names have been suggested for these beds, but few of them have
I iron sufficiently well founded to be of use. The Sanborn forma-
tion (Elias 1932, p. 163) is probably the best defined of all, and
should supplant the use of the host of older names. This formation
is not fossiliferous at all points, but in some localities large quanti-
ties of material have been found. The following notable occurrences
of vertebrates may be referred to these beds:

1. Elephas. The "Elephas Quarry" worked by C. H. Stern-
berg, seven miles northeast of Pendennis, Lane county, Kansas.

•

Hessk: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 9i)

2. Platygonus leptorkinus, several skeletons obtained by S.
VV. Williston, at Goodland, Sherman county, Kansas.

3. Bison occidentalis. H. T. Martin obtained seven skeletons
on Twelve Mile creek, east of Russell Springs, Logan county,
Kansas.

4. Bison occidentalis. H. T. Martin obtained many hundred
teeth and skeletal elements, seven miles east of Atwood, Raw-
lins county, Kansas.

5. A Pleistocene fauna, collected in (dark and Meade coun-
ties, Kansas. Reported on by Cragin (1896) and 0. P. Hay.

In addition to the above important occurrences of Pleistocene
vertebrates, there have been many hundred individual specimens
found in this region, most of which have been listed by Hay (1924).

The question of the mode of deposition (see Hatcher, 1902, and
Baker, 19151 and the formational continuity of the Ogallala 1
leave to the geologist. In an area so large and a unit in which the
sequence is so indefinite one might question the reference of the en-
tire <eries to one formation. So far as I am able to determine there
is no satisfactory indication that the Ogallala should be subdivided.
If such a step be taken in the future, it would be necessary to keep
the Clarendon and Beaver faunas in the oldest subdivision and
Blanco fauna in the youngest. Texas, then, seems to contain the
most complete section, and here, possibly, may be found the solution
of many of the problems suggested by this formation.

LITERATURE CITED

Adams, L. A., and Martin, H. T. 1929. A New Urodele from the Lower
Pliocene of Kansas. Amer. Jour. Sci., 5th ser., vol. 17, pp. 504-529.

Barbour, E. H. 1903. Report of the State Geologist. Nebraska Geological
Survey, vol. 1, pp. 1-242, 13 pis., 156 figs.

1925. Prosthi nnops xiphidonticus, .-p. now A New Fossil Peccary

from Nebraska. Bull. Neb. State Mas., 1. No. 2, pp. 21-24, figs. 7-12.

Baker, C. L. 1915. Geology and Underground Waters of the Northern Llano
Estacado. Bull. Univ. Texas, No. 57, pp. 1-225, 10 pis., 1 fig., 3 maps.

Bass, N. W. 1926. Geologic Investigations in Western Kansas. State Geol.
Surv. Kansas, Bull. 19, pp. 1-47.

Gondra, G. E. 1907. Geology and Water Resources of the Republican River

Valley and Adjacent Areas, Nebraska. U. S. Geol. Survey Water Supply

Paper 216, pp. 1-67, 13 pis., 3 figs.
Cook, J. H., and Matthew, W. D. 1909. A Pliocene Fauna from Western

Xr braska. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XXVI, pp. 361-414, 27 figs.
Cook, H. J. 1922. A Pliocene Fauna from Yuma County, Colorado, with

Notes on the Closely Related Snake Creek Beds, from Nebraska. Proc.

Colorado Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. IV, No. 2, pp. 3-15, 33 figs.

100 The University Science Bulletin

Cummins, W. F. 1893. Notes on the Geology of Northwest Texas. Fourth
Ann. Rept. Geol. Surv. Texas, pp. 177-238, 6 figs.

Darton, N. H. 1899. Preliminary Report on the Geology and Water Re-
sources of Nebraska West of the One Hundred and Third Meridian. U. S.
Geol. Survey Nineteenth Ann. Rept. pt. IV, pp. 719-785, pis. 74-118. Also
printed as U. S. Geol. Survey Paper, No. 17. 1903.

1903. Geology and Underground Waters of the Arkansas Valley in

Eastern Colorado. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper, No. 52, pp. 1-90, 28 pis.
1905. Preliminary Report on the Geology and Underground Water

Resources of the Central Great Plains. U. S. Geol. Survey Prof. Paper, 32,
pp. 1-433. 90 figs.
1920. U. S. Geol. Survev Geol. Atlas, Syracuse-Laken, Kan., Folio

No. 212.
1928. Red Beds and Associated Formations in New Mexico. U. S.

Geol. Survey Bull. 794. pp. 1-356, 62 pis., 173 figs.

Elias, M. K. 1931. The Geology of Wallace County, Kansas. State Geol.
Surv. Kansas Bull. 18. pp. 1-254, 62 pis., 7 figs.

Gidley, J. W. 1903. The Fresh-water Tertiary of Northwestern Texas. Amer-
ican Museum Expeditions of 1899-1901. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.
XIX, art. XXVI, pp. 617-636, 6 pis.

Gilbert, G. K. 1897. U. S. Geol. Survey Geol. Atlas, Pueblo Colorado Folio
No. 36.

Gould, C. N. 1905. The Geology and WTater Resources of Oklahoma. U. S.
Geol. Survey Water-Supply Paper No. 148, pp. 1-175, 22 pis., 32 figs.

1906. The Geology and Water Resources of the Eastern Portion of

the Panhandle of Texas. U. S. Geol. Survey Water-Supply Paper No. 154.

Gould, C. N., and Lonsdale, J. T. 1926. Geology of Texas County, Okla-
homa. Oklahoma Geological Survey Bull. No. 37, pp. 1-62, 9 pis., 6 figs.

Hatcher, J. B. 1902. Origin of the Oligocenc and Miocene Deposits of the
Great Plains. Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc, vol. XLI, No. 169, pp. 113-139.

Hay, O. P. 1917. On a Collection of Fossil Vertebrates Made by Dr. F. W.
Cragin in the Equus, Beds of Kansas. Kansas Univ. Sci. Bull., vol. X,
No. 4, pp. 39-51, pis. 1-3.

1924. The Pleistocene of the Middle Region of North America and

Its Vertebrated Animals. Contrib. Carnegie Inst, of Washington No. 322A,
pp. 1-385, 29 pis., 5 figs.

Hay, Robert. 1895. Water Resources of a Portion of the Great Plains. U. S.

Geol. Survey Sixteenth Ann. Rept., pt. 2, p. 535.
Landes, K. K. 1930. Geology of Mitchell and Osborne Counties, Kansas.

Srate Geol. Surv. Kansas Bull. 16, pp. 1-55, 15 pis., 1 fig.
Lane, H. H. 1927. A New Rhinoceras from Kansas. The Univ. of Kansas

Sci. Bull, vol. XVII, No. 2, pp. 297-311. 5 pis.
Lee, W. T., and Others. 1916. Guidebook of the Western United States, Part

B. The Overland Route. U. S. Geol. Survey Bull. 612, pp. 1-251, 50 pis,

16 figs.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 101

Matthew, \V. D. 1902. A Horned Rodent from the Colorado Miocene, with

a revision of the Mylagaulid beavers and bares of the American Tertiary.

Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., XVI, 291-310. 17 texl figs.
Matthew, W. D., and Gidley, .1. W. 1906. New or Little Known Mammals

from the Miocene of South Dakota. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol.

XXII. art. \ III, pp. 135-153. 20 figs.

Matthew, W. I). 1918. Contributions to the Snake Creek Fauna. Bull.
Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist., vol. XXXVIII. art. VII. pp. 183-229.

1924. Third Contribution to the Snake Creek Fauna. Bull. Amer.

Mus. Xat. Hist,, vol. L, art. II, pp. 59-210, 63 figs.
Matthew, W. I)., and Stirton. B. A. 1930. Equidae from the Pliocene of

Texas. Univ. Calif. Publ. Bull. Dept. Geol. Sei., vol. 19, Xo. 17, pp. 349-396,

13 pis.
Mekriam, J. C, and Stock, C. 1932. The Felidae of Rancho La Brea.

Contrib. Carnegie Inst, of Washington No. 422, pp. 1-228, 42 pis., 152 figs.

Moss. Rycroft G. 1932. The Geology of Ness and Hodgeman Counties,
Kansas. State Geol. Survey Kansas Bull. 19, pp. 1-48, 7 pis., 1 fig.

Osborn, H. F. 1910. The Age of Mammals. Macmillan Company, New-
York, first ed., pp. 1-635, 220 figs.

Osborn, H. F.. and Graxger, W. 1932. Platybelodon grangeri. Three Growth
Stages, and a New Serridentine from Mongolia. Amer. Mus. Novitates, No.
537, pp. 1-13, 8 figs.

Reed, L. C. and Longnecker. O. M. 1932. The Geology of Hemphill County,
Texas. University of Texas Bull. No. 3231, pp. 1-97, 1 pi., 9 figs.

Rothrock, E. P. 1925. Geology of Cimarron County, Oklahoma. Oklahoma
Geological Survey Bull. 34, pp. 1-109, 24 pis., 3 figs.

Rubey. W. W., and Bass, N. W. 1929. Geology of Russell County. Kansas.
State Geol. Surv. Kansas Bull. 10.

Wing, M. E. 1930. The Geology of Cloud and Republic Counties, Kansas.
State Geol. Surv. Kansas Bull. 15, pp. 1-51, 18 pis., 2 figs.

7—7186

102 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XV

Fig. 1. Dipoides sp? Upper cheek tooth, twice natural size, crown lingual
and labial view. Arrow indicates anterior side.

Fig. 2. Felis .sp? Fourth metatarsal, K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3759, natural size.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation

103

PLATE XV

-f/exus

w

L/ngua/

Lab/a/

Figure 1

Figure 2

104 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XVI

Teleoceras fossiger. Lower jaws, K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3752, approximately
one third natural size. See table in text for exact measurements.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation

105

PLATE XVI

106 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XVII

Fig. 1. Hipparion occidentale . Three upper cheek teeth, K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3792. A. Crown and anterior side. B. Crown and lingual side. C.
Crown and labial side.

Fig. 2. Hipparion occidentale. Left lower cheek teeth, K. U. Mus. Pal. No.
3744, crown view, natural size.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation 107

PLATE XVII

A

KH

B

C

Figure 1

108 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XVIII

Fig. 1. Hipparion occidentale. Three lower cheek teeth, K. U. Mas. Pal.
No. 3791. Crown and lingual view, natural size.

Fig. 2. Calippus spf Two upper cheek teeth, K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3790.
A. Crown and lingual view. B. Crown and labial view.

Hi -si.: Fauna of Ogallala Formation

109

PLATK XVIII

Figure 1

Figure 2

110 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XIX

Prosthennops serus. Incomplete lower jaws, K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3755, P2
to M3 crown view of cheek teeth and side view of jaw. Approximately three
fourths natural size. See text for measurements.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation

111

PLATE XIX

112 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XX

Fig. 1. Prosthennops serus. Fragment of right lower jaw, K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3753, Dp2 to Mi, natural size. A. Crown view of teeth. B. Side view
of jaw.

Fig. 2. Prosthennops serus. Part of palate of skull, K. U. Mus. Pal. No.
3754, P3, Pi unerupted, Mi, M2 in place and M3 unerupted, natural size.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation

11:?

PLATE XX

Figure 1

Figure 2

114 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXI

Fig. 1. Prosthennops serus. Palate of skull, K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3753,
associated with lower jaw fragment (PI. XX, fig. 1), Dp2-Mi, natural size.

Fig. 2. Blastomeryx sp? Anterior part of right lower jaw, K. U. Mus. Pal.
No. 3748, P2-M1, natural size.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formation

115

PLATE XXI

Figure 1

Figure 2

116 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXII

Fig. 1. Mastodontidae. Fragment of the right maxillary of immature or
foetal form. K. U. Mus. Pal. No. 3758, natural size.

Fig. 2. Mastodontidae. Superior milk incisor of immature or possibly foetal
individual, K. U, Mus. Pal. No. 3758, natural size.

Hesse: Fauna of Ogallala Formatio

\

117

PLATE XXI]

Figure 1

Figure 2

8—7186

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. 1 April 15, 1935 [No. 6.

Miscellaneous Notes on Mexican Lizards

HOBART M. SMITH,
Department of Zoology, University of Kansas

Abstract: The study is based upon the material secured in Mexico in the
collections of Edward H. Taylor, David H. Dunkle and Hobart M. Smith.
Notes are given on Hemidactylus turcicus, Iguana rhinolopha, Ctenosaura
pectinata, C. acanthura, C. similis, C. hemilopha, Basiliscus vittatus, Crota-
phytus collaris collaris, C. wislizcnii, Phrynosoma • cornutum, P. modestum,
Ameiva undulata undulata, Heloderma horridum and Anelytropsis papillosus.
Phyllodactylus lanei and P. homolepidurus are described as new.

THE following notes are based upon the specimens of certain
miscellaneous genera of lizards contained in three collections
from Mexico: One secured during the summer of 1932 by Dr.
Edward H. Taylor and myself, another during the summer of 1934
by Air. David H. Dunkle and myself, and the other during the sum-
mer of 1934 by Doctor Taylor (specimens in these collections in-
dicated by EHT and HMS, DHD and HMS, and EHT, re-
spectively).

I wish here to express my appreciation for the aid received, in
the collection and study of this material, from Dr. Edward H.
Taylor, Mr. David H. Dunkle, Mr. C. D. Bunker and Dr. H. H.
Lane. I am further indebted to Mr. L. M. Klauber, who has loaned
specimens of Phyllodactylus from the United States and Baja
California; to Dr. Leonhard Stejneger, who has given notes from the
log of Meyen's "Reise urn die Erde" relative to the type locality of
Meyen's Phyllodactylus tuberculosus ; to Dr. J. W. Bailey, who has
kindly examined and offered his opinion concerning the identity of
some of the Ctenosaurs; and to Mr. J. C. Bay, of John Crerar
Library, for his kindness in loaning necessary reference works. The
study has been aided by a grant from the University of Kansas
graduate research fund.

(119)

120 The University Science Bulletin

Phyllodactylus

Phyllodactylus tuberculosus was described by YViegmann in 1835
in a discussion of the herpetological material collected by Meyen on
his Reise urn die Erde. The locality from which the specimen came
was given as "Californien."

It has generally been accepted that "Californien" was the terri-
tory now known as either the state of Baja California, in Mexico,
or the state of California, of the United States, in which region there
actually exists at least one form of Phyllodactylus to which Weig-
mann's name has been applied. However, there are a number of
important facts which show that this interpretation cannot be cor-
rect.

In reply to an inquiry from Doctor Taylor, Doctor Stejneger has
stated (in letter) that, according to the log of Meyen's trip, "the
Prinzess Louise did not touch in California at all. She sailed di-
rectly from Hamburg to Rio de Janeiro and from there to Val-
paraiso. From there Meyen visited Santiago and undertook an ex-
cursion to the province of Colchagua, left Santiago February 2, 1831,
ascended Monte Impossible and returned to Santiago on February
11. Another excursion to the volcano Maipu, February 14, and back
in Valparaiso February 25. Prinzess Louise left Valparaiso March
6. On March 8 Meyen was ashore at Coquimbo, and on March 11
at Copiapo, making from here an excursion to Nantoko and La
Punta, back in Copiapo March 19. P. L. left next day for and ar-
rived in Arica, Peru, March 26. From here Meyen traveled over
Tacna to Lake Titicaca, arriving April 7. Returned over Arequipa,
arriving in Islay April 23, joining the P. L. in Callao April 28.
From May 4-16 in Lima, with short excursions in the surrounding
country. The P. L. left Callao May 21 directly for Honolulu, ar-
riving there June 24, 1831. Left Honolulu direct for Canton, China,
without touching land. Arrived in China August 13.

"Neither the Prinzess Louise nor Meyen visited California nor any
other American port north of Callao.

"I have glanced through the text of Meyen's account of the jour-
ney, but have found no reference that would throw any light on the
type locality of Phyllodactylus tuberculosus. "

It may be added that, were this type locality the California of
North America, it would be the only locality in North or Central
America mentioned by Weigmann in his whole paper. It would
seem almost beyond doubt that "Californien" must refer to some
small village near one of the ports Meyen is known to have visited.

Smith: Mexican Lizards 1-1

Moreover, the original description of P. tuberculosus differs widely
from the characteristics of specimens available from the United
Slates and Mexico, including Baja California. It has appeared,
from the study of this material, that the name tuberculosus musl be
applied to the South American and possibly also to the Galapagos
Island- form, which has been known by that name; previously con-
fused with this species are at least two others, one of which is a
distinct tropical form existing in Mexico and possibly Central
America, the other, equally distinct and desert-inhabiting, occurring
in Sonora and, probably, southern California and Baja California.
The latter two species are described below.

Phyllodactylus homolepidurus sp. n.

(Text fig. 1A; Plate XXV, fig. 2)

Type. Male, EHT No. 146, collected five miles southwest of
Hermosillo, June 22, 1934, by Edward H. Taylor.

Paratypes. Twenty-five, including eleven collected with the type
(EHT Nos. 125-127. 144, 145, 147-149, 149a, 150, 151) ; eleven from
a locality 10 miles northwest of GUaymas, June 28 to July 9, 1934
(EHT Xos. 221, 225, 272, 273, 302, 303. 384, 384a, 384b, 515, 516) ;
and three taken 4 miles southeast of Guaymas, on Empalme road.
July 13. 1934 I EHT Nos. 518-520). All collected by Edward H.
Taylor.

Diagnosis. A Phyllodactylus attaining a maximum snout to
vent length of 65 mm. to 70 mm.; occipital scales granular, about
eqtial in size to those on body; interorbital scales considerably
smaller than median scales in frontonasal region; no row of scales
following postmentals; six or seven upper labials to a point below
the middle of the eye; scales of body small but squamous and defi-
nitely imbricate; tubercles on body very low, keeled, round or oval;
no tubercles on humerus, rarely a few on femur; two or three rows
of low, weakly keeled scales on each side at base of tail, decreasing
distally to one row on each side of flat, smooth, scarcely enlarged
scales, which disappears at about half the distance between* the base
and distal end; scales granular on posterior surface of femur and
dorsal surface of tibia; cloacal bones of males with the median
termination in the form of two somewhat spherical lobes whose
median axis is at right angles to the plane of the remainder of the
bone; tail with indistinct bands of darker gray; dark gray or slate-
black crossbars on back, usually interrupted medially by a light line
passing from occiput to base of tail; ventral surfaces usually very

122 The University Science Bulletin

lightly stippled with black, rarely stippled sufficiently heavy to be
visible to the naked eye.

Description of Type. Head flattened; dorsal profile (lateral view)
of head a straight line from orbit to snout, the orbits very slightly
projecting, the occipital region not elevated, almost parallel with
axis of body; snout rounded; sides of head (dorsal view) smoothly
rounded from orbit to snout; jaws slightly constricted at level of
orbits; frontonasal groove rather shallow; loreal region weakly con-
cave, at an angle of about 45° with the horizontal; interorbital scales
in about eleven rows, about one third the size of the median scales in
the frontonasal region and about equal in size to the granular scales
of occiput and body; numerous very small, conical or rounded
tubercles scattered over occipital and temporal regions; about eleven
upper labials, six or seven to a point below middle of eye; six or
seven lower labials to a point below middle of eye; rostral about
twice as broad as long, rectangular, partially split in the posterior
median line, its postero-lateral corners in contact with nares; two
internasals, in contact medially, irregular in shape, about as long as
broad; mental large, definitely triangular, its labial border about one
fourth greater than that of rostral; mental followed by two large,
oval postmentals, narrowly in contact on the median line, and
bordering the first labial laterally; scales following postmentals ir-
regular, larger than median gulars, into which they grade; gulars
small, merging with the abdominals in the cervical region; granules
on body smooth, fiat, imbricate; maximum of eight irregular, longi-
tudinal rows of enlarged tubercles on each side of back; tubercles
low, weakly keeled, oval and slightly trihedral on eight median rows;
lateral tubercles more rounded, sharply truncate on posterior end
and slightly more elevated, not conical ; tubercles on neck low,
rounded, convex, not keeled or conical; scales of anterior surface of
upper foreleg about three fourths the size of ventral abdominals,
somewhat smaller on posterior and dorsal surfaces; ventral scales of
upper foreleg granular; scales on anterior surface of lower foreleg
slightly smaller than ventral abdominals; those on dorsal surface of
the same member granular, with a few scattered, conical, enlarged
tubercles; ventral scales of lower foreleg very small, but squamous;
lamellar formula for fingers (to bases and excluding terminal
lamella) : 6-9-11-12-9, at least the distal lamella, in all cases,
divided; scales on anterior and ventral surfaces of femur squamous,
the latter smaller than the former and of approximately the same
size as the ventral abdominals; scales on dorsal and posterior sur-

Smith: Mexican Lizards 123

faces of femur very small, without enlarged tubercles intermixed;
ventral scales of tibia slightly smaller than ventrals on femur; scales
on anterior surface of tibia slightly smaller than the ventrals of the
same member; dorsal scales of tibia very small, with scattered, en-
larged, rounded, conical or convex tubercles; no tubercles on dorsal
surface of foot; lamellar formula for toes (to bases and excluding
terminal lamella) : 6-10-13-14-12; at least the distal lamella, in all
cases, divided; scales in axilla and groin, above insertion of fore-
leg and behind and above insertion of hindleg, very small or granu-
lar; coacal wall produced backward, in the median ventral line, only
very slightly; on each side of the median line, at the base of the tail
and near the anus, is a narrow, transverse pore opening into a sac
below the cloacal bone, but not connected with the hemipenis; four
slightly enlarged scales in an oblique row immediately behind in-
sertion of hind leg and near anus; four dorsal rows of enlarged,
smooth or very weakly keeled scales continued onto base of tail,
disappearing entirely a few millimeters beyond base; scales on re-
mainder of tail smooth, small, imbricate, in regular annuli; a series
of large, transverse subcaudals extending the full length of the tail,
divided near proximal end of tail, irregularly broken near anus.

Ground color above almost white; a distinct dark-gray line from
snout through middle of orbit to upper margin of ear; a few ir-
regular, grayish markings in temporal and occipital regions ; a series
of about eight irregular, gray crossbars on back from scapular region
to base of tail, these bifurcating on the sides; tail with broad, dim
rings of gray, slightly darker posteriorly, alternating with rings of
whitish; hind limbs irregularly marked with gray; forelimbs dimly
banded; venter whitish, immaculate except for fine stippling of
black, practically invisible to the naked eye; stippling more con-
centrated on ventral surfaces of tail and hind limbs.

The cloacal bones are curved, flattened in a horizontal plane at
the outer end, gradually twisting toward the median line. The
median end is in a vertical plane and is modified into the form of
a bilobed spheroid. The bone curves about the postanal pore of
the corresponding side.

Variation. The scale characters are constant for the most part.
The mental is frequently pentagonal instead of triangular; the post-
mentals may or may not be separated on the median line by an azy-
gous scale. The tubercles on the nape may be smooth, conical or
weakly keeled; the tubercles on the body are always small, low and

124

The University Science Bulletin

"8.

o

e

o

-
o
o

o

03

a

CO

CD

S o

S o

2 ^

Oi IC 1-4

C? ,— oc

C£> -H •-*

CO r^ — i

o o

CO •-< —

CO ^H rt

»o -^ —

lO ^H ^H

CD C3

*-H US t-I

>o

Oi

co

OS

»C

»o

»o

OS

oo

co

t^.

iO

o

co

■**.

<N

CO

co

OS

— (

CM

CO

t^.

CO

co

*o

o

U3

m

o

O

»c

c

CO

l>

t-

o

•*f

'b

CI

-

CO

CO

t*»

co

CO

1
CO

CO

co

tO

IO

o

■■#

o

•*»«

CM

»o

CM

r-

CO

OS

*o

CI

CM

'b

IO

CO

«

CO

CO

oo

CO
CM

CO

l
b-

CO

CM

«3

WJ PC

£ b

lO Y-l *~

OO -^
CO CO

iO CO
iO CO

S 'b

r-

2S b

OO i-t
iC CO

rr — — i

r- cm

iC CO

CO O
*C CO

O t-H

•S

0.

c

C3

&

GE

(.

S

«_
V

+-
c3

1

6

E

_o

CO

a -5

— — j-

&

c.

Smith: Mexican Lizards 125

weakly keeled, and those on the tail, if distinguishable, are scarcely

so, and are smooth.

The postanal pores are present in both males and females, al-
though larger and more conspicuous in males. Cloacal bones are
present only in males. Sexes may easily be distinguished by probing
the flesh in front of the postanal pores, determining the presence or
absence of the cloacal bones. The oblique row of slightly enlarged
scales immediately behind the insertion of the hindleg are present
in both males and females, although slightly more enlarged in the
former.

There seems to be no marked sexual dimorphism in color. The
color pattern is practically identical in all specimens.

Comparisons. Comparisons of this species with P. tuberculosus
and P. lanei are given in the discussion under the latter species.

Habits and Habitat. The specimens were secured in arid or semi-
arid regions, and were taken at night in shrubs, on the ground be-
tween rocks or on the rocks themselves.

Some of the females contained well-developed eggs in the ovi-
ducts.

Distribution. It seems likely that at least a portion of the
numerous records of P. tuberculosus from Baja California, and those
from the southern part of California, are based upon specimens of
the species described above. Mr. Klauber has kindly loaned ma-
terial for comparison from these localities, at least part of which
seems to be identical with the specimens from Sonora. The speci-
mens of P. tuberculosus recorded by Allen (1933) from Sonora and
Cope (1900) from Chihuahua are probably P. homolepidurus.

Phyllodactylus lanei sp. n.

(Text fig. IB; Plate XXV, fig. 3)

Type. EHT and HMS No. 1461, male, collected near Tierra
Colorada, Guerrero, Mexico, June 30, 1932, by Edward H. Taylor
and Hobart M. Smith.

Paratypes. Twenty-nine, nine of which were collected with the
type (EHT and HMS Nos. 1458, 1459, 1462, 1516-1520, 1522) ; three
from a locality 44 miles south of Chilpancingo (2 miles south of
Gavapata), Guerrero, June 27, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 1181-
1183) ; ten from a locality about 1 mile north of Organos (south of
El Treinte), Guerrero. June 28. 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 1339-
1346, 1419, 1420) ; four taken between Rincon and Cajones (south of

126 The University Science Bulletin

Chilpancingo) , Guerrero, July 7, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 1499-
1502) ; and three from Mazatlan, Sinaloa (EHT Nos. 534, 535, July
21, 1934; No. 741, July 24, 1934).

Note.— EHT and HMS Nos. 1180, 1338, 1460 and 1521 were presented to
the Instituto de Biologia of the Universidad Nacional of Mexico. Although
not examined in this study, it is almost certain that these specimens are of the
same species as the above. No other species of geckos were collected in
Guerrero.

Diagnosis. A Phyllodactylus attaining a maximum snout to vent
length of 90 mm. to 95 mm.; occipital scales usually the largest of
those on upper surface of head, much larger than the granules on
body; interorbital scales usually of approximately the same size as
the median scales in the frontonasal region; no row of enlarged
scales following postmentals; scales of body (except tubercles) al-
most granular, the laterals very distinctly and abruptly differ-
entiated from the ventrals; tubercles on body very large, trihedral,
ovate, strongly keeled; conical tubercles present on upper surfaces
of both fore and hindlimbs and on occiput; four rows of tubercles
on each side at base of tail, three continued over most of the distal
portion of tail; caudal tubercles keeled; scales granular on posterior
surface of femur and dorsal surface of tibia (a few enlarged, scat-
tered tubercles on tibia) ; cloacal bones of males flat throughout, the
median termination not in the form of a bilobed spheroid whose
median axis is at right angles to the plane of the remainder of the
bone; tail with indistinct bands of darker gray; two rows of rounded,
grayish spots extending the length of the body from occiput to base
of tail; these spots sometimes widened laterally, but not giving the
impression of crossbars; lower surfaces of tail and limbs heavily
stippled with black.

Description of Type. Head flattened; dorsal profile (lateral
view) of head a straight line from orbit to snout, the orbits slightly
projecting, the occipital region almost parallel to axis of body;
snout rounded; sides of head (dorsal view) almost straight to about
halfway between orbit and nostril, curving to a rounded point at
snout; jaws slightly constricted at level of orbits; a deep median
frontonasal groove; lores slightly concave, at an angle of about 55°
with the horizontal; interorbital scales in about seven rows, slightly
smaller than scales between orbit and naris, about equal in size to
the median scales in frontonasal region; occipital granules larger
than others on dorsum of head and much larger than granules on
body; numerous small, conical tubercles scattered over occipital

Smith: Mexican Lizards 127

and temporal regions, those in the temporal region considerably
larger; twelve or thirteen upper labials, six to a point below middle
of eye; nine lower labials, five or six to below middle of eye;
rostral about twice as broad as long, rectangular, partially split in
the posterior median line, its posterolateral corners in contact with
nares; two internasals, in contact medially, somewdiat broader
than long; mental large, definitely triangular, its labial border about
one-third greater than that of rostral; mental followed by two
large, oval postmentals; these in contact with each other medially
and with the first labial laterally; postmentals followed by four
smaller scales in a row between labials; these followed by scales
which gradually merge with the gulars; gulars small, merging with
the abdominals in the cervical region; granules on body smooth, flat
or slightly rounded; about eight longitudinal rows of enlarged
tubercles on each side of back, the two median rows very distinct
and straight, the six lateral rows more or less indistinct; tubercles
of median rows oval, strongly keeled, trihedral, but those of lateral
rows becoming round and conical; scales on upper foreleg rather
heterogeneous, mostly keeled and elevated as are the tubercles on
the body, with smaller, smooth scales interspersed between; scales
on anterior aspect of upper foreleg about as large as those on belly,
mostly smooth, but becoming keeled toward dorsum; ventral scales
of upper foreleg granular; ventral scales of lowrer foreleg larger, but
slightly smaller than ventral abdominals; dorsal scales of same
member small, of about the same size as those on back, with scat-
tered, keeled tubercles; lamellar formula for fingers (to bases and
excluding terminal lamella): 7-10-11-14-10; at least the distal
lamella, in all cases, divided; scales on ventral and anterior surfaces
of femur squamous, the former smaller than the latter and of ap-
proximately the same size as abdominals; scales on upper surface of
femur small, with a few large, weakly keeled or conical, oval or
rounded tubercles; posterior femoral surface with granular scales;
dorsal surface of foot with small scales and a few enlarged, weakly
keeled, rounded tubercles; lamellar formula for toes: 7-10-15-14-12;
at least the distal lamella, in all cases, divided; scales in axilla and
groin, above insertion of foreleg and behind and above insertion of
hindleg, very small or granular; cloacal wall produced backward
about two millimeters, broadly U-shaped; on each side of this
protuberance of the cloacal wall, near the anus, is a narrow, trans-
verse pore opening into a sac below the cloacal bone, but not con-
nected with the hemipenis; three or four slightly enlarged scales in

128 The University Science Bulletin

an oblique row immediately behind insertion of hindleg and near
anus ; eight dorsal rows of enlarged, weakly keeled tubercles con-
tinued onto base of tail, decreasing to six rows at the third whorl;
six are present in the remaining whorls of the tail (about two thirds
regenerated and with abnormal scalation) ; whorls of enlarged
tubercles separated by four or five rows of small, smooth scales; a
series of large transverse subcaudals, irregularly broken immediately
behind anus.

Color above grayish; a darker band from snout to orbit and from
orbit through upper part of ear to upper margin of insertion of
foreleg; labial region dimly barred; a few irregular, indistinct dark
spots on head; two series of darker spots near median dorsal line,
passing from occiput to base of tail, about eleven in each series;
forelegs dimly banded with darker; ventral surface of tail closely
stippled with black; ventral surface of limbs stippled slightly with
black, belly and gular region almost immaculate.

The cloacal bones are in this species flattened throughout; the
lateral part of the bone is in the same plane as the body, but the
bone gradually twists until, at the median tip, it may be at right
angles to the plane of the body. It curves about the postanal pore
of the corresponding side.

Variation. In characters not subject to sexual dimorphism, there
is but little variation shown, from the above description, in the
paratype series. The mental is frequently pentagonal. The post-
mentals are constant, but the scales behind the postmentals are
quite irregular. Three rows of enlarged tubercles extend down each
side of the tail to about the fifth to the seventh whorl; two rows
continue to the twelfth or thirteenth. Only in a few specimens are
there four rows at the base of the tail. The oblique row of slightly
enlarged scales immediately behind the insertion of the hindleg and
near the cloacal opening are present in both males and females, al-
though slightly more enlarged in the former. The two postanal
pores are of about the same character in both sexes. The enlarged
tubercles on the sides of the body are not regularly conical, but
frequently are trihedral, as those near the middorsal line.

The interorbital and occipital scales are usually as in the type.
However, in the three specimens from Mazatlan, and in six large
specimens from Guerrero (Nos. 1181-1183, 1499-1501), the in-
terorbital scales are small and the occipital and temporal scales
granular. In a young specimen (No. 1500) collected at the same
locality as Nos. 1499-1501, these scales are as in the type. The

Smith: Mexican Lizards 12!)

variation is not sexual. It is of interest that no such variation in
the relative size of these scales occurs in the series of P. homolepi-
durus.

The dorsal spots are in some specimens partially fused, forming
broken stripes down the back. In others the spots are produced
transversely, but no appearance of bars is evident in any. The
median dorsal line is immaculate in all.

The cloacal wall is produced posteriorly in the majority of the
males (but not in all), and is never so produced in females. The
cloacal bones are present only in males. There seems to be no
marked sexual dimorphism in color.

Habitat. The majority of the specimens were secured under loose
-labs of rock during the day, or far back in the darker recesses of
the larger cracks between boulders, etc. Others were found under1
loose bark on trunks of trees, or deep in the rotten hearts of large
standing trees. At night numbers were secured running about on the
bare faces of boulders or cliffs, their gray, ghost-like forms scarcely
visible.

Comparisons. From P. homolejridurus this species differs in a
number of very obvious characters. In the former the occipital and
interorbital scales are always small and subequal in size to the
granular scales on the body, and much smaller than (about one
fourth as large as) the median scales in the frontonasal region. In
P. land they are usually much larger, as described above. The
granules on the body are smaller in P. lanei, the laterals distinctly
differentiated from the ventrals. They are larger in P. homolepi-
durus and less distinctly differentiated from the ventrals. In P.
homolepidurus the enlarged tubercles are smaller, weakly keeled,
and absent or very indistinct on the upper parts of the fore and
hind legs; the tubercles of the tail are in this species very small,
-mooth, and not over two in a whorl, when present. The cloacal
bones of P. homolepidurus are, at the median end, modified to form

Text Figure 1. Cloacal bone of right side, ventral view. A. Phyllodactylus
homolepidurus. B. Phyllodactylus lanei.

130 The University Science Bulletin

a bilobed spheroid protuberance which is at right angles to the axis
(longitudinal) of the body. The cloacal wall is apparently only
very slightly produced posteriorly in males of P. homolepidurus, but
is frequently so produced in P. lanei. The maximum size of the
latter species far exceeds that of the former (91.5 mm. and 67.5
mm., snout to vent, respectively). P. homolepidurus is distinctly
lighter in color, both ventrally and dorsally, and the blotches on the
back tend to form broken transverse bars. Finally, the habitat of
the two forms is quite different. P. homolepidurus is known only
from arid or semiarid regions, while P. lanei apparently is confined
to tropical regions with more or less dense vegetation.

The original description and figure of P. tuberculosus differs in a
number of important respects from the species here described. Per-
haps the most important is the shape of the terminal lamellae of
the digits, which in the above figure are shown to be rounded, not
truncate at the tip as in P. lanei and P. homolepidurus, and Wieg-
mann states that "Alle Zehen unter der Spitze mit zwei grossen
verkehrt-eyformigen, dunnen, blattartigen, ganz glatten schuppen
versehen. . . ."

Secondly, in P. tuberculosus the enlarged tubercles on the tail are
"in undeutliche Quergurtel gestellt; an reproducirten Schwanzen
erscheinen sie sehr ungleich, dicht anliegend, glatt und geschinclelt."
Further, the mental is "jederseits von einem vieleckigen Schildchen
begrenzt, hinter dem in der Quere 4-5 kleinere Schildchen liegen."
Only the first-mentioned shield exists in P. lanei and P. homolepi-
durus.

The accuracy of reproduction in Wiegmann's figure is not as-
sured, but in it the enlarged tubercles of the body, and especially in
the temporal region, are larger even than in P. lanei, in which species
these tubercles are in turn much larger than in Californian speci-
mens of Phyllodactylus and in P. homolepidurus. Moreover, the
scales of the posterior surface of the femur and the dorsal surface of
the tibia are shown to be quite large and not granular; they are
granular, with larger scattered tubercles on the tibia, in both P.
lanei and P. homolepidurus. The scales on the ventral surface of
the metatarsal region are quite small and abruptly differentiated
from the larger scales of the tibia in the latter two species — not as
shown in the figure of P. tuberculosus. Finally, five upper labials
are shown to a point below the middle of the eye; in neither P.
lanei nor in P. homolepidurus are there less than six.

Apparently the only species of Phyllodactylus recorded from

Smith: Mkxka.n Lizards

i:;i

o

Si

a,

e

o

o

a
o

CO

-

o

»o

m

o

o

m

O

00

CO

in

m

©
in

■b

OS

CN

r-

o

m

OS

cm

00

CO

o

CO

m

N

m

iO

o

o

00

OS

m

o

o

CO

CO

-*

CO

CO

■b

■

CM

CO

■**

en

o

CO

as

■^

m

rp

OS

CO

in

t*-

cn

cm

CO

_

eo

o

o

o

OO

o

o

CO

t^

CO

OS

CO

oc

"b

OS

o

CO

o

•^

t-^

CO

OS

1

CO

CM

in

"■

1

CM

"

"■

CM

CO

CO

o

O

lO

o

m

^^

in

in

CO

in

OS

CO

QO

a

I

CM

m

oc

OO

in

OS

Tf

in

in

OS

CO

m

~

t-

~

'"

CM

CO

o

o

o

o

O

OS

o

m

o

l>-

CD

m

CO

o

o

1

CM

in

»o

CO

oc

m

OS

■**<

-#

CM

OS

t^

CO

"

1-*.

""

CM

CO

-1

o

o

t^

OO

o

O

a

a

CO

m

t--

^

oo

"b

1

CM

in

1 Oi

r~

■*r

OO

"T1

•*

OS

OS

l>

m

^H

O

"

CM

CM

r~

»n

o

OS

OO

_

©

O

CO

CO

M-

rt

•**

%

1

CO

CO

to

CO

t--

T

L^

CM

co-

OO

CO

m

~

CO

1

CM

co

OS

o

cs

OO

o

o

in

o

b«

t^

CO

<*

■*

OB

a

t

CM

in

-rf

00

r^-

CO

CO

-*

-*r

CO

OO

t^

CO

*""*

o

*"

~

CM

CO

00

o

c

o-

o

us

o

oc

t^

m

r--

CO

iC

1

1

<M

CO

^

1 "S

CM

CC

T

CM

oc

l>-

CO

CO

1 "

CM

CM

^H

! <=

CC

N

a

O

o

CO

in

CB

T*

■<*

*

1

CM

CO

co

^

co

CO

oc

*tf

CO

oc

oc

r-

m

1 EC

o

CM

OS

1 =

in

oc

cc

o

o

in

CO

m

■rp

m

CK

CO

CO

Tf

1 CO

m

CN

r^

CO

CC

t^

CO

in

f—l

co

CM

CM

©

m

C

CC

^f

oc

r-

»n

CC

CO

CI

O

CM

CO

■*

a:

iO

r^-

CO

o

r-

m

m

CM

CN

O!

t m

ur-

oc

O

CM

in

t--

CC

C

o

co

1

1

CO

t*-

co

[ CC

•n

CN

t^.

•t

•n

t-

t^

t^.

! "=

1

CM

CM

co

r^

iO

C

CO

m

c:

in

r-

CO

CB

OO

^T

a

1

CN

CO

CO

m

t]

t-

CO

o*

■^r

CC

r^.

CO

in

CM

"«*

in

c

^

„

c

in

r^

CO —

m

oc
in

o

1

o

C

CC

CO

O"

in

l>

CC

CO

in

1

V.

O"

Oc

r-

CO

m

CO

in

t-

in

t

> a-

CO

c

oc

■"*

CN

CM

m-

CC

in

co

in

r3

a

z\

a

.—

■*-

I-

T3

X

a

>

-^

1.

c

•

*

C

•G

c

(-

a

C

a

5

-O

c

0

t

c

>

a

—

=

I-

c

••£

X

*

c

c

rs

c

a

c 1

. ■*-

a

c

v

CO

■»-

t:

1

a

-*-

t-

t

t-

a

2

i

es

a

c

c

«

c

rt

£

£

e

a

2

c
1 a

z
a

0.

&

£

c

1

£

- c

a
>

CU

>

o

132 The University Science Bulletin

Mexico, aside from the forms which have been considered under the
name of P. tuberculosus, is P. mentalis Werner (1910). The latter
author states that the locality from which the single type specimen
came is doubtful, adding the remark: "Aus dem Nachlasse von L. v.
Poppinghausen, also wahrscheinlich Zentralamerika, speziell Mex-
ico." Burt and Burt (1933) state that the range is "Probably South
America" — a logical supposition, as most of the American specimens
described by Werner in this paper came from South America.

P. mentalis, however, belongs to the group of the genus with
twelve longitudinal rows of tubercles on the back. Most of the
other characters mentioned in the type description are not distinc-
tive. Twelve lamellae under the fourth toe are said to be present in
P. mentalis; fourteen are present in both P. homolepidurus and P.
la net.

Distribution. Records of Phylloelactylus tuberculosus from con-
tinental Mexico are from the following states: Chihuahua (Cope,
1900); Colima (Duges, 1870, 1896); Durango (Baird, 1859; Bou-
lenger, 1885; Cope, 1887; Gunther, 1890; Van Denburgh, 1897);
Guerrero (Gunther, 1890; Duges, 1896; Gadow, 1905); Jalisco
(Duges, 1870, 1896; Cope, 1887; Gunther, 1890) ; Michoacan (Duges,
1896) ; Nayarit (Mocquard, 1899) ; Oaxaca (Sumichrast, 1880; Cope,
1887; Gunther, 1890; Gadow, 1905; Mertens, 1930) ; Puebla (Duges,
1896); Sinaloa (Boulenger, 1885; Gi'inther, 1890; Van Denburgh,
1897) ; Sonora (Allen, 1933). The records from Chihuahua (if cor-
rect) and Sonora very probably refer to P. homolepidurus. The
record from Puebla seems doubtful. The others quite possibly refer
to P. lanei.

Remarks. No. 585, measuring 24.5 mm. from snout to vent, was
probably captured soon after hatching. None of the females contain
eggs in the oviducts.

The species is named for Dr. H. H. Lane, who has forwarded in
every possible way my work on Mexican herpetology.

Hemidactylus turcicus (Linne)

(Plate XXIII, fig. 2)

Two specimens (DHD and HMS Nos. 1515, 1516) were taken at
Hacienda La Clementina. 12 miles east of Llera, southern Tamauli-
pas, Mexico, on August 9 and 10, 1934. One was found under
machinery in an open-sided shed; the other was taken on the inside
of a box in a deserted house.

The characters are essentially those assigned by Boulenger

Smith: Mexican Lizards

133

(1885a). The first pair of postmentals are separated on the median
line by a single scale about one third the size of either postmcntal.
The accompanying table gives measurements and scale counts.

The only other species of Hemidactylus known in Mexico are H.
mabouia (Moreau de Jonnes) and H. exsul Barbour and Cole., H.
mubouia has been recorded only by Boulenger (1885a) ; he mentions
specimens from Vera Cruz and "Mexico." It is noteworthy that
Gunther did not mention the species in Biologia Centrali-Americana.

Note. — Hemidactylus navarri Duges (1883) was later (1896) referred by the
same author to the synonymy of Gehyra mutilata.

Stuart (1934) states that H. exsul, described from Yucatan, is a
synonym of H. turcicus.

Measurements and scale counts of Hemidactylus turcicus

Number .

1516

Snout to vent

Tail

Snout to ear

Width of head

Foreleg

Hindleg

Preanal pores

Ventral lamellae, first tee

Ventral lamellae, third toe

Ventral lamellae, fourth toe

Ventral lamellae, first ringer

Ventral lamellae, third finger

Ventral lamellae, fourth finger

Upper labials

Lower labials ■

Ventral scales, longitudinal count .

31 5

31 0

8.0

7.0
10.0
13.0
6

6-6
9-8
10-10
6-6
7-7
8-8
7-8
8-8
49

Iguana rhinolopha Wiegmann

Six specimens are in the collections: Vera Cruz, near Tierra
Colorada, July 15-17, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 2043, 2199).
Sinaloa, Presidio, near Mazatlan, July 2, 1934 (EHT Nos. 650-
653).

The large scales in the dorsal crest vary from 51 to 58 in number
from the occiput to the base of the tail. In the youngest specimen

9—7186

134 The University Science Bulletin

(84.5 mm. from snout to vent) the median scales on the snout are
distinctly tubercular, although not so strongly as in the larger
specimens.

The species has been previously reported from the following
states: Chiapas (Boulenger, 1885b); Colima (Cope, 1887; Duges,
1870, 1896; Gadow, 1905) ; Jalisco (Van Denburgh, 1897) ; Michoa-
can (Duges, 1896); Morelos? (Gadow, 1905; Totolapan) ; Oaxaca
(Sumichrast, 1880; Gunther, 1885; Cope, 1887); Puebla (Ferrari-
Perez, 1886; Cope, 1887); Sinaloa (Boulenger, 1885b; Gunther,
1885; Van Denburgh, 1897); Tabasco (Cope, 1887); Vera Cruz
(Boulenger, 1885b; Gunther, 1885; Ferrari-Perez, 1886; Cope, 1887;
Gadow, 1905). It is also known from Cozumel Island (Boulenger,
1885b; Cope, 1885; Gunther, 1885; Cope, 1887).

Ctenosaura pectinata (Wiegmann)

Ctenosaura brachylopha Bailey, 1928.
Ctenosaura teres brachylopha Cope, 1886.

Fifteen specimens are in the collections, from the following local-
ities: Guerrero, near Puerto Amitzingo, southwest of Puente de
Ixtla, June 22, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 677, 774) ; near Junction
of Acapulco-Mexico highway and Rio Balsas, June 23, 1932 (EHT
and HMS No. 842) ; 1 mile north of Organos, south of El Treinte,
June 28, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 1297) ; near Tierra Colorada
(EHT and HMS No. 1539, June 30, 1932; No. 1657, July 4, 1932) ;
16 miles south of Tierra Colorada, July 4, 1932 (EHT and HMS No.
1441). Nayarit, near Tepic, July 31, 1934 (EHT No. 936). Sin-
aloa, 10 miles south of Presidio, near Mazatlan, July 19, 1934 (EHT
Nos. 525-527) ; near Mazatlan, July 20, 1934 (EHT No. 583) ; near
Presidio, near Mazatlan, July 21, 1934 (EHT Nos. 654-656).

Bailey (1928) distinguishes C. pectinata from C. brachylopha by
the continuation in the former of the enlarged scales of the dorsal
crest over the sacral region. He restricts the range of the latter to
the states of Sinaloa and Nayarit, and that of C. pectinata largely
to the coastal region, in the states of Nayarit, Colima, Guerrero and
Oaxaca.

The detailed study made of our specimens has failed to reveal any
constant differences in color, proportions or scalation which would
characterize the two forms. Although it is true that in most of the
specimens within the range of C. brachylopha (as stated by
Bailey), the sacral crest cannot be distinguished, and that most of
the specimens from southern localities possess low sacral crests, yet
sporadically throughout the whole territory covered by our collec-

Smith: Mexican Lizards 135

(ions there occur specimens which show either extreme in the char-
acter of the sacral crest, or are intermediate. It would seem obvious
thai such a distinction, especially since it forms the only basis pro-
posed for the separation of the two species, is at best very delicate
and quite likely to vary.

In No. 774, from Guerrero, the scales of the sacral crest are en-
larged so slightly that they can scarcely be distinguished from the
adjoining scales. In another (No. 677) from the same locality, the
enlarged scales of the sacral crest are placed at intervals, with sev-
eral granular scales occupying each of the spaces. The series of en-
larged scales of the sacral crest is present in a specimen from Ma-
zatlan (No. 656), but is broken medially by three small, undiffer-
entiated scales. Another specimen from Guerrero (No. 1539) lacks
the sacral crest entirely, while the one from Tepic (No. 936) pos-
sesses a distinct, complete crest.

Dr. J. W. Bailey has kindly examined two of the above specimens
(Nos. 774 and 1539), and has stated that he considers them as be-
longing to C. brachylopha, "even though found outside of the known
bounds of distribution."

Unassociated as these variations are with other characters which
might serve to distinguish the species, it seems quite unwise to at-
tempt to recognize two forms. It is not unusual in reptiles to find
that there are general tendencies in a species for some character to
vary in frequency of occurrence from one extreme at one limit of its
range to the other extreme at the other limit of its range, with occa-
sional scattered occurrences of either extreme or intermediates at
any point in the entire range. Many such variations are pointed
out by Ruthven (1908) for different characters in various species of
Thamnophis; so also by Blanchard (1921) in Lampropeltis, by Ort-
enburger (1928) in Masticophis and Coluber, and by Burt (1931)
in Cnemidophorus. It seems logical to so interpret the presence or
absence of visibly enlarged scales in the median sacral region — a
character varying geographically and of apparently no pertinent
significance as a specific or subspeciflc character, unaccompanied by
any other discernible differences.

The arrangement of the scales intercalated between the whorls of
enlarged caudals varies but little. The number is slightly more re-
duced in several specimens from Sinaloa than it is in the southern
specimens. Contrary to Bailey's (1928) statement that a single
intercalated series is present between the whorls on the distal end of
the tail, there exist, in all our specimens, two. Three intercalated

136

The University Science Bulletin

e

c
•^

O
S-

s
e

CO

O

O 25

-E3
a

O

03

a

CD

a

3
a

a

—

3

9

IO

cO

~

iO

— ■

■o

TP

9

t--

IM

ta

CM

O

CO

■^

CO

CM

CO

Cl

uO

CO

CO

CM

CO

OO

CO

iO

i

CO

«tf

CM

CO

M<

CI

CI

CI

OS

CM

CO

c

CM

,H

1-1

1-1

CM

CO

CM

CO

©

c

o

o

©

CO

©

©

©

CO

CO

OO

rt

t-

■^

t^-

OS

o

1

oo

CO

CO

CM

co

CM

cC

r^

OS

CO

oo

CM

CM

CO

iiO

1

1

1

1

1

CO

co

<*

Cl

CO

*o

CM

CM

CI

CO

CO

CO

CM

CO

w

^

^

CI

CO

CM

Cl

O

O

o

o

o

r-

CD

©

CD

©

rt

CM

OS

CO

CO

CO

■b

1

CO

TT

t^

CM

CO

CM

©

W3

CO

CO

CO

©

CM

T'

CO

I

1

1

1

o

ff

■^

CM

CM

•c

CI

CM

CO

oo

-*■

CO

CM

CM

CM

r— 1

1—1

1—1

CI

CO

Cl

CM

00

o

C

o

O

©

CO

©

©

©

CM

OS

OS

c—

rt

rt

CO

uo

o

CO

CO

CO

1

CI

CO

"*<

CM

CM

■*

o

Tt<

CO

oo

o

CM

CO

CO

1

1

!>.

OS

CO

CM

TfH

CM

CM

CM

©

CO

to

1~ '

CO

1— <

CM

CO

**l

C)

lr^

©

O

iO

©

©

•^

©

©

©

©

CO

fr-

CO

rt

OS

m

iO

o

1

oo

■^

ee

C)

CM

-<**

CM

CO

OS

77

Cl

CM

"O

•<*

oo

©

CO

1

1

1

*"H

CO

-r

CO

CI

^

•<*•

CI

CI

CO

©
CM

CO
CM

CM

CD

o

O

uO

©

©

OO

<o

CO

»o

CM

t^

■<f

CM

OO

UO

CO

CM

CM

"5

'b

1

CO

CO

CO

CI

CO

CM

t^

OS

CO

oo

Tf

r^

CM

oo

OS

CO

1

1

1

1

u0

CO

©

^r

CO

CO

CO

■"•

CO

1-1

rH

^

CM

CO

CM

OS

o

o

o

©

©

CO

©

»JO

t--

OS

OS

'^

w

OS

r-

©

CO

o

CO

CO

CM

Tl*

CM

UO

t-

■^

CO

©

CO

iO

00

OS

t-

1

1

1

"■

"O

oo

CO

CO

cm

s

M*

~

CM

-

OS

CO
CM

c-
co

Cl

"5

CO

o

o

o

»o

©

OS

©

©

©

tH

t^

•^

CI

OS

^

"T^

CI

'b

1

CM

CO

CO

CM

CO

C3

t-i

CO

^

t-

oo

t-

OS

OS

CO

1

1

!

I

1

lO

OS

CO

OS

^f

CO

J>-

iO

•JO

CM

,H

cm

^

,H

CI

CO

Cl

r--

o

o

o

©

©

l>-

O

©

©

CO

CM

*n

CO

rt

CO

CO

■**<

os

o

•^

rji

CO

CM

CM

CO

CM

Cl

^

CO

oo

t^

©

iO

CM

1^

OS

t>-

1

1

1

~

CO

CM

CO

cm

T_"

©

-*

'"'

"

CO

©
C5

CM

O0
CO

CI

CO
CO

o

o

o

©

©

oo

©

»o

©

•^t*

*o

oo

CI

OS

^f

CO

*b

1

GO

CO

CO

CM

CO

ct

o

CO

oc

r^

OS

!>-

CO

■**«

CO

CO

1

1

1

CO

oo

CM

oo

CO

CI

OO

CO

-**<

©

'"H

CM

1-1

1-1

CM

CO

CM

CO

o

©

o

uo

©

m

©

©

©

CO

CO

©

CO

©

OS

CO

o

CM

CO

CO

CM

CM

■^

C-l

CM

»o

•**

CO

"O

-*

CO

»o

r-

1

1

1

1

00

CM

oo

CO

«tf

OS

CO

V2

1-1

CM

1-1

*~*

CM

-tf'

CM

o

©

o

©

iO

CO

©

©

©

rt

*o

rt

CO

CO

r^

Cl

^

he

■^

CO

CM

CO

CI

■v

>>

UO

iO

OS

cs

CO

CO

oo

©

oo

1

1

1

1

CO

■ -

,~{

^

CM

T— 1

CO

CM

CO

CO

Cl
Cl

o

o

©

CM

©

t--

©

©

iO

CO

©

t^

TP

CD

ift

CO

CO

be

1

OS

•V

uo

CM

CM

CO

Cl

>>

OS

t—

"O

©

t^

b-

CO

oo

OS

t>

1

I

1

us

ira

*"*«

CM

CM

OS

OO

©

■*

1-1

»H

T_t

CM

■^

Cl

CO
00
UO

o

*o

o

no

©

oo

©

©

oo

CO

©

OO

rt

OS

^_

CO

CD

bo

1

OS

rr

CO

1

CO

CM

>>

r--

CM

CO

oo

CM

r^

OS

l>

oo

oo

1

1

CM

1

1

■^

CI

^

r^

CI

■*r

Cl

,~l

*H

i-H

CO

Cl

-a

bfl

-C

-**

*— .

o

1m

0)

J=l

M

-*^>

s

O

P

1-1

ca

o

>

— j

.2

—

u

-*>

"G

*n

o

CO

^

0)

0i

a

(3

o

a

'-3

O)

;>

e3

0,

o

a

cu*

o

Xi

o
bo

CO

O

CD

O

01

t-r

a

to

B

o

o
o>

J3

-4-9

OQ

C3
CO

O
CO

t-H

T3

C

o
w

to

o>

-4-3

In

13

J3

3
O

p

r>
O

■+*
O

o>

o

3

o

a
Pi

o

V

.3

-a
.9

3
O

-a

O
no

O)

9

Jo

EC

o

—

tali

C

*c3
O

a

^3

3

o

J3

ft .

—
.2

<?3

no

c3

a

-2

a

J2

s

J5
S

E

&

E
CO

"5

c

CO

£

£

o

S

o

1

s

ci

c3

-;

3

Smith: Mexican Lizards 137

series, either complete or incomplete, are present to between the
tenth and eleventh whorls (maximum), three complete series are
present to between the seventh and eighth whorls (maximum) . Two
series are present between the whorls on the remainder of the tail.
In four specimens from Sinaloa there are at no place on the tail
three complete rows preceding the whorls; in one (No. 526) the
third row (of the series between the first and second whorls) is in-
complete by two scales on one side; in another (No. 525) the third
row is incomplete by two scales on each side; in Nos. 654 and 656
there are two complete rows and a short row on each side inter-
calated both dorsally and laterally.

The young are blue-green in color, as in the case of other species
of Ctenosaura. With an increase of size to about 110 mm. (snout to
vent), the dorsal pattern is of a rather uniform reticulation of black
on blue; the ventral surfaces are light blue and the gular region is
faintly spotted with darker. In slightly larger specimens (about 135
mm.), definite but dim transverse, dorsal bands are evident, about
seven in number. These extend onto the belly and appear as trans-
verse rows of circular, black spots. The gular region is more
strongly maculate and the lower labial region is barred. Adults are
rusty brown above, darker posteriorly, with but very faint traces of
dorsal bands. One or more bands transverse the belly anteriorly.
The tails of immature specimens are banded alternately with black
and light blue. These bands become alternately dark and light
brown in the adults, more distinct distally.

Bailey (1928) records the species from the states of Sinaloa,
Colima, Nayarit, Guerrero, Oaxaca and Puebla. Duges (1870, 1896)
records it also from the states of Jalisco and Morelos.

Ctenosaura acanthura (Shaw)

Seventeen specimens are in the collections, from the following
localities: San Luis Potosi, 5 miles south of Valles, June 13, 1932
(EHT and HMS No. 532). Vera Cruz, near Tierra Colorada, July
16, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 2429) ; Tamaulipas, Hacienda La
Clementina, 3y2 miles west of Forlon, August 4-10, 1934 (DHD and
HMS Nos. 1266, 1431-1434, 1566-1574).

The dorsal crest is in several specimens continuous across the
sacral region, although the scales of the crest are very low.

Bailey (1928) states that the number of scales intercalated be-
tween the whorls of enlarged scales is reduced to one on the distal
end of the tail. This is not the case in our specimens. The number

138

The University Science Bulletin

is reduced to one complete row, or one complete and another incom-
plete, between some of the whorls from the fifth to about the four-
teenth. The remainder of the whorls on the distal part of the tail
are separated by two rows of scales. Bailey (1928) further states
that the first and second or the first, second and third whorls are
separated by three rows of small scales. In several specimens of
our series, the first and second whorls are separated by two com-
plete and another incomplete rows of scales; in about an equal num-
ber they are separated by three complete rows.

The scales of the dorsal crest are all black and slightly compressed
laterally. They decrease gradually in size posteriorly in males.

C. acanthura, as well as the possibly related C. similis, differs
from P. pectinata in the smaller lamellar formulae, as can be seen by
comparisons of the tables of measurements and scale counts.

The young, as in other species of Ctenosaura, are blue-green in
color. In specimens about 150 mm. from snout to vent, the green is
most evident laterally. Black bars are visible on the middorsal line,
much as in C. pectinata, and these continue onto the sides of the
belly. They become narrow on the sides of the body, are preceded

Measurements and scale counts of Ctenosaura acanthura

Number .
Sex

Snout to vent .
Tail

Snout to ear

Width of head

Hindleg

Femoral pores

Fourth tee from base of fifth

Fifth toe

Fourth finger from base of fifth

Ratio, hindleg to snout-vent length

Scales around fifth verticil

Median dorsals to anterior border of hindleg.

Lamellae, first toe

Lamellae, second toe

Lamellae, third toe

Lamellae, fourth toe

Lamellae, fifth toe

1266
9

159.0

332.0

32.5

19.0

106.0

7-7

46 0

20.0

21.0

.666

42

71

12-12

19-19

25-24

36-34

25-24

1433

227 0

351 +

52 5

29.5

140.0

7-8

60.0

25.0

27.0

.616

42

72

14-13

21-21

25-26

35-36

24-24

1462
9

228.0

44.0

28.0

127.0

5-6

55.0

22.0

25.0

.557

38

71

13-13

21-19

25-23

37-33

24-22

1432

9

233.0

45.0

28.0

135.0

6-6

54.0

24 0

26.0

.579

38

68

15-13

21-22

24-25

36-38

24-24

1431
9

233.0

43.0

25.0

133.0

6-7

55.0

23.0

16 5

.570

38

70

14-13

20-19

26-25

37-38

25-24

1434
9

239.0

47.0

28.0

137.0

6-7

55.0

24.0

27.0

.573

41

71

12-12

20-20

24-24

37-34

24-23

532

9

260.0

447.0

55.0

31.0

156.0

6-7

60.0

26.0

30.0

.600

36

74

11-12

18-19

21-24

35-34

22-21

Smith: Mexican Lizards 139

by narrow bands of whitish, and are followed by broad areas of
green, appearing in this respect much like Iguana. As larger size is
reached, the whole dorsum becomes uniform black in both males and
females, and the venter is suffused to varying degrees with the same
color.

Bailey (1928) reports this species from the states of Chihuahua,
Guerrero, Michoacan, Morelos, Nayarit, Oaxaca, Sinaloa, Tamauli-
pas and Vera Cruz. There are also records from the states of
('(.lima (Cope, 1887; Giinther, 1890), Durango (Boulengcr, 1885b;
Gunther, 1890), Jalisco (Duges, 1896), Mexico (Boulenger, 1885b;
Giinther, 1890), Puebla (Cope, 1885; Ferrari-Perez, 1886; Gadow,
1905), and Yucatan (Cope, 1886; Gunther, 1890; Ives, 1891). It is
very probable that the records from Yucatan are erroneous, and
possibly also those from Puebla.

Ctenosaura similis (Gray)

Five specimens were secured on July 17, 1932, near Tierra Colo-
rada. Vera Cruz (EHT and HMS Nos. 2045-7, 2127, 2128).

In coloration, character of the dorsal crest and arrangement of
caudal scales this species differs markedly from an apparently re-
lated species, C. acanthura, whose range it overlaps.

The adults are rusty brown in color anteriorly, becoming largely
black posteriorly. About eight dark crossbands are present on the
back, the first three rather dim. The limbs are black above, with
narrow bands of brown. The tail is but dimly banded.

The scales of the dorsal crest are longest on the nape in males,
and decrease abruptly in size in the scapular region, somewhat as in
C. hemilopha. The crest scales are not laterally compressed, and
are white except where the dorsal black bands traverse them. In
C. acanthura all of the crest scales are black, and there is no abrupt
reduction in size in the scapular region.

The difference in the arrangement of the caudal scales is not so
marked. In four of the five specimens of C. similis there is at no
place on the tail a reduction to one row of the scales between the
whorls. At least two complete series extend the full length of the
tail. In these four, the first and second whorls are separated by
three complete rows. In the exceptional specimen (No. 2046), how-
ever, the scales between the whorls are reduced to one row and part
of another from between the seventh and eighth to between the
twelfth and thirteenth whorls, the remaining whorls separated by
two rows. The first and second whorls, also, are separated by two

140 The University Science Bulletin

complete and one incomplete rows. The coloration and the char-
acter of the dorsal crest, however, compares well in this specimen
with the same in the other specimens.*

The specimens were shot as they basked in the sun on top of the
standing walls of a tumbled-down adobe house.

Bailey (1928) records the species in Mexico from the states of
Yucatan, Chiapas, Tabasco and Oaxaca. Ruthven (1912a and b)
records C. acanthura completa (a synonym of smiilis, fide Bailey),
from various points in southern Vera Cruz.

Ctenosaura hemilopha (Cope)

(Plate XXIII, fig. 1)

The specimens were collected by Taylor in Sonora during the
summer of 1934, one (EHT No. 235) 10 miles northwest of Guay-
mas, June 30, the other (EHT No. 121) 5 miles southwest of Her-
mosillo, June 26.

These specimens differ in a number of respects from the descrip-
tions available of C. hemilopha from Baja California. This species
is said to have "the first and second, and occasionally the third, of
these whorls separated from each other by three series of smaller
smooth scales; third, fourth, fifth, and sixth spiny whorls preceded
by two series of smooth scales" (Bailey, 1928, largely quoting Van
Denburgh, 1922). In our specimens the first and second whorls
are separated by two rows of smaller scales, with a short series in-
tercalated (in No. 235) on the median dorsal line. The second and
third whorls are separated by two complete rows of smaller scales;
the third and fourth whorls, by one complete series and another
short series intercalated on either side of the single median dorsal
scale; one row of small scales precede the fifth and remaining distal
whorls.

Secondly, it is stated that in C. hemilopha the dorsal crest "is
continued on the middle third of vertebral line of body as series of
enlarged flat plates, but is not traceable on posterior third" (Bailey,
1928). This is not the case in our specimens. The crest disappears
approximately at a point above the anterior margin of the insertion
of the hindleg. Moreover, neither is the statement true for MCZ
No. 13179, from San Pedro Island, which specimen is figured by
Bailey (1928, pi. 5). In this plate the crest may be seen to continue
posteriorly to a point a short distance anterior to the anterior
margin of the insertion of the hindleg.

* The table of measurements and scale counts has been inserted in the discussion under
Ctenosaura hemilopha.

Smith: Mexican Lizards

141

Descriptions also mention but five black blotches on the vertebral
line, yet in the Sonoran specimens there are nine crossbars on the
back, the anterior three of which are black; the remaining are seal-
brown. Essentially the same color pattern as in the latter speci-
mens, however, is possessed by the specimen figured by Bailey
(loc. cit.). It is possible that the number of bars which appear
black in color is a matter of age.

The lateral dark cervical bars, mentioned by Van Denburgh
(1922), are very indistinct.

This rather marked variation from the descriptions of C. hemi-
lopha, especially with regard to the arrangement of the caudal scales,
suggests the possibility that the Sonoran form is distinct, at least
subspecifically, from the form in Baja California. However, Bailey's
photograph of C. hemilopha does not agree with his description of
the species, nor with Van Denburgh's (1922), as has been pointed
out above. It distinctly resembles our Sonoran specimens in color-
ation and in extent of the dorsal crest. If the specimen figured
represents the form which exists in the lower end of the peninsula
of Baja California, it is unlikely that the Sonoran form is distinct.

Measurements and scale counts of Ctenosaura similis and C.

hemilopha

similis

hemilofha

2046

9

2045
9

2128

cf

2047
9

2127
cT

121
9

235

Sex

C?

Snout to vent

156.0

326.0

32 0

19.0

102.0

5-5

42 5

18.0

19.0

.653

37

70

12-11

18-18

25-23

34-33

184.0

361.0

33 0

20.0

120.0

5-7

49 0

21.0

22.0

.652

39

68?

13-13

20-20

23-25

37-?

22-22

186.5

403.0

41.0

22 5
130.0

6-7
54.0

23 0
25 0
.696

43
74
15-14
21-19
26-25
37-36
25-23

201.0

205.0

188.0

194 0

Tail

Width of head

42.0

23.0

124.0

5-6

51 0

22.0

25.0

.616

37

74

14-13

22-21

25-26

35-36

oj_24

43 0

23 0

129.0

7-7

54.0

24.0

26.5

.629
39
76
14-13 1
21-20 |
26-25
36-38 i
24-25 i

35.0

21 0

105.5

6-8

40 0

16 5

20.0

.561

37

45 0
23 0

Hindleg

126.0

7-6

Fourth toe from base of fifth

49.0

Fifth toe

19 5

23.0

.649
38

Median dorsals to anterior border of hindleg,
Lamellae, fir=t toe

10-11
16-17
23-24
33-35
20-20

11-11

Lamellae, second toe

17-17

Lamellae, third toe

22-23

Lamellae, fourth toe

35-34

20-20

142 The University Science Bulletin

If, however, the specimen is different from the form occurring in
southern Baja California, it would seem very probable that it
represents a distinct form which also occurs in Sonora. Reexami-
nation of the material from these two states will be necessary to
determine its exact identity.

There can certainly be no doubts longer entertained that C. hemi-
lopha occurs in Sonora, although perhaps as a subspecies distinct
from that of Baja California. Bailey (1928) records specimens
from Camoa and Guaymas, Sonora, and Nogales, Arizona, but
states that the "three young specimens from Guaymas were in all
probability reared in that vicinity, the original stock having been
taken there by travelers from one of the islands of the Gulf of
California or from the mainland of Lower California. The Arizona
record is very doubtful." Doctor Taylor observed specimens at
numerous localities to the northeast of Guaymas and Hermosillo,
and from this fact it seems logical to assume that the species is
well established there and widely spread, possibly extending even
into southern Arizona, for conditions similar to those in which
Taylor observed the species exist over the entire territory.

The two specimens were obtained on rock cliffs, in which type of
habitat they were frequently observed. They were quite wary and
would hide far back in the cracks at the first sight of danger.

Basiliscus vittatus Wiegmann

Eleven specimens are in the collections from the following locali-
ties: Guerrero: 1 mile north of Organos, south of El Treinte, June
28, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 1298, 1364, 1442-1444). Vera Cruz:
4 miles east of Encero, July 17, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 2129) ;
Puente Nacional, July 14, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 2201) ; Tierra
Colorada, July 15-16, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 2202, 2203, 2417,
2044 ) .

There are three fully developed eggs in the oviducts of one female.
The stomach contents of several specimens examined consisted en-
tirely of insects, not of vegetable matter.

The species has been reported frequently in Mexico from many
localities in the southern part. Records have been published from
the following states: Mexico (Boulenger, 1885b; Giinther, 1890);
Vera Cruz (Sumichrast, 1882; Boulenger, 1885b; Cope, 1887; Giin-
ther, 1890; Duges, 1896; Gadow, 1905; Ruthven, 1912 a and b) ;
Yucatan (Cope, 1866, 1887; Barbour and Cole, 1906); Oaxaca
(Sumichrast, 1880; Cope, 1887); Colima (Cope, 1887); Chiapas
(Ferrari-Perez, 1886; Duges, 1896); and Guerrero (Gadow, 1905).

Smith: Mexican Lizards

143

Crota/phytus collaris collaris (Say)

(Plate XXIV, fig. 1)

Four specimens were collected in 1!)32, in the following localities:
San Luis Potosi: 30 miles north of Matehuala, August 20 (ETIT
and HMS Nos. 4050, 4051). Durango: 6 miles northeast of Ped-
ricena, August 27 (EHT and HMS No. 4484). Coahuila: 4 miles
west of Saltillo, August 23 (EHT and HMS No. 4305).

The two specimens from San Luis Potosi are strikingly different
in color pattern from the other two and from specimens in the Kan-
sas University Museum from the United States. The anterior black
collar is broken on the neck in three places, and the posterior collar
is broken on the median line. Following these there are five trans-
verse black bars across the back and extending onto the sides in one
specimen, and six in the other. They are broken in a number of
places in the latter specimen, and are absent on the tail except for
two indistinct bars on the base, but in the other specimen are com-
plete and continue to the tip of the tail, brown in color except for a
single black band at the base of the tail.

The specimen from Durango has a few rounded, black or dark
spots arranged in irregular transverse series across the back.

There are two rows of interorbital scales in all specimens; the
median supraorbitals are slightly enlarged, and the dorsal scales are
not enlarged on the median line. Despite the peculiarities in colora-
tion of the Matehuala specimens, they cannot be considered distinct
from C. collaris on the basis of the two specimens available. As
shown in the following table, there are no distinct proportional
differences.

Measurements and scale counts of Crotaphytus collaris collaris

I Number

II Sex

4050
9

4305

9

4484
9

4051
9

III Snout to vert

IV Tail

80 0
174.5

254.5
20.0
20.0
78.0

20-20
.975
.685

81.8

169 0
250 0
21.0
21.0
77.0
18-19
.941
.673

85.3

185.8

2.T.1

21 0

23.0

76.6

20-20

.891

.681

88.0
175 0

V Total length

263 0

VI Width of head

22.0

24.5

VIII Hindleg

87.0

20 20

X Ratio, VIII to III . .

XI Ratio, IV to V

.988
.665

144 The University Science Bulletin

The species has been reported from the states of Coahuila (Yar-
row, 1883; Garman, 1887; Burt, 1928) ; Nuevo Leon (Yarrow, 1883;
Gunther, 1890; Cope, 1900; Gadow, 1905); and Chihuahua (Yar-
row, 1883; Cope, 1887, 1900; Gunther, 1890; Burt, 1928). Allen
(1932) places specimens of Crotaphytus collaris from Sonora in the
subspecies dickersonae. If this subspecies is shown to be valid on
the mainland, it is likely that the other records also of C. collaris
and C. baileyi from Sonora (Baird, 1859; Yarrow, 1883; Gunther,
1890; Cope, 1900; Van Denburgh, 1897, 1922) are in reality of C.
dickersonae.

Crotaphytus wislizenii Baird and Girard

Three specimens were secured during the summer of 1934 in the
state of Chihuahua, 15 miles south of Juarez, June 19 (DHD and
HMS Nos. 85, 86) and 2 miles south of Moctezuma, July 20 (DHD
and HMS No. 87).

The species has been recorded in Mexico from the states of Baja
California (Schmidt, 1922), Sonora (Baird, 1859; Bocourt, 1874a;
Yarrow, 1883; Gunther, 1890; Cope, 1900; Gadow, 1905; Van Den-
burgh, 1922) and Chihuahua (Gadow, 1905).

Plirynosoma cornutum (Harlan)

Four typical specimens were secured during the summer of 1934:
5 miles north of Moctezuma, Chihuahua, June 19 (DHD and HMS
Nos. 341, 342) ; 25 miles north of Bermejillo, Durango, June 27
(DHD and HMS No. 347).

Phrynosoma modestum Girard

Three typical specimens were collected during the summer of
1934: 25 miles north of Bermejillo, Durango, June 27 (DHD and
HMS No. 335) ; and 3 miles west of La Colorada, Zacatecas, July
9 (DHD and HMS Nos. 818, 817).

The species has previously been reported no farther south than
Pedricena, Durango (Smith, 1935).

Ameiva undulata undulata (Wiegmann)
Thirty-two specimens are in the collections, from the following
localities: Guerrero: 1 mile north of Organos (south of El Treinte),
June 28, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 1347, 1348) ; between Cajones
and Acahuitzotla (south ,of Chilpancingo), July 2, 1932 (EHT and
HMS Nos. 1554, 1555) ; between Rincon and Cajones, July 1, 1932
(EHT and HMS Nos. 1474-1476). San Luis Potosi: 5 miles south
of Valles, June 12, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 421-423, 542). Vera
Cruz: near Tierra Colorada (west of the city of Vera Cruz), July

Smith: Mink w Lizards 145

15-16, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 2204-2209, 2422-2428). Tamau-
lipas: 7 miles west of Victoria, August 2, 1934 (DHD and HMS
Nos. 1227-1229) ; Hacienda La Clementina, near Forlon, August
7-10, 1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 1455, 1522, 1523, 1525, 1526).

In scalation the specimens agree well with Barbour and Noble's
(1915) description; Ruthven (1912) has described color variations
as shown in males and females.

The species has been reported from the states of Vera Cruz (Cope,
1862, 1885, 1887; Ferrari-Perez, 1886; Gunther, 1890; Gadow, 1905;
Ruthven, 1912 a and b) ; Oaxaca (Sumichrast, 1880; Cope, 1887;
Gunther, 1890; Gadow, 1905); Chiapas (Bocourt, 1874b; Duges,
1896) ; Colima (Cope, 1887) ; Guerrero (Gadow, 1905) ; and Michoa-
can (Duges, 1896).

Heloder?na horridum (Wiegmann)

A single specimen (EHT and HMS No. 773) was collected at
night eleven miles southwest of Puente de Ixtla, Guerrero, Mexico,
on June 22, 1932. The habitat in which it was found was one of
grass and deciduous trees, quite unlike the arid, barren habitat
which H. suspecturn as a rule occupies.

The small tubercles about the larger ones, said by Cope (1900),
quoting Wiegmann, to be absent in H. horridum, but present in H.
suspecturn, are present in this specimen, although much smaller than
in specimen of H. suspecturn of approximately the same size. A
character of great difference in the two species is the size of the ear
opening. In the specimen of H. horridum, it is about 4.5 mm. broad
and 3 mm. long, while in a specimen of H. suspecturn of approxi-
mately the same size the ear opening, is 8 mm. broad and 4.5 mm.
long. In other specimens of H. suspecturn it is proportionately
large. The claws of horridum are about 10 mm. long, and of the H.
suspecturn, 6 mm. As Cope (1900, p. 480) has pointed out, the tail
is much longer in proportion to the body length in H. horridum than
it is in H. suspecturn. The caudal annuli are much fewer in H.
suspecturn (45-50) than in the Mexican form (78).

The coloration of the specimen agrees well with previous de-
scriptions.

Measurements and scale counts are as follows: snout to vent,
266 mm.; tail, 213 mm.; snout to anterior border of ear, 49 mm.;
foreleg, 83 mm.; hindleg, 90 mm.; fourth toe from base of fifth, 28
mm.; third finger (longest) from base of fourth, 18.5 mm.; scales
from gular fold to anus, 62; caudal annuli, 78; scales on top of head
between corners of mouth, 21.

146 The University Science Bulletin

Surprisingly few locality records of this species are available.
Gadow (1905) remarks that "In Guerrero and Oaxaca, Colima and
Jalisco everybody speaks of the 'Escorpion' . . . Hundreds of
times I have offered much money, even to be taken to its lair, but
all in vain." It is known from the following states: Sinaloa (Bo-
court, 1878; Boulenger, 1885b, 1891; Giinther, 1885; Cope, 1887;
Gadow, 1905), Oaxaca (Bocourt, 1878; Sumichrast, 1870, 1880;
Boulenger, 1885b, 1891; Giinther, 1885; Cope, 1887; Gadow, 1905),
Guanajuato (Giinther, 1885), Jalisco (Duges, 1870, 1896), Mich-
oacan (Duges, 1896; Gadow, 1905) and Colima (Duges, 1896).

Anelytropsis papillosus Cope

(Plate XXIV, figs. 2 and 3)

Two specimens (EHT and HMS Nos. 535, 539) of this apparently
extremely rare species were secured by Doctor Taylor and myself
about twenty miles south of Valles, San Luis Potosi, on June 13,
1932, in a region of dense brush. They were found burrowing in
rotten logs near an ant nest. Apparently they were feeding upon
termites or ants, which were numerous in the logs.

The specimens agree almost perfectly with Cope's (1900) descrip-
tion. The scale rows about the body are twenty-four anteriorly,
eighteen near the tail. In one specimen the parietal is fused on one
side with the small scale which usually separates the parietal from
the postocular. In the other specimen the small third supralabials
are absent. No. 539 is 156 mm. from snout to vent; the tail is re-
generated; 4.5 mm. from tip of snout to the "rictus oris." No. 535
is 90.3 mm. from snout to vent; tail, 30.3 mm.; tip of snout to the
"rictus oris," 3.5 mm.

Caudal chevrons, which Camp (1923) says are questionably pres-
ent, were found in the specimen examined for this character (No.
539).

The species has been known previously only from Jalapa (type
locality; two specimens) and Motzorongo (Gadow, 1905; one speci-
men), Vera Cruz. One of the specimens from Jalapa was ap-
parently retained by the Geographical and Exploring Commission
of the Republic of Mexico, and the specimen is now possibly lodged
in the Museo Nacional in Mexico City. The whereabouts of the
other specimen (mentioned by Cope, 1900) is problematical. The
latter author states that no specimens are in the United States Na-
tional Museum. Gadow's specimen is undoubtedly in the British
Museum.

Smith: Mexican Lizards 147

LITERATURE CITED

Ai. i.f.n. Morrow J. 1933. Report on a collection of amphibians and reptiles

from Si mora. Mexico, with the descriptions of a new lizard. Occas. Papers

Mus. Zool. I'niv. Mich. 259: 15 pp.
Bailey, John Wendell. 1928. A revision of the lizards of the genus Cteno-

saura. Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus. 73: 1-55, pis. 1-30.
Baird, Spencer F. 18.")'.). Reptiles of the boundary. U. S.-Mex. Bound. Surv.

2: 1-35. pis. 1-41.

Barbour, Thomas, and Cole, Leon J. 1906. Vertebrata from Yucatan. Rep-
tilia. Amphibia, and Pisces. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. 50(5): 146-155.

Blanchard, Frank X. 1921. A revision of the king snakes: genus Lam-
propeltis. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 114: vi, 260 pp., 78 figs.

BocotJRT, M. F. 1874a. Mission scientifique an Mexique et dans 1'amerique
centrale . . . Livraison 3: 113-192. pis. 16, 17. 17bis, 18, 18bis.
1874b. Ibid. Livraison 4: 193-280, pis. 19, 20A, 20B, 20C, 23.

— 1878. Ibid. Livraison 5:281-360, pis. 20. 20D, 20E, 20F, 20G, 21A,
21B, 21C.

Boulenger, George Albert. 1885a. Catalogue of the lizards in the British
Museum (Natural History). Second edition, vol. I: xii, 436 pp., 32 pis.

1885b. Ibid. Vol. II: xiii. 497 pp.. 24 pis.

1891. Notes on the osteology of Heloderma horridum and H. suspec-

tum, with remarks on the systematic position of the Helodermatidae and on
the vertebrae of the Lacertilia. Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1891:109-118,
6 figs.

Burt, Charles E. 1928. The synonymy, variation, and distribution of the
collard lizard, Crotaphytus collnris (Say). Occas. Papers Mus. Zool. Univ.
Mich. 196: 1-19. 7 pis.

1931. A study of the teiid lizards of the genus Cnemidophorus with

special reference to their phylogenetic relationships. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus.
154: viii, 286 pp., 38 figs.

Cope, Edward Drinker. 1862. Contributions to neotropical saurology. Proc.
Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1862: 176-188.

1866. Fourth contribution to the herpetology of tropical America.

Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat, Sci. 1866: 123-132.

1885. A contribution to the herpetology of Mexico. Proc. Amer.

Philos. Soc. 22: 379-404.

1886. A synopsis of the species of the genera Cyclura, Ctenosaura,

Cachryx. Brachylophus, Iguana, Conolophus and Amblyrhynchus. Proc.
Amer. Philos. Soc. 23: 261-271.

1887. Catalogue of the batrachians and reptiles of Central America

and Mexico. Bull. TJ. S. Nat. Mus. 32: 1-98.
1900. The crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America. Rept.

U. S. Nat. Mus. 1898: 153-1270. 36 pis., 347 figs.

Duges, Alfredo. 1870. Catalogo de animales Vertebrados observados en la
Republica Mexicana. La Naturaleza (Ser. I) 1 : 137-145.

148 The University Science Bulletin

1883. Una nueva especie de Salamanquesa. La Naturaleza 6: 309-312

pi. 7.

1896. Reptiles y bactracios de los E. U. Mexicanos. La Naturaleza

(2d Ser.) 2:479-485.

Ferrari-Perez, Fernando. 1886. Catalogue of animals collected by the geo-
graphical and exploring commission of the Republic of Mexico. Proc. U.
S. Nat. Mus. 9: 125-199.

Flower, Stanley Smtth. 1933. Notes on the recent reptiles and amphibians
of Egypt, with a list of the species recorded from that kingdom. Proc.
Zool. Soc. London 1933: 735-851, 1 map, 1 text fig.

Gadow, Hans. 1905. The distribution of Mexican amphibians and reptiles.
Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1905 (Vol. II) : 191-244, text figs. 29-32.

Garman, Samuel. 1887. Reptiles and batrachians from Texas and Mexico.
Bull. Essex Inst. 19: 20 pp.

Gunther, Albert C. L. G. 1885-1902. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Reptilia
and Batrachia. xx, 326 pp., 76 pis.

Ives, J. E. 1891. Reptiles and batrachians from northern Yucatan and Mex-
ico. Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1891: 458-463.

Mertens, Robert. 1930. Bemerkungen liber die von Herren Dr. K. Lafrentz
in Mexiko gesammelten Amphibien und Reptilien. Abh. u. Ber. a. d. Mus.
fur Nafrur. u. Heimat. u. d. Naturw. ver. 6(2) : 153-161.

Mocquard, M. F. 1899. Reptiles et Batraciens recueillis au Mexique par M.

Leon Diguet en 1896 et 1897. Bull. Soc. Philom. de Paris (9th Ser.) 1: 154-

169, 1 pi.
Ortenburger, Arthur Irving. 1928. The whip snakes and racers: genera

Masticophis and Coluber. Memoirs Univ. Mich. Museums 1: xviii, 248 pp.,

36 pis., 64 text figs.

Ruthven, Alexander G. 1908. Variations and genetic relationships of the
garter snakes. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 61 : xii, 201 pp., 1 pi., 82 text figs.

1912a. On some amphibians and reptiles from the state of Vera Cruz,

Mexico. Mich. Acad. Sci. 1912: 230-231.

1912b. The amphibians and reptiles collected by the University of

Michigan-Walker expedition in southern Vera Cruz, Mexico. Zool. Jahrb.

32:295-332, pis. 6-11.
Schmidt, Karl Patterson. 1922. The amphibians and reptiles of Lower

California and the neighboring islands. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 46: 607-

707, 13 text figs., pis. 47-57.
Smith, Hobart M. 1935. Notes on some lizards of the genus Phrynosoma

from Mexico. Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci. 37: 287-297, pis. 11-12.
Stejneger, Leonhard, and Barbour, Thomas. 1933. A check list of North

American amphibians and reptiles. Third edition. Harvard Univ. Press.

Cambridge, xiv, 185 pp.
Stuart, L. C. 1934. Concerning Hemidactylus exsul Barbour and Cole.

Copeia 1934 (4) : 185.
Sumichrast, F. 1870. Notas sobre las costumbres de algunos reptiles de Mex-
ico. Familia de los iguanideos. La Naturaleza (Ser. 1) 1: 176-180, 203-206.

Smith: Mexican Lizards 149

1880. Contribution a I'Histoire naturelle de Mexique. 1. Notes sur

une Collection de Reptiles et de Batraciens de la parte occidentale de
I'Isthme de Tehuantepec. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 5: 162-190.

1882. Enumeracion de las rsprcios de Reptile- ohsorvados en la parte

meridional de la Republica Mexicana. La Naturaleza 6:31-45.
Van Dknhikch. John. 1897. Reptiles from Sonora, Sinaloa and Jalisco,
Mexico, with a description of a new species of Sceloporus. Proc. Phila.
lead. Nat. Sci. 1897:460-464.

1922. The reptiles of western North America. Vol. I. Occas. Papers

Calif. Acad. Sci. 10: 1-612. 57 pis.

Werner, F. 1910. Uber neue oder seltene Reptilien des Naturhistorischen
Museums in Hamburg. II. Eidechsen. Jahrb. Hamb. Wiss. Anstalten
27(2) : 1-46.

Wibgmann, A. F. A. 1835. Amphibien. In "Beitrage zur Zoologie, gesam-
n i< -It auf ein Reise um die Erde" by F. J. F. Meyen. Nova Acta Phys-
Medica Acad. Caes. Leop.-Carol. 17(1): 183-168. 268a-268d.

Yarrow, H. C. 1883. Check list of North American Reptilia and Batrachia.
with catalogue of specimens in U. S. National Museum. Bull. U. S. N. M.
24: vi, 249 pp.

10—7186

150 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXIII

Fig. 1. Ctenosaura hemilopha. Male, EHT Xo. 235. Snout to vent,
194.0 mm.

Fici. 2. Hemidactylus turcicus. Young. DHD and HMS No. 1516. Total
length, G2.5 mm.

Smith: Mexican Lizards
PLATE XXIII

151

152 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXIV

Fig. 1. Crotaphytm collaris collaris. Female, EHT and HMS No. 4051 :
Fig. 2. Anelytropsis papillosus. Side view of head. EHT and HMS No
535. X 10.5.

Fig. 3. Same, dorsal view of head.

Smith: Mexican Lizards

153

PLATE XXIV

'..«£^M\m»,

)

I

154 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXV

Fig. 1. Phyllodactylus tuberculosus. From Wiegmann, 1835. Original size.
Fig. 2. Phyllodactylus homolepidurus. Male, type.
Fig. 3. Phyllodactylus lanei. Male. type.

Fig. 4. Phyllodactylus tuberculosus. Ventral surface of foot. From Wieg-
mann, 1835. Original size.

Smith: Mexican Lizards

1 .■).->

PLATE XXV

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. 1 April 15. 1935 [No. 7.

Descriptions of New Species of Lizards from Mexico of
the Genus Uta, with Notes on Other Mexican Species

HOBART M. SMITH,

Department of Zoology, University of Kansas

Abstract: The study is based upon Mexican specimens in the collections
of Edward H. Taylor, David H. Dunkle and Hobart M. Smith. The species
discussed are I'ta stansburiana stejnegeri, U. bicarinata, U. tuberculata, U.
ornata ornata and A*, ornata lateralis. Via taylori and U. caerulea are de-
scribed as new.

THE following notes and descriptions are based upon specimens
belonging to the genus Uta in three collections of reptiles and
amphibians from Mexico — one secured during the summer of 1932
by Dr. Edward H. Taylor and myself, the others during the sum-
mer of 1934, one by David H. Dunkle and myself, the other by
Taylor. Specimens in the first collection are designated by EHT
and HMS; in the second by DHD and HMS; in the third by^EHT.

I wish to here express my appreciation for the aid received, in
the collection and study of this material, from Dr. Edward H.
Taylor. Mr. David H. Dunkle. Mr. C. D. Bunker and Dr. H. H.
Lane. I am indebted in particular to Doctor Taylor for the privilege
of studying and describing a portion of his personal Mexican col-
lection. Thanks are also clue to Dr. G. K. Noble, who kindly com-
pared a specimen of Uta tuberculata with the type; and to Mr. J. C.
Bay of John Crerar Library for his kindness in loaning necessary
reference books. The study has been aided by a grant from the
University of Kansas graduate research fund.

(1.57)
11—7186

158 The University Science Bulletin

Uta taylori sp. n.

(Plate XXVI, fig. 3)

Holotype. Male, EHT No. 320a, collected July 3, 1934, ten miles
northwest of Guaymas, Sonora, Mexico.

Paratypes. Thirty-one, including twenty-four from the type
locality (Nos. 252-258, June 30; 280-284, July 1; 300, 304, July 2;
320, 321, 322, 323a, on July 3; 335, July 4; 393, July 6; 474, 474a,
July 12; 500, July 13) ; four (Nos. 199-202) from a locality 54 miles
southwest of Hermosillo, Sonora, June 26; three (Nos. 448-450)
from a locality 12 miles northwest of Guaymas, July 10. All were
collected during the summer of 1934 by Dr. Edward H. Taylor and
are in his personal collection.

Diagnosis. A Uta of the U. stansburiana group; dorsal scales
average about 106 from interparietal to base of tail; enlarged dor-
sals abruptly differentiated from granular laterals only on posterior
fourth of body; ratio of length of fourth toe to distance from snout
to gular fold averages .786 in males, .771 in females; a distinct
dermal pocket behind the insertion of the hind leg; no lateral light
lines present on neck or sides of body in either young or adults;
dorsal and lateral surfaces of body with numerous light flecks; dor-
solateral series of blotches very dim when visible.

Description of Type. Head flattened; snout pointed; interparietal
more than twice as large as ear opening; frontoparietals in contact
in front of interparietal, separating latter from frontal; three parie-
tals on each side; frontal entire; five transversely enlarged supra-
oculars, the median larger than the others; a series of from one to
three rows of small scales intercalated between supraoculars and
supereiliaries; a row of small scales surrounding inner margin of
orbit; five supereiliaries; three canthals, the posterior large and over-
lapping anterior superciliary; three small postnasals, one subnasal,
one prenasal and one supranasal; two pairs of internasals, the
anterior pair quite small; scales between internasals and frontal
large; rostral about as wide as distance between the centers of the
nares; section of rostral on top of snout truncate behind, lateral
edges in contact with labials, also truncate; four scales between
posterior canthal and labials; four upper and seven lower labials
to a point below middle of eye; mental pentagonal; a pair of large
postmentals, in contact medially; these in contact also with mentals
and lower labials, and followed by a series of enlarged scales passing
to the angles of the jaws, and decreasing in size posteriorly; this
series of enlarged scales separated from the labials anteriorly by one

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta lf>!)

row of scales, posteriorly by three; median gular scales somewhat
smaller than others; scales bordering gular fold larger than ventrals;
temporals granular, except for three large scales in front of the ear
and separated from the latter by about three rows of granules; three
elongate scales on anterior border of ear, the upper largest and ex-
tending nearly halfway across ear opening; a dermal fold from ear
to upper edge of lateral cervical pouch, thence to the upper edge of
the gular fold, and above the insertion of the foreleg along the sides
of the body to the groin; lateral cervical pouch small, low, more
ventral than lateral in position; scales on body rounded, not mu-
cronate; scales on nape granular, those on anterior half of nape not
keeled, but with a single posterior dorsal projection; extreme laterals
smooth, gradually becoming larger and keeled dorsally; laterals
strongly differentiated from the dorsals only on posterior fourth of
body ; about eighteen rows of enlarged dorsals in a line between the
centers of insertion of the hindlegs; dorsal rows of scales strongly
converging posteriorly; dorsals on foreleg slightly larger than dor-
sals on body, rounded, and keeled except on hand; ventrals on upper
foreleg granular, those on lower foreleg about as large as dorsals of
the same member, smooth ; lamellar formula for fingers 9-14-18-18-
13; scales on anterior surface and anterior half of dorsal surface of
femur about twice as large as largest dorsals on body, smooth on
femur except in median dorsal region ; ventral scales of femur some-
what smaller than ventral abdominals, smooth; dorsal scales on
tibia somewhat smaller than those on anterior surface of femur,
keeled, some mucronate; ventral tibial scales somewhat larger than
dorsals on tibia; lamellar formula for toes 9-15-20-26-17; dorsal
scales of tail about three times as large as largest dorsals on
body, strongly keeled and mucronate; subcaudal scales smaller and
smooth; ventrals on body smooth, rounded, of about equal size ex-
cept in interfemoral region; ventral interfemorals about one half as
large as preanals or abdominals; a distinct denial pouch behind in-
sertion of hindleg.

Color above blue-gray, with small light-blue flecks scattered over
sides and a few in the middorsal region; about seven very dim, nar-
row bands of darker color may be discerned on the back; base of
tail with a very few flecks of bright, almost iridescent, blue; all but
proximal fifth of tail dimly banded; limbs irregularly and narrowly
banded with brown and light; extreme lateral surfaces of body with
irregular light spots; a dark blue blotch behind axilla; head light
brown; upper labial region dimly banded with brown and whitish,

160 The University Science Bulletin

the bands continuous onto the lower labial region; gular region
dark blue, some scales lighter, with light diagonal bands continuous
with those of the labial region converging toward the median line of
throat; extreme lateral surfaces of belly generally dark blue, with
a few scales of light blue; a broad median area of belly whitish,
suffused with blue ; chest and preanal region white ; anterior ventral
surfaces of hindlimbs bluish, the remainder white; ventral surface
of tail white.

Variation. The frontal is divided in all but two of the paratypes
(Nos. 255, 500), but it varies much in the manner of division. In
some it is divided transversely into three sections; in others either
the anterior or the posterior section is divided longitudinally; occa-
sionally, when the posterior section is thus divided, one part or both
are fused to the corresponding frontoparietal. There are two large
scales regularly present in front of the frontal (usually separated by
a smaller scale), and this is preceded by three large scales which
contact on either side of the posterior canthal; these scales are fre-
quently variously modified — divided into several, fused together in
part or fused with adjoining scales. Between these and the rostral
are usually three pairs of median scales, the posterior two pairs of
about equal size but much larger than the anterior pair. All are
variable. Occasionally five upper and six lower labials occur. In
details of scalation they are otherwise much like the type.

In males the dorsal ground color varies from greenish blue to gray,
in some specimens light brown. In four or five a dim trace of dark
spots on either side of the median dorsal line may be observed; in a
few others the spots are fused on the median dorsal line, forming
very dim, narrow, darker bands across the back, about seven in
number.

Females do not differ from males greatly in coloration. The blue
on the ventral surfaces is lighter, while that of the belly is almost
entirely absent. The dorsal coloration is brownish gray to light
brown; the blue flecks are absent, although the lateral light spots
are frequently present. Some specimens are perfectly uniform in
color over the entire back and sides; in five the darker spots on
either side of the median dorsal line are very dimly visible, as in
some males. In no females are they fused to form transverse bands.

Two young specimens are present in the series (No. 258, male,
snout to vent measurement 31mm.; and No. 448, female, snout to
vent measurement 26.2 mm.). The larger is uniform brownish-gray

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta

161

over the entire back. The smaller is brownish gray above, with a
very dim trace of a series of dorsolateral darker spots, as in some
adults. In neither are there light lines along the sides of the neck
or body.

Relationships. Uta taylori is unquestionably related to the sub-
species of U. stansburiana, yet its relationship cannot be close. It
differs in the relative proportion of the length of the fourth toe and
the snout to gular fold distance; the maximum size is less; the color
pattern is very different from that . of U. stansburiana, and the
habitat is different.

The following table gives a summarized comparison of the rela-
tive proportion of the length of the fourth toe and the snout to gular
fold measurement in Uta stansburiana stejnegeri, Uta s. hesperis
and Uta taylori"

Species

Males

Females

Maximum

*(16) 1 080

*(8) .966

siemegeri:

Minimum

06) .800

(8) .800

Mean

(16) .916

\S) 8801

Maximum

(13) .936

(7) .028

hesperis:

Minimum.

(13) .811

O) 824

Mean

(13) 8705

(7) .8697

Maximum

(9) .853

(10) .827

taylori'

Minimum

(9) .722

(10) .687

Mean

(9) .7805

(10) .7715

* The numbers in parentheses irdicate the number of specimens

Full data on scale counts, measurements and proportions of
U. s. stejnegeri are given in the table accompanying the discussion
of that subspecies; the other tables, of U. s. hesperis* and U. taylori,
are given below for comparison.

* The specimens of U. s. hesperis are in the Kansas University Museum, and were col-
lected in the following localities: No. 12170, Los Angeles Co., Calif., June, 1925; 12156-
12157, Montecito, Santa Barbara Co., Calif., Sept. 4-6, 1929; 11878, Kitchen Creek, San
Diego Co., Calif., August, 1928; 2178, 2180-2181, Pine Vallev, San Diego Co., Calif., May
16, 1926; 12093-12094, 12158-12160, same locality, Sept. 1, 1929; 12175, 12179, 12181,
12185, Palomar Mt.. San Diego Co., Calif.. August, 1928; 11612, 11617, 11620, 11622,
Boulder Park, near Jacumba, San Diego Co., Calif., July 26, 1928.

162

The University Science Bulletin

Measurements and scale counts of Ufa stansburiana hesperis

I

Number

12093
9

11878
9

11617

9

11620
d"

11612

2181
d"

12094

n

Sex

9

in

Snout to vent

40 5
73.0

9.7
10.0
14.0
.348
19 0
31 0

765
13 0
.320
14-?

102

62

28

17

.928

42.0

42 5

43.5

44 5

46 0

46 0

IV

Tail

V

9 8

10 4

15 0

357

19 0

31 0

738

13 0

.309

?

92
58
27
15
.866

8 5

9.5

14.5

.341

17 0

30.0

.705

12 .8

.301

14-?

83

61

27

18

.882

10.7

11.0

16 0

.367

20.0

34.8

.800

13.0

.298

13-14

94

60

33

18

.817

9 2

10 9

15 5

.348

19.0

34 2

.768

14 .0

314

15-16

96

60

29

15

.903

9.9

110

15 5

.336

18.5

35.5

.771

14 0

.304

15-16

84

63

31

18

.903

9 fl

VI

10 5

Vll

Snout to gular fold

15.5

Vlll

Ratio, VII to III

.336

IX

Foreleg .

19 5

X

Hindleg

31 3

XI

Ratio, X to III. .

680

XI I

13 0

XIII

Ratio, XII to III

.282

XIV

XV

Dorsal scales

T
95

XVI
XVII

63
28

xvm

Gular fold scales

18

XIX

Ratio, XII to VII

838

Measurements and scale counts of Uta stansburiana hesperis — Continued

I Number.
II Sex

Ill

IV

V

VI

VII

Vlll

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

XVI

XVII

XVIII

XIX

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

S^out to gular fold
Ratio, VII to III . .

Foreleg ,.-.

Hindleg

Ratio, X to III ... .

Fourth toe

Ratio, XII to III. .

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

Ventral scales

Gular scales

Gular fold scales. . .
Ratio, XII to VII..

12185

d"

47.0

10.7

11.5

17 0

.361

18.9

36 0

.765

13.8

.293

13-13

87

55

29

18

.811

12179
9

47.5

71 0

9.7

10 5

15.3

.322

18 5

32.9

.692

13 5

.273

14-16

108

64

28

16

.882

12181
9

47.7

10.0

10.7

16.0

.335

19.0

33.0

.691

13.9

.291

14-?

96

59

29

13

868

11622
9

48.0

9 7

10 0

14.8

.308

18.0

30.7

.639

12.4

.258

14-?

90

54

29

12

.824

12159
&

48.5

87.0

10 8

12.0

16 8

.346

18.5

33.0

.680

14.0

.288

13-?

96

64

34

17

833

2180
&

48.5

77.0

10 5

11.0

16 2

.334

19 5

37.2

.767

14 4

.296

18-?

94

62

31

12

2178

49 0

88 0

10 .8

12 0

17.5

.357

21 0

37 8

.771

15.0

306

15-15

101

70

32

18

.857

Smith: Nkw Spkciks of Genus Uta

163

Measurements and scale counts of Uta stansburiana hesperis — Concluded

1 Number.
II Sex

Ill

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

XVI

XVI 1

XVIII

XIX

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

Snout to gular fold
Ratio, VII to III.

Foreleg

Hindleg

Ratio, X to III

Fourth toe

Ratio, XJl to 111 .

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

Ventral scales

Gular scales

Gular fold scales. .
Ratio, XII to VII . .

12158

49 0

10.1

11.0
17 4

.355

20.0

36.5

.744

15 0

.306

13-13

92

64

32

15

.862

12175

d"

50.0
88.0

10 0

11 5
16 5
.330
19 .5
38.9
.778
15.0
.300

15-15
98
60
29
15
.909

12160
cr

50 5

11.9

11 0

16.7

.330

20.5

35.0

.693

14 4

.285

14-15

88

65

31

19

.862

12157
d"

51 5

10.6
11.0

17 0

.330

21.0

39 0

.757

15 9

.308

15-?

99

62

32

15

.935

12170

51 5

11 0

12.0

17 5

.339

21 4

39.0

.757

15.0

.291

14-14

109

66

31

15

857

12156
d1

55.5

11.5

12.2

18.0

.324

21 8

39.8

.717

16.0

.288

14-14

107

61

28

15

.888

Measurements and scale counts of Uta taylori

I Number .
II Sex

Ill

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

XVI

XVII

XVIII

XIX

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

Snout tr. gular fold.
Ratio, VII to III . .

Foreleg

Hindleg

Ratio, X to III

Fourth toe

Ratio, XII to III..

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

Ventral scales

Gi'lar scales

Gular fold scales. . .
Ratio, XII to VII

202

9

40 0

8 8

102.

14.8

.370

19.5

31.5

.787

12.0

.305

16-17

110

59

32

15

.810

199

41 5

9 5
10.5
15 1
.363
19.5

16-16
92
56
28
14

256

0"

42 0

S.3

10.1

16.0

.380

20.0

35.0

.833

13 3

316

14-16

105

59

36

16

.831

257

9

42.0

63.5

8.0

9.9

15.0

.357

19.0

32.0

.761

12 0

.285

13-14

102

56

30

20

.800

255

9

42.0

69 0

8.0

10.0

14.8

.352

19 0

31 5

.750

12 0

.285

15-16

102

55

28

16

810

281
9

43 0

9.0

10.0

15.1

.351

19.0

30.5

.709

11 2

.260

13-16

103

59

31

19

.741

323a
9

44.0

8.5

10.5

16.0

.363

18 0

30.5

.670

11 0

.250

16-17

108

57

29

17

.687

If, I

The University Science Bulletin

Measurements and scale counts of Uta taylori — Continued

I

Number

280
9

320
9

284
9

393

500

304
9

320a

II

Sex

(f

III

44.5

44.5

45.0

45.0

84.0

9.7

11 8

16.4

.364

22.0

36 5

.811

14 0

.311

15-16

108

63

33

19

.853

45.5

46 5

46.7

IV

T?il

79 0

V

8.9

10.9

15.0

.337

20 0

32 5

.730

12.2

.274

13-14

108

57

30

22

.813

8.9

10.0

14.5

.325

18.0

31.0

.696

12.0

.269

14-15

109

57

29

17

.827

9.0

11 0

16.2

.360

19.5

33.5

.744

12.0

.266

17-17

111

62

33

21

.740

9.5
11.0

13 5

16-?
106

8 8

10.5

16.0

.344

20.0

34.5

.741

12.0

.258

14-14

106

65

31

20

.750

9.6

VI

Head lergth

11 7

VII

16 3

VIII

R?tic, VII to III

.349

IX

22.0

X

Hindleg

34.0

XI

Ratio, X to III. .

728

XII

13.0

XIII

Ratio, XII to III

.278

XIV
XV

Dorsal scales

14 14

102

XVI

Vertral scales

60

XVII

Gular scales

35

XVIII
XIX

Gular fold scales

Ratio, XII to VII

15

.797

Measurements and scale counts of Uta taylori — Concluded

I

282
9

283

474

&

48.0

9.9

11 0

16.0

.333

21.0

35 5

.739

12.8

.266

16-17

105

65

33

15

.725

254

335

322

450

11

Sex

d"

III

47.0

74.0

9.0

10.7

16.0

.340

20.0

34 0

.723

11 8

.287

14-14

116

61

30

20

.737

48.0

82.0

9.8

11 3

16.5

.343

21.5

37.0

.770

13 0

.270

15-15

117

61

33

16

.787

48.0

87 0

9.7

11.0

17.5

.364

21 5

37.0

.770

14.0

.291

15-17

104

66

32

21

.800

48.0

11 8

18.0

.375

20.0

35 5

.739

13.0

270

14-15

108

61

30

18

.722

48.0

81 0

9.5

11 5

17.5

.344

20.0

37.5

.781

13.8

.311

14-14

105

57

31

13

.788

48.0

IV
V

Tail

10.0

VI

12.0

VII

17.8

VIII

Ratio, VII to III

.370

IX

22.0

X

XI

Ratio, X to III

XII

14.0

XIII

XIV

XV

Ratio, XII to III

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

.291

16-?

Ill

XVI

64

XVII

32

xvm

Gular fold scales

22

XIX

Ratio, XII to VII

.786

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta 165

The maximum length, from snout to vent, which males of U.
taylori reach is about 48 mm.; males of U . stansburiana stejnegeri
frequently attain a length of 54 mm.; and males of U . stansburiana
hesperis frequently are 50 mm. long, occasionally reaching 55 mm.

All subspecies of Uta stansburiana possess the same basic color
pattern: lateral light lines on the neck and sides of body, especially
distinct in the young, and distinct dorsal spots, only occasionally
indistinct in large males. No lateral light lines are present in
U. taylori, and the dorsal darker spots are always indistinct and
usually entirely absent or modified to form transverse bands.

Uta stansburiana is typically a lizard of the open desert areas, not
frequenting rocks except as they occur in small scattered groups in
more or less level areas or at the bases of hills. Ufa taylori, on the
other hand, frequents only rock cliffs of desert mountains, shunning
the open desert plains. They are much more wary than U. stans-
buriana, and much less conspicuous.

In relation to its habitat, it is interesting to note that U. taylori
possesses much shorter and stouter claws than either U. s. stejnegeri
or U. s. htsjH ris. It is to be assumed that this difference is directly
related to an environmental influence, U. stansburiana occupying
an ecological niche which, because of its lesser "resistance," would
permit a greater claw length than would the more "resistant" niche
which U. taylori occupies, where short, stout claws with a clinging
and more or less grasping power are essential.

It may be noted that U. taylori. differs from U.S. stejnegeri also
in the regular presence of a distinct dermal pocket behind the
insertion of the hindleg. In U. s. stejnegeri this pocket is rarely
present in males, and never in females. It is regularly present,
however, in U. s. hesperis. Another difference is the greater number
of dorsal scales from the interparietal to the base of the tail in
U. taylori. Thirdly, the enlarged dorsal scales of U. taylori are
abruptly differentiated from the laterals only a short distance
anterior to the hindlegs.

The presence of this species in Sonora might suggest the possi-
bility of its being identical with some form of Baja California.
However, it would appear that it is only remotely related to these
described forms, with the possible exception of U. elegans, a species
whose identity has long been a problem. It lias frequently been
considered a synonym of U . stansburiana, and numerous authors
have placed the species with the form now known as U. stansburiana

166 The University Science Bulletin

stejnegeri Schmidt (1922), who regarded U. elegans as a distinct
species, distinguished it from U. stansburiana by the greater ratio
of the length of the hindleg to the snout-vent measurement (.74 to
.85 in 18 males, average .80), and by the different average number
of dorsal scales from the interparietal to the base of the tail (max.
106, min. 82, av. 91, in twenty specimens). In these characters
U. elegans can be seen to be quite different also from U. taylori.
No specimens of U. elegans have been available for comparisons,
but on the bases of nonconformity with the diagnostic characters of
U. elegans as shown by Schmidt, of the closer relationship of this
form to U. stansburiana, and of geographic probabilities, I here con-
sider U. taylori as distinct from U. elegans.

Remarks. The species is named for Dr. Edward H. Taylor, who
collected the specimens and very kindly permitted me to study and
describe them.

Uta stansburiana stejnegeri Schmidt

Fifty-two specimens of this form are in the collections, from the
following localities: Sonora: Near Empalme, July 13, 1934 (EHT
Nos. 501-503, 514-516a). Durango: Near Avilco, August 25, 1932
(EHT and HMS Nos. 4389-4390) ; 5 miles north of Conejos, June
25, 1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 294-295) ; 25 miles north of Ber-
mejillo, June 27, 1934 (DHD and HMS No. 340). Coahuila: 10
miles east of Torreon (EHT and HMS Nos. 4388, 4409; August 30
and 25, 1932, respectively) ; near San Pedro, August 30, 1932 (EHT
and HMS Nos. 4308, 4491-4514) ; 5 miles south of San Pedro, June
29, 1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 345, 363-367) ; near deserted village
30 miles west of La Rosa, August 30, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos.
4526-4532, 4570). Chihuahua: 15 miles south of Juarez, June 19,
1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 78, 79).

The specimens do not differ to any marked extent from those in
the Kansas University Museum from New Mexico, Arizona and
western Texas. The specimens from Empalme, Sonora, show no
closer approach to Uta taylori, collected not more than ten miles
north, than do other specimens from Mexico and the United States.
The dorsal scales are larger in size and smaller in number from the
interparietal to the base of the tail, and are abruptly differentiated
from the laterals, anterior to the sacrum, more than half the dis-
tance between the groin and axilla. The postfemoral dermal pocket
is present in only one large male; the average ratio of the length of

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta

167

the fourth toe to the distance from snout to gular fold is that of
U. s. stejnegeri, not U. taylori; and the color pattern is distinctly
that of U. stansburiana and its subspecies, with two lateral light
lines on the neck (and on the body in the young) and distinct dorso-
lateral dark spots in some specimens of both sexes. The specimens
were collected in a habitat not frequented by U. taylori: three were
taken on a sandy beach near the ocean, and the others in a desert
plain about a mile from the beach.

The subspecies has been reported in Mexico from northeastern
Baja California (Meek, 1905; Schmidt, 1922), Sonora (Tepoca Bay,
San Pedro Bay, Tiburon Is., Patos Is., Pelican Is.; Van Denburgh,
19221 and Chihuahua (Richardson, 1915). The specimens of U.
stansburiana collected by Mearns at Poso de Luis and Sonoyta in
Sonora, and reported by Cope (1900), probably belong to the sub-
species stejnegeri.

Measurements and scale counts of Uta stansburiana stejnegeri Schmidt

I

11

Sex

4501

9

4500
9

4491

9

503

9

4503

4499

9

514

III

30.0

33.8

34.0

34.0

35 0

36 0

39.5

IV

Tail

V

6.7

7.4

12 1

.403

13.8

21 5

.716

11.7

.390

13-?

85

60

31

11

.966

8.0

8.7

15.5
23.0
.696

12.5
.369

88
65
31

7.2

8.0

12.5

.367

14 5

26.5

.779

11.0

.323

16-15

87

64

28

16

.880

7.5

8.5

12.5

.367

15.0

27 0

.705

10.5

.308

14-15

88

64

31

16

.840

7.5

9.0

12.5

.357

16 0

27.5

.785

13.5

.357

14-16

87

60

30

14

1.08

8 0
8.5
13.5

.375
16.5

30.0

.805

12.8

.355

15-15

84

66

33

15

.948

8.0

VI

9.2

VII

Snout to gular fold

14.0

VIII
IX

Ratio, VII to III

Foreleg

.354
16.8

X

31.2

XI

Ratio, X to III

.789

XII

Fourth toe

13.0

XIII

Ratio, XII to III

.329

XIV

Femoral pores

13-14

XV

Dorsal scales

98

XVI

Ventral scales

60

XVII

Gular scales

34

XVIII

Gular fold scales

15

XIX

Ratio, XII to VII

.928

168

The University Science Bulletin

Measurements and scale counts of Uta stansburiana stejnegeri Schmidt

— Continued

I Number.
II Sex

Ill

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

XVI

XVII

XVIII

XIX

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

Snout to gular fold
Ratio, VII to III .

Foreleg

Hindleg

Ratio, X to III

Fourth toe

Ratio, XII to III . .

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

Ventral scales

Gular scales

Gular fold scales. . .
Ratio, XII to VII

4502

4509

516a

501

502

516

&

9

9

&

cT

&

40.0

40.3

43 0

45.0

46.0

47.5

76.0

74.3

96.0

96 0

89.0

8.0

9 1
14 3

357
17.8

8 3

9 5
14.0
.347
18 8

9.0

10.5
15.5
.360
19.0

10.7
11.5
16 2
.360
20.0

21.0

19.5

30.0

32.0

31.0

38.5

36.5

36.0

.750

.794

.720

.855

.797

.757

14.0

13.8

12.8

15.0

15 0

15.0

.350

.342

.297

.333

.326

.315

17-?

15-15

15-16

15-16

15-?

88

87

94

91

93

90

66

67

56

67

59

64

30

34

30

30

28

13

18

16

15

17

17

.979

.985

.802

.925

4532

9

48.0

9.2

10.7

17.3

.360

21.0

36.5

.760

14.2

.295

15-15

82

61

31

17

820

Measurements and scale counts of Uta stansburiana stejnegeri Schmidt

— Continued

I
II

Number .
Sex

Ill

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

XVI

XVII

XVIII

XIX

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

Snout to gular fold
Ratio, VII to III..

Foreleg

Hindleg

Ratio, X to III....

Fourth toe

Ratio, XII to III . .

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

Ventral scales

Gular scales

Gular fold scales . . .
Ratio, XII to VII

4508
J1

51 0
90.0
10.0
11.0

18.8

.368

22.5

39.0

.764

16.0

315

15-16

85

63

28

17

' .851

4498

51 0

82.5

10.0

11 0

18 5

.362

20.5

39 0

.764

16 0

.313

14-14

87

63

28

16

.864

515

51.0

10.0

11.5

17.5

.343

20.0

37 5

.735

13.5

.313

14-16

92

61

31

16

.800

4504

o

51.3

81.0

9.1

10.2

18 0
.350

19 1
35.2
.688
14 4
.280
16-?

91
68
34
17
.800

4496
&

51 8

95.5

10 5

11.0

18.0

.347

23.0

41 0

.791

16 2

.312

15-14

85

65

34

16

.900

4530
d*

52.0

110.0

10.6

11.0

18.0

.346

22.1

39 3

.755

17.0

.326

15-15

86

61

30

15

.944

4531

cf

53 0

101.0

10.3

11.3

17.5

.330

23.2

41 5

.783

17.0

.321

15-15

84

64

30

15

.971

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta

169

Measurements and scale counts of l'l<i statisburiana stejnegeri Schmidt

— Concluded

I Number
II Sex ... .

Ill

IV

V

VI

VII

VIII

IX

X

XI

XII

XIII

XIV

XV

XVI

XVII

XVIII

XIX

Snout to vent .

Tail

Head width

Head length

Snout to gular fold
Ratio, VII to III

Foreleg

Hindleg

Ratio, X to III

Fourth toe

Ratio, XII to III

Femoral pores

Dorsal scales

Ventral scales

Gular scales

Gular fold scales.
Ratio, XII to VII .

4529

4495

4497

4493

44d2

4527

C?

c?

cf

&

<?

d1

53.0

53.5
96.7
11.0

54 0

102.0

11.0

54 0

54 II

54 8

10.2

11 2

10 5

11.0

11 0

11 5

11 3

11 5

12.0

12 U

18.3

19.0

17.2

18.8

18.5

19.0

.345

355

318

.348

.342

.346

23.0

21.0

23.0

22.0

23.8

40 0

40 0

42.0

41 0

38.0

42 5

754

.747

.777

.759

.703

.773

16 1

16.1

17.3

17.0

16 8

17 0

.303

.300

.320

.314

.311

.310

14-15

15-15

15-15

16-15

15-16

14-14

84

81

89

88

85

90

59

60

65

62

60

60

30

30

30

28

31

30

12

17

14

16

15

16

.879

.847

1.000

.904

903

.894

Uta bicarinata (Dumeril)

Fifteen specimens were collected during the summer of 1932, by
Dr. Edward H. Taylor and myself, in the following localities:
Guerrero: 11 miles southwest of Puente de Ixtla, June 22 (EHT
and HMS Nos. 672-675, 750) ; near Junction of Mexico-Acapulco
highway and Rio Balsas (EHT and HMS Nos. 839, 1581, June 23
and July 2, respectively I ; 12 miles south of Chilpancingo, June 26
(EHT and HMS Nos. 1018-1019) ; 2 miles north of Agua Bendita,
July 3 (EHT and HMS No. 1626). Morelos: Njear Puente de Ixtla,
July 4 (EHT and HMS Nos. 1627-1628) ; 4 miles south of Cuerna-
vaca, June 22 (EHT and HMS Nos. 718-720). Oaxaca: Near
Chasumba, July 28 (EHT and HMS No. 3212).

In two specimens the frontal is transversely divided posteriorly,
and the posterior section is divided longitudinally; in four other
specimens the frontal is greatly reduced in size, apparently the
posterior portion having been separated and fused with the fronto-
parietals, which are proportionately increased in size. The char-
acter of the median rows of enlarged dorsals varies considerably in

170 The University Science Bulletin

the series. In some specimens the rows are continuous and un-
broken from the nape to the tail, but in most specimens the rows are
distinctly broken into four sections by the replacement of the large
scales, at more or less regular intervals, by granular scales. In the
large males the alternation of granules and enlarged scales is very
conspicuous. There are regularly present five longitudinal rows of
enlarged tubercles on the sides, the lower row in contact with the
ventrals about midway between the forelegs and hindlegs. The
series of enlarged dorsals begin on the shoulders, although there are
numerous scattered enlarged tubercles on the neck, sometimes form-
ing two short series, more widely separated than the dorsal rows on-
trunk. The ear is bordered anteriorly by a few large granules,
which are sometimes elongated. The ventrals are distinctly, al-
though not strongly, mucronate. It is noteworthy that the pocket
behind the insertion of the hindleg which is present in U. ornata and
its subspecies, as well as certain others, is absent in U. bicarinata.

The dorsal surfaces are grayish ; a neck band of darker gray or
black is visible in all specimens ; posterior to this and anterior to the
base of the tail are four broad transverse bands, in some cases
partially or completely interrupted on the median dorsal line, and in
some males almost or quite invisible; in some specimens narrow
dark bands are visible on the tail. In males the sides of the belly
are whitish, sometimes suffused with orange, and the broad median
area is blue, darker anteriorly; the breast and lower surfaces of
limbs and tail are whitish, sometimes lightly suffused with blue or
orange; the entire gular region is orange, coarsely reticulated or
diagonally barred with black except in a large, round median area
just anterior to the gular fold. The coloration of the gular region
is very similar in females; the blue of the belly is lacking, but there
are present instead numerous black spots, indefinitely outlined.

The specimen from Oaxaca differs in a number of respects from
the others of the series. The ventrals are abruptly differentiated
from the laterals, and are of almost uniform size, not decreasing
laterally. They are more strongly mucronate and weakly keeled
near the sides of the belly. The scales bordering the gular fold ex-
tend beyond the middle of the insertion of the foreleg, and are as
large on the sides as in the median line, and weakly keeled. The
median gular area, which is immaculate in the other specimens, is
irregularly spotted with black. Otherwise, in scalation, proportions
and coloration, the specimen is within the range of variation shown
in the other specimens.

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta 171

The species is apparently entirely arboreal. Some specimens were
found on some of the large species of cacti of the genus Opuntia.
Their coloration is extremely protective; they were frequently dis-
covered only by striking likely-looking trees with a shovel or heavy
slick. Usually two or more occurred together on the same tree or
cactus.

U. bicarinata has been reported from the following states: Guer-
rero (Gadow, 1905); Colima (Duges, 1896); Tepic (Duges, 1896);
Sinaloa (Boulenger, 1885; Giinther, 1890) ; Jalisco (Giinther, 1890) ;
Durango (Boulenger, 1885; Giinther, 1890); Guanajuato (Duges,
1896); Morelos (Boulenger, 1885; Giinther, 1890); Oaxaca (Sumi-
chrast, 1880); Puebla (Bocourt, 1874; Cope, 1885, 1887; Ferrari-
Perez, 1886; Giinther, 1890); Michoacan (Duges, 1896); and Chi-
huahua (Cope, 1887, 1900; doubtful). It is probable that a number
of the above records are based upon specimens which actually be-
long to some of the species recently described by Schmidt (1921),
which are related to or superficially resemble U. bicarinata.

Uta tuberculata Schmidt

(Plate XXVI, fig. 1)

A single specimen (EHT No. 552, male) was collected by Taylor
fifteen miles south of Presidio de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, July
19, 1934.

Although similar to 1 7a bicarinata, the species is apparently very
distinct. The specimen agrees with most diagnostic characters
proposed by Schmidt (1921) except that the head is shorter, not
longer, in proportion to the snout-vent measurement than is the
head of U. bicarinata, and the preauricular spines are of about the
>;nne size in the two species. Dr. G. K. Noble, who has kindly
had this specimen compared with the type and paratypes of U.
tuberculata, states that these two characters are exaggerated in the
type, and that our specimen compares well with the paratype series.

The enlarged granules on the back and sides are disposed in five
longitudinal series; the lower series is in contact with the ventrals
at a point halfway between the axilla and groin. The enlarged
tubercles are proportionately larger than those of U. bicarinata.
The ventrals are very slightly mucronate or rounded; in U. bicari-
nata they are more strongly mucronate, much more so toward the
sides of the abdomen. The color pattern is practically identical in
the two species.

172 The University Science Bulletin

The measurements are as follows: snout to vent, 41mm.; tail,
62 mm.; total length, 103 mm.; ratio, tail to total length, .601;
foreleg, 18 mm.; hindleg, 25 mm.; length of head, 9.5 mm. (to an-
terior margin of ear) ; breadth of head, 8.2mm.

Uta caerulca sp. n.

(Plate XXVI, fig. 2)

Holotype. Male, DHD and HMS No. 132, collected about
thirty miles north of Chihuahua City, Chihuahua, Mexico, June 21,
1934.

Paratypcs. Twelve, including DHD and HMS Nos. 127-131 and
133, collected with the type; and Nos. 138-143, collected about
twenty miles south of Chihuahua City, June 22, 1934; all collected
by David H. Dunkle and Hobart M. Smith.

Diagnosis. Frontal divided; a series of enlarged, weakly keeled
dorsals on either side of the median dorsal line, beginning on
shoulders and continuing posteriorly to the base of tail; about two
rows of small, weakly keeled scales on median dorsal line of body,
one row continuing onto tail a distance about equivalent to length
of femur; dorsolateral row of tubercles indistinct; oblique and
lateral rows of tubercles absent, as well as lateral fold; scales on
dorsal surface of tibia much larger than any of the enlarged dor-
sals on body; head as broad as long (measured to the posterior edge
of interparietal) or broader; males with the entire ventral surfaces
of body and tail, except chest, base of tail and an area between the
hind legs, sky blue; dorsum with about seven transverse black bars
on each side; bars usually blue-edged.

Description of Type. Head scales smooth, flat; frontal divided;
interparietal more or less triangular in shape, about as long as
broad, very narrowly in contact with frontal; one frontoparietal and
one enlarged parietal on each side ; a series of small scales bounding
inner margin of orbit; a series of five to six enlarged supraorbitals,
separated from the superciliaries by two or more rows of small
scales; anterior fourth or fifth of orbital region occupied by small
scales; three canthals, the anterior terminating below the nostril;
nasals separated from rostral and upper labials by a single row of
small scales, and from each other by two large internasals; rostral
narrowly in contact with internasals; a single loreal, separated
from upper labials by two rows of small, elongate scales ; five super-
ciliaries, the one immediately above eye overlapped at either end by
the adjacent superciliary; one enlarged, heavily keeled, pentagonal

Smith : New Species of Genus Uta 173

preocular; a long, heavily keeled subocular, contacting preocular;
two small, elongate, moderately keeled scales bordering orbit pos-
terior to subocular; four upper and six (right) or seven (left) lower
labials to a point below middle of eye; mental sharply angular,
pentagonal, its labial border slightly more than half that of rostral;
two large scales in contact with mental posteriorly, and with each
other on the median line; these two scales followed posteriorly by a
row of scales gradually diminishing in size, and separated from the
labials anteriorly by one row of small elongate scales, posteriorly by
three; scales of gular region small, rounded, not imbricate except
near gular fold, where they become somewhat triangular and slightly
larger, especially on the edge of the gular fold; granular scales of
gular fold more numerous toward sides, almost lacking on median
ventral line; temporal scales small, those between eye and ear small-
est, those between parietals and upper edge of ear larger; three large,
smooth, triangular lobules on anterior edge of ear, the median ex-
tending about one-third of the distance across; ear oval, its vertical
diameter greatest, less than the length of interparietal; a deep
lateral cervical pouch about halfway between ear and anterior
border of insertion of foreleg; a longitudinal fold from near upper
border of ear to upper edge of lateral cervical fold, and from there to
upper edge of gular fold, surmounted by slightly enlarged granules,
largest and most numerous anteriorly; a group of enlarged granules
on side of neck above and between lateral cervical fold and ear,
separated by five or six granules from a smaller group of enlarged
tubercles posterior to the former group; other scales on neck granu-
lar; enlarged dorsals beginning on neck, continuing posterior in two
rows on either side of median dorsal line, wreakly keeled, the inner
row largest; enlarged dorsals between hind legs smaller, in four or
five rows on either side; two rows of small scales on middorsal line,
weakly keeled, continuing onto tail a distance slightly greater
(measured from posterior margins of hind legs) than length of femur;
an indistinct dorsolateral series of small tubercles, mostly keeled,
beginning behind shoulders and terminating above hind leg; a few
very slightly enlarged tubercles on sides, not disposed in a longi-
tudinal series; no lateral fold; dorsal scales of foreleg keeled, ex-
cept on digits, the larger scales larger than dorsals on body; ventral
scales of upper foreleg very small, almost granular, those on lower
foreleg much larger, smooth; scales under foot keeled, mucronate;
lamellar formula for fingers 8-12-15-16-12; ventrals on body small,
smooth, rounded and imbricate, of about equal size except those near

12—7186

174 The University Science Bulletin

groin, which are smaller; scales on anterior surface of femur larger
than dorsals on body, keeled, becoming smaller and smooth toward
femoral pores ; posterior surface of femur with granular scales which
continue dorsally to the middle of the femur, where they are in con-
tact with the abruptly enlarged anterior scales; dorsals of tibia
larger than scales on femur, keeled, the ventrals smaller, smooth;
scales on foot keeled, the ventrals mucronate; lamellar formula for
toes 8-12-17-23-17; caudal scales more or less uniform, rather
weakly keeled; 27 scales around fifth verticil; scales at sides of tail
granular; a dermal pocket behind insertion of hind leg.

A broad, black band present from shoulder to lower posterior
margin of orbit, touching upper edge of ear and becoming lighter
anteriorly; a very distinct narrow, black line from anterior margin
of insertion of foreleg to the longitudinal black band above; a light
band, with scattered areas of light blue, from axilla to groin; seven
undulating black bars across back, bordered by sky blue, the
posterior two bars indistinct; neck, area between the blue on sides,
occipital region of head, median dorsal areas between the black
bands, also the base of tail, bluish gray; some of black crossbars
branching on sides; anterior portion of head grayish, mixed with
areas of sky blue; forelimbs grayish, with a few small areas of blue,
and about seven narrow black bands; hind legs mostly grayish,
with areas of blue surrounding the few irregular black bands; tail
bluish gray, with indistinct bands of black; sides of body below
light line reticulated with light blue and black; belly entirely blue,
darker in median area and with a few lines of darker blue on sides;
chest, portion of gular region posterior to lateral cervical folds,
and ventral surfaces of limbs dirty white; entire gular and labial
region anterior to lateral cervical folds uniform sky blue; anal
region blue, separated by a dirty white area, confluent with that of
hind limbs, from the blue of belly; tail dirty white at base, blue and
gray predominating posteriorly.

Variation. Females lack entirely the blue coloration characteristic
of the males. The dorsum is light gray, the head lighter; the dark
transverse bars on back and limbs are but very dimly visible. The
ventral surfaces are whitish, with a few streaks or spots of black
on the sides of the abdomen and in the labial region.

In diagnostic scale characters the paratypes are quite uniform
and much like the type. The cephalic scales, as in other species of
Uta, vary considerably. The enlarged dorsals are small and weakly
keeled in all specimens, much smaller than the large scales on the

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta

175

dorsal surface of the tibia. In all specimens the small scales between
the series of enlarged dorsals on body continue onto the tail a
distance about equal to the length of the femur. The gular fold is
in most specimens distinctly separated for its entire length from
the ventrals on chest; in three there is but a single row of granules
on the median ventral line in the gular fold. As shown in the table
of measurements, the width of the head is in all paratypes equal to
or greater than the length (measured to the posterior margin of the
interparietal). The dorsolateral row of tubercles is indistinct, and
the lateral row of tubercles and the lateral fold are absent.

The nude paratypes are approximately the same in coloration as
the type. The dark, transverse bands across the body are usually
interrupted medially. Most striking is the general suffusion of blue
over the entire dorsal and ventral surfaces, especially on the latter.
In one very dark specimen (No. 143) the back is almost entirely
black, the blue being confined to bars and spots on the sides. The
entire belly is blue, coarsely reticulated with black on the sides;
the chest, ventral surfaces of limbs and the area between the hind
limbs are heavily suffused with blackish.

In a younger male (No. 142), the blue in the gular region is
confined to a small median area, and the blue on the belly is con-
fined to elongate lateral patches, as normally occurs in the fully
adult males of U. ornata ornata.

Measurements and scale counts of Uta caerulea

Number
Sex

140

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

Scales to head length .
Snout to gular fold . .

Foreleg

Hind leg

Fourth toe

Lamellae, fourth toe.
Femoral pores

42 0

9.5

9.5

19

15.0

18.0

27.5

11.0

22-?

?

139

9

43.0

54.2

8.5

8 5

12

14.2

15 9

22 5

9.5

19-19

9-10

142
d

44.0

9.7

9.0

15

14 5

17 5

30.5

11 5

21-21

11-12

133

44.0

65 5

9.6
15

14 .5
19 5
29.0
12 0
19-19
11-11

138

44 3

9.0

9.0

15

16.0

19 5

30.0

11 2

19-21

12-13

141

46 0

10 0

9 5

14

16 0

18 5

29.0

10.8

19-20

11-11

176

The University Science Bulletin

Measurements and scale counts of Uta caerulea — Concluded

Number .
Sex

Snout to vent

Tail

Head width

Head length

Scales to head length
SDout to gular fold .

Foreleg

Hind leg

Fourth toe

Lamellae, fourth toe .
Femoral pores

129

46.8

10.0

10.0

15

16.6

21.0

31 5

12.2

22-23

10-12

128

9

48.1

70.0

9 0

9.0

13

15.5

18.0

28.0

10 9

20-21

10-12

143

&

49.0

10.0

10.0

12

16.0

19.2

29.8

11.0

21-21

10-10

130
&

49.0

10.0

10.0

16

16.3

20.0

28.5

12.0

20-20

10-10

131

49.0

66.5

10.0

10.0

14

17.0

20.0

32.0

12.2

19-19

11-12

132

49.5
68.5
10.0
10 0
15
16.5
20.0
30.0
12 5
23-?
11-12

127

50 5

10 5

10 2

14

17.5

20.5

32.5

12 5

20-21

10-11

Comparisons. This species is apparently most closely related to
U. ornata ornata. It differs from this in the possession of a much
broader head (longer than broad in U. ornata, usually about 10
percent) and a broader, heavier body; the small scales between the
rows of enlarged dorsals continue onto the base of the tail a distance
about equal to the length of the femur (only a very short distance
in U. ornata ornata) ; the tubercles on the dorsolateral line are
smaller and fewer; the lateral fold and the enlarged lateral tubercles
normally found in U. ornata ornata are absent; the enlarged dorsals
are smaller in U. caerulea, much smaller than the enlarged scales on
the dorsal surface of the tibia (of about the same size or larger in
U. ornata ornata) ; and the coloration is much different in the males.
Males of U. caerulea never have an orange throat, and the blue
which replaces it extends over the entire labial region, while in
U. ornata the blue, if present, is sharply differentiated from the
whitish labial region. Blue is rarely present in the dorsal coloration
of U. ornata ornata, and the lateral blue areas on the abdomen of
males do not fuse to the extent shown in U. caerulea.

U. caerulea differs from U. ornata symmetrica as it does from
U. ornata ornata; it lacks also the oblique rows of tubercles on the
sides of the body. U. ornata lateralis differs in that the enlarged
dorsals begin on the neck instead of on the shoulders.

Remarks. A postfemoral dermal pocket is now known to be
regularly present in U. ornata and its subspecies, U. caerulea, U.
levis, U. stansburiana hesperis and U. taylori, and is variable in cer-

Smith : New Species of Genus Uta 177

tain other species and subspecies. The presence of this pocket in
certain forms of Uta, combined with other characters, is extremely
interesting from a phylogenetic standpoint.

It has been recently pointed out (Smith, 1934) that in certain
species of Sceloporus of the S. variabilis group there is present a
rudimentary gular fold immediately in front of the arm which is
homologous to the gular fold present in Uta. In Sceloporus it is
most distinct in 8. couchii and S. merriami. In the former species,
there is present also a distinct dermal pouch immediately behind
the insertion of the hind leg. The dorsal scales are extremely small
for the genus, the laterals are minute, and the size of the species
itself is small.

In Uta levis (as well as in the related U. ornata) the gular fold
is remarkably poorly developed. It is frequently interrupted medi-
ally, the scales of the gular region passing directly into the ventrals;
in many cases in which the fold is not thus completely interrupted,
small scales replace medially the tiny lateral granules. In U. levis
the lateral scales are uniform in size and very minute — practically
granular — but visibly imbricated. The enlarged dorsals are in some
specimens in several rows, gradually decreasing in size laterally
and grading into the lateral scales. There is present also the
dermal pocket behind the insertion of the hind leg, as in S. couchii.
Its size is comparable with that of the latter.

It is not a far cry from the smaller, almost granular lateral scales
of Uta levis to the larger, but yet minute, laterals of S. couchii; nor
is it impossible to conceive of an increase in size of the lateral
dorsals from a few rows of enlarged scales to several or many. The
rudimentary gular fold of S. couchii is comparable with the partially
developed fold of U. levis. A dermal pocket behind the insertion
of the hind leg is present in each, and the sizes of the species are
comparable.

It may be stated that the nearest point of contact between the two
genera, so far as it can be traced in living forms, is between the
species levis of Uta and couchii of Sceloporus. It cannot be said
that either gave rise to the other; it is more likely that the two
diverged from an ancestral type not greatly different from the above
two species — Sceloporus perhaps later than Uta. By this view the
variabilis group (to which couchii belongs) is the most primitive of
the genus, while the torquatus group is probably the most highly
developed, unless Sceloporus is of diphyletic origin. By the same
token, the ornata group of Uta (to which levis belongs) may be

178 The University Science Bulletin

considered the most primitive of its genus, while the mearnsi group
is probably the most highly developed.

Habits. The specimens from north of Chihuahua City were
collected on large boulders on steep hillsides, usually near the top.
The males were brilliantly colored and could be seen as far as the
eye could distinguish objects of their size. They were rather wary,
but occasional specimens were caught by hand. The females, be-
cause of their lighter coloration, were difficult to distinguish on the
gray limestone rocks which they frequented. Scattered small trees
were present on the hillsides, but no Utas were found on them.

The specimens from south of Chihuahua City were collected in a
similar habitat, except that the brush was scant and trees absent.
Some specimens were found under rocks, probably having sought
refuge there upon our approach.

Uta ornata ornata (Baird and Girard)

A single male specimen (DHD and HMS No. 72) was collected
on red granite rocks in the hills three miles south of Samalayuca,
Chihuahua, Mexico, on June 19, 1934.

The characters of this specimen are obviously those of U. ornata
ornata, and show no tendency toward intergradation with U.
caerulea. The scales on the dorsal surface of the tibia and anterior
surface of the femur are subequal and approximately of the same
size as the enlarged dorsals on body; the small scales between the
rows of enlarged dorsals continue back onto the tail base only a few
millimeters beyond the posterior margins of the hind legs; the head
is narrower than in U. caerulea and the granular scales are lacking
in the middle of the gular fold, this being almost obsolete medially;
the gular region in life was orange, with a median bluish area; and,
although the snout to vent measurement is about equal to that of
the largest specimen of U. caerulea, the blue patches on either side of
the belly are distinct, separated medially by six to seven scale rows.

Both the dorsolateral and lateral rows of tubercles are indistinct,
although present. A certain amount of blue is present in the dorsal
coloration, about the black transverse lines.

Snout to vent, 48.5 mm.; tail, 82.0 mm.; snout to posterior margin
of interparietal, 10.0 mm.; width of head, 9.8 mm.; snout to gular
fold, 16.3 mm.; foreleg, 20.0 mm.; hind leg, 32.5 mm.; base of fifth
toe to end of fourth, 12.3 mm.; scales to head length, 13; scales
under fourth toe, 22-23; femoral pores, 13-14.

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta 179

Apparently the only record of this form from Mexico is that of
Gadow (1905, p. 194), who mentions specimens (designated us Uta
elegans) from Juarez. Chihuahua. The specimens of U. bicarinata,
mentioned by Cope (1887, p. 35), from the City of Chihuahua are
more likely U. caerulea than U. ornata ornata; it is very improbable
that they are actually U. bicarinata. Cope mentions with these,
specimens from Batopilas, Chihuahua. Since this locality is on the
western slope of the Sierra Madre, it is highly improbable that the
specimens are U. ornata ornata, and it is quite as unlikely that they
are U. bicarinata. Before the exact identity of these specimens can
be stated, a reexamination of them will be necessary.

Uta ornata lateralis (Boulenger)

Thirty-nine specimens were secured by Taylor during the sum-
mer of 1034 in the state of Sonora, at the following localities:
Eight miles south of Magdalina, June 20 (EHT No. 78); near
Noria, June 20 I EHT Xos. 85, 86) ; 30 miles south of Noria, June 22
I EHT Xos. 107, 108, 109, 109a) ; five miles southwest of Hermosillo
(EHT Xos. 130, 138, 139, June 23; Xos. 183-185, June 25): ten
miles northwest of Guaymas (EHT Xos. 251, 251a, 251b, 251c, June
30; Xos. 275-278. 291, July 1; Xo. 309, July 3; Xos. 337, 338, 338a,
July 4; Xo. 1140a, August 5); near Miramar (EHT Xos. 355-357,
July 5: Xos. 405. 405a, 405b, July 7; Xos. 498, 499, July 13).

The ventral coloration of the males in the series is peculiarly vari-
able, probably due in part to the extreme chromatic variability of
individuals in life. The gular region is in two specimens brilliant
and iridescent bluish, without a trace of yellow or orange. In two
other specimens the gular region is lighter blue. In the remainder of
the series, the gular region is either white (occasional males of
moderate size [50.5 mm. snout-vent], most females and young
males), or the region is yellow to orange. The blue-throated speci-
mens are all adults, but not of maximum size, while the yellow or
orange-throated specimens range in snout to vent measurement from
41.5 mm. to a maximum of 54 mm.

A postfemoral dermal pocket is regularly present behind the in-
sertion of the hind limb.

The subspecies has been recorded in Mexico from the states of
Sinaloa (Boulenger, 1883) and Sonora (Baird, 1859; Cragin, 1884;
Carman, 1887; Van Denburgh, 1922; Allen, 1932).

180 The University Science Bulletin

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, Morrow J. 1933. Report on a collection of amphibians and reptiles

from Sonora, Mexico, with the description of a new lizard. Occas. Papers

Mus. Zool. Univ. Mich. 259: 15 pp.
Baird, Spencer F. 1859. Reptiles of the boundary. U. S.-Mex. Bound. Surv.

2: 1-35, pis. 1-41.
Bocourt, M. F. 1874. Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans l'amerique

centrale . . Liv. 3. Pp. 113-192, pis. 16, 17, 17 bis, 18, 18 bis.
Boulenger, George Albert. 1883. Descriptions of new species of lizards and

frogs collected by Herr A. Forrer in Mexico. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (Ser. 5)

12:342-344.

1885. Catalogue of the lizards in the British Museum (Natural His-
tory). Second edition. Vol. II. Taylor and Francis. London, xiv, 498
pp., 24 pis.

Cope, Edward Drinker. 1885. A contribution to the herpetology of Mexico.
Proc. Amer. Philos. Soc. 22(4) : 379-404.

1887. Catalogue of batrachians and reptiles of Central America and

Mexico. Bull. U. S. Nat. Mus. 32: 96 pp.

1900. The crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America. Rept.

U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1898 : 153-1270, 36 pis, 347 figs.

Cragin, F. W. 1884. Notes on some southwestern reptiles in the cabinet of
Washburn College. Bull. Washburn Lab. Nat. Hist. 1(1) : 6-8.

Duces, Alfredo. 1896. Reptiles y batracios de los E. U. Mexicanos. La
Naturaleza (2d Ser.) 2 : 479-485.

Ferrari-Perez, Fernando. 1886. Catalogue of animals collected by the geo-
graphical and exploring commission of the Republic of Mexico. Proc. U. S.
Nat. Mus. 9: 125-199.

Gadow, Hans. 1905. The distribution of Mexican amphibians and reptiles.
Proc. Zo61. Soc. London 1905 (Vol. 2) : 191-244., figs. 29-32.

Garman, Samuel. 1887. Reptiles and batrachians from Texas and Mexico.
Bull. Essex Inst. 19: 20 pp.

Gunther, Albert C. L. G. 1885-1902. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Reptilia
and Batrachia. xx, 326 pp., 76 pis.

Meek, S. E. 1905. Annotated list of a collection of reptiles from southern
California and northern Lower California. Field Columbian Mus, Publ.
Zool. 7(1): 1-19, 3 pis.

Richardson, C. H. 1915. Reptiles of northwestern Nevada and adjacent terri-
tory. Proc. U. S. Nat, Mus. 48(2078) : 403-435.

Schmidt, Karl Patterson. 1921. New Species of North American lizards of
the genera Holbrookia and Uta. Amer. Mus. Nov. 22:6 pp.

1922. The amphibians and reptiles of Lower California and the neigh-
boring islands. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist. 46:607-707, 13 text figs, pis.
47-57.

Smith: New Species of Genus Uta 181

Smith, Hobart M. 1934. On the taxonomic status of three species of lizards
of the genus Sceloporus from Mexico and southern United States. Prof.
Biol. Soc. Wash. 47: 121-134, 1 fig.

Sumjchrast, F. 1880. Contribution a l'histoire naturelle de Mexique. 1. Notes
sur une collection de reptiles et de batraciens de la parti* occidentale de
Pisthme de Tehuantepec. Bull. Soc. Zool. Fr. 5: 162-190.

Van Den b viiii h. John. 1922. The reptiles of western North America. Vol. I.
Occas. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. 10: 1-612. 57 pis.

182 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXVI

Fig. 1. Uta tuberculoid. EHT Xo. 552, male. Actual total length, 103 mm.

Fig. 2. Uta taylori. EHT Xo. 320a, male holotype. Actual total length,
125.7 mm.

Fig. 3. Uta caerulea. DHD and HMS Xo. 132. male holotype. Actual total
length, 118 mm.

Smith: Mexican Lizards

is:?

PLATE XXVI

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. 1 April 15, 1935 [No. 8.

Notes on Some Mexican Lizards of the Genus Holbrookia,
with the Description of a New Species

HOBART M. SMITH,
Department of Zoology, University of Kansas

Abstract: The collections studied were secured in Mexico during the sum-
mers of 1932 and 1934. by Edward H. Taylor. David H. Dunkle and Hobart
M. Smith. The species discussed are Holbrookia bunkeri (new species), //.
dickersonae, II. maculata approximates, II. texana, H. elegans elegans and //.
t legans thermophila.

THE following notes and descriptions are based upon the speci-
mens of the genus Holbrookia in three collections of reptiles and
amphibians from Mexico — one secured during the summer of 1932
bv Dr. Edward H. Tavlor and myself, another during the summer
of 1934. by Mr. David H. Dunkle and myself, and the other secured
in 1931 by Doctor Taylor. Specimens in the collections are desig-
nated by EHT and HMS, DHD and HMS and EHT, respectively.
I wish here to express my appreciation for the aid received, in the
collection and study of this material, from Dr. Edward H. Taylor.
Mr. David H. Dunkle, Mr. C. D. Bunker and Dr. H. H. Lane. I
am further indebted to Mr. J. C. Bay of John Crerar Library for his
kindness in loaning necessary reference books. The study has been
aided by a grant received from the University of Kansas graduate
research fund.

Holbrookia bunki ri, sp. nov.

(Plate XXVIII, fig. 3)

Holotype. Female, DHD and HMS No. 80, collected 15 miles
south of Juarez, Chihuahua, Mexico, on June 19, 1934, by David
H. Dunkle and Hobart M. Smith.

Diagnosis. A Holbrookia of moderate size; tail longer than body
(ratio .545 to the total length! ; hind leg long (ratio .86 to snout-vent

(185)

186 The University Science Bulletin

measurement) ; femoral pores few (10) ; enlarged supraoculars dis-
tinctly separated from frontals by a row of small granules; upper
labial border flared; dorsal scales small, flat, larger than lateral
granules; series of enlarged lateral granules from axilla to groin
separated from ventrals only by one or two rows of smaller scales;
ventral scales from gular fold to anus 75 ; none of the scales on body
strongly keeled or mucronate; lateral abdominal blotches two, very
small, elongate, distinct, not surrounded by blue.

Description of type. Head rather flattened, outline (viewed from
sides) a smooth, even curve from occipital region to snout; scales of
frontal, frontoparietal and anterior regions of head subequal in size,
smooth, not conspicuously elevated; each scale anterior to frontal
with a single posterior pit; median sector of nasal scales divided
into three; two scales between nasals; two canthals; six supercili-
aries; enlarged supraoculars about 15-17 in number, not greatly en-
larged nor in distinct rows; a row of granular scales about inner
margin of orbit, separating supraoculars from frontals; five keeled
suboculars, the median very long, the others much shorter; labial
region flared, almost flat; six strongly imbricate and keeled upper
labials; width of rostral about equal to distance between outer
edges of nares; median third of rostral more or less triangular in
shape, its base, as it were, elongated on either side and mostly over-
lapped by the first labial on either side; lower labials eight or nine
to below middle of eye, gradually increasing in size posteriorly to
a point below the middle of eye; symphyseal very small, smaller
than first lower labial on either side, squarish, followed by a small
median triangular scale; anteriorly in lateral gular region a single
row of large scales, larger than and in contact with anterior lower
labials; these scales decreasing in size posteriorly, and increasing
in numbers to about three rows; posterior temporals large, the
largest about equal in size to the posterior labials; anterior tem-
porals somewhat smaller; gular scales smaller toward median ven-
tral line; two gular folds, the anterior fold shallow and bordered
anteriorly by the small gular scales, which grade into the granular
scales which form the fold; posterior gular fold bordered anteriorly
by scales as large as the ventrals on body, continuing on either side,
slightly anterior to the insertion of the forearm, and terminating
low on the shoulder; scales above and behind insertion of foreleg
very small, granular, smaller than laterals; scales of trunk grad-
ually increasing in size toward the median dorsal line; scales here
about twice size of laterals; laterals in groin, above and behind in-

Smith: Genus Holbrookia 187

sertion of hind leg granular; a series of enlarged lateral granules
from a point just behind axilla to near groin, narrowly separated
from ventrals by two rows of small granules; all scales on body
smooth and not mucronate; scales on anterior surface of femur
about size of ventrals on abdomen, smooth, decreasing slightly in
size toward femoral pores; scales on posterior and dorsal surfaces
of femur about equal in size to lateral abdominals, also smooth;
dorsals of tibia slightly larger than dorsals on body, smooth; ven-
trals on tibia somewhat larger than anterior femorals, some on the
anterior lateroventral suface weakly keeled; dorsals on foot smooth,
ventrals keeled; all scales on forearm smooth except those on ven-
tral surface of hand.

Color above grayish, with a series of about nine very indistinct
darker spots, emarginate behind, on each side of median dorsal line
to base of tail; tail with about seven narrowr transverse darker
bands, interrupted medially on base of tail; limbs with very dim
bands; numerous light flecks on body and base of tail, a few dark
spots on neck; gular region and breast suffused with blackish; ab-
domen and posterior parts whitish; two small, narrow, diagonal
black bars on each side of abdomen.

Snout to vent, 50 mm.; tail, 59 mm. (ratio, tail to total length,
.545) ; hind leg, 43 mm. (ratio, hind leg to snout-vent measurement,
.86) ; foot, 20 mm.; femoral pores, 10-10; ventrals from gular fold
to anus, 75.

Relationships. The species is probably most closely related to
H. propinqua, but differs from this species markedly by the posses-
sion of larger dorsals, smooth and rounded scales on the body and
limbs, a smaller number of femoral pores, and the almost complete
fusion of the lateral row of enlarged granules with the ventrals. In
H. propinqua the lateral rowT of enlarged granules is very distinct
and separated from the ventrals by six or seven rows of small gran-
ules. It differs from H. maculata and its subspecies by the posses-
sion of smooth, flat scales on the body, a much longer tail and
longer hind legs; from H. elegans and H. pulchra it differs in the
presence of very small scales between the frontals and enlarged
supraoculars, almost complete absence of keels on the scales of the
limbs, more strongly flaring labial and rostral regions, and longer
hind legs; from H. dickersonae it differs in the absence of blue about
the lateral dark spots, much more strongly imbricated upper labials,
the strong flaring of the labial and rostral regions, the larger scales
on the edge of the gular fold, and the longer tail.

188 The University Science Bulletin

Remarks. The propinqua group of Holbrookia is known from
central Texas (propinqua) and in Arizona and the northwestern
costal region of Mexico (pulchra and elegans) . Holbrookia bun-
keri, which belongs to this group, occupies a more or less median
area in the great hiatus which exists between the respective ranges
of the eastern and western species.

Schmidt (1922, p. 714) mentions a specimen from Chihuahua in
the U. S. National Museum (No. 58446), remarking that it "may be
a juvenile propinqua." It is possible that this specimen belongs to
the species described here.

A number of eggs are present within the abdomen of the type.
The region in which it was collected is low, rather barren, and very
sandy. A short distance south of the locality where this specimen
was taken there are large numbers of wandering and stationary sand
dunes. It is likely that H. bunkeri may be more common in this
habitat than it was in the adjacent areas.

The species is named for Mr. C. D. Bunker, curator in charge of
the Museum of Birds and Mammals of the University of Kansas,
who made possible our trip by the loan of complete equipment. I
am also indebted to him for the loan of comparative material used
in this and other studies of Mexican and United States reptiles and
amphibians.

Holbrookia dickersonae Schmidt

Fourteen specimens are in the collections, from the following
localities: Durango: Near Avilco, August 25, 1932 (EHT and
HMS No. 4384) ; 5 miles north of Conejos, June 25-26, 1934 (DHD
and HMS Nos. 296-297, 318-319); 25 miles north of Bermejillo,
June 27, 1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 328-334, 344). Coahuila: 10
miles east of Torreon, August 20, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 4384).

The bluish area on the sides of the belly is apparently very con-
stant in the males. The smallest specimen (41 mm., snout to vent)
shows more bluish in these patches than any of the males of H.
maculata approximans in the collections. The dark blotches within
the lateral blue area are more frequently two than three; in only one
specimen (male) are there three distinct blotches. In two males
there is a faint indication of the third (posterior) blotch; in all
females there are but two.

Variations in proportions are shown in the following table.

Smith: Genus Holbrookia

1M>

Measurements and scale counts of Holbrookia dick* rsoncH

I Number
II Sex

III Snout to vent

IV Tail

V Total length

VI Ratio, IV to V.

VII Hind leg

VIII Ratio. VII to III

IX Ventrals

X Femoral pores .

I :;*:.

41.0

33.0

.80

69

10-10

296

9

46.0

44.0

90.0

.48

41 0

.89

66

12-13

333

9

50.0

49 II

99.0

.49

42 (t

84

82

11-12

331
9

52 0

50 0

102 0

.49

44 0

.84

64

11-12

318

9

52 0

46 ii

.88

74

10-11

319

9

52 5

48.0

100.5

.47

43.0

.81

67

11-12

4384
9

56 0

48.0

104 0

.46

40 5

7°

64

8-9

Measurements and Scale Counts of Holbrookia dick< rxoiiac — Concluded.

I Number
II Sex .

III Snout to vent

IV Tail

V Total length ....

VI Ratio, IV to V

VII Hind leg

VIII Ratio, VIJ to III.

IX Ventrals

X Femoral pores . .

330

297

329

328

344

332

0"

&

9

rj>
59 5

ef1

&

57.0

57.0

59 0

60.0

63.5

66.0

47.0

65.0

66.0

69.0

123.0

106.0

124.5

126 n

132.5

.53

.44

52

.52

.52

43.0

50.5

42 0

49.0

48.0

51 0

.75

.88

.71

.82

.80

.80

72

76

67

74

72

75

10-10

11-12

12-12

11-12

12-13

10-11

334

64 0

67.0

131.0

.51

50.0

.78

70

11-11

The specimens from Durango were found in open, barren areas,
where the lizards could be seen running about at considerable dis-
tances. They were extremely wary, running before it was possible
to get within rifle shot, unless approached cautiously. The specimen
from Coahuila was caught by hand amongst leaves along the side
of the road in heavy brush. Five of the six females collected during
June contained eggs; there were nine in one specimen (No. 329).

The species has before been reported only from southern Coahuila
(Castanuelas and Alamos de Parras; Schmidt, 1922).

Holbrookia maculata approximans (Baird)

Four specimens were collected in 1934 by David Ff. Dunkle and
myself: No. 95, 35 miles south of Moctezuma, Chihuahua, June 20;

190

The University Science Bulletin

Nos. 125-126, 40 miles south of Moctezuma, Chihuahua, June 21;
No. 727, La Colorada, Zacatecas, July 8.

The specimen from La Colorada has longer hind legs, more femoral
pores and a greater number of ventrals from gular fold to anus
than usual, and in these respects approaches H. dickersonae. The
tail, however, is shorter than in males of the latter species, and
the black bars on the sides of the abdomen are not enclosed by blue.

Measurements and scale counts of Holbrookia maculata approximans

1 Number

II Sex

727
c?

126

125

d"

95
9

51 0

42.0

93.0

.45

41.0

.80

81

13-15

55.0

53.0

108 0

.49

41 0

.74

75

11-11

56.0
50.0
106.0

.47

43.5

.77

66

9-11

57.0

IV Tail

39.0

V Total length

96.0

VI Ratio, IV to V

.40

VII Hind leg

34.5

VIII Ratio, VII to III

.75

IX Vertrsls

69

T

Schmidt (1922) records this form from San Luis Potosi (Jesus
Maria), Zacatecas (Berriozabal), Chihuahua (between Ojos del
Diable and Rio Santa Maria), Guanajuato and Durango. The
records given by Cope (1887) of H. maculata from Guanajuato
and Chihuahua are probably of this subspecies; likewise those of
Garman (1887) of H. maculata from San Luis Potosi and Con-
cordia (Coahuila) ; and that of Duges (1896) of H. approximans
from San Felipe (Guanajuato). Other records are from dubious
localities.

Holbrookia texana (Troschel)

Thirty-seven specimens are in the collections, from the following
localities: Nuevo Leon: Near Vallecillo, June 8, 1932 (EHT and
HMS No. 269) ; spring near Sabinas Hidalgo, June 8, 1932 (EHT
and HMS Nos. 323-324) ; 31 miles south of Sabinas Hidalgo, Sept.
1, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 4622). San Luis Potosi: 30 miles
north of Matehuala, August 20, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 4057-
4058). Coahuila: 4 miles west of Saltillo, August 23, 1932 (EHT
and HMS Nos. 4280-4287); 2-3 miles north of Gomes Farias,
August 21, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 4128); 32 miles west of San

Smith: Genus Holbrookia 191

Pedro, August 25. 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 4309-4313) ; V/2 miles
west of Saltillo, August 24, 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 4423-4427,
4429-4437) ; near deserted village 30 miles west of La Rosa, August
30. 1932 (EHT and HMS Nos. 4522-4523). Durango: 6 miles
northeast of Pedricena, August 27, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 4377) ;
7 miles south of La Loma, August 25, 1932 (EHT and HMS No.
4387); near Pasaje, August 28, 1932 (EHT and HMS No. 4441).
Chihuahua: 15 miles south of Moctezuma, June 20, 1934 (DHD
and HMS No. 120) ; Rio San Pedro, between Chihuahua City and
Naica, June 22, 1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 183-186) ; 18 miles
north of Escalon, June 25, 1934 (DHD and HMS Nos. 257-260).

Holbrookia texana has been reported previously from the states of
Chihuahua (Cope, 1887, 1900; McLain, 1899; Gadow, 1905),
Coahuila (Yarrow, 1883; Garman, 1887; Cope, 1900; Gtmther,
1890), Nuevo Leon (Yarrow, 1883; Cope, 1900; Gadow, 1905;
Gunther, 1890), Durango (Gadow, 1905) and Sonora (Baird, 1859;
Giinther, 1890; Van Denburgh, 1922).

Holbrookia elegans elegans Bocourt

(Plate XXVII, fig. 2 ; Plate XXVIII, fig. 5)

Six specimens were secured by Dr. Edward H. Taylor near Pre-
sidio de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, Mexico, on July 22, 1934. They were
found in a small sandy area in a bend of Rio Mazatlan not far from
its mouth. They were extremely wary, running at the first sight of
danger, and, unlike H. elegans thermo-phila and other species of Hol-
brookia, would not stop at a point of vantage to look about in their
peculiarly curious manner, but would run directly to cover — under
the sand at the bases of the occasional small shrubs which occurred
there, or under piles of brush.

On the same trip Taylor secured a large series of Holbrookia
elegans thermophila (Barbour) from Sonora. These specimens
possess a certain few characters which distinguish them readily
from the specimens taken at Mazatlan. The differences between
these two forms — H. elegans elegans and H. elegans thermophila —
are not great, yet sufficiently recognizable and constant that the two
populations should be nomenclatorially recognized.

The specimens from Presidio (topotypes) possess tails shorter
than the body in females (.49 to .493 of the total length). The
single male has a regenerated tail. In all the females from Sonora,
the tails are longer than the body (.507 to .574 in 16 specimens;

13—7186

192 The University Science Bulletin

only one below .520; in the males the ratio of the tail to the total
length varies from .528 to .601.)

The femoral pores of the specimens from Presidio are much
larger than in those from Sonora. The pores of the single male of
H. elegans elegans are about two-thirds as great in diameter as the
scales are long ; in large males from Sonora the diameter of the pores
is not over half the length of the pore scales. In all the females of
H. elegans elegans the pores are of about the same size as in the
males of H. elegans thermophila of approximately the same snout-
vent measurement, their diameter about one-half the length of the
pore scales. On the other hand, even the largest females of H. ele-
gans thermophila do not have pores whose diameter is over a fourth
of the length of the pore scales.

This very great difference in size of the femoral pores, especially
in females, cannot be a difference due to variation in sexual activity,
for females of both were collected with eggs in about the same state
of development.

Aside from these important structural differences, there are also
differences in coloration. Of 35 females of H. elegans thermophila,
only six show any evidence of the presence of a pink spot in the
median posterior part of the gular region; all females (five) of
H. elegam elegans possess the pink spot. It is present also in the
single male of H. elegans elegans, but absent in all 33 of the males
of the other subspecies. Allen (1933, p. 9) gives the extremes of
variation in this character in specimens from Hermosillo; that of
the females (34) is 0.52 to 0.66, and of the males (23), 0.55 to 0.60.

The dorsal rows of spots in females of H. elegans elegans are
much more regular than in H. elegans thermophila. It is quite
difficult to describe accurately the difference, which, once observed,
can be seen to be quite distinctive. The spots in the southern form
are more strongly angular, more regularly quadrilateral, and more
definitely outlined by dark brown and white than in females of the
northern form. In the latter they are usually more U- or V-shaped
than quadrilateral, and the broad anterior border of each is only
rarely definitely outlined.

There is no apparent difference in the dorsal coloration of the
males. As in the larger males of H. elegans thermophila, so in the
male of H. elegans elegans the dorsal spots are broken and obscured
by the development over the whole body of numerous small, round,
light spots. There is, however, a difference in the lateral black
spots. In the male of the southern form the transverse diameter

Smith: Genus Holbrookia

193

oi the spots is over twice the longitudinal diameter (including the
part above the lateral fold, about three times), and there is but
very little blue surrounding them. In all but one male of H. e.
tkermophila of approximately the same size, the blue completely
surrounds the black spots and extends anteriorly and posteriorly
from them a distance of from two to four or five millimeters. In
these the black spots are only about one-third broader than long,
and are more oval than quadrilateral in shape. In younger males
the blue is more restricted, in a few cases approaching the condition
found in the larger males of H. elegans elegans; the black spots are
also somewhat broader, but in only three specimens do they
approach the shape and proportions of those in H. elegans elegant.

A difference in the habits and habitat preferences of the two forms
was noted by Doctor Taylor. H. e. thermophila was found only in
fiat, gravelhy areas, but never in hills nor in sandy regions, although
both of the latter types of habitat were carefully examined. More-
over, the lizards were not very wary, running when one approached
too closely, but not to cover. They would run a short distance, and
then stop to look around, much as texana also does.

H. elegans elegans, on the other hand, was found only in the place
mentioned above, and was very abundant but very difficult to col-
lect. It may be inferred that they would be found on the sandy
beaches near Mazatlan, in a type of habitat which thermophila does
not occupy at Guaymas; at least, it was not found by Taylor, who
collected extensively on the beaches.

The published records of H. elegans which may be considered, on
the basis of geographical probability, to be of H. elegans elegans,
are all from Sinaloa, as follows: Mazatlan (Cope, 1868 [Holbrookia
bischoffi, nomen nudum, fide Cope, 1887] ; Bocourt, 1874; Cope,

Measurements and scale counts of Holbrookia elegans elegans

I Number

II Sex

III Snout to vent

IV Tail

V Total length

VI Foreleg

VII Hind leg

VIII Femoral pores

IX Scales, gular fold to anus

X Ratio, IV to V

643

9

54.0
51 5

105.5
24 .2
39.0

14-10
66

.488

647

9

55.0
54.5

109.5
25.9
41.5

14-14

66

.493

644
9

57.0

25.5

41.0

14-15

70

646
9

61.0
57.0

118.0
26.3
44.0

13-14

62

.479

648
9

62.0
61.0

123.0
28.0
45.0

13-14

68

.495

645

70.0

32.3

14-?

67

194 The University Science Bulletin

1887; Boulenger, 1885; Duges, 1896; Schmidt, 1922); Rosario and
Escuinapa (Schmidt, 1922). The latter author records elegans also
from Bacubirito, Sinaloa, but since this locality is possibly within
the range of H. elegans thermophila, it is problematical to which
subspecies the specimens belong. Cope (1887) and Duges (1896)
report the species from Chihuahua, but the records are undoubtedly
incorrect ; it is quite possible that the specimens which they reported
belong to the species H. dickersonae.

Holbrookia elegans thermophila (Barbour)

(Plate XXVII, fig. 1 ; Plate XXVIII, fig. 4)

Sixty-eight specimens of this form were secured by Doctor Taylor
during the summer of 1934, in the following localities of the state of
Sonora: 53 miles south of Nogales (EHT Nos. 58-59, June 19; 64,
June 20) ; 8 miles south of Magdalina (EHT Nos. 75-77, June 20) ;
near Noria (EHT Nos. 87, 88, 89, 89a, 90, June 21, 22) ; 30 miles
south of Noria (EHT No. Ill, June 22) ; 5 miles southwest of
Hermosillo (EHT Nos. 128, 137, June 23; 170, June 22); 54 miles
south of Hermosillo (EHT Nos. 192-196, June 26) ; 10 miles north-
west of Guaymas (EHT Nos. 209, 209a, 210, 210a, 211, 211a, June
28; 226-229, June 29; 240-250, June 30; 282, 288, 289, July 1; 299,
July 2; 323, July 3; 342-345, 349-353, July 4; 398, July 6; 406, July
7; 409-412, July 8; 467-472, July 12; 1135-1136, 1119a, 1119b, 1119c,
1119d, August 4).

Comparisons of this subspecies with H. elegans elegans have been
given in the discussion of the latter.

A female from Noria (No. 90) has a very peculiar color pattern.
Each of the brown dorsal blotches are completely surrounded by
round, light areas which are strongly contrasted against a darker
background of blackish suffusion. The proximal portion of the tail
(the remainder lost) and the sides of the body are similarly marked,
but less distinctly. There are no marked differences in scalation or
proportions.

In one male (No. 64) there are three lateral black oblique bars
on each side of the body. Two on each side occur in the other males
of the series (32).

H. elegans thermophila has been reported in Sonora from Guay-
mas (Barbour, 1921; Schmidt, 1922; Allen, 1932), San Jose de
Guaymas (Barbour, 1921), Batamotal (Schmidt, 1922), Hermosillo,
Puerto and Llano (Allen, 1932). Schmidt (1922) mentions speci-
mens from Bacubirito, Sinaloa; it is possible that these are H.
elegans elegans.

Smith: Genus Holbrookia

195

w
W

►J
<
S

w

CO
CO

o o

LO

© ©

CO

lo t—

r- ©

CO lo

oo

OO LO

LO

CO CO

CM

CM -C*

•—I

.— «

o
lo

CM

lo o

LO

LO O

T

co CO

CM O

CM

h- OO

LO

CO

-«*

CM -***

CO

■H

■""*

CO
CM

CM

o o

©

© ©

c—

■^ CO

t^ CM

O CO

LO LO

^

LO

CO CO

<N

CM Tj*

^H

O
fc--

o o

©

© ©

LO

H CO

r-

00

oo

CO t—

1

LO

lo r~

CM

CM -^

CO

"*

*-1

CO

o o

©

LO »0

-^

© 00

OO LO

CO

OS

**r oo

LO

lo i^-

CM

CM rf

CO

1—1

— <

o o

©

© LO

CO

CO CO

t— ^r

CM

-f LO

OS

LO

1

LO

LO CO

CN «»«

1-1

*—l

o o

©

^ CO

CM

iO CO

00

CO CM

iO

■*

■*»*

LO

LO

LO CO

CM TT

'-,

,— '

o

© o

©

LO

CO

h- -^

CO !>•

CM

Tt<

t-

LO

1

LO

lo t-

CM

Tf<

•*cH

**"*

"—

o

LO O

LO

c

©

LO

© <*

r^ Tji

CO •*f

t—

c

CM

1

LO

LO CO

<>

■»*<

CO

rH

•"■'

o
r—

o o

©

t>

©

-*

-* OS

*-H

CO CO

CO CM

LO

C"

00

1

LO

LO CO

t-H

CN

CO

CO

i— t

1—1

iC

cs oo

co

CO

t^

CO OS

CM

LT

CM

LO

LO LO

c

"*

H

*"H

us

o o

©

o:

©

CO

*r* ^T

t~* LO

CO CO

OS

ir

LO

1

LO

LO CO

Cs

"Ct<

CM

1—1

1~i

OS

o

© LO

LO

CN

LO

■*#

00 ©

CO CO

CO t--

©

■^1

OS

1

LO

LO CO

CM

O

CO

CM

^""

f-H

oo

CM

CM

© ©

©

CN

©

LO

r— as

CO LO

CM CO

OO

LO

Tf<

LO CO

o

^r

■*J«

■■* '

1-1

OS
CM

© LO

LO

c

LO

CM

cm -rr

t^ LO

»-l

■**

LO

CO

1

LO

LO CO

o

"*

■""•

*""'

>

c

0

■*-

CO

cu

L-

O

•— <
o

-fcj

bO

p.

0>
JO

c

c

CO

bC

1 S.

"5

a
-

e

X

-

Fi

gQ

o

a

•z

a

H

H

u~

X

to

>

K

-

J-j

>

>

r

-

'S.

>

>

►J

OS

©

iO CD ©

©

LO

CO "*
t^ LO

LO

CO 00 -f

©

1

t^

OS ^O CO

;0

CO

^

^H

©

© © ©

_

•^

0 LO

©

CM

CM

CO 00 CO

oo

r-

© l— CO

LO

CM

-• ^H

rt

©

© © ©

©

©

CM

1

t-

CS CO CO

LO

©

^

^

©

© © ©

©

"^

CM ^H

CO

"Cf

1-

oo

CM

LO

OS CO CO

CO

— I

"■

©

© © ©

©

CO

© O)

oo

CM

OO *cf

1

CO

1^- TP CO

LO

CM

^H

©

© © ©

LO

CO

CS oo

CM

-**

00

1

CO

OO LO CO

LO

CM

1—9

LO

© LO CO

©

c-

LO ©

t—

l^ OS

oo

CM

©

CO

as lO cm

M'

LO

© LO ©

LO

CM

r- oo

t^

r*

t--

CM

© CM CO

r-

1

CO

l>- CO CM

■^

CM

'"" '

©

lO LO iO

©

T»<

■« CM

co

CM

CO OO OS

OS

lO

Ct

-rf

-cr

^

oo

CM

©

© © ©

CM

CO t-

CO LO

r-

LO

1

CO

t'

CO CM

I— t

^

©

CM

CO

lO

© iO ©

©

LO

OO CM

CO L^-

©

i oo

1

LO

CO

oo ■**

LO

LO

— H

~*

©

LO

©

O

os

CM

©

r-

©

CO

CM

LO

CO

"— '

©
CM

©

c

G

i-H

©

LO

lO >— i

t- ©

OS

c

0>

OS

OS

CO

LO

CM

T

CM

^r

tj-

^^

CO
CM

©

c

c

©

©

e^

OS CM

00

ec

M

CO

M*

CO

CO CO

iO

cC

CN

<M

•*fl

©

c-

c

LO

©

CM

Tf<

r—

LO

r-

OS

OS

1

LO

l^

C"

C>J

T

s

>

CO

at

l-H

O

o

t

1

a

hH

u
CO

1

o

c
a

-«3

b

a

1

bfl

"e3

o

V

u

c

.2

rt

c

a

z 1

c72

tr

fc-

fe

w

ta

>

«

>

I—

>

>

—

>

>

X

196 The University Science Bulletin

LITERATURE CITED

Allen, Morrow J. 1932. Report on a collection of amphibians and reptiles

from Sonora, Mexico, with the description of a new lizard. Occas. Papers

Mus. Zool., Univ. Mich. 259: 15 pp.
Baird, Spencer F. 1859. Reptiles of the boundary. U. S.-Mex. Bound. Surv.

2: 1-35, pis. 1-41.
Barbour, Thomas. 1921. A new lizard from Guaymas, Mexico. Proc. New

England Zool. Club 7: 79-80.
Bocourt, M. F. 1874. Mission scientifique au Mexique et dans l'amerique

central . . . Liv. 3. Pp. 113-192, pis. 16, 17, 17 bis, 18, 18 bis.
Boulenger, George Albert. 1885. Catalogue of the lizards in the British

Museum (Natural History). Second edition. Vol. II. Taylor and Francis.

London, xiv, 498 pp., 24 pis.
Cope, Edward Drinker. 1868. Sixth contribution to the herpetology of tropical

America. Proc. Phila. Acad. Nat. Sci. 1868: 305-313.
1887. Catalogue of batrachians and reptiles of Central America and

Mexico. Bull. U. S. Nat, Mus. 32: 96 pp.

1900. The crocodilians, lizards and snakes of North America. Rept.

U. S. Nat. Mus. for 1898 : 153-1270, 36 pis., 347 figs.
Duges, Alfredo. 1896. Reptiles y batracios de los E. U. Mexicanos. La

Naturaleza (2d Ser.) 2:479-485.
Gadow, Hans. 1905. The distribution of Mexican amphibians and reptiles.

Proc. Zool. Soc. London 1905 (Vol. 2) : 191-244, figs. 29-32.
Garman, Samuel. 1887. Reptiles and batrachians from Texas and Mexico.

Bull. Essex Inst. 19: 20 pp.
(ii'NTHEH, Albert C. L. G. 1885-1902. Biologia Centrali- Americana. Reptilia

and Batrachia. xx, 326 pp., 76 pis.
McLain, Robert Baird. 1899. Contributions to neotropical herpetology. Pri-
vately printed. Wheeling, W. Va. 7 pp.. 1 pi.
Schmidt, Karl Patterson. 1922. A review of the North American genus of

lizards Holbrookia. Bull. Amer. Mus. Nat. Hist, 46:709-725, 5 text figs.,

pis. 56-60.
Van Denburgh, John. 1922. The reptiles of western North America, Vol. I.

Occas. Papers Calif. Acad. Sci. 10: 1-612, 57 pis.
Yarrow, H. C. 1883. Check list of North American Reptilia and Batrachia,

with catalogue of specimens in U. S. National Museum. Bull. U. S. Nat.

Mus. 24: vi, 249 pp.

198 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXVII

Fig. 1. Hulbrookia elegant thermophila. EHT No. 410, female, snout to
vent measurement 54.5 mm.

Fig. 2. Holbrookia elegans elegam. EHT No. 648, female, snout to vent
measurement 62 mm.

Smith: Genus Holbrookia

199

PLATE XXVII

4

..

*

»" V

•

200 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXVIII

Fig. 3. Holbrookia bunkeri. Type, female, snout to vent measurement
50 mm.

Fig. 4. Holbrookia elegans thermophila. Same as in fig. 2. Ventral sacral
region.

Fig. 5. Holbrookia elegans elegans. Same as in fig. 1. Ventral sacral region.

Smith: ( u:m s Holbrookia

201

PLATE XXVIII

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. 1 April 15, 1935 [No. 9.

Coleonyx jasciatus, a Neglected Species of Gecko

By EDWARD H. TAYLOR

IN THE first volume of the catalogue of the lizards in the British
Museum, published in 1885, Boulenger described as new a speci-
men of a gecko which he named Eublepharis jasciatus. This speci-
men was collected by Forrer in Ventanas, Durango, Mexico. The
description is brief and probably because of this brevity and re-
sultant lack of distinguishing characters, Stejneger (North American
Fauna No. 7, 1893, p. 163) placed the species in the synonymy of
Coleonyx variegatus (Baird).

Gunther (Biol. Cent, Amer., April, 1893, p. 83, pi. 31., fig. A)
gives a somewhat better description, together with a good figure of
the entire animal, and an enlarged drawing of the head. This latter
paper apparently was not seen by Stejneger prior to his synony-
mizing the two forms.

Van Denburgh (1923) likewise follows Stejneger in placing this
form in the synonymy of C. variegatus.

In the summer of 1934, at a locality about 15 miles south of
Presidio, Sinaloa, Mexico, I collected a male specimen of what ap-
peared to be Boulenger's species. However, to make certain its
identity, I sent the specimen to Mr. H. W. Parker of the British
Museum, who compared it with the type. He states: "I have com-
pared it with Boulenger's type of C. jasciatus and have no hesitation
in saying that the two are conspecific. I do not think there can be
any question that the type, far from being a juvenile C. brevis, is a
full-grown female of a distinct species."

Since only this single other specimen (the type) is known, and
the descriptions of this brief, I offer the following data on the speci-
men in my collection (No. 556).

(203)

204 The University Science Bulletin

A medium-sized species decorated above with broad black quad-
rangular blotches separated by narrower cream- white bars which
are for the most part confluent with the ventral coloration. Covered
above with more or less uniform, minute scales lacking all admixture
of tubercles. Labials immaculate; a well-defined white stripe fol-
lowing the canthus from eye to near upper edge of rostral ; head uni-
formly gray-black; upper and lower eyelids cream-white; anal spur
subconical, directed backward and upwards, about .88 mm. in length.

Tail covered with flat, smooth, imbricating scales, the annuli
scarcely distinguishable, and lacking all tubercular scales. Femoral
pores 11, in a broadly angular series; ventral scales larger and im-
bricating, in about 38 rows-; 18 lamellae under fourth toe; six or
seven upper labials, and an equal number of lower labials; granules
on snout much larger than those on top of head, rostral high,
bordered posteriorly by a pair of supranasals which form a very
narrow median suture and which separate the rostral from the nasal ;
a second pair of supranasals border the first pair, and are separated
by three small scales.

When compared with its congener, C. variegatus (specimen of
equal length), from the adjoining state of Sonora, the following
differences are in evidence: Rostral larger; nostrils a little more
widely separated; suture of the anterior supranasals a half shorter;
scales on snout and lores nearly twice as large; head longer, some-
what slenderer, with larger eyes; ear opening nearly twice as large;
chin scales bordering mental and lower labial distinctly larger;
terminal lamellae on digits, lateral to claw, larger; the lamellae
under digits heavier; the whole of foot and hand larger, more robust;
scales around the tail nearly or more than twice as large and averag-
ing (10) less in number.

It differs also in having a white stripe from eye to rostral along
the canthal region, immaculate labials, and in having the top of
head unicolor.

The specimen was obtained late in the afternoon ensconced be-
neath a pile of small logs in the forest, June 19, 1934. Here the
trees (really only overgrown shrubs, usually about 15 to 20 feet
high) were thick, and beginning to leaf out, since the rains had
begun just a short time previously. Collecting in this locality
terminated shortly after the specimen was found, and plans to re-
turn there from my station at Mazatlan failed to materialize.

Taylor: Coleonyx Fasciattjs 205

The fauna in this region about Mazatlan and Presidio is quite
different from that near Guaymas, which lies on the coast 250 km.
to the north. My herpetological collections in the surroundings of
the two localities show the following:

Snakes. Lizards. Amphibians. Chelonia.

Guaymas, species taken 15 17 5 2

Mazatlan, species taken 7 13 13 1

Species in common to the

two localities 2 2 1 1

While the above data proves nothing accurately as to the quanti-
tative differences in the fauna, it makes obvious, however, that the
fauna is quite different in the two localities, and it is unlikely that
the northern form of the genus Coleonyx (C. variegatus) occurs at
Mazatlan.

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 10.

Arkansas Amphibians and Reptiles in the Kansas
University Museum

EDWARD H. TAYLOR

DURING the past ten years the University of Kansas Museum
has accumulated a large collection of amphibians and reptiles
from Arkansas. As the locality records are important in determin-
ing limits of distribution, this data is incorporated with the follow-
ing notes.

The first considerable contribution to this collection was made
during the summer of 1926, when I accompanied Theodore E.
White, then a student in the University of Kansas, to Devall Bluff,
Prairie county, for the purpose of making a representative herpeto-
logical collection from this region. June 24 to July 13 was spent in
this region, although Mr. White made a trip to Lewisville during the
first part of July.

Prairie county lies in the eastern third of the state, somewhat be-
low a line dividing the state into northern and southern halves. It
is in the hills on the edge of the valley of the White river. In the
vicinity of the town there are numerous oxbow lakes, ponds and
bayous. West of the town there are low hills, the country being
partly wooded and partly cultivated.

The second part of the collection was obtained from Mr. R. E.
McEntyre. This was made during the spring and summer of 1926,
chiefly about Lewisville, Lafayette county. The third part was
obtained from Byron Marshall, from Imboden, Lawrence county, in
the northern part of the state.

This paper does not attempt any complete list of the fauna, but
gives records only of specimens in the Kansas Museum collections.
The numbers listed are those of this museum.

CAUDATA

Amyhiuma tridactylum Cuvier. Two specimens (Nos. 3862 and
3863) from Lewisville, Lafayette county, are in the collection, col-
lected by R. E. McEntyre.

(207)

208 The University Science Bulletin .

Amby stoma jeffersonianum (Green). Localities: Crawford Co.,
No. 4600, R. E. McEntyre, Nov. 5, 1926; Lafayette Co., near Lewis-
ville, No. 4630, T. E. White, July 5, 1926.

Amby stoma maculatum (Shaw). Locality: Lafayette Co., near
Lewisville, Nos. 2625-2626, May 20, 1926; Nos. 7194-7195 (skele-
tons), March 5, 1926; Nos. 4017-4022, Feb. 26, 1926; Nos. 4023-
4024, Mar. 5, 1926; Nos. 4025-4028, Apr. 6, 1926. All collected by
R. E. McEntyre.

Amby stoma texanum (Matthes). Locality: Lafayette Co., near
Lewisville, Nos. 2634-2638, 4932-44, 4145-4174, Mar. 5, 1926; Nos.
4046-4079, 4122-4144, 4556-4557, Apr. 6, 1926; Nos. 4080-4106,
4181-4232, 4175-4180, Apr. 1, 1926; Nos. 4101-4121, Feb. 26, 1926;
Nos. 7192, 7193, 9191 (skeletons) . All collected by R. E. McEntyre.

Ambystoma opacum (Gravenhorst) . Locality: Lafayette Co.,
near Lewisville, No. 1948, Jan. 12, 1926; No. 1970, Feb. 14, 1926;
Nos. 3931-3942, 4011-4012, Feb. 26, 1926; Nos. 3966-3985, Mar. 5,
1926; Nos. 3943-3965, Apr. 1, 1926; Nos. 3986-4010, 4045, Apr. 6,
1926; Nos. 7187-7191 (skeletons), Mar. 5, 1926. All collected by
R, E. McEntyre.

Manculus quadrigitatus quadridigitatus (Holbrook). Lafayette
Co., near Lewisville, Nos. 2646, 5007-5026, 11607-16663, Aug. 20,
1926 ; No. 5004, May 20, 1926, collected by R. E. McEntyre ; Nos.
16928-17015, July 5, 1926, T. E. White.

Eurycea melanopleura (Cope). Two specimens (Nos. 14775-
14776) were collected near Lewisville, Lafayette Co., by R. E.
McEntyre.

Eurycea lucifuga Rafinesque. Four specimens were collected by
J. D. Black of northwestern Arkansas; No. 17500, 2 mi. east of
Alabam, Madison county; and Nos. 18023-18025, 6 miles west of
Paririe Grove, Washington county.

Desmognathus brimleyorum Stejneger. Localities: Garland Co..
Nos. 4628-4629, J. Hurter, Apr. 9, 1906; Crawford Co., Nos. 4601-
4604, R. E. McEntyre, Nov. 5, 1926; Lafayette Co., near Lewisville,
Nos. 2627-2633, July 3, 1926, T. E. White; Nos. 2645, Apr. 19,
1926, Jarrel Jackson; Nos. 4558-4563, Mar. 20, 1926, R. E. McEn-
tyre; Nos. 4564-4571, 4605-4627, July 15, 1926, T. E. White; Nos.
4572-4598, Apr. 20, 1926, Jarrel Jackson; Nos. 4631-4647, R. E.
McEntyre, Aug. 20, 1926.

Typhlotriton spelaeus Stejneger. A single larval specimen (No.
16191) is in the collection from Imboden, Lawrence Co., collected by

Taylor: Arkansas Amphibians 209

Byron Marshall, Feb., 1930; Nos. 18426-18439, Washington Co., J.
D. Black; No. 17247, White Co., E. Cypert; Nos. 14777-14778,
Stone Co., Byron Marshall.

SALIENTIA

Scaphiopus holbrooki holbrooki (Harlan). Three specimens were
obtained from Imboden, Arkansas (Nos. 9444, 9445 and 1760).
Collected by Byron Marshall.

Bufo woodhousii jowlcri (Hinckley). This species was found to
be especially abundant along the White river in the vicinity of De-
vall Bluff, where Theodore White and I collected a large series at
dusk along the sandy river bank. Localities: Prairie Co., Devall
Bluff, Nos. 6190-62S0; Washington Co., Nos. 17362-17365, J. D.
Black.

Acris gryllus (Le Conte). This form was omnipresent about the
ponds and lakes near Devall Bluff. Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos.
6190-6219. White and Taylor; Lafayette Co., Nos. 13544-13569
and 18474, R. E. McEntyre, collector.

Pseudacris jeriarum (Baird). A small series (Nos. 11690-11698)
was received from Lafayette Co., collected by R. E. McEntyre.

Pseudacris ocddentalis (Baird and Girard). The collection con-
tains Nos. 11699-11701, from Lewisville, Lafayette Co., collected
by R. E. McEntyre; and No. 17679, White Co.

Hyla einerea cinerea (Schneider) . On the night of July 6 a great
chorus of this species was heard at the upper end of Upshaw Lake
near Devall Bluff. The night was cloudy and there was a threat
of rain after several weeks of dry weather. The frogs were found
along the shore of the lake and in the willows that bordered the
lake. A large series was taken, all of which were males. The
following day a heavy rain fell, and the same night the chorus was
even more vociferous than the preceding night. This night I found
a few females. These were clasped by males, but I found no evi-
dence of egg deposition. Locality: Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos.
10435-10559, Taylor and White, collectors, June 6 and 7, 1926.

Hyla versicolor versicolor (Le Conte). The series of specimens
obtained at Devall Bluff approach the typical form more closely
than the related subspecies. Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 10702-
107. White and Taylor; Lafayette Co., No. 10720; Washington
Co., J. D. Black.

Hyla versicolor chrysoscelis (Cope). Six specimens were collected
in Lafayette Co. by Mr. White, which apparently approach this

210 The University Science Bulletin

subspecies more closely than the typical form (Nos. 10720-10725,
July, 1926).

Rana areolata Baird and Girard. Only a single specimen (No.
9278) is in the collection. This was collected at Lewisville, La-
fayette Co., by R. E. McEntyre.

Rana catesbciana Shaw. A series (Nos. 9171-9177 and 9262-
9273) was collected at Devall Bluff in July, 1926.

Rana clamitam Latreille. A large series was obtained at Devall
Bluff along the edges of ponds and lakes at night. These were more
wary than the large bullfrog. Localities: Prairie Co., Devall Bluff,
Nos. 9299-9305, 9314-9382, White and Taylor; Lafayette Co., near
Lewisville, Nos. 8646-8657, R. E. McEntyre, Aug. 20, 1926; Wash-
ington Co., Nos. 16805-17358, June 4, 1932, and Nos. 17735-17736,
Aug. 18, 1933, J. D. Black.

Rana pipiens Schreber. Localities: Prairie Co., Devall Bluff,
Nos. 9702-9713, July, 1926, White and Taylor; Washington Co.,
No. 16542, John Davis; Nos. 16443-16444, July, 1932, J. D. Black.

Rana sphenocephala Cope. A single adult species collected in the
woods at some distance from the water has been assigned to this
species (No. 16109, Prairie Co., near Devall Bluff. Taylor, col-
lector), also a series, Nos. 16110-16113, Lafayette Co., collected by
McEntyre.

Rana sylvatica Le Conte. This species is known from only a
single specimen (No. 16526) collected by J. D. Black, July 12, 1932,
in Washington Co.

Gastrophryne carolinensis (Holbrook). The collection contains
the following: Priaire Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 9922-9937, Taylor-
White; White Co., Nos. 17515-17519, Eugene Cypert.

SAURIA

Anolis carolinensis Voigt. Three specimens are in the collection:
"South Arkansas," Nos. 4-5, R. L. Moodie, Apr. 1, 1915; Lafayette
Co., near Lewisville, No. 16726, T. E. White, July 10, 1926.

Sceloporus undulatus Latreille. Specimens are in the collection
from the following localities: Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, Nos.
7228, 12662-12680, 15323-15350, R. E. McEntyre; No. 15322, T. E.
White; Pulaski Co., Nos. 10863-10865, Wayne Whitlow; Crawford
Co., Nos. 12659-12660, Mark Hanna; Washington Co., Nos. 16854-
16873, J. D. Black.

Cnemidophorus sexlineatus (Linne). A good series of this wide-

Taylor: Arkansas Amphibians 211

spread species was obtained at the edge of a small cotton field near
Derail Bluff. The lizards did not appear above ground, usually,
until about eleven o'clock in the morning (July), at which time they
began their feeding activities. After about three o'clock in the
afternoon, they ceased activity and disappeared into their burrows.
Some of the burrows were1 opened. It was observed that two, some-
times three or four tunnels would meet at a somewhat enlarged
cavity placed usually eight to ten centimeters below the surface of
the ground. None examined readied a depth of more than fourteen
centimeters. Specimens are in the collection from the following
localities: Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 3472, 12696-12736, 12760-
12764, Taylor and White; Jefferson Co., No. 12737, Hodgeland;
Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, Nos. 12778-12781, R. E. McEntyre;
Washington Co., Nos. 16714-16732, J. D. Black.

Leiolopisma laterale (Say). This species was observed frequently
in the wooded upland near the town of Devall Bluff. None were
seen in the lowland that was subject to overflow. Two eggs were
obtained from dry, rotting wood July 5, 1926. The embryos were
developed to a point where the color pattern was beginning to show.
The collection contains the following specimens: Prairie Co., Devall
Bluff, Nos. 8815-8819, E. H. Taylor; Lafayette Co., near Lewisville,
Nos. 8235, 8243, 8700-8701, 8820-8839, T. E. White and R. E. McEn-
tyre; Pulaski Co., Nos. 8250, 8251. W. B. Whitlow; Crawford Co.,
No. 7743. R. E. McEntyre.

Eumeces anthracinus Baird. A few specimens of this species were
collected in southern Arkansas by R. E. McEntyre, and a splendid
series was obtained at Imboden by Byron Marshall. The following
numbers are in the collection: Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, Nos.
8803-8808, R. E. McEntyre; Lawrence Co., near Imboden, Nos.
8219-8231, 8840, 8952-8953, Byron Marshall.

Eumeces fasciatus (Linne) . I collected a number of these skinks
in the woods along the river, as well as in the uplands about De-
vall Bluff. Several sets of eggs were obtained, usually from under
the heavy bark of decaying logs. Invariably the eggs were being
brooded. The first set of nine eggs was found July 2, partially in-
cubated. The second, July 13, a set of ten eggs. These were dis-
tinctly larger than the preceding set. The young in the eggs were
apparently ready to hatch, as the color pattern was complete, and
could crawl about when taken from the egg. The specimens seen
seemed to be terrestrial, not one being observed in trees or on their

14—7186

212 The University Science Bulletin

trunks. The larger species, laticeps, was said to be present, but I
failed to discover them. The following specimens are in the collec-
tion: Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, Nos. 7759, 7761, 8704, 8706,
8708, 8709, 8844-8849, 8888-8809, 8969-8974, Farrel, Jackson, R. E.
McEntyre, and T. E. White; Lawrence Co., Imboden, Nos. 8279-
8355, 8864-8873, 8909-8934, 11350-11380, 9127-9129, Byron Mar-
shall; Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 8852-8863, Taylor and White.

Eumeces laticeps (Schneider). A series of five specimens, Nos.
7802-7806, of this large skink was obtained from Byron Marshall at
Imboden. One specimen, shipped alive to Lawrence, Kan., de-
voured a specimen of Eumeces fasciatus which had been shipped in
the same container.

SERPENTES

Carphophis amoena vermis (Kennicott) . Washington Co., Nos.
16670, 16671, 16675, June 13-18, 1932; J. D. Black.

Farancia abacura (Holbrook). R. E. McEntyre obtained a
single specimen at Lewisville, Apr. 6, 1926 (No. 2211).

Heterodon contortrix (Linne) . Two specimens were collected at
Lewisville, by R. E. McEntyre; No. 2490, May 15, 1926, and No.
2494, July 7, 1925.

Opheodrys aestivus (Linne). J. D. Black collected a small series
of this species in Washington Co.: No. 16557, June 17, 1932; No.
16750, June 29, 1932; No. 16751, July 24, 1932; No. 16752, Aug. 6,
1932; No. 16753, Sept. 12, 1932; No. 18014, Aug. 20, 1933 (Ray
McKinzie).

Coluber constrictor constrictor (Linne). Five specimens are in
the collection: Lafayette Co., Lewisville, No. 2212, Apr. 6, 1926,
and No. 2483, May 15, 1926, McEntyre; Washington Co., No.
15693, Dec. 22, 1931, Hugh Phillips; Lawrence Co., Imboden, No.
17154, Aug., 1929, and No. 17723, May, 1929, Byron C. Marshall.

Coluber constrictor flaviventris (Say). Typical specimens of
flaviventris appear to be confined to the northwestern part of the
state. Washington Co., No. 16673, June 17, 1932; No. 16816, July
7, 1932; No. 16817, July 15, 1932, J. D. Black; Nos. 17927, 17929-
17931, Aug. 18-24, E. Davis; Benton Co., No. 18000, Oct. 20, 1933,
R. D. Harding.

Masticophis flagellum flagellum (Shaw). J. D. Black collected
two specimens of this snake: No. 16900, Oct. 1, 1932, in Washington
Co., and No. 17499, June 11, 1933, Madison county.

Taylor: Arkansas Amphibians 213

Elaphe laeta (Baird and Girard). A single specimen, No. 18350,
was collected in Washington county, Aug. 6, 1932, by E. Davis.

Elaphe obsoleta obsoleta (Say). Typical specimens of this sub-
species were obtained in northwestern Arkansas by J. I). Black and
R. D. Harding. Washington Co., No. 16804, Sept. 11, 1932; No.
1690"). July 12, 1932, Black; Benton Co., No. 17738, Oct. 20, 1933,
Harding.

Elaphe obsoleta confinis Baird and Girard. I collected a single
specimen of this species at Devall Bluff (No. 3845) June 23, 1926.

Lampropcltis calligaster (Harlan). A single specimen (No. 7423)
collected at Lewisvillc, Lafayette Co., by McEntyre, May 15, 1926,
is in the collection.

Lampropeltis getulus holbrooki Stejneger. Three specimens were
collected at Devall Bluff. One specimen was surprised in an old
cypress stump, rooting turtle eggs out of a burrow in the rotting
wood. Two eggs had already been eaten, and two others had been
brought to light. I could not determine the species of the turtle eggs
since the embryos were too small to make such a determination.
Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, No. 2502, July 1, 1926; No. 3844, June 23,
1926; No. 7432, July 6, 1926, White and Taylor; Crawford Co., No!
2998, Nov. 5, 1926, R. E. McEntyre; Lafayette Co., Lewisville,
No. 2491, Apr. 6, 1926, R, E. McEntyre; No. 2501, T. E. White,
July 5, 1926; Washington Co., No. 16711, June 15, 1932, J. D. Black.

Natrix erythrogaster erythrogaster (Forster). A series was ob-
tained from Byron Marshall, Imboden, Lawrence county, as fol-
lows: Nos. 8359-8369, 11807-11819 (adult with young), 13667-
13673, 13684-13686.

Natrix erythrogaster transversa (Hallowell). J. D. Black obtained
a single specimen of this species in Washington Co. (No. 16803,
June 27, 1932). R. E. McEntyre and T. E. White obtained three
specimens, Nos. 2487, 2488, 2895, at Lewisville, Lafayette county.

Natrix rhombifera (Hallowell). This species was found to be
common in the region of Devall Bluff. They were captured at
night, usually in the edge of the water in rivers and ponds, occa-
sionally in low shrubs lining the water's edge. The following were
taken July 2-8, 1926: Nos. 2511, 2512-2516, 2539, 2541-2548, 3588,
White and Taylor. A single specimen was collected by R. E. Mc-
Entyre at Lewisville, Lafayette Co. (No. 2486).

Natrix sipedon sipedon (Linne). Two specimens, Nos. 2994-2995,

214 The University Science Bulletin

were collected by R. E. McEntyre, Nov. 5, 1926, in Crawford Co.
Two, Nos. 13705-13706, were collected at Imboden, Lawrence Co.,
June, 1930, by Byron Marshall.

Natrix fasciata conjiuens (Blanchard). This species was common
in the region about Devall Bluff. They were taken at night in low
trees and shrubs along the edge of the ponds and bayous. Nos. 2415
2503-2510, 2538, 3856-3861, Devall Bluff, White and Taylor; No.
2493, May 1, 1926, Lafayette Co., McEntyre.

Storeria dekayi (Holbrook) . The following specimens are in the
collection: Crawford Co., No. 1734, Dec. 2, 1910, G. D. Hanna;
Lafayette Co., Lewisville, No. 2489, Mar. 5, 1926, R. E. McEntyre;
Washington Co., Nos. 16600-16601, July 13, Aug. 13, 1932, J. D.
Black.

Storeria occipito — maculata (Storer). One specimen was collected
in Pulaski Co. by W. B. Whitlow, Sept., 1924 (No. 2492).

Virginia valeriae elegans Kennicott. A single specimen, collected
by Byron Marshall at Imboden, Lawrence Co., is in the collection
(No. 17454).

Thamnophis sauritus proximus (Say). The following specimens
of this widely distributed form are in the collection: Lafayette Co.,
Lewisville, No. 2366, May 1, 1926, No. 2496, Aug. 20, 1924, No.
2497, Nov. 5, 1926, McEntyre; Crawford Co., No. 2996, McEntyre;
Washington Co., No. 15696, Dec. 24, 1931; No. 16599, Aug. 9, 1933,
Black.

Thamnophis sirtalis parietalis (Say). J. D. Black has collected
this species in the northwestern part of the state. Washington Co.,
No. 16841, June 18; No. 16880, June 7; No. 16881, July 15; No.
16888, July 23, 1932, Black.

Agkistrodon mokasen Beauvois. Three specimens are in the col-
lection; Lafayette Co., Lewisville, No. 2483; Washington Co., No.
16518, June 3, 1932, John Davis; Benton Co., No. 18130, Oct. 20,
1933, R. D. Harding.

Agkistrodon piscivorus (Lacepede) . This species was extremely
common about the lakes and ponds in the vicinity of Devall Bluff.
A large series was taken, all save one having been captured at night
around the edges of the lakes and ponds where they were feeding.
When approached with a light they usually remained motionless.
Often one would open its mouth widely. Rarely did they attempt
to escape by swimming to deeper water.

Several of the live snakes were placed in a box containing live

Taylor: Arkansas Amphibians 215

Pseudemys elegans. Certain of the turtles were bitten by the snakes
and eight died within 24 hours, presumably as the result of the
bites. In a box containing no snakes there were no deaths among
the turtles. Frequent references in literature tell of this snake
crawling into bushes above the water during the day. My experi-
ence was that none were seen in bushes. In daylight, early one
morning, I observed one swimming near the shore, and one was
routed and captured from a pile of drift. All the others were found
at night, suggesting that the snake is almost exclusively nocturnal
in habits. The collection contains the following Arkansas speci-
mens: Lafayette Co., Lewisville, Nos. 2484-2485, Apr. 20, 1926;
Nos. 7503-7507, skeletons, Apr. 6, 1926; No. 16140, May 15, 1926,
R. E. McEntyre; Prairie Co., Deval Bluff, Nos. 2513-15, 2518-2537,
3846-3854, 7508-7510, June 26-July 5, 1926, Taylor and White.

Sistrunis miliarias (Linne). J. D. Black collected a single speci-
men, Aug. 22, 1932, in Washington county (No. 16553).

TESTUDINATA

Sternotherus carinatus (Gray). Two specimens of this species
were collected from the edge of a pond near Devall Bluff. These
apparently were lost, as they were not catalogued in the Museum.
A single specimen, No. 3052, was collected by R. E. McEntyre, near
Lewisville, Lafayette county.

Sternotherus odoratus (Latreille). Five specimens of this species
were found in a pond near Devall Bluff; and two were collected in
woods at some distance from the pond. These are Nos. 3390-3393,
3397-3399, and 3477, June 29 to July 7, 1926, Taylor and White.

Kinosternon subrubrum hippocrepis (Gray). The collection con-
tains the following: Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 3033, 3394,
White and Taylor, June 20 to July 7, 1926; Lafayette Co., Lewis-
ville, Nos. 3053-3055, 3190, R. E. McEntyre.

Macrochelys temminckii (Troost). A number of specimens were
collected by seining in the river near Devall Bluff. Numbers of
dead specimens, killed by fishermen, were to be seen along the river
banks. Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 2880, 2882, 3389, 3401, 3402,
3772-3447, White and Taylor; Nos. 2883, 2943, W. D. Warfield;
Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, Nos. 3058, 3117, R. E. McEntyre.

Chelydra serpentina (Linne). The following are in the collection:
Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 2823, 3388, 3775-3779, White and
Taylor.

216 The University Science Bulletin

Terrapene triungiris Agassiz. Two specimens were found on the
higher land four miles west of Devall Bluff. The following are
present in the collection: Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, Nos. 2540,
2855, T. E. White; Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 3395-3396,
White and Taylor; Washington Co., Nos. 16690, 16874, 17368,
18307, 18334, 18338, 18353-18355, J. D. Black.

Terrapene Carolina (Linne). One specimen was collected on a
disused road, six miles west of Devall Bluff. Apparently this speci-
men has been lost as I do not find it in the collection of Kansas
University.

Pseudemys elegans (Wied.) Several living specimens of this
form and several practically complete skeltons were obtained near
Devall Bluff, on the top of a small hill in the woods, about 400
yards from the nearest pond. The summit of the hill, which was
probably 175 feet above the level of the ponds, had been chosen
by these turtles as an incubating ground and they had gone there
for the purpose of depositing their eggs. Several were observed
while in the process of digging the holes in the ground and several
sets of eggs were found, although none of the turtles was observed
depositing eggs. The method of making the holes was as follows:
When a female had chosen a spot for making a hole, she would
begin scratching the ground with her hind feet. Since the ground
at this season was hard and baked, she would urinate on the ground
to. soften the dirt. Then digging would be resumed. I was unable
to watch the process of digging the hole to completion. In one
case a female was found approaching a small hole apparently begun
the previous day. After feeling about with her hind feet for a time,
she urinated and then in a minute or two resumed her digging. I
did not observe the deposition of the eggs, but several sets were
found buried in small pockets. The dirt, wet when plastered over
the openings, was baked very hard on the surface, evidently offer-
ing considerable resistance to animals bent upon robbing the nests.

One nest, containing six eggs, showed an excavation 11.4 cm. deep
and about 5.6 cm. in greatest diameter; the surface opening was
somewhat less than 4 cm. in diameter. The six eggs in this clutch
were flesh-white in color, and of a leathery texture. The follow-
ing are their measurements (in millimeters): 39x23; 38x22.5;
38.2x23; 38.5x22.1; 39x23; 38.2x22.4. A second set obtained
nearby have the following measurements: 38 x 23.8; 39.2x22;
39.8 x 21.8 ; 37 x 21 ; 38 x 22 ; 38 x 21.8. These eggs were fresh, show-
ing little or no incubation.

Taylor: Arkansas Amphibians 217

More than 15 skeletons were found in the immediate vicinity and
two or three specimens that had recently died. I am unable to ac-
count for the very high mortality. The carcasses were examined,
and they proved to be females with the eggs unlaid. The viscera
were in an advanced state of decay, so nothing as to cause could be
determined by the examination.

A nest was found which had been opened by some animal, and the
leathery shells, emptied of their contents, were scattered about.

A number of other specimens of both sexes were obtained while
seining.

The following numbers are in the collection from Devall Bluff:
Nos. 1174, 1180, 1371, 1373, 2677-2689, 2749, 2812-16, 2827-2829,
2900, 3109, 3228, 3255, 3558, 3370, 3428-3444, 3447-3448, 3784-3793,
White and Taylor, June 20 to July 7, 1926.

Graptemys geographica (Le Sueur). Prairie Co., Devall Bluff,
No. 2832, White and Taylor; Lafayette Co., near Lewisville, No.
3795, R. E. McEntyre.

(h-aptemps psewlogcographica pseudogeographica (Gray). The
following specimens were captured by seining in the White river at
Deval Bluff: Nos. 1175, 1181, 1183, 1372, 1871, 2463, 2464, 2667-
2673, 2750, 2804-2811, 3107-3112, 3232-3240, 3254, 3340-3345, 3359,
3560, 3371-3380, 3386-3387, 3403-3425, 3744, 3781, 3782, 3796, 3802,
3803-3826, White and Taylor, June 20 and July 6, 1926.

Chrysemys picta dorsalis (Agassiz). A single specimen (No.
3783) was collected at Devall Bluff by T. E. White.

Pseudemys texana Baur. The following specimens are in the col-
lection: Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 1176-1179, 1182-1185, 2800,
2830-2831, 3113, 3229-3231, 3352-3357, 3364-3369, 3794, Taylor,
White, and McEntyre, June and July, 1926; Lafayette Co., Lewis-
ville, No. 2221, R. E. McEntyre, June, 1926.

Deirochelys reticularia (Latreille). A single specimen (No. 3400)
was collected at Devall Bluff, by Taylor and White, July 1, 1926.

Amyda spinifera (LeSueur) . Splendid series of both sexes of this
turtle were taken, which showed an extraordinary amount of sexual
difference. The adult females were much larger, usually more than
double the measurements of the males, and often three times the
bulk of the largest and oldest males.

On a sand bank on the edge of Burnt Bayao, a number of sets
of eggs belonging, apparently, to this species were found. The nests
were discovered by punching stakes in the sand. None of the

218 The University Science Bulletin

clutches obtained were complete, but the numbers of eggs in them
varied between 12 and 23. The eggs were nearly round, and covered
with a hard (but rather fragile) shell. Some were apparently
freshly laid while others showed embryos considerably advanced in
development.

The following specimens are in the collection: Prairie Co., De-
vall Bluff, Nos. 1867, 1869, 1879, 1931, 1949, 1950-1951, 2280-2291,
2357-2666, White and Taylor, June 20, July 6, 1926; Lafayette Co.,
Lewisville, Nos. 2225-2230, 2761-2762, 2826, 2842, 2930-2990, 3056,
R. E. McEntyre.

Amyda mutica (Le Sueur) . Large series of both sexes were ob-
tained at Devall Bluff, and the same sex differences noted in Amyda
sfrinijera, likewise obtained in this species. It is not improbable
that some of the eggs obtained at Burnt Bayao belonged to this
species. Prairie Co., Devall Bluff, Nos. 1867-1870, 1874-1876, 1878,
1881, 1930, 1957-1963, 2294-2306, 2308, 2309, 2838-2841, 2999, 3002,
White and Taylor, June 20, July 6, 1926; Lafayette Co., near Lewis-
ville, Nos. 2224, 2308, 2309, R. E. McEntyre.

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. I April 15, 1935 [No. 11.

A New Species of Genus Eumeces from New Mexico

EDWARD H. TAYLOR

Abstract : A new species, Eumeces gaigei, belonging to the E. multivirgatus
group is described from Taos, New Mexico.

THE following species was discovered in June, 1929, in the moun-
tains near Taos, New Mexico, at which time two specimens were
taken. These were entered in the Kansas University Museum cata-
logue as E. humilis? In 1932 one of these specimens had the skull
removed and studied by R. H. Kingman {loc. cit.) .

"When specimens of the true E. humilis were later discovered in
New Mexico it became apparent that the Taos form had been
wrongly associated with that species. The relationship is, however,
with that species, but this should not, I believe, be regarded as a
subspecific relationship.

Eumeces, gaigei sp. nov.

Eumeces multivirgatus Mosauer, (part) Occ. Papers Mus. Zool.
Univ. Michigan, No. 246, June 9, 1932, pp. 12-14, pi. I (No. 70517).

Eumeces humilis'! Kingman, Univ. Kansas Sci. Bull., vol. XX,
No. 15, May 15, 1932, issued Oct. 1, 1932 (Bull. Univ. Kansas, vol.
XXXIII, No. 10, 1932, pp. 273-293, pi. XXXIII, figs. 1 and 2
[skull]).

Type. Kansas University No. 7300; collected near Taos, New
Mexico, June 13, 1929, by E. H. Taylor; paratype No. 7301 (skull
removed) .

Diagnosis. A medium-sized species, characterized by the absence
of a distinct lateral line and forking lines on the head; the presence
of typical dorsolateral lines following the middle of the third scale
row, and separated by four whole and two, one-third scale rows.

(219)

220

The University Science Bulletin

Brown lateral stripe very narrow; limbs short, not meeting when
adpressed; subcaudals widened; postnasal present or absent; two
postmentals; interparietal not enclosed; seven upper labials; 24
scale rows about the body.

Description of Type. Portion of rostral visible above less than
half the size of the frontonasal; internasals large, forming a median
suture; frontonasal large, touching anterior loreals, separated from
frontal; prefrontals rather large, medially in contact, forming sutures
with frontonasal; frontal, posterior loreal, first supraocular, anterior
loreal, superciliary, their lengths in the order named; frontal large,
a little longer than its distance from the tip of the snout, slightly

Fig. 1. Eumeces gaigei sp. nov. University of Michigan Museum of Zoology
No. 70517 Guadelupe Mts., Texas, near Texas-New Mexican border. Actual
head width, 8 mm.; length, 9 mm.

constricted laterally, in contact with three supraoculars; fronto-
parietals in contact; interparietal with sides converging posteriorly,
not curving; parietals short and broad, not in contact behind inter-
parietal; two pairs of nuchals, of about the same size.

Nasal typical, divided by a suture, the anterior part largest;
postnasal present ; anterior loreal distinctly higher than wide, higher
than the posterior; latter longer than high, touching two or three
labials; presuboculars two (one on right side) ; six (right) or seven
(left) superciliaries ; four supraoculars; four postsuboculars ; median
upper palpebrals directly in contact with superciliaries; two rather
large plates on lower eyelid, separated from subocular by two rows
of granules; primary temporal large, practically of same size as the
lower secondary temporal, with which it forms a suture; upper

Taylor: Genus Etjmeces 221

secondary temporal slightly wider posteriorly than anteriorly; ter-
tiary temporal high, slender, separated from car by two scales.

Seven upper labials, the first usually the smallest, the seventh
i last) largest ; the subocular labial larger than usual, approaching or
equalling size of sixth labial; seventh labial separated from ear by
two pairs (superimposed) of scales; one minute car lobule; mental
large, with a larger labial border than rostral; two postmentals;
three pairs of chinshiclds, the first in contact; postgenial large
(broken abnormally into two scales), bordered on inner side by a
scale longer than wide; six or seven lower labials.

Scales in parallel rows, about equal in size around the body; scales
around neck behind car. 32; about narrow part of neck, 26; in
axillary region, 32; about middle of body, 24; 16 about base of tail
at first widened subcaudal; subcaudals nearly double width of ad-
joining scale row; six preanals, the median pair much enlarged, the
outer scales overlapping inner.

Limbs short ; the area of granular axillary scales greatly reduced,
only one or two rows; none behind insertion of hind limbs; wrist
tubercle not strongly differentiated; the scales on wrist and posterior
part of palm equal in size, all rather large; lamellar formula for
fingers: 5; 8; 10; 11; 6. Heel with two large plates in contact,
these each preceded by a single larger scale; scales on sole subequal
and for the most part imbricating; lamellar formula for toes: 5; 9;
11; 12; 8. Terminal scales not tightly bound about claw. Ear
small, surrounded by about 16 scales; scales on side of neck with
usually two pits, these obsolete on sides of body; pits occasionally
three in axillary and postfemoral region.

Color. (The type is somewhat discolored by formalin.) Above
brownish, the scales showing an anterior and a posterior darker
area; no evidence of a median line or bifurcating lines on head; a
dorsolateral line begins on the anterior supraocular and continues
back onto the tail following the middle of the third scale row, as a
series of light dots. The lateral line begins on the rostral, but can-
not now be traced quite to ear; chin, anterior part of throat and anal
scales light; underside of regenerated tail light.

Remarks. The two specimens in the Kansas University Museum
were collected in barren hills along a stream about a mile from the
large Indian village near Taos through which the stream flows.
They were found under small, flat rocks on a steep hillside, and
appeared to be making burrows, as the earth was freshly disturbed;

222

The University Science Bulletin

they took refuge in the burrows, which extended three inches below
the surface.

I made journeys to Taos in 1930 and 1934, hoping to discover
more specimens, but without result.

The Michigan specimen, which I have been permitted to examine
through the kindness of Mrs. Gaige, was collected in the Guadalupe
Mountains by Dr. Walter Mosauer. I at first believed it to be an
aberrant discolored E. multivirgatus.

Measurements of Eumeces gaigei sp. nov.

Museum.
Number. .
Sex

Snout to vert. . .
Snout to eye. . .
Snout to ear. .
Snout to foreleg
Axilla to groin . .
Width of head . .
Length of head .
Width of body .

Foreleg

Hind leg

Longest toe

KU

KU

7300

7301

9

9

66

62.7

5

5

11.8

11

22

18

40

39.4

8.7

8.2

10

10

12

11.9

14

13.8

19

18.7

12

12

MU

70517

9

59
4

10

16

35.5
7.8
9 2

10

13

18

11

A fourth specimen, badly dried, but still showing well the original
coloration, is in the American Museum of Natural History. Through
the kindness of Dr. G. K. Noble I was permitted to examine it.
The color characters are practically identical with those of the
Michigan specimen, and differ from young E. multivirgatus from
the same locality.

Variation. The specimen in the University of Michigan shows
the color markings veiy distinctly. These are as follows:

Above olive-brown, the outer edges of the scales of the first and
second rows with darker brown coloration which forms a dim line
following edges of first and second row, and second and third; the
dorsolateral white line begins on supraocular or anterior edge of
parietal, passes back along the middle of the third scale row, the
upper and outer edges of which are dark brown; the light line

Taylor: Genus Eumeces 223

appears as a series of dots, since the posterior edge of each scale is
also somewhat darker; a broad, dark-brown line begins behind eye,
passes above shoulder and becomes reduced to a narrow lateral line
which passes above edges of the fourth and fifth scale rows; this is
bordered above and below by dotted lines of ground color, slightly
lighter than that on back; a light labial line from second labial
passes above ear and stops; a lateral line begins at middle of ear
and passes back to above arm and becomes lost; chin and throat
light, belly bluish-gray; undersides of legs and anal region light;
anterior part of head dark brown, no bifurcating lines visible.

The young specimen in the American Museum, also from the
Guadalupe Mountains, has the brown ground color with the dotted
dorsolateral lines cream yellow; along the median part of the body
are a few lighter flecks on the scales, but in no sense a median
line. This specimen differs much from a young E. multivirgatus
Taken in the same locality.

The scale variation in this species is negligible save that in the
Michigan specimen a typical postnasal is absent. On one side,
however, is a small scale partially fused to (or separated from)
the upper posterior part of the first labial.

Relationship. Despite the scale relationship of this form with
E. multivirgatus, I do not regard it as a subspecies, since the two
forms occur together from northern New Mexico (Taos) to Texas
(Guadalupe Mountains). Much herpetological collecting remains
to be done in New Mexico and Arizona before a clear picture of this
form and its relationships can be known.

Whether the specimen in the United States National Museum
(No. 5263), from the northern boundary of Texas, one of the types
of epipleurotis, belongs to this form cannot now be stated, since the
specimen is in such a condition that it cannot be identified with
any degree of certainty. I propose to designate USNM No. 9219,
Fort Kearney, Nebraska, as the lectotype of epipleurotus, since it
appears that the description was drawn from this specimen. It is
undoubtedly a specimen of E. multivirgatus and is still in a good
state of preservation.

Distribution. The species is known only from the states of New
Mexico and Texas, and from the following localities: New Mexico,
Taos Co.: Near Taos (KU, 2; types); Eddy Co.: Guadalupe
Mountains (AMNH, 1). Texas, Culberson Co.?: Near Frijoles
(MU,1).

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 12.

Observations on the November Birds of Western

Kansas

W. S. LONG

IT HAS been known for many years that many species of western
birds migrate eastward, probably down the river valleys of the
Cimarron, Arkansas and Smoky Hill into western Kansas, but no
work has been done there in the winter months since the time of
Goss, who collected at Wallace in October, 1883, and again a few
years later. However, he was too early to get many of the winter
visitant birds. Scattering reports of such birds as the Pinon Jay
(Cyanocephalus cyanocephalus) , Clarke's Nutcracker {Nucijraga
columbiana), Townsend's Solitaire (Myadestes townsendi) , and the
Mountain Bluebird (Sialia currucoides) , convinced me that western
Kansas would be a fertile field for a November collecting trip.

Accordingly, on October 30, 1934, in company with Mr. Fred
Hastie, I left Lawrence, arriving on the Cimarron river, about twelve
miles north of Liberal, on the evening of the 31st. The river here
was quite narrow, but was flowing a good stream of water, too deep
to wade easily, except in a few places. The valley of the river was
quite well timbered — better, in fact, than any other western Kansas
river we saw. The trees were all cottonwood (Populus) and willow
(Salix).

On the north side of the river the land rose abruptly in a series of
low sand hills covered with sagebrush, this finally giving way to
buffalo grass, which occupied the uplands. Most of the flood plain
of the river was on the south side, where it was quite grassy even to
the water's edge. A few places here wrere low, and filled with pools
of water, or encrusted with alkali. Wherever the land had been
plowed, it had grown up with Russian thistles, which was the only
thing to keep the sand from drifting. This was distinctly a grazing
country.

(225)

226 The University Science Bulletin

On November 7 we moved to Morton county, again camping on
the Cimarron, this time about twelve miles northeast of Elkhart, on
the Walsh ranch. Here the river was almost completely dry, only a
few shallow pools being left here and there in the sand. The cotton-
wood timber in which we were camped was almost the only timber
for miles up and down the river, and covered an area about one mile
long by one-fourth mile wide. The uplands were all in buffalo
grass, which came down almost to the edge of the river, and there
was not much sagebrush. Thistles grew only where the land had
been plowed, and since the Walsh ranch, of some thirty-six square
miles, was primarily a cattle ranch, there was little of this weed to
be seen.

On November 15 we drove north to the Shanstrum ranch, two
miles east of Coolidge, on the Arkansas river. The land along the
river here was irrigated, and the chief crops were alfalfa and sugar
beets. North of the river the land rose abruptly into a series of
high, steep bluffs, and the uplands were covered with a good stand
of buffalo grass. On the south, for several miles, were sand hills
covered with sagebrush. The river itself is a wide, shallow stream,
almost choked with sand. One could wade it almost anywhere
without going much more than ankle deep. The only timber was a
scattering line of stunted trees perhaps fifty yards wide, mostly on
the south side of the river. Here Mr. Hastie returned home on the
train, and I finished the trip alone.

From November 20 to 25 I was camped on the south fork of the
Smoky Hill river, about three miles southwest of Wallace, in Wal-
lace county. Wallace county is the highest county in the state, one
point near the Colorado line reaching an altitude of 4,135 feet, while
the town of Wallace is slightly more than 3,800 feet.

Here I found the Smoky little more than a creek, hardly more
than ten feet wide in most places, but too deep to wade. Most of
the timber here was willow, and was very old and twisted by the
wind. Only a very narrow strip was timbered, but there was an
abundance of large rank weeds, which gave shelter to large flocks
of sparrows. Some of the ranchers here had part of their ranches
irrigated by wells, but irrigation was not used to the extent that it
was in the Arkansas valley. Some sagebrush grows here in the river
valley, but it is rather scattering. The upland is largely in buffalo
grass.

From Wallace I drove to southeastern Cheyenne county, where I

Long: November Birds 227

stayed on the farm of Mr. John White, If) miles southeast of St.
Francis. The land here is rather hilly, and the upland is in buffalo
grass, but it is not much of a cattle country. The chief crop is corn.
A number of small creeks wind about in the lower land, and a num-
ber of "lagoons" or small ponds resembling buffalo wallows are
found here, but at the time of my visit they were all dry. Several
small ] latches of stunted trees were scattered about where early
settlers had planted them, but dust and sand had blown in among
them so badly that they offered little shelter to birds.

Up until the time I reached Wallace county the weather was,
warm — almost too warm for comfort while collecting. The ther-
mometer registered above seventy almost every day, and we had no
freezing nights. In Wallace county, however, the weather changedr
and from that time on it was rarely much above freezing. A
blizzard blew up on the night of November 26, in Cheyenne county,
and two or three inches of snow fell. The Republican river was al-
most frozen over, and the unfrozen part was full of floating ice.

In conclusion. I wish to express my appreciation to Mr. C. D.
Bunker, assistant curator in charge of the Museum of Birds and
Mammals, University of Kansas, who secured the financial assist-
ance necessary to carry on this work, and who allowed me free ac-
cess to the skin collection in classifying the birds which were col-
lected. These are now in the collection of the Kansas University
Museum.

LIST OF SPECIES
1. Gavia immer subsp. :

Loon
A single specimen of this bird was picked up dead on the prairie
about one-half mile north of the Cimarron river on November 9,
It had been partly eaten by hawks, but was readily recognizable!
A large hole in the sternum might have been made by the bill of a
hawk, but was probably a bullet hole. The bird had probably been
shot on the river and flown up on the prairie before dying. While
subspecific identification of remains of this kind is a precarious
matter, I believe this should be referred to Gavia immer elasson
Bishop. The wing* measures 342 mm., and the exposed oilmen
62.3 mm. This was the only loon seen on the trip.

* Measured with a steel tape, following the curve of the wing, after the method of Bishop
The Auk, Vol. XXXVIIT. No. 3, July, 1921, pp. 3G4-370.

15—7186

228 The University Science Bulletin

2. Ardea herodias treganzai Court

Treganza's Heron
Great Blue Herons were seen in every locality except Cheyenne
county, where the weather was too inclement for them to be ex-
pected. A bird of the year was shot on the Cimarron in Seward
county, on November 2. Another was seen in Morton county on
November 9, and in Hamilton county one stayed on the Arkansas
river, where it was seen daily. The last date for the species was
November 20, when one was observed on the Smoky Hill river,
three miles southwest of Wallace. The single specimen taken, a
female, is indistinguishable in color from an unsexed bird from
Converse county, Wyoming. The measurements are too small for
anything but Treganza's Heron. It measures as follows: Wing
425; tail 155; oilmen 124; depth of bill 27.5; tar. 154.

3. Anas platyrhynehos platyrhynchos Linnaeus
Common Mallard

Mallards were seen daily throughout the trip except in Cheyenne
county. They were especially common in Seward county, where a
flock of a thousand or more stayed on the Cimarron. Curiously
enough, this large flock was made up entirely of drakes. During the
day the flock fed in a field of kafflr corn not far from the river,
coming in to the water only in the evening about sundown. Al-
though this was supposed to be a state game reserve, these ducks
were hunted every day of the open season.

Ducks were not so common in Morton county, because the river
was dry, except for a few pools here and there. They were usually
seen in small bunches of three or four. On the Arkansas and Smoky
Hill rivers they were quite common, but did not occur in the huge
flocks which were seen in Seward county. A few hen birds were
seen in Hamilton and Wallace counties, but even here the males
were much more common.

Ducks, sp. On November 23, in Wallace county, three ducks
passed over, flying quite high. They appeared to be the white-
winged scoter {Melanitta deglandi) , but since I have never seen
this species in life I could not be certain. There are a number of
records of this duck from eastern Kansas.

Long: November Birds 229

4. Mergus merganser americanus Cassin

American Merganser

A flock of ten American mergansers was seen on the Arkansas
river, two miles east of Coolidge, on November 16. They were
floating down the river, some with heads submerged in the shallow
water as if searching for food. When they saw our tent they took
wing at once, and flew swiftly away to the east.

5. Accipiter velox velox (Wilson)

Sharp-shinned Hawk

Two specimens of this little hawk, a male and a female, were
taken in Seward county on November 2 and 5, respectively. The
female was seen to catch a red-winged blackbird (Agelaius phoeni-
ceus) from a large flock which was feeding in a patch of weeds. The
blackbird was knocked down with a blow of the hawk's foot, and
pounced upon before it could recover. When flushed, the hawk at-
tempted to carry its prey away, but the latter was so heavy that
flight was slowr and laborious. No other individuals of this hawk
were seen in other localities.

6. Accipiter cooperi (Bonaparte)

Cooper's Hawk

The Cooper's hawk was recorded only once, when one flew into
the cottonwood grove where we were camped in Morton county.
on November 11. It was not collected.

7. Buteo borealis calurus Cassin

Western Red-tailed Hawk

The western red-tail was recorded from every locality in which
we collected. It was often seen in company with rough-leg and
marsh hawks, eating jackrabbits which had been killed on the high-
ways by automobiles. A solid black hawk seen on the highway six
miles north of Elkhart on November 13 was probably of this sub-
species. The western red-tail was more common in Morton county
than anywhere else, probably because the only timber for miles
around was on the Walsh ranch. Jackrabbits were abundant, and
furnished most of the food of all of the large hawks. A number of
specimens were collected in Morton and Hamilton counties.

230 The University Science Bulletin

♦

8. Buteo lagopus s. johannis (Gmelin)

American Rough-legged Hawk

This large hawk was found to be common everywhere except in
Seward county, where it was not recorded. Its habits were much
the same as the last species. Most of the individuals seen were in
the typical adult plumage, with a wide, solid black band across the
abdomen, but a male taken in Morton county on November 14 was
in the black phase, appearing much the same as the black phase of
the western red-tail, except that the legs were feathered to the toes.
Specimens were taken in Morton, Hamilton and Wallace counties.

9. Buteo regalis (Gray)

Ferruginous Rough-leg

We found this to be the most common of the buteos of western
Kansas, and far more conspicuous than any other hawk except the
marsh hawk. It was recorded from every place where collecting
was done, and was seen along the roads constantly, where it sat on
telephone poles or fence posts, apparently waiting for a rabbit to be
killed. On November 29 it was recorded as far east as Gove county,
where the ground was deeply covered with snow. Eight specimens
were collected.

10. Aquila chrysaetos canadensis (Linnaeus)
Golden Eagle

Golden Eagles were quite common in Morton county. On Novem-
ber 9 as I was riding with the Walsh boys in an automobile over the
prairie, we saw one sitting on the prairie perhaps a quarter of a mile
away. It flew almost immediately, going toward the river. Later,
we saw it again, flying up and down the dry bed of the river, close
to the ground. On November 14 I saw an immature golden eagle in
the river bottom near the grove in which we were camped. It
perched in a small tree, hardly more than a shrub, about eight feet
from the ground, for several minutes before it flew away to the
west, showing the white base of the tail and white patches on the
under side of the wings to good advantage. In the afternoon of the
same day an eagle, possibly the same one, flew into the grove near
our tent. The men at the ranchhouse shot at it with rifles, but the
range was too great.

On November 15, in Hamilton county, we saw two eagles perched
in a giant cottonwood tree in a small canyon six miles north of
Coolidge. There was a large nest in the tree, which the birds had

Long: November Birds 231

probably used the previous summer. When we stopped the car to
look at them, both flew up the canyon and perched on the edge of

the rocky rim, walking about uneasily. When we followed they flew
back down the canyon, and as we returned to Coolidge both were
again perched in the nest tree. Eagles were not seen to soar at any
time, and none were seen after November 15. They usually stayed
on the uplands.

11. Haliaeetus h ucocephalus leucocephalus (Linnaeus)

Southern Bald Eagle

Only one eagle which could certainly be identified as the bald
eagle was seen. This was an adult which flew up from the prairie in
front of the automobile, on November 9, in Morton county. It flew
away toward the river and was not seen again. Ranchers here say
that the bald eagle is much more rare than the golden, but this may
be because they do not distinguish between the latter and the im-
mature bald eagle. No specimens were taken, but since all known
specimens from the state are referred to the southern subspecies, it
is safe to conclude that this one was also of that race.

12. Circus hudsonius (Linnaeus)

Marsh Hawk

This hawk was seen in every locality where collecting was done,
and along most of the highways of the state where it fed on dead
jackrabbits. It was perhaps less common along the Arkansas river
than in any other locality, as were most of the other hawiks ob-
served. Curiously enough, in Seward county the adult males were
more common than the immature males and females by at least
three to one, while in all other localities the reverse was true. In
Morton county no blue males were seen at all, and in Wallace
county only one or two in four days. On November 6, in Seward
county, a marsh hawk attacked a ferruginous rough-leg and a
western red-tail which were soaring high overhead, and drove them
rapidly away, although it did not touch them at any time.

13. Falco mcxicanus Schlegel

Prairie Falcon

The Prairie Falcon was seen in Hamilton, Wallace and Cheyenne

counties only. A female was taken near the tent in Hamilton

county on November 17. On November 21, on the south fork of the

Smoky Hill river, in Wallace county, a prairie falcon flew up the

232 The University Science Bulletin

river with the wind, going faster than any bird I have ever seen,
with the possible exception of the chimney swift. It was close to
the water, and cut in and out with the meandering of the little
stream faster than one would believe possible. It was apparently
looking for ducks, but finding none it left the river and flew away
across the uplands. Another was seen as it flew from a fence post
along the highway in Cheyenne county, on November 28.

14. Falco sparverius phalaena (Lesson)
Desert; Sparrow Hawk
Sparrow hawks were seen on a number of occasions, but in Seward
and Morton counties only. There may be some doubt as to the
subspecific status of the birds seen in Seward county, but there can
be no doubt about an adult male taken in Morton county on No-
vember 14. It is much paler than skins from the eastern part of
the state, and matches specimens from Golden, Colorado, very well.
No sparrow hawks were seen after November 14.

15. Tympanuchus cupido americanus (Reichenbach)
Greater Prairie Chicken

Prairie chickens were seen only in Hamilton and Cheyenne coun-
ties, although ranchers in Wallace county said that a few were left
in that vicinity. As we were pitching camp in Hamilton county
on November 16 a flock of ten flew low over our heads and across
the river. On the 17th a hunter had three "chickens" in his car.
One was of this species and the other two of the following species.
On November 26 a small flock was flushed from a field of shocked
grain in Cheyenne county about dark, and on the 28th a flock of
about thirty flew across the road in front of the car a few miles east
of St. Francis. Mr. John White, at whose farm I stayed while in
Cheyenne county, says that the prairie chicken is rapidly decreas-
ing since the introduction of the ring-necked pheasant. The latter
has increased in the northwestern part of the state until the Fish
and Game Commission has seen fit to place a two-day open season
upon it.

Prairie chickens are persistently hunted out of season. Hunters
in the Arkansas river valley said that during the open season in
October the chickens were on the open prairie and practically im-
possible to approach. Later, they come into the valley and feed
in the grain fields, where they can be more successfully hunted.

Long: November Birds 233

16. Tympanuchus pallidicinctus (Ridgway)

Lessor Prairie Chicken
The foregoing remarks may be applied to this species as well as
the last, and some of the flocks listed might well have been of this
species. The only specimens certainly identified were the two in
the possession of the hunter at Coolidge. One of these was presented
to the museum as a specimen. It is very probable that these two
species keep more or less to themselves in the field, for this hunter
told me that the three birds in his possession, which were of the
two species, had been taken from two different flocks.

17. Colinus uirginianus taylori Lincoln

Bob-white

The bob-white quail is common along all of the streams wherever
it can find cover. Most of the ranchers of the state do not allow
anyone to shoot the quail, and as a result almost every patch of
scattering timber has its covey of these birds. A dozen birds were
seen to run across the road from a field of kaffir corn to a dense
thicket of Russian thistles in Seward county on November 6. A
pair was taken from a covey in Morton county on November 8,
a male in Hamilton county on November 18, and a covey of about
a dozen or fifteen was seen repeatedly in Wallace county.

The three specimens taken, and other specimens from western
Kansas, are distinctly different than Douglas county skins. They
agree very well with Lincoln's* published description of taylori,
from Yuma county, Colorado. This appears to be a perfectly good
subspecies, which ultimately will be recognized.

18. Callipepla squamata pallida Brewster

Arizona Scaled Quail

This beautiful quail was seen only in Hamilton county, where two
males were taken on November 18, but it was taken in Morton
county by Burt in the summer of 1927, and Mr. "Walsh told me that
a few were seen on his ranch occasionally. In Wallace county I was
told by a rancher that when he came to that country in 1888 the
''topknot" quail, as it is called locally, was quite common along the
Smoky Hill river, but that he has not seen any of the birds for
several years. They are said to be unable to withstand severe

* Lincoln, Frederick C. Description of a New Bob-white from Colorado. Proc. Biol. Soc.
Wash. XXVIII, 1915, 103, 104.

234 The University Science Bulletin

winters, so that they very seldom become common. People at
Coolidge said that the severe winter of 1918-19 almost exterminated
them in that region, and that they were just beginning to come back
to normal numbers.

19. Phasianus colchicus torquatus Gmelin
Ring-necked Pheasant
The ring-necked pheasant has been introduced into various parts
of western Kansas by the Fish and Game Commission, as well as by
private individuals. In some places it has secured a foothold and is
increasing, as in the northwestern part of the state where a two-
day open season was granted in fifteen counties in 1934. It is not
so common in the southwest. Cock birds were seen in Seward
county on November 1, 4, and 6. They were not seen in Morton
county or in Hamilton county, although the ranchers said there were
a few in each place. A female was flushed from a thick growth of
weeds along the Smoky Hill river in Wallace county, and the birds
were seen daily in Cheyenne county. No specimens were collected,
as the sentiment of the ranchers is distinctly against it. Most of
them exacted a promise to spare the quail and pheasants before
allowing us to collect on their property.

20. Oxyechus vocijerus vociferus (Linnaeus)

Killdeer
, A flock of about a dozen of these plovers stayed near our camp
in Seward county, dividing their time between the sand bars in the
river and the flat, grassy meadows to the south. They were never
seen on the north side of the river, which was largely sagebrush.
One specimen was taken on November 1. This species was also
heard calling from the sandbars of the Arkansas river on November
16 and 17.

21. Capella delicata (Ord)
Wilson's Snipe
A single Wilson's snipe was flushed from the grass at the edge of
Rose creek, a tributary of the Smoky Hill river, four miles south-
west of Wallace, on November 22. It was the only one seen on the
trip.

22. Zenaidura macroura marginella (Woodhouse)
Western Mourning Dove
Western mourning doves were recorded from Seward, Hamilton
and Wallace counties, but they were decidedly uncommon, as only

Long: Novembeb Birds 235

three or four were seen, and on only four or five different occasions.
They spent most of their time on the ground, where they were pro-
tected from the cold wind which blows almost constantly in this
treeless region. One male was taken at Coolidge on November 1!*.

23. Geococcyx californianus (Lesson)

Road-Runner

A single adult male, taken in Seward county, November 6, was
the only road-runner seen on the entire trip. Ranchers in Morton
comity said that it was often seen there, but we did not see one. At
Coolidge it is said to be very rare.

24. Tyto alba pratincola (Bonaparte)

Hani Ow]

The only barn owl seen on the entire trip was collected in Seward
county, on November 6. Curiously enough, although there was
plenty of timber, some of it quite large, near by, this bird was
roosting on the ground in a large patch of Russian thistles and other
weeds. It was less than two hundred yards from the nearest trees,
and within fifty feet of a road.

25. Otus asio aikeni (Brewster)
Aiken's Screech Owl

A male screech owl taken from a hollow willow tree at Coolidge,
on November 18, is typical of this subspecies, agreeing perfectly
with specimens from Barber and Comanche counties, identified by
Oberholser. The only other screech owl seen was flushed from a
hollow cottonwood stub in Morton county on November 8. Al-
though we were camped in timber, which seemed to be ideal for
screech owls, throughout the trip, we did not once record the call of
the bird.

26. Bubo virginianus virginianus (Gmelin)
Great Horned Owl

A female, taken in Morton county on November 14, is indis-
tinguishable from eastern Kansas specimens, either in color or size.
This bird must have been a straggler from the east or northeast, for
it can hardly be explained in any other way. Other specimens taken
east and north of this locality are distinctly referable to the next
subspecies.

236 The University Science Bulletin

27. Bubo virginianus pallescens Stone*
Western Horned Owl

The great horned owls of western Kansas are a puzzle, as they do
not seem to fit in with any known subspecies. It is probable that
we have here a case of intergradation of three subspecies, pallescens,
occidentalis, and virginianus. Of these three, pallescens is supposed
to be the palest, yet our Kansas birds are paler than specimens
before me which were taken in Arizona and Idaho. In fact, the
Arizona birds are darker than the Idaho ones. One of the charac-
ters of pallescens is supposed to be the immaculate white feet, yet
an unsexed bird from Navajo county, Arizona, has the feet rather
heavily barred. Certain Kansas specimens show unmistakable
influences of virginianus in the very dark shade of the gray barring
of the underparts, while others are of a light grayish buffy shade,
rather than dusky. In all, hovever, these dark markings are narrow,
so that the white feathers show very prominently. The Navajo
county, Arizona, specimen (K. U. 19397), has these cross barrings
so wide that the underparts appear to be almost solidly gray,
marked with buff. These markings are narrowest on a female from
Stockton, Kansas. It may be that a larger series of Arizona and
New Mexico birds would show many very pale ones. As near as I
can tell from the series at hand, however, the Kansas bird averages
lighter in color than either pallescens or occidentalis.

Size difference between the two subspecies is slight, being a matter
of average differences only. Measurements of specimens in the
K. U. Museum are as follows:

Coll. Culmen

No. Sex. Locality. Wing. Tail. (from cere).

17749 S Bannock county. Idaho 346 210 27.8

18122 $ Maricopa county. Arizona 335 190 27.5

20881 £ Hamilton county, Kansas 335 198 27

11953 $ Wallace county. Kansas 349 188 27.5

17748 9 Bannock county, Idaho 372 223 30

19397 ? Navajo county, Arizona 371 235 29

16693 9 Baca county, Colorado 375 215 30

21053 9 Hamilton county, Kansas 361 224 28

20883 9 Seward county, Kansas 371 218 31

10673 9 Rooks county. Kansas 367.5 220 28. 1

* Since this paper went to press I have had the opportunity to examine a series of skins
of B. v. pallescens and B. v. occidentalis from Arizona, Texas, Minnesota and Montana,
kindly loaned to me by the U. S. National Museum. I find that the Navajo county, Arizona,
skins mentioned above are abnormally dark individuals, and that the Kansas specimens must
be called Bubo virginianus occidentalis Stone instead of B. v. pallescens Stone. The Kansas
specimens differ from Arizona and Texas birds in having a distinct, wide, dusky bar, which
is sometimes edged with two narrow white bars, on the feathers of the back, while the
skins of pallescens are more inclined to be evenly mottled with gray and white, without the

Long: November Birds 237

These western Kansas owls arc provisionally placed under the
subspecies pallescens, pending the opportunity of comparing them
with a more extensive series of Arizona skins.

28. Speotyto cunicularia hyjmgaea (Bonaparte)

Western Burrowing Owl

Only two burrowing owls were seen on the trip. The first was
collected as it sat at the entrance to a burrow in a sand bank about
six miles north of Elkhart. However, it was so badly torn that it
had to be discarded. This burrow looked as if it might have been
dug by the owl — at least it was not a prairie-dog burrow, in which
most of these owls live. Another was seen on the same day, about
two miles north, about some prairie-dog burrows, but it was not
taken.

29. Asio unhonianus (Lesson)

Long-eared Owl

Two long-eared owls were taken in the timber on Tin- Walsh
ranch, Morton county, on November 8 and 13. They were the only
owls of this species seen.

30. Megaceryle alcyon alcyon (Linnaeus)

Eastern Belted Kingfisher

A male of this species was taken on the Smoky Hill river three
miles southwest of Wallace, on November 24. It was the only one
seen.

31. Colaptcs cafer collaris Vigors

Red-shafted Flicker

These birds were very common throughout the region covered on
the trip, being found wherever there were any trees. While no
individuals of C.auratus were noted, many of the red-shafted birds
seen were hybrids. Some of them could be distinguished in the field,
the shafts of the feathers being orange instead of red. Probably
very few of the flickers are typical of either species. A few speci-
mens were taken.

dusky bar. In this character the Kansas birds agrep vtry well with occidental!* from
Montana, Idaho and Minnesota, although in some skins it is not so evident as in true
occidentalis. This dusky bar gives the Kansas birds the darker color of occidentalis, although
one or two are as light as pallescens. In a series, the Kansas birds are more heavily barred on
the underparts than Arizona specimens, agreeing again with occidentalis. The feet are more
heavily marked than either occidentalis or pallescens, indicating the influence of virginiamis.
One skin (K. U. 20882) from Wallace county has the feet as heavily marked as typical
ii r,i matiu*. but the ground color is white instead of buffy.

238 The University Science Bulletin

32. Sphyrapicus varius nuchalis Baird

Red-naped Sapsucker

The red-naped sapsucker has not been reported in Kansas since
the days of Goss, who took specimens in Wallace county. The
writer took an immature female of this species in some dead timber
in Morton county on November 14, and saw another in Hamilton
county on November 17. Neither of these birds was heard to utter
a sound, both being found by the tapping on the tree trunk. The
noise was hardly as loud as that made by a downy woodpecker.
This sapsucker is probably more common in migration than it is
generally considered to be.

33. Dryobates villosus villosus (Linnaeus)
Eastern Hairy Woodpecker

The hairy woodpecker was decidedly uncommon. While it was
recorded from each of the collecting stations, except Cheyenne
county, it was seen only once or twice at each place. Five speci-
mens were collected. While these are not typical of the Eastern
race, they must be so regarded because the wing coverts are spotted
as conspicuously as in the birds from Douglas county. In general,
these skins are slightly larger than typical villosus, and the under-
pays average whiter, thus showing intergradation with D. v. monti-
cola. True monticola has been taken in Baca county, Colorado, but
none of these birds can be referred to that race. Measurements of
the Hairy woodpeckers collected are as follows:
k. u.

No. Locality. Sex. Wing. Tail.

20896 Morton county <5 125 73.5

20898 Hamilton county S 127 77

20895 Seward county 9 123.5 76

20899 Wallace county 9 122.5 76

20897 Morton county 9 123.5 75.5

34. Dryobates pubescens medianus (Swainson)

Northern Downy Woodpecker

The downy woodpecker was still more uncommon than the hairy
woodpecker, except in Wrallace county, where four were taken. In
other localities it was recorded only once. As in the last species,
the birds average larger than the birds in Eastern Kansas, but still
not large enough for D. p. leucurus, which we had hoped to find here.
In addition, the wing coverts are spotted as in the eastern bird.

Long: November Birds 239

35. Dryobates pubescens pubescens (Linnaeus)

Southern Downy 'Woodpecker

A single female taken on the Cimarron in Seward county must be
referred to this southern race. This may indicate that the Austrori-
parian Zone extends up the Cimarron river in southwestern Kansas
in the same way as it does in the southeastern part of the state.*
However, this cannot be determined satisfactorily until more collect-
ing can be clone here. The wing measurement of the bird taken was
89 mm. It was the only downy woodpecker seen in that locality.

36. Otocoris alpestris leucolaema (Coues)
Desert Homed Lark

This is undoubtedly the most common and characteristic bird of
western Kansas, winter and summer. It is the only bird which was
seen abundantly in every locality in which we collected, and it
seemed to be present in every form of habitat except timber. It was
found on the uplands running about over the wind-swept buffalo
grass, with no companions except longspurs and hawks. It was
equally at home in the sandy bed of the river, or the gravel roads
which stretch in every direction. We were never out of sight of
them for more than an hour of the daylight hours that we were
away. They were present in some of the most desolate sand dunes
in the southwestern part of the state. Along the rivers, large loosely-
flying flocks came down to drink, and others seemed to spend a
great deal of time flying back and forth across the river from bluff
to bluff.

In Wallace county I found these larks and certain other birds at-
tacked with some kind of a disease which seemed to paralyze them,
so that they were unable to fly. About noon, on November 22, I
found a bird in this condition, which I took to the tent and placed in
a box. It made no attempt to escape, but merely placed its head in
a corner and remained quiet. At 9:30 p. m. it was in the following
condition (quoting from my notes, taken at the time) :

"It appears to be almost completely paralyzed. The feet are drawn up to
the body, but the lower half of the legs, at least, can be shuffled quickly, so
that it can move about to some extent. When prodded with the finger it can
stand almost upright for a few moments, but soon resumes a lethargic appear-
ance. The body is extremely bloated, the air, or gas, seeming to be under the
skin, rather than in the body cavity. The skin on the back of the neck, espe-

* Long, W. S. The Distribution of the Downv Woodpecker in Eastern Kansas. Amer
Mid. Nat., vol. XV, pp. f)98-600.

240 The University Science Bulletin

cially, is tightly distended, giving the bird a curious humped, or arch-necked
appearance, made more noticeable by the fact that the bill is pointed down-
ward. The head is apparently immovable, as well as the wings. There is no
discharge of any kind from mouth or anus. The eye is very bright, but the
bird is drowsy, and remains most of the time with eyes closed. When moved,
or touched, however, it becomes wide awake in an instant, only to lapse after
a moment into a lethargic condition. It seems hot and feverish, although
this may be because my hands are cold at the present time. Respiration and
pulse are slow, for a bird. It seems to be almost dead."

This bird was dead next morning. The body was sent to the
Biological Survey, where the disease was diagnosed as pneumonia.

37. Aphelocoma californica woodhousei (Baird)

Woodhouse's Jay

This dashing jay was found only in Morton county, where five
specimens were taken. Ranchers say that it is found there all year
around, but if so, it must have migrated in during the last six or
seven years, for W. H. Burt and his party from the K. U. Museum
did not find it there when they were collecting during the summers
of 1926 and 1027. Perhaps the most striking thing about this jay is
the loud, harsh, cry of saca, saca, saca, with the accent on the first
syllable. It suggests the note of the magpie, but is double instead
of single. We found this bird to be rather quarrelsome, as on two
occasions it was seen to dash into a flock of western meadowlarks
and scatter them in all directions. Ranchers call them "Bluebirds."
The Woodhouse's jay has not been reported in Kansas previous to
this time.

38. Pica pica hudsonia (Sabine)

American Magpie

Magpies were found to be fairly common in the extreme western
part of the state, except in Hamilton county, where they were
abundant. One was seen in Morton county on November 9, and
another was seen in Wallace county on two different occasions, on
November 21 and 22. Three of these birds were seen in Cheyenne
county, one in an old timber claim on November 26, and two on
the Republican river on November 28.

In Hamilton county, however, they are very well established. On
the evening of November 16 twenty of them flew from the trees
about a farmhouse at my approach, and went down to the river.
On several occasions they were seen on the highways, eating dead
rabbits with the hawks. They have increased greatly during the

Long: November Birds 211

last ten or twelve years, for Linsdalef did not find them present in
such numbers when he visited this same ranch in the summer of
1921. He reported a small flock seen on July 11, and a single bird
on July 12, and that Mr. Shanstrum said they had nested on the
place in recent years. Now they are the most common of the
larger birds. The timber on the south side of the river contained a
number of their large, bulky nests, and an apple orchard on the
Hines ranch contained at least a dozen nests. We saw at least fifty
nests in this locality. A good-sized flock roosted in the Hines
orchard, but after we raided them and collected three birds they
stopped using the roost. They are as wily and as hard to shoot as
the crow in the eastern part of the state. This colony probably be-
came established from a few birds which migrated down the Arkan-
sas river. The four specimens taken are the first Kansas specimen-
in the K. U. Museum.

39. Corvus brachyrhynchos brachyrhynchos Brchm

Eastern Crow

On October 31, after leaving Pratt, we began to see large flocks
of migrating crows. For fifty miles or more we drove through an
area which was literally swarming with these birds. Long straggling-
flocks were passing southward, and on the ground, as far as we
could see to either side, the wheat fields were black with them.
Twenty thousand would perhaps be a very conservative estimate of
the numbers of crows that we saw in this narrow strip. In south-
western Kansas, however, the crow is rare. In Seward county we
saw three crows, which came about our camp daily. None were
seen in Morton county, but in Hamilton county two were observed,
on November 16 and 18. They were observed once in Wallace
county, on November 23. and in Cheyenne county four were seen
along the road near the Republican river, eight miles north of
W heeler.

40. Penthestes atricapillus septentrionalis (Harris)

Long-tailed Chickadee

Although we hunted diligently for chickadees, they were not seen
until we reached Wallace county, where they seemed to be quite
common. Apparently the chickadee is totally absent from south-
western Kansas, as the residents of that area did not recognize the

t Linsdale, .lean. Note- on Summei Birds of Southwestern Kansas. The Auk. vol. XLIV,
No. 1. January, 1927.

242 The University Science Bulletin

bird when I tried to describe it. The juncos are called "chickadee"
around Coolidge, and the horned larks are called "snowbirds,"
which is the name usually given to the junco. The chickadee was
quite common in the willow trees along the Smoky Hill river, where
they associated with juncos, downy woodpeckers and tree sparrows.

41. Sitta carolinensis nelsoni Mearns

Rocky Mountain Nuthatch

On November 13, in Morton county, a female nuthatch was found
fluttering about in the leaves near the tent. It was unable to fly,
and was picked up in the hands. It was the only nuthatch of any
kind seen on the trip. It seems to be typical of nelsoni in having a
relatively more slender bill than our eastern subspecies, and in hav-
ing the black centers of the tertials acuminate instead of rounded.
It also has the concealed white spots at the nape of the neck which
are said to be characteristic of the subspecies. The body was sent
to the Biological Survey, but there was no apparent abnormality to
cause the death of the bird. This is the first report of the Rocky
Mountain nuthatch in Kansas.

42. Certhia jamiliaris americana Bonaparte

Brown Creeper

A female taken in Seward county on November 3 is intermediate
toward C. /. montana. Observers and collectors farther west should
be on the lookout for this western subspecies.

43. N annus hiemalis hiemalis (Vieillot)

Eastern Winter Wren

A female taken in Seward county, November 3, was the only one
seen on the entire trip.

44. Thryomames bewicki niceae Sutton

Nice's Wren

The Bewick's wrens of southwestern Kansas and southeastern
Colorado have always presented a serious problem to taxonomists.
They have been variously called cryptus and eremophilus by dif-
ferent authorities who examined different series of skins. It is very
probable that Sutton has hit upon the solution of the problem in
describing this new subspecies. $ Skins from Morton county are

t Sutton, George Miksch, A New Bewick's Wren from the Western Panhandle of Okla-
homa. The Auk, vol. LI, No. 2, pp. 217-220.

Long: November Birds 243

certainly different from cryptus taken in Barber county, as well as
true eremophilus from Arizona. One male of this wren was taken in
Morton county on November 14. Another male taken in Wallace
county on November 24 has been provisionally placed with this sub-
species, although it is noticeably more brown above than the Morton
county skin. It was taken from a point farther north than any other
Bewick's wren in Kansas, and may prove to be a migrant from the
Northwest.

45. Turdus migratorius propinquus Ridgway

Western Robin

Robins were found to be rare everywhere except Morton county,
where a flock of several hundred was seen daily in the timber. They
were noted only twice in Seward county, on November 2 and 4,
and once in Hamilton county, on November 18. They were not
recorded once from Wallace or Cheyenne county. The three speci-
mens taken are typical of this subspecies, having almost no trace
of a white tip on the tail feathers.

46. Sialia sialis sialis (Linnaeus)

Eastern Bluebird

Bluebirds were noted on several occasions in Seward county. Two

females were taken in Morton county on November 12. They were

in company with a flock of mountain bluebirds (Sialia currucoides).

47. Sialia currucoides (Bechstein)
Mountain Bluebird
Seen only in Morton and Hamilton counties. They were first
noted on November 9, when two males were seen on a wire fence on
the prairie. A male was collected at this same place on November
11, and another in the timber on the 12th. Three males and a
female were taken near the Arkansas river, two miles east of
Coolidge, on November 17. Although the species has been reported
from the state many times before, the only other specimens known
are a male in the Goss collection, taken at Ellis. November 12, 1879
and one taken by Bunker on June 20, 1911, at Tribune. The latter
must be considered a straggler.

48. Myadestes townsendi (Audubon)
Townsend's Solitaire

Seen only in Morton county. They have much the appearance
of a Robin as they perch on a twig, but they have the same habit as

16—7186

244 The University Science Bulletin

the eastern bluebird, of sitting quietly on the lower limbs of a tree
and dropping to the ground now and then to pick up an insect. The
flight is robin-like. The call-note is unknown, as they were not
heard to utter a sound. Three specimens were taken, on November
8 and 10.

49. Regulus satrapa satrapa Lichtenstein
Eastern Golden-crowned Kinglet

Golden-crowned kinglets were seen or heard almost daily in
Seward and Morton counties, but were not found in any other
locality.

50. Lanius borealis invictus Grinnell
Northwestern Shrike

This was the most common shrike seen on the trip. Two were
taken in Morton county on November 11 and 12. One was seen
near Coolidge on November 18, and an immature female was taken
in Wallace county on November 21.

51. Lanius ludovidanus excubitorides Swainson

White-rumped Shrike

Two white-rumped shrikes were seen along the highway north of
Elkhart on November 13, and one was collected at Coolidge on
November 18.

52. Dendroica auduboni auduboni (Townsend)

Audubon's Warbler

An immature male of this subspecies taken in Morton county was
the only warbler seen in western Kansas.

53. Passer domesticus do?7iesticus (Linnaeus)
English Sparrow

This sparrow was found to be quite common about all of the
ranch houses visited, roosting abundantly about the barns and feed
stacks. In Morton county a flock of a dozen or more of these birds
lived in the cottonwood grove in which we were camped, apparently
roosting in hollow limbs. They were frequently seen in the timber
along the river in company with house finches and pine siskins.

54. Sturnella neglecta Audubon
Western Meadowlark

The western meadowlark was found to be quite common every-
where in the west. In the early morning, on warm days, the flocks

Long: November Birds 245

of meadowlarks were in full song until nine-thirty or ten o'clock,
after which they became silent. On windy days they were usually
found on the south side of a hill where they were protected from the
wind and warmed by the sun at the same time. Flocks of a dozen
to fifty were often flushed from the sagebrush in the sand hills, but
when singing they were nearly always in the trees. As a rule, we
found these birds wild and hard to approach.

55. Agelaius phoeniceus jortis Ridgway

Thick-billed Redwing

Thick-billed redwings were found in large flocks in every locality
except Cheyenne county. The majority of these birds were females,
only a few in each flock being males. In Seward county a flock of
several hundred of these birds was seen daily in a large patch of
weeds, apparently eating weed seed. Measurements of eight speci-
mens are as follows:

K. U. Depth of

X". Sex. Wing. Tail. Culmen. bill.

20974 $ 118 82.3 21.8 13.5

20978 $ 125.6 96 22.8 12.7

20979 $ 127 93 23 13.6

20980 S 121 85 22.5 13.5

20975 ? 104 78 20 11.4

20976 9 105 80 21.6 11.9

20977 9 109.5 81 20 11.9

20981 9 103.2 79.6 19 11

56. Richmondena cardinalis cardinalis (Linnaeus)

Eastern Cardinal

Just at dusk on November 25 two cardinals were flushed from a
thick tangle of weeds and willows on the bank of the Cimarron in
Seward county. They flew about in the brush for some time, calling
excitedly, but it was so dark I was unable to see them. These were
the only cardinals encountered on the trip.

57. Hesperiphona vespertina subsp.

Evening Grosbeak

On November 18 a boy on the Shanstrum ranch at Coolidge shot
a bird, which, from his description, must have been an evening
grosbeak. However, it was shot with a .22 caliber rifle, and he
threw it away. Since there are no specimens of the evening grosbeak
from western Kansas, it would be unwise to attempt any sub-
specific determination.

246 The University Science Bulletin

58. Carpodacus mexicanus frontalis (Say)
Common House Finch

The house finch was found to be quite common in Morton and
Hamilton counties. Most of the time it stayed around the ranch
buildings with the English sparrows, but occasionally flew into the
timber along the rivers. Nine specimens were collected between
November 12 and 19. These are the only known Kansas specimens
of the house finch.

59. Spinus pinus pinus (Wilson)

Northern Pine Siskin

Pine siskins appeared in Morton county on November 12, and
were seen daily thereafter in large flocks. They often fed in mixed
flocks of juncos and with the house finches. They were not ob-
served in Hamilton county, but appeared again at Wallace on
November 21. Several specimens were collected.

60. Spinus tristis tristis (Linnaeus)
Eastern Goldfinch
Goldfinches were seen and collected in both Hamilton and Wallace
counties. The western Kansas goldfinch was formerly considered to
be Spinus tristis pallidus, but Dr. A. Wetmore has recently ex-
amined a number of skins from Trego county, and referred them all
to the eastern subspecies. A male taken in Hamilton county and a
female in Wallace county are slightly larger than specimens from the
eastern part of the state, but can be matched in color by any num-
ber of specimens.

61. Junco aikeni Ridgway

White-winged Junco

Four white-winged juncos were seen in Morton county on No-
vember 10, and a female collected. They were not seen again until
November 21, when they were found to be quite common in Wallace
county. They fed with mixed flocks of Shufeldt's and pink-sided
juncos, but could be easily separated from them by the larger size,
and more white in the tail. Several were collected. All previous
records of this species in Kansas prove to be Junco hyemalis
hyemalis when specimens can be found.

Long: November Birds 247

62. J unco hyemalis hyemalis (Linnaeus)
Slate-colored Junco
Two slate-colored juncos were taken from a small flock in Morton
county on November 9.

63. Junco orcganus shufeldti Coale

Shufeldt's Junco

Shufeldt's juncos were found to be very common in every locality
except Cheyenne county, where no juncos of any kind were seen.
A large series was collected.

64. Junco mearnsi Ridgway

Pink-sided Junco

The pink-sided junco was about as common as the Shufeldt's,
and had much the same habits, the two species flocking together in
every locality where they occurred. A large series was collected.
This is the first record for Kansas.

65. Spizella arborea ochracea Brewster

Western Tree Sparrow

The western tree sparrow was found in flocks in every locality
visited. It was usually found in patches of weeds, but in Seward
county it was often found in the sagebrush and in the scattering
patches of sand plums.

66. Zonotrichia leucophrys ga?nbeli (Nuttall)

Gambel's Sparrow

A mixed flock of Gambel's and song sparrows stayed in a dense
thicket of Russian thistle near our camp in Seward county. They
were hard to collect, for if they fell in the thistles it was almost
impossible to retrieve them. All of the specimens taken were im-
mature. Gambel's sparrow was not seen in any other locality.

67. Melospiza melodia beata Bangs

Mississippi Song Sparrow

One specimen taken in Seward county on November 3 is referred
to this subspecies.

248 The University Science Bulletin

68. Melospiza melodia fallax (Baird)

Mountain Song Sparrow

Song sparrows were found to be common in every locality except
Hamilton and Cheyenne counties. Ten specimens taken are referred
to this subspecies, but are not quite typical. However, they are
much grayer, and the superciliary stripe is light gray rather than
buffy as in other subspecies which could be expected here.

69. Calcarius lapponicus lapponicus (Linnaeus)

Lapland Longspur

Apparently we were too early to find the longspurs in large flocks
as we had expected to. The only ones seen were flying about with
the desert horned larks, and these were found only sparingly. They
were more common in Cheyenne county than anywhere else, where
they came down to the cornfields. In this locality, neither the
longspurs nor the horned larks were found on the uplands. This is
probably due to the fact that the weather was so inclement, and
the ground was covered with several inches of snow. Several speci-
mens were collected.

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 13.

The Pangoniinae of Nearctic America
Diptera : Tabanidae*

JAMES .MARKS BRENNAN
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

Introduction 250

Concerning the literature employed 253

Acknowledgments 253

Key to Genera 253

Chrysops, Meigen 254

Key to Females 255

Key to Males 259

Descriptions of Species 261

Neochrysops. Walton 350

Silvius, Meigen 351

Key to Species 352

Descriptions of Species 352

Esenbeckia, Rondani 358

Key to Species 358

Descriptions of Species 358

Stonemyia, new genus 360

Key to Species 361

Subgenus Stonemyia s. str 361

Descriptions of Species 361

Subgenus Pilimas, new subgenus 366

Descriptions of Species 366

Goniops, Aldrich 368

Apatolestes, Williston 370

Key to Species 370

Subgenus Apatolestes s. str 371

Descriptions of Species 371

Subgenus Comops, new subgenus 375

Bequaertomyia, new genus 376

Species not Included 378

Addenda 378

Literature Cited 379

Index 381

Plates 384

* Submitted to the Department of Entomology and the Faculty of the Graduate School
of the University of Kansas in partial fulfillment of the requirements for the degree of
doctor of philosophy.

(249)

250 The University Science Bulletin

Abstract: There are approximately ninety-three species of nearctic Pan-
goniinae, nearly three fourths of which are Chrysops. The remaining species
are distributed through seven genera. Two new genera are described, Stone-
myia, to receive a small group of Pangonia and Btjplex of authors, and
Bequaertomyia, to receive a new leptid-like species from the Pacific coast.
Two new subgenera, Pilimas and Comops, are described to receive hairy-eyed
species of Stonemyia and Apatolestes, respectively. The genera Silvitjs,
Esenbeckia, Apatolestes and Bequaertomyia are confined to western North
America.

The following species and variety are new: Chrysops beameri, C. bishoppi,
C. clavicornis, C. dissimilis, C. hunger jordi, C. latijrons, C. robusta, Silvius
laticallus, S. sayi, Apatolestes albipilosus, A. atcr, A. comastes vrillistoni, A.
hinei, A. similis, and Bequaertomyia antluacina.

With respect to terminology, the term "vertex" is used to replace "frons"
as loosely used by systematists.

The key to Chrysops is based principally on the wing picture. The ab-
dominal pattern is next in importance as a character, and in a few species the
shape of the antennae is of value. A small group of Chrysops confined to the
west and southwest are peculiar in that the antennae are extremely swollen
and in the female the vertex is very broad, in the male the eyes are not
absolutely contiguous.

A few male Chrysops are reported for the first time. C. virgulata Bell, and
with doubt the European C. lapponica Loew are reported for the first time as
nearctic. The following are new cases of synonymy within the genus Chrysops:
C. lupus Whit, for C. jurcata Walk., C. fraternus Krob. for C. wiedemanni
Kriib., C. canadensis Krob. for C. jrigida O. S., and C. moerens conjusa Krob.
for C. callida 0. S. C. pertinax Will, and C. noctifera O. S. are distinct species
and not synonymous as Hine has stated. The type material of Hine's C.
coquilletti contains two species, my C. clavicornis being represented.

Pangonia dives Will, is preoccupied. The correct name for this species is
Stonemyia (Pilimas) californica Big. Silvius jonesi Cres. is not a Silvius, but
probably a Stonemyia, subgenus Pilimas.

The following species are not included because evidence is lacking or
insufficient: Chrysops cincticornis Walk., C. sepulcralis (Feb.), Pangonia
macroglossa West . Coiizoneura velutina Big., and Ricardoa latiflagrum End.

NO MONOGRAPHIC studies of North American Tabanidae have
been attempted since the classical Prodrome of Osten Sacken
(1875-1878). However, Krober (1926) more or less successfully
brought together the North American species of the genus Chrysops;
but the unfortunate aspect of this work is that the author lacked
sufficient material, and consequently was quite dependent on the
literature and the determinations of others for his results. Never-
theless, Krober's study has contributed materially to the prepara-
tion of the present paper. His keys, and especially his observations
on the Wiedemann types, have proved useful.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 251

It is the imrpose of the author to redescribe all recognizable
species of the subfamily Pangoniinae north of Mexico, to attempt
to establish more firmly their generic status, and to offer synoptic
tables and plates as an aid in identification and separation. Ninety-
three species, distributed through eight genera, are included. Four-
teen species, one variety, two genera and two subgenera are de-
scribed as new. In a few instances cases of synonomy have been
established.

The literature on the Tabanidae, although not scanty, is for the
mosl part scattered throughout numerous short papers. Hence the
need for intensive monographic work is immediately perceived. The
literature may be divided into three fields, taxonomic, economic,
and biological, although in many instances overlapping must of
necessity occur.

Among the outstanding systematic studies in this country are
those of Osten Sacken and the many small papers of Hine, and in a
more restricted sense, those of Daecke (1905-1907), Malloch (1917),
McAtee and Walton (1918). Wehr (1924), Stone (1930), Schwardt
and Hall (1930), and Philip (1931). The economic importance
of the Tabanidae is too well known to require discussion in this
paper. Perhaps the most important contribution in this respect in
this country is that of Francis and Mayne (1922) in their work on
the transmission of tularaemia by Chrysops discalis Will. Also, the
investigations of Mitzmain (1913) with respect to the transmission
of surra by Tabanus striatus Fab., and those of Webb and Wells
(1924) must not be overlooked. Not a great deal is known concern-
ing the biology of the Tabanidae; however, various workers have
made contributions of a bionomic or strictly biological nature. At
present the most complete studies are being made by Dr. H. H.
Schwardt at the University of Arkansas. Likewise, Hine (1903
and 1906), Mitzmain (1913), Marchand (1919 and 1920), Webb
and Wells (1924), Cameron (1926), Stone (1930), and Philip
(1931) have substantially contributed to our knowledge in this
field.

To the writer the adults of the Tabanidae are intensely interest-
ing taxonomically, primarily because of their reputed lack of char-
acters. The males, lacking the usual blood-sucking propensities of
the females, are poorly represented in collections. It has been sug-
gested to the author several times that he make a study of the
abdominal terminalia of the males, but because of lack of material,
such an investigation at present would scarcely prove profitable.

252 The University Science Bulletin

Other workers have approached the Tabanidae from this aspect and
have failed. Cole (1927) has concluded that the range of variation
in the species examined is so slight, that it is doubtful if the charac-
ters will in all cases prove of value in taxonomic work.

The author considers the subfamily Pangoniinas, in its broadest
sense, to include all species with apical spurs on the hind tibiae, as
opposed to the Tabaninae in which these spurs are lacking.

The family Tabanidae of the brachycerous Orthorrapha may be
characterized as follows: Bristles lacking; eyes denuded or pilose,
in life green or purple iridescent, usually patterned, as a rule, but
not always, holoptic in the male and always dichoptic in the female;
flagellum of antennae five to eight or nine segmented; wings with an
ambient costal vein and a three-branched radial sector; alulae large;
empodia pulvilliform ; gentalia never prominent.

With respect to morphological terminology the writer has at-
tempted to follow Bromley (1926) ; however, conditions have arisen
where it was necessary to make modifications. It should be noted
that the term "vertex" (PI. XXXVI, fig. 94) has replaced the
"front" or "frons" loosely used by systematists, and that "frons"
applies to that sclerite just below the antennae, which in the
Tabanidae is fused with the clypeus. The Comstock-Needham
system of wing venation has been adopted. With respect to the
wing picture in the genus Chrysops I follow Osten Sacken and Hine.
Any infuscation in the apical region of the wing concolorous with
the crossband is considered as the apical spot. It is very difficult to
select an appropriate terminology for the abdominal patterns in
the genus Chrysops. In speaking of triangles, the apices are always
toward the anterior margins of the segments, whereas "trapezoidal
spots" have their bases directed anteriorly; in "inverted V-shaped
spots" the apices are anterior; by "geminate spot" (PI. XXXVII,
figs. 107, 111, 114) is meant a figure composed of two more or less
divergent variously shaped angulate spots more or less broadly
joined near the anterior margin of a segment, and it follows that a
"double geminate spot" (PI. XXXVII, figs. 105, 106, 114) implies
four spots joined together anteriorly, the median two paired and
usually the broader, the outer two paired and usually the narrower,
the angles of divergence variable. The "usual stripes" on the
thoracic dorsum refers to three brown or fuscous stripes separated
by gray or yellow pollinosed stripes, and on the pleurae a brown or
fuscous stripe with gray or yellow pruinosity on each side.

Brennan: Pangoniinak of Nearctic America 253

CONCERNING THE LITERATURE EMPLOYED

The specific references include original description, synonymy.
any additional description, keys, figures and notes of biologic and
economic importance. All other references, such as lists, casual no-
tations, and catalogues are excluded, although many of these have
been used consistently throughout the work in order to help verify
distributional data.

ACK\< )\VLEDGMENTS

The writer wishes to express his appreciation and gratitude to
Dr. H. B. Hungerford, from whose suggestion developed the subject
of this paper and without whose support and encouragement this
work could not have been completed. The author is greatly in-
debted to Dr. J. Bequaert, whose kindly interest and numerous
helpful suggestions and criticisms have contributed largely to the
success of this paper. And to the late Dr. J. M. Aldrich the writer
expresses his thanks for the valuable advise received and the use of
his most excellent library and card index.

To the following the author is indebted for the loan of material:
The United States National Museum, the American Museum of
Natural History, the Museum of Comparative Zoology, the Ohio
State Museum, the Field Museum, the University of Illinois, the
University of Minnesota, the University of Arkansas, the Utah
Agricultural College, the Museum of Vienna (from which the types
of Chrysops obsoletus Wied. and Chrysops wiedemani Krober were
secured), and Mr. Charles Martin, of Sumner, Washington.

The writer wishes to thank Maj. E. E. Austen of the British
Museum for making comparisons with the Walker types, and Dr.
G. S. W^alley of the Canadian National Museum for making com-
parisons with Krober's types.

The author is grateful for the privilege of studying the Hine
material at the Ohio State Museum, the collections of the United
States National Museum and the Museum of Comparative Zoology.

To Dr. Alan Stone, Dr. H. H. Schwardt, and Dr. R. H. Beamer,
and all others who have aided with their time and advice in the
preparation of this paper the author wishes to express his sincere
thanks.

Key to Genera

1. Flagellum of antenna with five distinct annuli 2

Flagellum of antenna with eight distinct annuli 4

2. Pedicel of antenna about half as long as the scape Silvius Meigen.

Pedicel of antenna more than half as long as scape, often n arly as long 3

254 The University Science Bulletin

3. Wings evenly infuscated ; abdomen globose, much wider than thorax ; antennae very

slender and elongate ; stump at bifurcation of vein R4 + 5.

Nbochrysops Walton.

Wings irregularly infuscated, exhibiting a variety of patterns (entirely hyaline in

C. hyalina Shannon); abdom n normal; antennae variable; bifurcation of vein

R4 + 5 without a stump (rarely appearing adventitiously) Chrysops Meigen.

4. Vein 2d A of wing sinuous Bequaertomyia g. n.

Vein 2d A of wing not sinuous 5

5. Eyes of female acutely angulate above; anterior portion of wings infuscated.

Goniops Aid.
Eyes of female normal ; wings of uniform color 6

6. Palpi short, stubby, about equal in length to proboscis which is conspicuously shorter

than head Apatolestes Will.

Palpi slender, distinctly shorter than proboscis which is often as long as or longer

than head 7

7. Cell R5 petiolate Esenbeckia Rond.

Cell R5 open Stonem yia g. n.

Chrysops Meigen (1803)

1803. Chrysops Meigen, llliger's Mag., II, 267.

1823. Chryaopsis Dumeril, Consider. Gener. Classif. Insectes, 227.

1856. Nemorius Rondani, Prodrom. Dipt. Ital., I, 171.

1873. Haemophi'la Kriechbaumer, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien., XXIII, 70.

1882. Haematophila Verrall, in Scudder, Norn. Zool., I, 152.

1920. Heterochrysops Krober, Zool. Jahrb., Abt. Syst., XLIII, 1-4, pp. 50 and 55.

1922. Neochrysops Szilady, Ann. Mus. Nat, Hungarici, XIX, 126 (nee. Walton).

1923. Ziemannia Endcrlein, Deutsche Ent. Ztsch., p. 544.
1923. Kleineana Enderlein, Deutsch Ent. Ztsch., p. 544.
1926. Psylochrysops Szilady, Zool. Anz., LXVI, 328.

1926. Turanochrysops Stackelberg, Bull. Ent. Res., XVI, 4, p. 326.

Genotype. Tabanus caecutiens Linnaeus, 1758.

Generic Characters. Eyes denuded, in life green iridescent with a
purple pattern, separated in the female, contiguous in the male;
ocelli present; the female with a frontal callus; frontoclypeus
prominent; antennae slender or swollen, the flagellum five-seg-
mented, sometimes the long basal segment appears more or less
annulated, pedicel more than half as long as the scape; proboscis
about equal to the length of the head or shorter; palpi more or less
lanceolate, about three fourths the length of the proboscis. Wings
usually with an infuscated picture. Flies relatively small, rarely
exceeding twelve millimeters. Perhaps more variation is exhibited
in the dorsal abdominal patterns than in any other group of the
Tabanidae.

Specific Characters. The key is based primarily upon the wing
picture. At present this affords the most satisfactory character that
may be applied to the whole group within our fauna. Next in im-
portance is the dorsal abdominal pattern, although this character
must always be used in connection with others. A most valuable
character in some forms is to be found in the shape of the antennae
and width of the vertex, but unfortunately this has proved appli-

Beennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 255

cable to less than a dozen species. It may be well to point out here
that there are in North America two very distinct groups as based
upon structural characters. One group, principally western and
southwestern in distribution, numbering but eight species, has dis-
tinctly incrassate antennae and in the female the vertex is at least
as broad as long, usually broader; it appears that in studying the
males of this group, the eyes are not absolutely contiguous, in the
strict sense of the word, but are separated by a very narrow space;
however, this is true in the case of some males of the other group.
In the other group the antennae for the most part are relatively
slender (exception, C. brunnea Hine) and in the female the vertex is
longer than broad, and the eyes of the male are typically contiguous.
In this latter group are included the majority of our species. An-
other character of importance is the frontoclypeus and its color.

Because of the frequent sexual dimorphism exhibited by this
genus and because, unfortunately, all of the males are not yet
known, it is necessary to construct a key for each sex. The typical
wing picture of every female has been figured, consequently this
character is not dwelled upon at any length in the descriptions.

Key to Females

1 . Wings hyaline Iiyalina Shan., p. 308

Wings pictured 2

2. Apex of wing beyond crossband hyaline, sometimes just a trace of a cloud 3

Apex of wing beyond crossband infuscated 12

3. Whole wing infuscated to distal margin of crossband, more dilute in anal

area divisa Walker, p. 289

Whole wing not infuscated to distal margin of crossband 4

4. Cell 2d M hyaline 5

Cell 2d M infuscated, as a rule for at least half its area, often more 7

5. Abdominal pattern a contrast of yellow and fuscous; cell R hyaline; crossband

of wing very faint fulvistigma Hine, p. 300

Abdomen black or fuscous; cell R partially or wholly infuscated 6

6. Crossband of wing saturate black ; abdomen black nigra Macq., p. 318

Crossband of wing faint, light brown; abdomen fuscous nigribimbo Whit., p. 319

7. (4) Pile of pleurae yellow or orange 8

Pile of pleurae, and usually of cheeks and dorsum of thorax whitish to gray 10

8. Abdomen typically black, although rather indistinct grayish middorsal triangles

may sometimes be seen; pleurae densely golden-yellow pilose ecler O. S., p. 275

Abdomen black, the sides of the anterodorsal region encroached upon by yellow,
of variable extent ; pile of pleurae pale yellow 9

9. Posterior margins of abdominal s gments conspicuously gray; grayish -yellow lat-

eral spots confined to small area sordida O. S., p. 340

Posterior margins of abdominal segments not gray; yellow lateral spots of greater
extent; yellow or grayish -yellow middorsal triangles frequently present.

excitant Walker, p. 290
10. (7) Wing picture dilute, especially the crossband; cell 1st A hyaline; the black
of the abdomen invaded dorsolaterally on segments I and II by a yellowish-
gray spot cuclux Whit., p. 281

Wing picture saturate; cell 1st A partially infuscated at apex: the black of the
abdomen not encroached upon by lateral spots 11

256 The University Science Bulletin

11. Base of cell Cui hyaline carbonaria Walker, p. 274

Base of cell Cui infuscated; large obscure gray middorsal triangles more likely

to be present; g nerally larger species mitis O. S., p. 314

12. (2) Apical spot, of the wing usually rather narrow, at the most including only the

extreme apex of cell R4 13

Apical spot of the wing generally broad, of greater extent, including as a rule at
least half of cell R4 and often attaining cell Mt 27

13. A tooth-like projection from the distal margin of the crossband extending into

cell R3 almost attaining the bifurcation of vein R4 + 5 vigripes Zetter., p. 320

Distal margin of crossband relatively regular 14

14. Scape of antenna distinctly more swollen than pedicel dissimilis n. sp., p. 288

Scape of antenna not swollen more than pedicel 15

15. Cell R completely infuscated, cells 2d M and Cui hyaline 16

Cell R hyaline, or but partly infuscated; if the former, then cell 2d M is hyaline;

if the latter, then cell 2d M is partly infuscated; cell Cui usually shows some
infuscation 18

16. Small grayish black eastern species brimleyi Hine, p. 268

Species with abdomen distinctly patterned in yellow and black; western species.. 17

17. Frontoclypeus with a very narrow denuded yellow longitudinal stripe, .surda O. S., p. 342
Frontoclypeus with a broad denuded yellow longitudinal stripe. .. .proclivis O. S., p. 330

18. (15) Abdomen wholly black pertinax Will., p. 327

Abdomen not wholly black 19

19. Apex of hyaline triangle usually exceeds vein R2 + 3 I cell R infuscated for about

half its area 20

Apex of hyaline triangle rarely exceeds vein R» + 3; greatest portion of cell R
hyaline 22

20. Abdomen predominantly black, on each side of the anterodorsal region a yellow

spot noctifera O. S., p. 321

Abdomen yellow in ground color with a black pattern 21

21. Wing picture dilute; oral margins of genae yellow; front and hind femora

yellow bishoppi n. sp., p. 266

Wing picture saturate ; oral margins of genae black ; front and most of hind

femora black furcata Walker, p. 301

22. (19) Frontal callus usually yellow; apical spot of the wing at its base extending

into cell R3 23

Frontal callus black; apical spot narrow, at its base not extending into cell R3. . . 25

23. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm. ; the black figure of the second abdominal segment

practically joins with that of the first sackeni Hine, p. 335

Length rarely exceeds 8 mm., the black figure of the second abdominal segment
does not join with that of the first 24

24. Pale species; hind femora yellow; crossband dilute; black abdominal figures faint;

no black spot beneath the scutellum cursim Whit., p. 282

Darker species; hind femora fuscous, at least basal portions; crossband saturate;
black abdominal figures more conspicuous; usually a black spot beneath the
scutellum pudica O. S., p. 332

25. (22) Crossband dilute, not attaining posterior margin of wing. . .delicatula O. S., p. 283
Crossband saturate, usually attaining posterior margin of wing 26

26. A black triangle encroaches upon the yellow or gray on each side of the central

spot on the second abdominal segment; vertex little convergent posteriorly;

apex of cell M3 often hyaline aestuans Wulp, p. 2«1

As a rule no b!ack triangle encroaches upon the yellow on each side of the central
spot on the second f.bdominal segment; vertex more converg nt posteriorly;
cell M3 usually entirely infuscated callida O. S., p. 271

27. (12) Cell R completely infuscated, rarely a small subhyaline spot near its apex;

antennae slender, never swollen 28

Cell R not completely infuscated, usually not more than half, sometimes almost

entirely hyaline; antennae variable, slender to extremely robust 47

23. Hyaline triangle represented by a hyaline spot occupying mostly the center of

cell j> bistellata Daecke, p. 267

Hyaline triangle otherwise represented, always open to the posterior margin of

the wing -"

Brennan: Pangoniinak of Nearctic America 257

29. Crossband broken by < 1 1 1 nt t- areas along the margins of the veins, .shermani Bine, p. .338
Crossband evenly saturate throughout 30

30. Apex of hyaline triangle ii"t extending beyond vein Mj moecha 0. S., p. 315

Apex nf hyaline triangle extending beyond Mj 31

31. Wholly black species; legs black separata Hine, p. 336

Not wholly black species; legs variable, usually showing some yellow or brown... 32

32. Abdomen with no conspicuous pattern; usually fuscous or black (indistincl yellow

stripes sometimes visible) 33

Abdomen conspicuously patterned in yellow and black 37

33. Fronl coxae brown to black; wing picture fuliginous, a rather prominent spot at

the bifurcation of vein R4 -\ ... sometimes formed by a continuation of the

distal margin of the crossband fuliginosa Wied., p. 297

Front coxae yellow; wing picture brown to dark brown; no spot at bifurcation
Of vein Ri + 5 *34

34. Hyaline triangle of the wing quite narrow, crescent shaped, open usually to vein

R2 + 3; cubital and anal areas frequently dilutely infuscated 35

Hyaline triangle of the wing more broadly open at its base, the apex not usually

attaining vein R2 + 3; cubital and anal areas hyaline 36

:;."j. Dorsum of abdomen with three more or less obsolete yellow stripes; pleurae and

thoracic stripes yellow pollinose obsoleta Wied., p. 322

Dorsum of abdomen entirely fuscous, sometimes a trace of a pale middorsal stripe;

pleural and thoracic stripes gray pollinose ultima Whit., p. 343

36. Hind femora and tibiae predominantly fuscous; dorsum of abdomen entirely

fuscous ; length 5.5 mm. to 7 mm parvula Daecke, p. 320

Hind femora and tibiae predominantly yellow; dorsum of abdomen fuscous, fre-
quently with a faint gray middorsal stripe; length 6.5 mm. to 8.5 mm.

lugem Wied., p. 313

37. (32) Abdomen with a broad black middorsal stripe dorsovittata Hine, p. 290

Abdomen with no black middorsal stripe 38

38. The yellow of the abdomen with four more or less complete brown or black

longitudinal stripes 39

The yellow of the abdomen not with four longitudinal stripes 45

39. Apex of hyalni" triangle extending considerably beyond vein R4 -j- 5, usually

attaining at least vein R2 + 3, often vein Ri 40

Apex of hyaline triangle extending but very little beyond vein R4 + 5 43

40. Lateral abdominal stripes incomplete, not appearing on segments I and II.

pikei Whit., p. 328

Lateral abdominal stripe? complete 41

41. Frontal callus black seqitax Will., p. 337

Frontal callus yellow 40

42. Apical spot extending but little into cell Rs; hyaline triangle broad at base.

bcamrri n. sp., p. 265
Apical spot typically extending deep into cell R,-„ often into Mr; hyaline triangle

narrow at base hinei Daecke, p. 305

43. (39) Ground color of dorsum of thorax plumbeus ; at least disc of scutellum

brown or plumbeus; frontal callus variable, black to yellow striata O. S., p. 341

Ground color of dorsum of thorax yellow; scutellum yellow; frontal callus always
yellow 44

44. Abdominal stripes obsolete, brown, the lateral stripes scarcely at all represented

on segments I and II ; apical spot of the wing extending into cell R...

vittata Wied. var. floridana John., p. 348
Abdominal stripes conspicuous, black; apical spot of the wing broken or ceasing

entirely before entering cell R5 vittata Wied., p. 347

45. (38) Fourth abdominal segment with a fuscous cruciform spot ... .ornata Krober, p. 324
Fourth abdominal segment not with a fuscous cruciform spot 46

16. Apical spot exceeds vein R5; abdomen with a broad yellow middorsal stripe

between two black ones univittata Macq., p. 344

Apical spot not exceeding vein R.-,: abdomi n not so marked inda O. S., p. 309

47. (27) Antennae distinctly swollen, at least the scape 48

Antennae not distinctly swollen, often quite slender 58

* The characters used for separating the species of this group are to be applied with
considerable caution.

258 The University Science Bulletin

48. Vertex broader than long, or at least as broad as long 49

Vertex longer than broad 57

49. First segment of flagellum distinctly longer than the sum of the four apical

segments virgulata Bell., p. 345

First segment of flagellum not longer than the sum of the four apical segments. . . 50

50. Apical spot of the wing not exceeding vein R.-., as a rule occupying about half of

cell R4 51

Apical spot of the wing exceeds vein R.-, 50

51. Discal cell typically hyaline; a tooth-like projection extends from the distal

margin of the crossband into cell R3 attaining the bifurcation of vein R4 + 5.

latifrons n. sp., p. 312
Discal cell usually infuscated ; no tooth-like projection, etc 52

52. Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae with black spots; antennae moderately

incrassate facialis Towns., p. 292

Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae pure yellow ; antennae strongly incrassate, 53

53. Second abdominal tergite with a double geminate black spot robusta n. sp., p. 333

Second abdominal tergite not with a double geminate black spot 54

54. Scape of antenna much more swollen than pedicel (PI. XXXV, fig. 84) ; robust

species coquilletti Hine, p. 279

Scape of antenna not much more swollen than pedicel (PI. XXXV, fig. 91);

smaller species 55

55. Abdominal tergites caudad from III with black lateral spots. . .hangerfordi n. sp., p. 306
Abdominal tergites caudad from III without black lateral spots. . .pachycera Will., p. 324

56. (50) Cell 1st M2 with a dilute fenestrate spot; scape of antenna not bottle-

shaped fulvastra O. S., p. 298

Cell 1st M2 infuscated to the same degree as the rest of the crossband; scape of

antenna bottle-shaped clavicornis n. sp., p. 277

57. (48) Abdomen light brown, pattern obscure; scape and pedicel of antenna prom-

inently swollen; apical spot of wing fades out to hind margin. . .brunnea Hine, p. 270
Abdomen more yellowish, pattern distinct; scape and pedicel of antenna not so
markedly swollen; apical spot of wing ceases abruptly in cell R4.

flavida Wied., p. 293

58. (47) Discal cell hyaline, a conspicuous infuscated spot at bifurcation of

vein R4 + 5 discalis Will., p. 286

Discal cell infuscated, no spot at bifurcation of vein R4 + z 59

59. Black species; pleurae densely fulvous pilose amazon Daecke, p. 263

Not black species ; pile of pleurae variable ; abdomen patterned in yellow and

black 60

60. Abdomen typically fuscous or black with a conspicuous yellow middorsal stripe,

sometimes on each side of which appears an obsolete stripe of the same color.

wiedemanixi Krober, p. 348
Abdomen not so patterned, the yellow ground color usually very conspicuous, but
not always predominant 61

61. Apex of hyaline triangle distinctly exceeds vein R» + 3, often attaining vein Rj. . 62
Apex of hyaline triangle not exceeding vein R2 -j- 3, often not even attaining

this vein 65

r>2. Frontal callus yellow, at least on the disc coloradensis Bigot, p. 278

Fn mtal callus black 63

63. Second abdominal segment pure yellow. .. .gerninata Wied. var. impuncta Krober, p. 304
Second abdominal segment with two median divergent black spots 64

64. Crossband reaches the posterior margin of the wing; apical spot occupies nearly

the whole of cell R4 ; geminate spots on second abdominal segment do not

usually attain posterior margin gerninata Wied., p. 303

Crossband not typically reaching posterior margin of the wing; apical spot oc-
cupies about a half of cell R4; geminate spots on second abdominal segment
usually attain the posterior margin lateralis Wied., p. 310

05. (61) Frontoclypeus black, only the polllnosed areas yellow frigida O. S., p. 295

Frontoclypeus yellow, denuded 66

06. Hind femora entirely yellow; frontal callus always yellow; spot beneath scutellum

absent or obsolete 67

Hind femora not entirely yellow; frontal callus variable, often black: conspicuous
black spot beneath the scutellum 68

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 259

67. Ground color of thoracic dorsum and scutellum typically yellow; crossband of

wing saturate jiavida Wied., p. 293

Ground color of thoracic dorsum and scutellum not yellow; crossband of wing

dilute cursim Whit., p. 282

68. Second abdominal tergite with a small black spot on each side of the median

figure, tergites III and IV each with four black spots montana O. S., p. 316

Second abdominal tergite not with a Small black spot on each side of tl.e median
figure, t rgites III and IV predominantly black with narrow yellow hind mar-
gin-; which expand into middorsal triangles 0!)

69. Hind femora and tibiae predominantly black; frontal callus usually black; the

black median figure on the second abdominal tergite usually attains the anterior

margin dimmocki Hine, p. 284

Hind femora and tibiae predominantly yellow; frontal callus usually yellow;
the black median figure on the second abdominal tergite does not attain the
anterior margin pud'ea O. S., p. 332

Key to Males

1. Apex of the wing beyond the crossband hyaline (apical spot absent) 2

Apex of the wing beyond the crossband more or less infuscated (apical spot

present) 9

2. Dorsum of abdomen at base encroached upon laterally by gray cuclux Whit., p. 281

Dorsum of abdomen otherwise 3

3. Crossband of wing light brown, very dilute, almost obsolete 4

Crossband of wing fuscous, saturale 5

4. Dorsum of abdomen a contrast of yellow and fuscous fulvistigma Hine, p. 300

Dorsum of abdomen wholly fuscous nigribimbo Whit., p. 319

5. Frontoclypeus yellow except for a fuscous spot on each side nigra Macq., p. 318

Frontoclypeus black 6

6. Base of cell Cui typically with a hyaline spot carbonaria Walker, p. 27 4

Base of cell Cui infuscated 7

7. Dorsum of abdomen with some yellowish pubescence, especially near the apex

and forming median triangles excitans Walker, p. 290

Dorsum of abdomen black pubescent 8

8. Crossband attaining posterior margin of wing; antennae wholly black, .celer O. S., p. 275
Crossband not attaining posterior margin of wing ; antennae not wholly black.

mitts O. S., p. 314

9. (1) Apical spot approximately the same width for its entire length, including only

the apex of cell R4 10

Apical spot not as above, variable, usually including at least half of cell R4,
often extending considerably beyond 18

10. Scape of antenna distinctly inore swollen than pedicel dissimilis n. sp., p. 288

Scape of antenna not more swollen than pedicel 11

11. A tooth-like projection from the distal margin of the crossband extending into

cell R3 practically attaining the bifurcation of vein R4 + n- • • .nigripes Zetter., p. 320
No tooth-like projection from the distal margin of the crossband, etc 12

12. Wholly black species; frontoclypeus black; apical spot practically separated from

the crossband pertinax Will., p. 327

Not wholly black species ; frontoclypeus yellow ; apical spot distinctly united with

the crossband 13

13. Apical spot at its base distinctly exceeding vein R2 + 3 sackeni Hine, p. 335

Apical spot at its base not exceeding vein R2 + 3 14

14. Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae enlirely yellow 15

Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae not entirely yellow, usually with a black

spot on each side 17

15. Wing picture dilute tislioppi n. sp., p. 266

Wing picture saturate 16

16. Antennae black, the yellow of the second abdominal tergite encroached upon

posterolateral^ by a black triangle acstuans Wulp, p. 261

Antennae mostly yellow; as a rule no posterolateral black triangle encroaches upon

the yellow of the second abdominal tergite callida O. S., p. 271

17—7186

260 The University Science Bulletin

17. Frontoclypeus black with a narrow yellow midstreak surda O. S., p. 342

Frontoclypeus yellow with a black spot on each side proclivis O. S., p. 330

18. (9) Antennae incrassate 19

Antennae not incrassate 28

19. Eyes contiguous; light brown species brunnea Hine, p. 270

Eyes separated, often very narrowly, but nevertheless, distinctly ; species not light

brown 20

20. Annulate portion of flagellum much shorter than basal segment. .. .virgulata Bell., p. 345
Annulate portion of flagellum not shorter than basal segment, usually longer 21

21. Apical spot of the wing extending beyond vein R5 22

Apical spot of the wing not extending beyond vein R5, usually not even attaining

this vein 23

22. Antennae yellowish, the scape distinctly bottle-shaped; second abdominal tergite

yellow with a median broad black geminate figure and a black spot on each

side clavicornis n. sp., p. 277

Antennae black, the scape not bottle-shaped; second abdominal tergite not pat-
terned as above fulvastra O. S., p. 298

23. A tooth-like projection from the distal margin of the crossband extending into cell

R3 to the bifurcation of vein R4 + 5 latifrons n. sp., p. 312

No tooth-like projection from the distal margin of the crossband 24

24. Second abdominal tergite with a double black geminate figure robusta n. sp., p. 333

Second abdominal tergite not with a double black geminate figure 25

25. Frontoclypeus yellow with a row of four black spots across the disc.

facialis Towns., p. 292
Frontoclypeus wholly yellow 26

26. Second abdominal tergite with black lateral spots hungerjordi n. sp., p. 306

Second abdominal tergite without btack lateral spots f . 27

27. Cell 2d M infuscated subequally with R; crossband sometimes fenestrate; ab-

dominal tergites III and IV rarely with a black spot on each side.

pachycera Will., p. 324
Cell 2d M infuscated about one half that of R; crossband never fenestrate; ab-
dominal tergites III and IV always with a black spot on each side.

coquilletti Hine, p. 279

28. (18) Discal cell (1st M2) hyaline discalis Will., p. 286

Discal cell infuscated 29

29. Apical spot includes practically all of cell R4, often extending beyond vein R5.... 30
Apical spot not including all of cell R4, never attaining vein Rs 39

30. Apex of hyaline triangle not extending beyond vein Mi moecha O. S., p. 315

Apex of hyaline triangle extending beyond vein Mi often as far as the costal

margin 31

31. Apex of hyaline triangle distinctly extending beyond vein R4 + 5, usually attain-

ing vein R2 + 3, and sometimes exceeding it 37

Apex of hyaline triangle not extending beyond vein R4 + 5, but sometimes a small

hyaline spot at its bifurcation 36

32. Conspicuous yellow and black species 33

Not conspicuous yellow and black species 36

33. Dorsum of abdomen vittate (four black stripes) ; apex of hyaline triangle not

exceeding vein R2 + 3 34

Dorsum of abdomen not vittate; apex of hyaline triangle attains vein Ri 35

34. Lateral abdominal stripes incomplete; cells 2d M and Cm mostly hyaline; hyaline

triangle broadly open pikei Whit., p. 328

Lateral abdominal stripes complete; cells 2d M and Cui considerably infuscated;

hyaline triangle nairow sequax Will., p. 337

35. Second abdominal tergite yellow with two median divergent black spots.

geminata Wied., p. 303

Second abdominal tergite completely yellow geviinata impuncta Krober, p. 304

36. Dorsum of abdomen wholly fuscous lugens Wied., p. 313

Dorsum of abdomen fuscous with three indistinct yellow stripes. . .obsolcta Wied., p. 322

37. (31) Dorsum of abdomen predominantly fuscous with a trace of yellow on the

sides and a conspicuous yellow median stripe univittata Macq., p. 344

Dorsum of abdomen predominantly yellow with four more or less complete black
stripes 38

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 261

38. Grounil color of thoracic dorsum and scutellum yellow vittata Wied., p. 347

Ground color of thoracic dorsum and scutellum plumbeus striata O. S., p. 341

39. (29) Body entirely fuscous or black (including antennae, palpi and greater portions

of the legs) 411

Body not entirely fuscous or black 42

40. Apical spot narrowly joined to the crossband ; an infuscated spot at the bifurca-

tion of vein R* + 5 fuliijinosa Wied., p. 297

Apical spot separated from the crossband; no infuscated spot at the bifurcation
of vein Ri + s 41

41. Wing practically entirely infuscated to the distal margin of the crossband; a

small hyaline spot at the apices of cells R and 2d M separata Hine, p. 336

Wing not entirely infuscated to the distal margin of the crossband; the hyaline
areas of cells R and 2d M appear as a single band near their apices extending
from vein R2 + 3 to Cui amazon Daecke, p. 263

42. (39) Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae entirely yellow 43

Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae with a large black spot on each side. . . 49

43. Cells R and 2d M predominantly hyaline; dorsum of abdomen pale yellow with

light brown or fuscous markings; second tergite with an inverted V-shaped

median spot not reaching the anterior margin 44

Cells R and 2d M predominantly infuscated ; dorsum of abdomen not as above,
often predominantly black 46

44. Ground color of thoracic dorsum and scutellum typically yellow; abdominal figures

usually light brown flavida Wied., p. 293

Ground color of thoracic dorsum and scutellum green gray; abdominal figures
usually black 45

45. Basal portion of hind femora black pudica O. S., p. 332

Hind femora mostly yellow cursim Whit., p. 282

46. Dorsal abdominal pattern mere or less vittate ; the second tergite with a narrow

black spot on each side of the black median geminate figure. . .montana O. S., p. 316
Dorsal abdominal pattern not vittate; no black spot on the sides of the second
tergite 47

47. The apical spot at its base not reaching the bifurcation of vein R4 + 5; hind

femora black dimmocki Hine, p. 284

The apical spot at its base practically attains the bifurcation of vein R4 + 5;

apical portion of hind femora yellow 48

48. Sides of abdominal tergites II to IV broadly incised with yellow, .pihnnna Krtiber, p. 329
Sides of abdominal tergites II to IV very narrowly incised with yellow, .inda O. S., p. 309

49. (42) Apex of hyaline triangle not attaining vein R2 + 3 frigida O. S., p. 295

Apex of hyaline triangle distinctly exceeds vein R2 + 3 50

58. Abdominal pattern vittate 51

Abdominal pattern not vittate coloradensis Bigot, p. 278

51. Dorsum of abdomen fuscous with a conspicuous yellow median stripe.

wiedemanni Krober, p. 348
Dorsum of abdomen not as above 52

52. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a broad black median stripe. . .dorsovittata Hine, p. 290
Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a series of black vittate spots (two on the second

tergite, four on tergites HI and IV, etc.) lateralis Wied., p. 310

Chrysops aestuans Van der Wulp (1867)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 35)

1867. C. aestuans Van der Wulp, Tijdsch. v. Ent., X, 135; pi. Ill, f. 8, 9.

1875. C. aestuans Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 378.

1895. C. aestuans Hart, Bull. 111. State Lab. N. H., IV, 227.

1897. C. aestuans Lugger, 2d Rept. Ent. Minn., p. 169, fig.

1901. C. aestuans Hine, Ohio Nat., II, 168.

1931. C. aestuans Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull. LXXX, p. 82.

The following also refer to this species:

1848. C. moerens Walker, List, I, 201 (preoc).

1903. C. moerens Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 40.

262 The University Science Bulletin

1906. C. moerens Hine, Tech. Ser., Bur. Ent. Bull. 12, pt. II, 36-38.

1920. C. moerens Marchand, Mon. Rock. Inst., No. 13, p. 50.

1924. C. moerens Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies XXII, 112.

1926. C. moerens Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res., XVII, 23.

1926. C. moerens Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 280.

Color. Predominantly black with grayish or yellow markings on
the abdomen.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: A most variable
species. Vertex and sides of genae gray to yellowish pollinose.
Frontal callus black; frontoclypeus, genae, and palpi orange-yellow.
Antennae variable, the ground color orange-yellow; scape and
pedicel with black pubescence; flagellum black apically. Thoracic
dorsum and scutellum gray to yellow-gray pollinose, the former with
rather broad stripes ; pleural and sternal regions pollinose with some
black showing through. Dorsum of abdomen with a broad, black
spot beneath the scutellum practically reaching a heavy geminate
black figure on the second segment which, usually, following along
the posterior margin on each side, expands again as a black triangle
on the yellow or grayish ground color of the segment; remaining
segments black, the yellow or gray posterior margins expanding into
middorsal triangles. Venter of abdomen variable; frequently dark
at the base, usually a broad black median stripe, broken at the
margin of the segments; apical segments and a narrow lateral streak,
black; elsewhere yellowish or gray. Wings as figured; as a rule cell
M3 is hyaline at the apex and the apical spot at its base often does
not attain vein R2+3, however, both of these characters vary. Legs
variable; in those forms in which a gray color prevails rather than
yellow and the venter of the abdomen exhibits more dark figuration
than pale, the front coxae and the greater portions of all the legs are
black; where yellow has dominance over the gray, and occupies
considerable space on the venter of the abdomen, the front coxae and
legs are predominantly yellow. In the first case, yellow appears at
the base of the tibiae and middle and hind tarsi ; in the second case
black appears at the joints, the apex of the front femora, tibiae, and
entire tarsi, and the extreme apical portions of the median and
posterior tibiae and tarsi. But, as indicated before, for such a vari-
able species these characters will have to be applied with caution.
Male: Considerably darker than the female. In some specimens
the antennae and palpi are practically black. Thorax and abdomen
like the female except for the greater dominance of black, confining
the yellow or gray to smaller areas. Cells R and 2d M of the wings

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 263

infuscated except for a small hyaline area near their apices. Legs
mostly black, except the usual lighter regions. The male exhibits
much more pilosity than the female.

Comparative Notes. Closely related to C. callida 0. S. To be
separated according to the key. Large series of both these species
show such variation and intergradation that a point is reached where
separation becomes extremely difficult. Distributional data would
seem to indicate that C. aestuans is mostly confined to the North
and Northwest. On the other hand, C. callida has a wider range,
especially in its southern distribution. In the males, the apical spot
of C. aestuans is narrower than in C. callida, and I have never seen
a male of the latter with black antennae and palpi; also the male of
C. callida shows a greater extent of yellow on the venter of the
abdomen and legs.

Remarks. The above description is based mostly on specimens
compared with the types of Walker's C. moerens. There is no
doubt as regards their identity. As Philip (1931) pointed out, this
name must fall since it is preoccupied by a C. moerens (Tabanus)
of Fabricius (1791) ; therefore C. aestuans Van der Wulp becomes
valid.

Distributional Data:*

Canada: Ontario 1, June 23.

United States : New York 2, July 4 - Aug. 8; Michigan 3, July 2 - Aug. 8;
Ohio 3, June 9; Indiana 2. July 9; Illinois 5, June 6 - Aug. 24; Minnesota 2,
June 16- July 15; North Dakota 1, June 16; South Dakota 4, June 28- July 8;
Kansas 4. June; Colorado 3. Aug. 9 -Aug. 27; Idaho 1; Utah 5, June 25 -July
7; Washington 4, June - July 13.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Manitoba, Saskatchewan, British Columbia.
United States: Wisconsin, Nebraska, Oregon.

Chrysops amazon Daecke (1905)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 61)

1905. C. amazon Daecke, Ent. News, XVI, 250, fig.

1907. C. amazon Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 140.

1926. C. amazon Krober, Stett, Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 305.

Color. Predominantly black with short, white pubescence; dense
fulvous pile on the pleurae.
Size. Length, 9 mm. to 11 mm.

* In order to save space I have condensed the distributional data from the original MS.
The number immediately following province, state, territory, or district repres nts tie
number of different specific localiti s from which I have records. The dates represent earliest
and latst collecting dates.

264 The University Science Bulletin

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, irons, sides
of genae and a mid-streak on the frontoclypeus grayish pollinose.
Frontal callus, ocellar area, remaining portions of frontoclypeus and
genae, and the palpi fuscous to black. Antennae very slender; the
scape and pedicel brownish-yellow, flagellum black apically. Dor-
sum of thorax and scutellum black with white pubescense, the
former with two obscure, gray pruinose stripes, pleurae and thoracic
venter black with some gray pruinosity, the former with conspicu-
ous dense fulvous or orange pile. Abdomen entirely black or
fuscous with sparse white pubescence. Wings as figured. Halteres
black. Legs black; the base of the median and posterior tarsi light
brown, the median tibiae also are somewhat lighter at the base.
Male: Wholly black, with black pubescence and pilosity. Wing
picture similar to the female except for a greater extent of in-
fuscation in cells R and 2d M, leaving but a small hyaline space
near their apices.

Comparative Notes. Besides C. ccler 0. S. this is the only other
species included within the scope of this paper which has heavy
orange pile on the pleurae. It is easily separated by the presence
of an apical spot on the wing. Daecke (1905) relates C. amazon
to C. noctifera 0. S., from this species it will be readily distinguished
by the pile on the pleurae, greater extent of the crossband and
apical spot and absence of triangles on the abdomen.

Remarks. In the key I have placed this species with the group
in which the apical spot of the wing includes more than just the
apex of cell R4. A casual observation will no doubt give rise to
dispute, but since the apical spot fades away into cell R4 and
beyond, until the eye cannot tell where the infuscation stops and
the hyaline area begins, I feel justified in assigning C. amazon to
the group mentioned above.

Type Data. I have studied the cotypes in the United States Na-
tional Museum. According to Krober (1926) there is one cotype in
the Museum of Ottawa. Described from four females, all from
Browns Mills Junction, New Jersey.
Distributional Data:
United States: New Jersey: Browns Mills Junction, June 24, 1906.

In addition, reported by others from :
United States: Massachusetts, New Hampshire.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 265

Chnjsops beameri, new species

(Plate XXIX, fig. 2; Plate XXXII, fig. 40; Plate XXXV, fig. 86)

Color. Yellow, with fuscous stripes on the dorsum of thorax and
,iti(lomen.

Size. Length, 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Frontal callus, fronto-
clypeus, genae and palpi yellow; the usual areas with yellow pollen;
ocellar area stained brown. Antennae very slender, the flagellum
thicker than the scape; scape and pedicel yellow with a few black
hairs, flagellum mostly black. Dorsum of thorax, pleural and
sternal regions yellowish pollinose with fuscous stripes, the median
stripe of the thoracic dorsum often continues on to the yellow
scutellum. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with four fuscous longi-
tudinal stripes; venter of abdomen yellow with a broad, mid-
ventral, brown stripe extending basally not beyond segment II, on
each side a narrow stripe. Wings as figured. Legs predominantly
yellow. Apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, base of
middle and hind femora and apical tarsal segments brown.

Comparative Notes. This species would fall in Krober's so-called
''Gruppe: vittatus." The hyaline triangle of the wings resembles
that of C. sequax Will., but from this C. beameri differs by its
yellow callus and scutellum. It may be separated from C. pikei
Whit, by the complete lateral abdominal stripes, the greater extent
of the hyaline triangle, and also by the yellow callus. From C.
hinei Daecke it is distinguished by the hyaline triangle being
broadly open at its base, cell Cux hyaline, and the more pronounced
yellow of the dorsum of the thorax and scutellum.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Comanche Co., Kansas; 2,089
feet, 1916, R. H. Beamer. Paratypes, eleven females; same data.
In the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the
Tniversity of Kansas.

Remarks. Since describing this species I have seen several other
specimens in the National Museum which appear to be C. beameri.
One female from Woods Hole, Mass., Aug., 1920. by Leland Wood,
and five females from Washington. D. C. Aug. 19, 1911, by
Frederick Knab.

266 The University Science Bulletin

Chrysops bishoppi, new species

(Plate XXXI, fig. 26; Plate XXXVII, fig. 107)

Color. Yellow with black abdominal pattern ; wing picture dilute.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons and
sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus black; frontoclypeus
and oral margins of genae denuded yellow ; the pits on each side of
the frontoclypeus and a tiny spot on the outer side of the oral
margins of the genae, fuscous. Palpi yellow. Antennae variable;
usually the scape and pedicel yellow with their outer and upper
surfaces black, black pubescent; flagellum black, brown or yellowish
at the base. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum green-gray pollinose,
sparsely yellow pubescent, the former with three fuscous stripes;
pleurae and venter yellowish-gray pollinose, the former with yellow
pile. Dorsum of abdomen yellow; the first tergite with a black
quadrate posteriorly emarginate spot beneath the scutellum, second
tergite with a median black geminate figure, not attaining the
posterior margin; tergites III and IV with a more or less double
black geminate figure confined to the anterior half of the tergites;
tergites V and VI more or less corresponding to the preceding, except
the pattern seems to be composed of two posteriorly emarginate
black spots confined to the anterior margins of the tergites; re-
maining tergite -black with a yellow hind margin. Venter of abdo-
men yellow with a small median black spot on segment I which may
connect with another on segment II ; segments III to V usually with
a trace of black in the center confined to the anterior margins; re-
maining segments black with yellow hind margins. Halteres brown.
Wings as figured; the picture very dilute brown; usually the in-
fuscation of cell R is interrupted by hyaline before the apex. Legs
orange-yellow; the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi, apices of middle and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: Quite similar
to the female, easily associated, exhibiting the usual sex differences
and more melanism. The black figures of the abdominal dorsum are
more extensive, the median geminate spot on tergite II thicker, in
one specimen a black spot is present on each side. Cell 2d M of
the wing exhibits about the same degree of infuscation as R. Legs
like the female, but with more fuscous as follows: Dominant on the
front coxae, large basal portions of front and hind femora, and ex-
treme base of middle femora.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. furcata Walker by the
dilute wing picture, different abdominal pattern, absence of a black

Brennan: Paxgoxiixae of Nearctic America 267

spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, and greater predominance of
yellow on the abdomen and legs. The black frontal callus and ab-
dominal picture should at once distinguish this species from C.
coloradensis Bigot.

Remarks. Described from reared specimens variously determined
as C. coloradensis Bigot and C. furcata Walker.

Type Data. Holotype: Female, Topaz, California, June 7, 1919,
Bishopp, No. 9916. Allotype: Male, Topaz, California, July 16,
1917, Bishopp, No. 6164, Br. 2. Paratypes: Five males and nine
females same locality, reared by Bishopp; May 16 to July 10, 1917;
three females, Slinkard Valley, California, June 17, 1917; J. L.
Webb. Holotype, allotype and eleven paratypes in the United
States National Museum; catalog No. 50605. Six paratypes in the
Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the Univer-
sity of Kansas.

Chrysops bistellata Daecke (1905)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 63)

1905. C. bistellatus Daecke, Ent. News, XVI, 249, figs.

1907. C. bistellatus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 141, fig.

1907. C. bistellatus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., 26, fig.

1926. C. bistellatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 238, figs.

Color. Yellow and brown; dorsum of thorax greenish gray with
three brown stripes, scutellum yellowish, abdominal dorsum yellow
with two broad, brown stripes converging anteriorly; hyaline tri-
angle of wings represented by a small spot in cell R3.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 9.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons and
genae yellow pollinose; frontoclypeus and lower portion of genae
denuded, yellow; frontal callus dark brown to black. Antennae
slender, yellow; apical portion of flagellum black. Palpi yellow.
Dorsum of thorax, pleurae and venter greenish gray to yellow-gray
pollinose with the usual distinct broad, brown stripes; scutellum
yellow or brown-yellow. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with two
broad, brown stripes converging toward the base, but not attaining
the first segment. Apical segments caudad from V mostly brown.
Venter of abdomen predominantly yellow at the base and brown at
the apex. Halteres dark brown. Wings as figured. Legs yellow and
brown; front coxae, femora and proximal portion of tibiae, middle
femora tibiae and proximal parts of middle and hind tarsi, yellow.
Male: Unknown.

Comparative Notes. This species has little or no affinities with

268 The University Science Bulletin

other North American forms; it is most distinct and separable be-
yond question from any other species described to date.

Remarks. The male is not yet reported. Daecke's description
goes into more detail and points out the extent of variability in the
abdominal pattern. Both Daecke (1905) and Krober (1926) have
figured the dorsum of the abdomen and the wing. Krober's figure
of the abdominal pattern overaccentuates the apical extent of
yellow.

Type Data. Described from sixteen females designated as co-
types; all from Browns Mills Junction, New Jersey, June 26, 1905.
I have studied those in the United States National Museum and one
cotype in the Snow Entomological Collection of the University of
Kansas. (Two of these labeled June 27, 1904) .

Distributional Data:

United States : New Jersey, Browns Mills Junction, June 25, 1905, June 24,
1906, July 1. 1906, June 25, 1911, July 7, 1907. North Carolina, Lake Ellis,
May 26, 1908.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Louisiana.

Chrysops brimleyi Hine (1904)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 25)

1904. C. brimleyi Hine, Can. Ent., XXXVI. 55.

1907. C. brimleyi Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, fig.

1909. C. brimleyi Greene, Ent. News, XX, 302, fig.; $ des.

1918. C. brimleyi MeAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 196.

1926. C. brimleyi Krober, Stett Ent, Ztg., LXXXVII, 269.

Color. Fuscous with gray pruinosity and pubescence.

Size. Length, 6 mm. to 7 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, and
genae yellowish pollinose. Frontal callus, lateral projection of
the yellow frontoclypeus, and lower margin of the genae, brown.
Antennae slender, the flagellum exceeding the pedicel in thickness;
scape and pedicel yellow, flagellum mostly black. Palpi brown.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous, light-gray pubescent. The
fuscous ground color of the pleurae and venter gray pruinose, the
former with whitish pile. Dorsum of abdomen fuscous with gray
pubescence and narrow grayish hind margins on all the segments
(in some specimens this last character is observed with difficulty) ;
on the second and third segments the gray hind margins expand
into small middorsal triangles, more or less distinct. Venter of
abdomen shining fuscous. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured.
Legs brown; more dilute on the proximal portions of the anterior

Brennan: Pangonhnae of Nearctic America 269

tibiae, median and posterior tarsi, and most of the median tibiae.
Male: According to Green (1909), "Like the female, except basal
half of the antennae clothed with long, black hair. Frontal triangle
gray pollinose, with the apex shining black. Thorax black, clothed
with black hairs, no stripes visible. The abdomen black, with the
posterior margins of all the segments, except the first, gray pollinose.
The wings differ from the female in having the basal end of the
black crossband reaching slightly beyond the middle of the anal cell.
The first basal cell has two hyaline spots near the apex, and the
second basal cell one. First submarginal cell with a hyaline spot at
the base. The discal cell has a hyaline spot at the base, the fifth
posterior cell has a scmihyaline spot at the base and one at the
apex. The apical spot reaches downward over the upper end of
the marginal cell, covering about half of the first submarginal and
nearly all of the second submarginal cell. A small, black spot at
the apex of the posterior branch of the third vein. Length, about
8 mm."

Comparative Notes. Hine (1904) separates this species from
C. niger Macq., from which it is distinguished by the presence of an
apical spot on the wings, somewhat smaller size and different color.
In this last character C. brimleyi resembles C. fuliginosa Wiecl., but
is immediately separated by the wing picture, color of antennae, etc.

Remarks. I have not been able successfully to identify the male.
The description given for the sex by Greene (1909) is not satis-
factory. Obviously it is a description of a specimen and not a
species. He states that it is based upon one specimen from Glass-
boro, New Jersey, May 19, 1907, and that the females were very
common. The description sounds suspiciously like that of C. fuli-
ginosa Wied., which species should also be found in that locality.
The presence of an infuscated spot at the bifurcation of vein R4+5
and the general extent of the infuscation of the wing is certainly
applicable to the male of C. fuliginosa. The length, 8 mm., seems
large for C. brimleyi, especially a male.

Type Data. I have seen one metatype at the United States Na-
tional Museum. Described from a number of specimens from
Raleigh, N. C. April and May, 1902.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey 7, May 27, July 4; Maryland 1, May 25; Vir-
ginia 1, May 7, 10; North Carolina 1, April 28, June 15; Alabama 1, May 1.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: New York.

270 The University Science Bulletin

Chrysops brunnea Hine (1903)

(Plate XXIX, fig. 6; Plate XXXIV, fig. 7.3; Plate XXXV, fig. 81)

1903. C. brunneas Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 34.

1906. C. brunneus Daecke, Ent. News, VII, 41.

1907. C. brunneus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 146.
1907. C. brunneus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., 26, figs.

1918. C. brunneus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.
1926. C. brunneus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 258.

Color. Light brown.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Frontal callus, fronto-
clypeus, genae, antennae, and palpi yellow; the usual areas with
yellow pollen ; apex of flagellum black. Scape and pedicel of antenna
swollen, the former slightly more than the latter. Dorsum of
thorax, pleurae and venter yellowish-gray to greenish gray pollinose
with distinct brown stripes; scutellum yellow-brown to dark brown.
Dorsum of abdomen yellow-brown to brown with more or less faint
yellow-white middorsal triangles on segments II to V. Most speci-
mens exhibit narrow, pale, hind margins to all segments except the
first and second. Sometimes the middorsal triangles have, on each
side near their apices, a small oblique fuscous spot. Venter of abdo-
men mostly yellow at the base and brown at the apex, occasionally
the brown being prolonged toward the base to form an obscure
broken midventral stripe on each side of which may appear a lateral
streak. Halteres light brown. Wings as figured, the infuscation
light brown. Legs yellow; the distal portion of the anterior tibiae
and entire tarsi, and the four distal segments of the median and
posterior tarsi, brown. Male: Like the female, except for sex
characters. One specimen at hand shows considerable dark brown
occupying the entire disc of the last five or six abdominal segments,
the whitish middorsal triangles being obsolete.

Comparative Notes. Allied to C. flavida Wied.; however, that
species is more yellow; the abdominal pattern is more conspicuous,
the black markings being more prevalent; the wing picture is
usually a darker brown, the apical spot of less extent; the scape and
pedicel of the antenna much less swollen, in some instances would
not be regarded as swollen at all. Hine (1903) states that the
antennae of C. brunnea are noticeably longer than those of C.
flavida. Daecke (1906) in his studies of the eye pattern of wing
specimens has indicated that the occipital border in C. brunnea
attains the hind margin of the eye, whereas in C. flavida it does not.

Type Data. I have studied Hine's types at the Ohio State

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 271

Museum. Described from many specimens taken at Sandusky,
Ohio, from June to August, 1902.

Remarks. C. gviU rasi Brun. May be a synonym of C. brunnea.
I have not seen the type of C. guiterasi, but have seen one specimen
( 5 ) from Cuba thus determined, and it apparently is the same as
Hine's species.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Ontario 1, Aug. 14, Aug. 17.

Unites) States: New York 3, June 29, July 26; New Jersey 1, Aug. 9;
Maryland 1, July 2; Ohio 5, June 15, Aug. 8; Georgia 1; Florida 1, Aug. 10;
Indiana 1, June 29; Louisiana 6, April 27, Sept. 5; Kansas 1, July 22; Texas 4,
July 30, Sept. 20; Arizona 1.

In addition, reported by others from :
I J x ited States : Virginia .

Chrysops callida Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 33)

1875. C. callidus Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 379.

1887. C. callidus Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 132.

1895. C. callidus Townsend, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXII, 56.

1903. C. callidus Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 35.

1906. C. callidus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 42.

1907. C. callidus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 145, fig.
1907. C. callidus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 28, figs.

1917. C. callidus Marchand, Jl. N. Y. Ent. Soc, XXV, 150; biol.

1918. C. callidus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. So. Wash., XX, 196.
1920. C. callidus Marchand, Mon. Rock. Inst. No. 13, p. 46, biol.
1924. C. callidus Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 113.

1926. C. callidus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 284.

1930. C. callidus Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark Exp. Sta., p. 14, fig.

1930. C. callidus Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 274, biol.

1931. C. callidus Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 5, biol.
1931. C. callidus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull. LXXX, 83.

The following also refers to this species:

1926. C. moerens confusus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 284, fig.

Color. Black, with middorsal yellow triangles on the abdomen
and large pale yellow spots on the sides near the base.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides of
genae, yellow pollinose. Frontal callus black. Basal segments of
antennae, frontoclypeus, lower area of genae, and palpi orange-
yellow; flagellum of antenna mostly black, except at extreme base.
Ocellar area more or less denuded, dark brown. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum green-gray pollinose, the former with the usual three
brown stripes; pleurae and venter with more yellowish pruinosity,
with the usual brown stripes, the former with yellowish-white pile.

272 The University Science Bulletin

The yellow of the abdominal dorsum with a large quadrate black
spot, under the scutellum, which practically attains a broad gemi-
nate black figure, on the second segment, which may or may not
continue along the posterior margin, and sometimes expands into
black lateral spots on the yellow of that segment; remaining seg-
ments black with yellow posterior margins which expand into mid-
dorsal triangles on III, IV, and V, which sometimes have on each
side a yellow oblique spot. Venter of abdomen usually yellow at
the base, the black of the apical segments extending toward the base
as a broad, broken median stripe with lateral streaks on each side.
Wings as figured, sometimes the apex of cell M3 is not infuscated.
Legs yellow and black, the former color distributed as follows:
anterior coxae and base of tibiae, median tibiae and metatarsi,
proximal half of posterior tibiae and metatarsi. In a few specimens
which I am sure are this species, the front coxae are black. Male:
Similar to the female, except for sex characters; a more dense
pubescence and pilosity; both cells R and 2d M infuscated except
small hyaline areas near their apices; a greater portion of the legs
black, i. e., the front coxae and most of the front and hind tibiae.

Comparative Notes. See under description of C. aestuans Van der
Wulp. The yellow sides of the second segment of the abdominal
dorsum often show evidence of black triangles encroaching from the
posterior margin; this condition of course adds to the difficulties of
separating these two species. Krober (1926) separates his C.
moerens confusa from C. callida principally on the extent of infusca-
tion in cell M3, stating that the former shows this infuscation but
half way, and the latter, completely; however, from large series of
C. callida I am able to pick out specimens exhibiting both charac-
ters. The abdominal pattern is far too variable to be of much
taxonomic value. In making measurements concerning the posterior
convergence of the vertex in the females it was apparent that in
general C. callida exhibits a greater convergence than C. aestuans,
or to express it otherwise, the distance between the eyes across the
ocellar area is greater in the latter than in the former.

Quoting from my notes taken on the types of C. callida 0. S. : "As
described. Abdomen quite variable, as indicated. Venter yellow
basally, but not always entirely, for a brown spot may appear on I
and II, as in one specimen. Wing pattern not wholly constant.
No actual black triangles encroach on II of the dorsum, but a
variation occurs which might permit this."

Remarks. It is self-evident that to undertake describing a new
variety from one specimen of the group of that most variable and

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 273

difficult aestuans-callida complex, is a dangerous proceeding. But
this is exactly what Krober (1926) has done.

Dr. G. S. Walley of the Entomological Branch, Ottawa, Canada.
very kindly compared a specimen of C. callida O. S. data: (La-
Crescent, Minn., Marsh Flats, June 16, 1925, C. B. Philip; det.
Philip) with Krober's type of C. moerens conjusus and comments as
follows: ''General dorsal abdominal pattern extremely similar to
your specimen, and the second segment identical. Ventral aspect
of abdomen: a gradually broadening mid-ventral fuscous stripe
commences at base of abdomen and extends posteriorly, occupying
the entire width of sternites 5, 6 and 7; midway between this and
lateral margins on sternites 3 and 4 a narrow fuscous stripe which
on 5 unites with the median one. Legs: Hind femora are uniformly
brownish except for narrow black apices, not entirely blackish as
in your specimen."

Because of the locality (British Columbia) I am puzzled as to
whether or not C. moerens confusa Krober is an aberrant C.
aestuans Van der Wulp or C. callida 0. S. ; however, from point of
separateness, comparison, and description it is more likely the latter
species. To further verify my opinion, I have other typical speci-
mens of C. callida, same data as specimen compared. I am much
more at a loss to understand why Krober has related his new
variety to C. coloradensis Bigot, for there are scarcely any similari-
ties.

Type Data. I have studied the types at the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, and also the specimens of C. aestuans Van der Wulp
which Osten Sacken used for comparison. Described from eleven
females of which I was able to locate six. Osten Sacken (1875)
gives as the habitat: New Jersey, Delaware, Connecticut, Detroit,
Michigan, and Illinois.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Ontario 1.

United States: Maine 1, July 9; Massachusetts 3, July 1-10; Connecticut
2, June 13-30; New York 6, June 20- July 25; New Jersey 5, June 20- Aug. 28;
Pennsylvania 3, June 19 -July 5; Delaware 3, June 7-10; Maryland 6, June 4-
July 5; Virginia 8, May 23- June 18; District of Columbia 1, May 22 -June 14;
Michigan 3; Ohio 20. May 24 - July 29; Indiana 1. June 6; Illinois 3, June 14-
July 5; Mississippi 1, July 17; Minnesota 4, June 16 -July 27; Nebraska 1.
July 10; Kansas 8, June 12 -Aug. 1; Arkansas 1, April 12-14 (reared); Okla-
homa 2. May 23-24; Texas 2, April 28- June; Colorado 1. June 28.

In addition, reported by others from :

Canada: Manitoba, British Columbia .

United States: Louisiana, Florida, Wisconsin. Iowa, Washington.

274 The University Science Bulletin

Chrysops carbonaria Walker (1848)

(Plate XXX, fig. 20)

1848. C. carbonarius Walker, List, I, 203.

1848. C. carbonarius Walker, var. y, 1. c.

1901. C. carbonarius Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 303.

1904. C. carbonarius Hin-, Ohio Nat., V, 220.

1907. C. carbonarius Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 140.

1918. C. carbonarius McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1924. C. carbonarius Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 111.

1926. C. carbonarius Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 245.

1930. C. carbonarius Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 275, biol.

1931. C. carbonarius Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 84.

The following also refer to this species:

1848. C. niger Walker (nee Macq.), List, I, 202.

1850. C. provocans Walker, Dipt. Saund., pt. 1, p. 73.

?1850. C. ater Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl., IV, 40.

1875. C. fugax Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 375.

1887. C. fugax Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 132.

1906. C. fugax Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

Color. Black.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex yellow-gray
pollinose; frons, a streak on the frontoclypeus, sides of genae yellow
pollinose. Frontal callus, frontoclypeus, genae and palpi fuscous
to shinging black; occasionally the palpi display some red-brown;
the genae grayish to yellowish pilose. Antennae variable, usually
the scape, pedicel and base of flagellum yellowish or reddish; apex
of flagellum black. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black with
some green-gray pruinosity and whitish pubescence, the former with
obscure gray stripes, pleurae and venter black with considerable
green gray pruinosity, the former with gray-yellow pile. Abdomen
black with sparse intermixed black and pale pubescence, sometimes
on the sides near the base dark-gray pruinose; obscure gray mid-
dorsal triangles sometimes present. Halteres black. Wings as
figured, but there is a variable extent of infuscation and the presence
of a hyaline spot at the base of cell M3 is not always clearly de-
fined. Legs black; the extreme base of the front and middle tibiae,
the middle and hind metatarsi, yellow or reddish. Male: Like the
female, except for a greater extent of infuscation in cells R and 2d
M of the wings. The hyaline spot at the base of cell Cux usually
present. Cell 1st A and anal angle infuscated.

Comparative Notes. To be separated from C. mitis O. S. by the
presence of a hyaline spot at the base of cell Cux. Studied by series
C. carbonaria is some smaller than C. mitis, and it appears that the
latter is more apt to exhibit middorsal triangles. Easily separated

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 275

from C. nigra Macq. by the extent of infuscation in cells R and
2d M of the wings.

Remarks. Philip (1931) has given an excellent discussion con-
cerning the variability and separateness of C. earbonaria and C.
mitis. He has shown the difficulties involved in separating the
adult?, but in the final analysis, resorting to larval characters,
verified the distinctness of these two species.

Type Data. The above description is based upon specimens com-
pared with Walker's types by Major Austen at the British Museum.
I have also studied the types (eight females) of C. jugax 0. S. at the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. The
synonymy of these two species is of too long standing to need further-
discussion. The type locality of Walker's species is Nova Scotia;
Ostcn Sacken's, Canada, Maine, New Hampshire, Montana, Idaho,
and the Yukon River.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Newfoundland 1. Aug. 8; Quebec 4, May 20, July 24; Ontario 1,
June 13; Manitoba 1, June 27; Northwest Territory 1. July 20, 28.

United States: Maine 4, June 10 -July 20; Massachusetts 3, June 6 -July
15; New Hampshire 6, June 4 -July 7; New York 4, May -June 28; New
Jersey 8, May 24 -July 2; Pennsylvania 2, June 3-21; Maryland 3, May 28-
June 25; Virginia 6, May 26 -July; North Carolina 1, May 15; Michigan 2,
July 4 -Aug. 15; Ohio 1, June 4-14; Wisconsin 2, June 4; South Dakota 1;
Wyoming 3, July 2-18; Colorado 4, June 20 -July 8; Montana 3, July 10-14;
Idaho 1, July 6; Utah 1, July 4; California 1.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Nova Scotia.

United States: Connecticut, Nebraska, Alaska.

Chrysops celer Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXX, fig. 19)

1875. C. celer Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 376.

1903. C. celer Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 36.

1906. C. celer Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. celer Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 39.

1918. C. celer McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1920. C. celer Marchand, Mon. Rock. Inst. No. 13, p. 47.

1926. C. celer Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 244.

1930. C. celer Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 279, biol.

1931. C. celer Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 7, biol.
1931. C. celer Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 84.

Color. Black, the female with dense orange pile on the pleurae.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, a broad
longitudinal stripe on the frontoclypeus, sides of genae, yellow or
gray-yellow pollinose; frontal callus, ocellar area, frontoclypeus and

18—7186

276 The University Science Bulletin

oral regions of genae, black. Antennae reddish-yellow except the
black apex of the flagellum. Palpi reddish-brown to fuscous.
Thoracic dorsum and scutellum black with white pubescence, the
former faintly striped with gray; pleurae and venter black with
grayish pruinosity, the former with dense orange pile. Dorsum of
abdomen black with white pubescence and more or less indistinct
gray middorsal triangles on segments II and III. Venter of abdo-
men black with white pubescence. Ocelli brown. Wings as figured.
Legs black; middle and hind metatarsi yellow; the front coxae,
middle and hind femora with white hairs. Male: Differs from the
female as follows: The antennae are mostly black; pleurae black
pilose; cell 1st A of the wings infuscated, and a greater extent of
infuscation in cells R and 2d M.

Comparative Notes. Distinguished from C. amazon Daecke by
the absence of an apical spot on the wing. The females are readily
separated from other species of the group lacking an apical spot by
the heavy orange pile of the pleurae. Hine (1903) states, "The
male is distinguished from that of niger by the hyaline spots at the
apex of the basal cells, occupying the whole width of these cells; and
from that of fugax (C. carbonaria Walker) by the crossband practi-
cally filling out the fourth posterior cell." From C. excitans Walker
the male is separated by the wholly black pubescence of the ab-
domen and entirely black antennae.

Remarks. Ricardo (1901) doubtfully makes C. celer 0. S. and
C. cincticornis Walker synonyms. In this she has been followed by
others, all with a doubt. Major Austen of the British Museum has
compared one of my specimens of C. celer with Walker's type of
C. cincticornis and asserts that they are not the same.

Type Data. Described from eight females of which I have seen
four. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massa-
chusetts. Habitat given as Middle States and Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Quebec 4, July 1-27; Ontario 3, June 7 -July 19.

United States: Maine 2, July 3-17; Massachusetts 3, June 17 -July 15;
Connecticut 1, July 21; New York 3, May 27 -July 27; New Jersey 4, May
20 -June 21; Pennsylvania 4, June 8 -July 8; Maryland 4, May 25 -June 18;
Virginia 7, May 24 - June 19; North Carolina 2, May 4-7; Michigan 1, June
29; Ohio 6, May 20 -July 1; Indiana 1, May 27; Illinois 1, June 12-13; Okla-
homa 1, May 29.

In addition, reported by others from :

Canada: Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Saskatchewan.

United States : District of Columbia, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Arkansas.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Neaectic America 277

Chrysops clavicornis, new species

(Plate XXIX, fig. 8; Plate XXXIV, fig. 64; Plate XXXV, fig. 85;

Plate XXXVII, figs. 105, 110)

Color. Yellow, with black abdominal pattern; appendages yellow.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontal callus,
frontoclypeus, genae, and palpi yellow, the usual regions with yellow
pollen. Ocellar area, a margin around the callus, and a spot on the
genae, brown. Vertex and genae with rather dense pile. Scape and
pedicel of antenna yellow with black hairs, flagellum mostly black;
the bottle-shaped scape is distinctly swollen. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum yellow-gray pollinose, yellowish pilose, the former
with faint brown stripes. Pleurae and sternal region yellow-gray
pollinose with fuscous stripes, the former with dense yellow-white
pile. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a quadrate black spot under
the scutellum which nearly unites with the geminate spot of the
second segment. Segments III, IV and V usually with a double
geminate black spot; the remaining segments black; all with yellow
posterior margins. Sometimes a small black lateral spot appears on
segment II, in one specimen also on segment I. Venter of abdomen
yellow with a complete fuscous mid-stripe and two lateral stripes.
Wings as figured, the hyaline triangle sometimes more broadly open
at the base; in one specimen the apical spot definitely ending in cell
R5. Legs yellow; all joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi, apical tarsal segments of middle and hind legs, fuscous. Poste-
rior tibiae with rather long, black hairs. Male: Predominantly
black. Head and its appendages as described for the female except
the sex characters. Thorax and scutellum exhibit more brown
ground color, more densely pilose. First abdominal segment almost
entirely black except the yellow lateroposterior margin; second with
a large trapezoidal black spot encroached upon from the posterior
margin by a yellow triangle, the yellow on each side with a black
spot; the remaining segments as in the female, except that black is
more dominant. Venter of abdomen yellow with three black stripes.
Wing picture like the female, except that the infuscation of cell 2d
M is equal to that of cell R, and the base of cell 1st A is infuscated.
Legs as described for the female, in addition, the apical portion of
the front femora and of the hind tibiae are fuscous.
, Comparative Notes. The abdominal pattern resembles that of
C. coquilletti Hine, from which C. clavicornis may be separated by
the much greater extent of the apical spot and the more narrow
hyaline triangle. The characteristic bottle-shaped scape of the

278 The University Science Bulletin

antenna generally does not appear to be so swollen as in any of the
related species.

Type Data. Holotype, female; San Diego Co., California; July
7, 1929, R. H. Beamer. Allotype, male; same data. Paratypes:
four females, same data; one female, same locality and date, Paul
W. Oman; one female, Los Angeles Co., California; one female,
Riverside, California, Mission Inn, September 3, 1930, D. Martin;
four females, Ontario, California, July 10-13, 1917. In the Francis
Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the University of
Kansas. The Ontario, California, paratypes in the Ohio State
Museum.

Chrysops coloradensis Bigot (1892)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 34)

1892. C. coloradensis Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 005.

1901. C. coloradensis Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 307.

1904. C. coloradensis Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 220.

1926. C. coloradensis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVH, 293.

Color. Tawny with black abdominal pattern, and considerable
yellowish pubescence throughout.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Frontal callus yellow,
margined above with brown; frontoclypeus, genae and palpi orange-
yellow; the pits on each side of the frontoclypeus and a small spot
near the oral margin of the genae, brown; the usual areas yellow
pollinose. A brown line usually connects the more or less denuded
ocellar area and the frontal callus. Antennae yellow and black as
follows: Scape and pedicel on inner and lower surfaces yellow, on
outer and most of upper surfaces black, with black pubescence;
flagellum yellowish at base, black at apex. Dorsum of thorax and
scutellum green-gray to yellow-gray pollinose, the former with three
broad, brown stripes, the latter sometimes appears plumbeus. The
pruinosity of the pleurae and venter of the thorax broken by the
usual brown stripes. Dorsum of abdomen tawny yellow with a
black emarginate quadrate spot beneath the scutellum, not attaining
the hind margin of the first segment; second segment with two
obliquely angulate black spots on the disc, not attaining either
margin; in addition to these spots on the third, fourth and fifth
segments is a black lateral spot, often the black figures on these
segments may be in the form of two geminate spots; remaining
segments black with yellow hind margins. Venter of abdomen
yellow, usually with a mid-ventral brown stripe and the usual lateral
ones; apical segments brown with yellow hind margins. I have one
specimen without a trace of a mid-ventral stripe. Halteres yellow

Brennan: Pangonhnae of Nearctic America 279

with brown knobs. Wings as figured. Legs yellow; all joints,
apical portion of anterior tibiae and entire tarsi, the four distal
segments of the median and posterior tarsi, brown. Male: In
general this sex resembles the female and is not difficult to associate
with it. There is a greater extent of black on the dorsum of the
abdomen, segments II and IV each with a double geminate spot.
The infuscation of cell 2d M of the wing equals or slightly exceeds
that of cell RT, likewise there is a greater infuscation along veins
Ciii and Cu2. Legs as in the female except the front coxae, large
basal portion of front and hind femora, and middle femora at the
base, fuscous.

Comparative Notes. Hine (1904) has related C. coloradensis
to C. proclivis O. S., but it appears more closely allied to C. furcata
Walker, from which it may be separated by the yellow frontal callus
and generally greater extent of yellow in the facial regions, and the
two spots on the second abdominal tergite instead of a single germi-
nate one. In both C. proclivis and C. furcata the prevailing yellow
is more orange whereas in C. coloradensis it is more tawny. Krober
1 1926) states, ". . . grosze Ahnlichkeit mit furcatus {C. mon-
tana) , lupus (C. furcata) und moerens (C. aestuans)." Ricardo
(1901) redescribes the type and she also relates this species to C.
furcata Walker.

Remarks. This is the first time that the male of this species has
been described. My notes are based on a single specimen in the
LTnited States National Museum from Topaz, California.

Type Data. Two females from Colorado. In the British Museum.
The other specimens of the series are C. fulvastra 0. S. See Ricardo
(1901).

Distributional Data:

United States: Nevada, Fallon, June 17-18, 1930; Pyramid Lake, July 16,
1911. California, Oreville, May 11, 1921; Orange Co., July 14, 1929; Topaz,
July 8-10, Aug. 12, 1919. Santa Cruz Mts., Plumas Co., March.

In addition, reported by others from :
United States: Colorado, Washington, Oregon.

Chrysops coquilletti Hine (1904)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 65; Plate XXXV, fig. 84; Plate XXXVII, figs. Ill, 112)

1904. C. coquilletti Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 220.

1926. C. coquilletti Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 263.

Color. Yellow, with black abdominal pattern ; appendages mostly
yellow.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 9 mm.

280 The University Science Bulletin

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex broader than
long, yellow pollinose; sides of genae and a midstreak on the fronto-
clypeus yellow pollinose; region immediately surrounding antennae
white pollinose; ocellar area denuded, black; frontal callus yellow
margined above with black ; f rontoclypeus and oral margin of genae
yellow, the latter with a small fuscous spot. Palpi yellow. Anten-
nae incrassate, the scape extremely bulbous, practically swollen
uniformly throughout; both scape and pedicel yellow with black
pubescence; flagellum black except for a' little yellow at the base.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous, pruinose, with yellowish
pile, the former with gray-yellow pollinose stripes; pleurae and
venter gray-yellow pollinose with the usual brown stripes, the former
with yellowish pile. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a quadrate
black spot beneath the scutellum, posteriorly emarginate; second
segment with a heavy geminate black mid-spot which attains the
anterior margin; segments III, IV and V each with four black spots,
the median pair the larger and conforming more nearly to the gemi-
nate spot on segment II; remaining segments mostly black with
yellow hind margins. Venter of abdomen yellow with a black
median stripe and the usual black lateral stripes; apical segments
black with yellow hind margins. Halteres yellow. Wings as
figured; the apical spot including less than half of cell R4. Legs
yellow, all the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi,
the four apical segments of the middle and hind tarsi, black. Male:
Like the female, except for sex characters. The dorsal abdominal
pattern differs as follows: The black quadrate spot beneath the
scutellum is more extensive, scarcely emarginate posteriorly, and
practically coalesces with the black geminate figure on the second
tergite; on the third tergite the median pair of angular black spots
are much smaller; remaining tergites like the female. Venter of
abdomen like the female. Wings like the female; the base of cell
1st A is hyaline, the extent of infuscation into cell 2d M is not more
than in the female. Legs like the female ; in one specimen the apical
portion of the hind tibiae is black.

Comparative Notes. This species is generally larger than C.
pachycera Will, and as a rule both sexes exhibit much more black on
the abdomen; in the female the infuscation of cell 2d M in C.
pachycera is more confined to the base than in C. coquilletti, where
it often continues tapering toward vein M and ending with the in-
fuscation of cell R; however, in the male, the infuscation of cell 2d
M in the former is more extensive than in the latter ; frequently the

Beennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 281

wing picture of C. pachycera is fenestrate, but I have never seen
this condition in C. coquilletti. From C. clavicornis n. sp. C.
coquilletti may be easily separated by the scape of the antennae,
which is practically barrel-shaped and extremely swollen; in the
former the scape is not so swollen and is typically bottle-shaped;
also the extent of the apical spot of the wing in C. clavicornis is con-
siderably greater than in C. coquilletti. Also see under description
of C. robusta n. sp.

Remarks. Part of Hine's types are my C. clavicornis. See under
type data.

Type Data. Two females and one male labeled "cotypes" in the
Ohio State Museum. One female, Los Angeles Co., California,
April, collection Coquillett, I accept as the true C. coquilletti Hine
and hereby designate this specimen as the lectotype. One female,
Pasadena, California, June 12, 1895, R. W. Doane, is my C.
clavicornis ; the bottle-shaped scape of the antenna, the extent of
the apical spot of the wing into cell R5, and a black lateral spot on
the second abdominal tergite easily identify this specimen. One
male, Los Angeles Co., California, collection Coquillett, conforms
well to my male of C. clavicornis.

Distributional Data:

United States: California: Dulzura, May 15, 1917; Poway Co., San Diego
Co., April 12. 1930; Los Angeles Co., April; Lindsay. Utah: Zion National
Park.

Chrysops cuclux Whitney (1879)

(Plate XXX, fig. 14)

1879. C. cuclux Whitney, Can. Ent., 35.

1906. C. cuclux Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 404.

1907. C. cuclux Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 140.

1918. C. cuclux McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1926. C. cuclux Krober Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 253.

1930. C. cuclux Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 280, biol.

1931. C. cuclux Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 85.

The following also refers to this species:

1901. C. cuchix Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 300.

Color. Fuscous, abdomen with a gray-yellow spot on each side
near the base, crossband of wings not saturate.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Frontal callus, ocellar
space, frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae, dark brown; vertex,
frons, sides of genae, and a broad, longitudinal stripe on the fronto-
clypeus, grayish-yellow to creamy yellow pollinose. Antennae rather
slender; the scape and pedicel yellowish, flagellum black except for

282 The University Science Bulletin

a little yellow at the base. Palpi brown. Thoracic dorsum and
scutellum black with whitish pubescence; pleurae and venter with
the black ground color hidden by some gray pruinosity, the former
with yellow-white pile. Dorsum of abdomen fuscous with whitish
pubescence; the sides of the first two segments deeply encroached
upon by gray-yellow spots. Venter of abdomen fuscous with whit-
ish pubescence. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured, the picture
dilutely infuscated. Legs brown except the yellowish median and
posterior metatarsi. Male: Similar to the female in all respects
except for the usual sex characters, and hence easily associated.

Comparative Notes. Whitney (1879) compares this species to C.
sordida 0. S., stating, ". . . but is smaller, lacks the gray pos-
terior margins of the abdominal segments, the crossband is more ab-
breviated and lighter colored, and the second basal cell is further
infuscated." C. cuclux is a distinct species and should offer no
difficulties in separating it from any of the group lacking the apical
spot on the wing.

Remarks. This is the first time the male has been reported.

Type Data. Described from seventeen females, all taken at
Milford, New Hampshire, in June. Four of these are still preserved
at the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Nova Scotia 1, June 24; Quebec 2, May 24.

United States: Maine 3, June 1S-28; Massachusetts 3, June 16; New-
Hampshire 4, May 30 -June; Connecticut 1, June 23-24; New York 4, May
30 -June 29; New Jersey 1; Pennsylvania 2, June 22; Michigan 2, June 10-
July 6; Ohio 4, June 1-8.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Ontario.

United States: Maryland, North Carolina.

Chrysops cursim Whitney (1879)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 44)

1879. C. cursim Whitney, Can. Ent., XI, 36.

1887. C. cursim Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 134 (syn. of C. pudica O. S.).

1901. C. cursim Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 300.

1906. C. cursim Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. cursim Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII.
1914. C. cursim Whitney, Can. Ent., XLVI, 345.

Color. Yellow, with more or less faded black abdominal pattern ;
crossband of the wings very dilute.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Frontal callus, fronto-
clypeus, genae, palpi, basal segments of antennae yellow; the usual

Brennan: Panc.oxiixae of Nearctic America 283

areas pollinoscd, including the ocellar space; flagellum of antennae
black apically. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum with gray-yellow
pollen, the former with brown stripes; pleurae and venter pruinose
with the usual stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with an inverted
V-shaped black spot on the second segment which does not attain
either margin; the remaining segments with more or less emarginate
black bands on their anterior margins; sometimes these figures con-
form more or less to the spot on segment II. Venter of abdomen
yellow, only the extreme apex fuscous. Halteres yellowish. Wings
as figured, the dilute crossband inclined to be irregular. Legs yel-
low; apical portions of front and hind femora and tibiae, entire
front tarsi and distal four segments of middle and hind tarsi, brown.
Male : Similar to the female except for the usual sex characters and
the crossband usually more saturate.

Comparative Notes. This species is related to C. pudica 0. S. of
which Williston (1887) considers it a synonym. Krober (1926)
follows Williston, but undoubtedly lacks any other evidence. I
have seen no intergrading forms, so I prefer to consider these as
two distinct species. C. cursim exhibits more yellow throughout;
the crossband is much more dilute and usually more irregular; the
frontal callus is always yellow, sometimes margined above with
brown. In C. pudica the frontal callus is variable, often brown; the
dorsum of the thorax and scutellum are more plumbeus; the hind
femora are mostly fuscous at the base ; a black spot is usually pres-
ent beneath the scutellum; both the dorsum and venter of the
abdomen exhibit a greater extent of black.

Type Data, Described from six females, Milford. N. H., June.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey 4, June 16 -July 20; Maryland 2, June 5 -July
19; North Carolina 3, May 23- June 16; Florida 4, April 12 -June 6.

In addition, reported by others from:

United States: New Hampshire, Massachusetts. Connecticut. New York,
Pennsylvania.

Chrysops delicatula Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 31)

1875. C. delicatuhis Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 380.

1906. C. delicatulus Daecke, Ent. Xews, XVII, 42.

1907. C. delicatulus Daecke, Ent. Xews, XVIII, 144.

1926. C. delicatulus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 265.

Color. Predominantly black with creamy yellow abdominal
triangles.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

284 The University Science Bulletin

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides of
genae, ocellar area, yellow to creamy yellow pollinose; frontal callus
a spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, a spot on the oral area of
the genae dark brown to black; frontoclypeus, palpi, scape and
pedicel of antenna reddish yollow ; flagellum of antenna black except
the reddish basal portion. Thoracic dorsum, pleurae and venter
gray-yellow pruinose with the usual brown stripes. Scutellum
plumbeus. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a black quadrate spot
beneath the scutellum, not quite attaining a black geminate figure
on the second segment which may or may not continue along the
posterior margin ; remaining segments black, the yellow hind margins
of III, IV and V expanding into small middorsal triangles. Venter
of abdomen yellow, the anterior margins caudad from III, black;
black lateral streaks usually present. Halteres fuscous. Wings as
pictured. Legs black; the proximal portion of the front tibiae, nearly
all of the middle tibiae, the middle and hind metatarsi, reddish
yellow. Male: Not identified; probably much like the female ex-
cept for greater melanism.

Comparative Notes. To be separated from C. callida 0. S. by its
generally smaller size; the crossband of the wings attenuated poste-
riorly ; and the brown spots on the frontoclypeus and genae.

Type Data. Described from two females from North Conway,
New Hampshire, middle of August, 1874. I have studied both
specimens; they have faded somewhat, but otherwise are in good
condition. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: Maine 1, June; New Hampshire 1, Aug.; Connecticut 1;
New York 1, June 29; New Jersey 4, June 24 -July 4; Michigan 2, July 3-14.

In addition, reported by others from:
Canada : Ontario.

Chrysops dimmocki Hine (1905)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 30)

1905. C. dimmocki Hine, Ohio Nat, VI, 393.

1906. C. dimmocki Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. dimmocki Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 145.

1918. C. dimmocki MeAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.
1926. C. dimmocki Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 294.

Color. Black, with yellow abdominal triangles.

Size. Length, 7.5 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons and side

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America _v>

of genae with gray-yellow pollen; frontoclypeus, genae, palpi and
basal segments of antennae, yellow; flagellum of antenna yellow
basally and black apically; frontal callus variable, black to yellow.
Dorsum of thorax greenish-gray pollinose with three brown stripes;
pleurae and venter grayish-yellow pollinose with the usual brown
stripes; scutellum concolorous with thoracic dorsum, sometimes yel-
low at the tip. First abdominal tergite with a quadrate black spot
beneath the scutellum, not attaining the posterior margin; second
tergite with an inverted V-shaped or geminate black spot attaining
the anterior margin and may or may not follow along the posterior
margin; remaining segments more or less black, the yellow posterior
margins expanding into middorsal triangles. Venter of abdomen
yellow, a black spot, successively increasing in size on segments
III, IV and V; remaining segments black with yellow hind margins;
the usual brown lateral streaks present. Wings as figured. Legs
yellow; the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi,
large basal portion of hind femora, apex of hind tibiae, apical four
tarsal segments of middle and hind legs, fuscous. Male: I have but
one specimen which I believe to be the male of this species. Super-
ficially it approximates this sex in C. sackeni Hine, but the greater
extent of infuscation in cell 2d M and the broader apical spot offer
separable characters. It differs from the female as follows: Tho-
racic dorsum and scutellum darker; the median yellow triangles on
the abdominal dorsum practically obsolete, tergites III and IV yel-
low on the sides; the black quadrate median spots of the venter at-
tain the base; cells R and 2d M of the wing considerably infuscated
except for a small hyaline space near their apices, cells Cu1 and 1st
A more extensively infuscated. Legs fuscous, bases of front and
hind tibiae, entire middle tibiae, middle and hind metatarsi, yellow.

Comparative Notes. This species is related to C. pudica 0. S.,
from which it should be separated by the greater extent of the apical
spot into cell R4. In general there is a greater extent of black on the
abdominal dorsum of C. dimmocki, and the vertex of the median
figure on the second tergite reaches the anterior margin. Based on
the original descriptions these two could be separated by the black
frontal callus in C. dimmocki and the yellow one in C. pudica, but
unfortunately this character is variable in each species. The char-
acters offered by the apical spot of the wing and the dorsal ab-
dominal pattern have thus far proved most useful, although I have
at hand specimens which show intergradation.

Type Data. I have studied the types. Described from one

286 The University Science Bulletin

female, Longmeadow, Massachusetts, and eight other specimens
from Columbus and Wauseon, Ohio; and Anglesea and Westfield,
New Jersey. Five cotypes in the Ohio State Museum.
Distributional Data :

United States: Massachusetts 1, July 24; Connecticut 1, June 27- July 22;
New York 3, June 23-31; New Jersey 2, June 11-19; Virginia 1, Aug. 14; North
Carolina 1, May 8-27; Georgia 1, May 9 - June 8; Florida 1, March 17; Ohio
2, June 12-14.

In addition, reported by others from :
United States: Rhode Island.

Chrysops discalis Williston (1880)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 72)

1880. C. discalis Williston, Trans. Conn. Acad. Sci., VI, 245.
1904. C. discalis Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 221, £ desc.

1921. C. discalis Francis, Public Health Reports, XXXVI, 1731-1792 (Transmission of
tularaemia).

1922. C. discalis Francis and Mayne, Bull. 130, U. S. Pub. Health Service, Hyg. Lab.,
p. 8.

1924. C. discalis Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 112.

1926. C. discalis Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res., XVII, 18 (larva and pupa).

The following also refers to this species:

1926. Heterochrysops discalis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 236.

Color. Female: Gray to yellow-gray with black spots on the
abdomen, the wing picture fenestrate. Male: Predominantly black
with yellow-gray spots on the abdomen, the wing picture fenestrate.

Size. Lenth, 8 mm. to 10.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, ocellar
area, sides of genae, and a broad stripe the full length of the fronto-
clypeus creamy yellow pollinose; frontal callus and a small spot on
the frontoclypeus just next the pollinose stripe, black; remainder of
frontoclypeus, a spot on the oral margin of the genae, and palpi pale
yellow. Antennae mostly black, the scape and pedicel often yel-
lowish on their inner and lower surfaces, with black and white
pubescence intermixed. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum gray-
yellow pollinose, the former with three brown stripes; pleurae and
venter gray-yellow pollinose with the usual brown stripes, the
former with dense yellow-white pile. Dorsum of abdomen gray
yellow with a black spot, broader than long, beneath the scutellum,
not attaining the hind margin of the first segment; second segment
with two black angular spots on the disc whose bases attain the
anterior margin and whose apices are directed toward the posterior
margin which they do not reach; on the remaining segments those

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 287

spots become successively smaller; in some specimens the extreme
apical segments are mostly black with yellowish hind margins; in
addition to these markings, all segments have a black spot on each
side. Venter of abdomen yellow with a black spot on the disc of
each segment becoming successively larger toward the apex; the
usual lateral streaks appear as dotted lines. Halteres yellow with
brown knobs. Wings as figured, the hyaline discal cell and spot
at the bifurcation of vein R4+5 are quite characteristic. Legs yellow;
the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, the proxi-
mal four segments of the middle and hind tarsi, brown. Male:
Darker than the female, but readily associated. Head similar to
that of female except for sex characters; the antennae wholly black.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum predominantly black, the former
with gray pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter black with pollinose
stripes, the pile of the former black and white intermixed. Dorsum
of abdomen with first segment entirely black except for a small
yellow lateral spot; remaining segments black, the gray-yellow
posterior margins encroaching to form middorsal triangles, on each
side of which is a longer spot almost attaining the anterior margin
of the segment; segments VI and VII mostly black with narrow
yellow hind margins. Venter of abdomen like the female, except the
black occupies more space. Wing picture like the female except a
much greater extent of infuscation in all cells. Legs black; the
extreme base of the front tibiae, apex of middle femora, middle
and hind tibiae except extreme apices, middle and hind metatarsi,
yellow.

Comparative Notes. C. discalis is distinct from all other North
American species. The general color and wing pattern is suggestive
of C. fulvastra 0. S., but the swollen antennae of that species,
smaller size, etc., will easily separate it.

Type Data. One female in the Snow Entomological Collection of
the University of Kansas.

Distributional Data:

United States: North Dakota 1, June 26 -July 19; Nebraska 1, July 10;
Wyoming 5, June 23- Aug. 3; Colorado 1, June 28; Utah 14, May 17- Aug. 27;
Nevada 3, June 10 -July 17; Washington 1, Sept, 4; Oregon 3, July 15-30;
California 3, May 8 -Aug. 13.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Manitoba, Saskatchewan.
United States: Montana.

l'ss The University Science Bulletin

Chrysops dissimilis, new species

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 73; Plate XXXV, fig. 79)

Color. Orange-yellow with black abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex slightly longer
than broad, gray-yellow pollinose; frons, a midstreak on the fronto-
clypeus and sides of genae gray-yellow pollinose. Frontal callus
brown-yellow, broadly bordered on the sides and above with fuscous.
Frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae, except for a small fuscous
spot on each side of the latter, orange-yellow. Palpi orange-yellow,
sometimes with some fuscous intermixed. Antennae orange-yellow
except for the black apical portion of the flagellum, sometimes the
outer sides of the pedicel fuscous; both scape and pedicel with
short, black hairs, the former more or less bottle-shaped and dis-
tinctly more swollen than the latter. Dorsum of thorax and
scutellum yellow-gray or mouldy-gray pollinose, white pubescent,
the former with obscure stripes; pleurae and venter gray-yellow
pollinose, with yellow-white pile. Dorsum of abdomen orange-
yellow, the black quadrate spot beneath the scutellum barely attain-
ing the posterior margin of the first segment; the median black
figure of the second segment is quite variable, sometimes appearing
as two vittate spots parallel or posteriorly divergent, sometimes as
a geminate or inverted V-shaped spot which rarely attains the
anterior margin of the segment and never the posterior; segments
III, IV and V each with a pair of median black vittate spots which
attain the anterior, but not the posterior margins; sometimes small,
black lateral spots are present, the pattern of segment V very ob-
scure; remaining segments dominantly fuscous with yellow hind
margins. Venter of abdomen orange-yellow, as a rule, with a distinct
fuscous mid-stripe broadening toward the apex; the usual fuscous
lateral stripes present. Halteres yellow. Wings as pictured. Legs
orange-yellow; the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi, apical four segments of middle and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male:
Except for sex characters, much like the female and easily as-
sociated. The black quadrate spot beneath the scutellum is larger and
practically attains the hind margins of the first abdominal segment;
the median figure on the second segment is more nearly a black
quadrate spot posteriorly emarginate, than a geminate spot, as
in the female. Wings and legs like the female. This sex exhibits
less variation in the dorsal abdominal pattern. The lateral spots
on segments III to V are lacking.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nkarctic America 289

Comparative Notes. This species is quite distinct from all other
North American Chrysops. The relatively narrow apical spot of
the wing associated with an incrassate scape is unique. The ab-
dominal pattern of the female is very similar to that of C. pachycera
Will.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Lost River, Chaves Co., N. Mex.,
July 10. 1933, J. M. Brennan. Allotype, male; same data. Para-
types, seven males and twenty females; same data. In the Francis
Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the University of
Kansas.

Chrysops divisa Walker (1848)

(Plate XXX, fig. 22)

1848. C. divisus Walker, List, I, 204.

1901. C. divisus Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 303 (syn.).

The following also refers to this species:

1875. C. atropos Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 372.

1926. C. atropos Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 240.

Color. Black, wings infuscated completely to distal margin of
erossband.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides
of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar area, frontal callus, frontoclypeus,
genae, palpi, and antennae fuscous to black. Thorax and abdomen
black with sparse whitish pubescence; pleurae with black pile.
Halteres black. Wings as figured, cells Cu1; 1st A, and the anal
angle more dilutely infuscated. Legs black; middle and hind
metatarsi yellowish. Male: This sex has never been reported.

Comparative Notes. Easily distinguished from any other species
lacking the apical spot of the wing by the wing picture.

Remarks. Bicardo (1901) has established the synonymy of
C. divisa Walker and C. atropos O. S., but Krober (1926) recognizes
the synonymy with a doubt.

Type Data. The above description is based on a specimen com-
pared with Walker's type in the British Museum by Major Austen.
I have also studied the specimens on which Osten Sacken based his
description of C. atropos. Nine females remain in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts, among them the
type of the description.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey: 1 specimen (in the U. S. N. M.) collected by
Palm, no other data on label. Florida: Plant City, April 26, 1926; Alachua

290 The University Science Bulletin

Co., March 31, 1908, May 18, 1922; Tampa, July 26; Fla., May 5; Orange Co.,
April 14, 1930; Polk Co., March 3, 1930; Lakeland; Okeechobe Lake; Eagle
Lake; Crescent City.

Chrysops dorsovittata Hine (1907)

(Plate XXXIII. tig. 57)

1907. C. dorsovittatus Hine. Ohio Nat., VIII, 229.

1926. C. dorsovittatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 325.

Color. Black and yellow, the yellow of the abdominal dorsum
with a broad, black, longitudinal stripe.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 7 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides of
genae, a longitudinal stripe on the frontoclypeus, yellow pollinose;
ocellar space, frontal callus, frontoclypeus and genae, black. Scape
of antenna yellow; pedicel and base of flagellum red-brown; apex of
flagellum black. Palpi dark brown. Dorsum of thorax and scutel-
lum fuscous, the former with yellow-gray pollinose stripes; pleurae
and venter yellow pollinose with the usual brown stripes. Dorsum
of abdomen yellow, the apical three or four segments fuscous, which
color extends to the base as a broad median stripe; and on each side
as a narrow lateral stripe to the anterior margin of the third seg-
ment. Venter of abdomen mostly fuscous, only the first two seg-
ments and the sides of the third, yellow, Halteres brown. Wings as
figured. Legs black; the front coxae, base of front and middle
tibiae, middle and hind metatarsi yellow. Male: Like the female;
cell 2d M at the base and the margins along vein Cu infuscated.

Comparative Notes. A distinct species. Readily recognized by
the middorsal abdominal stripe and its small size.

Type Data. Described from one female from Georgia and a male
from Florida. I have studied both in the Hine collection at the Ohio
State Museum.

Distributional Data:

United States: Maryland: Glenburnie, June 22, 1922. North Carolina:
Southern Pines, May, 1909. Georgia; Florida.

Chrysops excitans Walker (1850)

(Plate XXX, fig. 21)

1850. C. excitans Walker, Dipt. Saund., I, 72.

1875. C. excitans Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 373.

1887. C. excitans Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 132.

1902. C. excitans Howard, Ins. Book, pi. XVI, f. 16.

1904. C. excitans Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 222.

1907. C. excitans Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 139.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 291

1926. C. cxcitans Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res., XVII. 19, fig. (larva and pupa).
1926. C. excitans Krober, Si.it. Ent. Ztg., I. XXXVII, 250.
1931. C. excitans Philip, Mum. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 85.

Tlie following also refers to this species:

190."). C. sordidus Washburn, 10th Rept. Stale Ent. Minn., p. 79.

Color. Black, with a large, yellow spot on each side of the ab-
dominal dorsum near the base. Abdominal triangles conspicuous or
obsolete.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 12 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides of
genae, and a broad longitudinal median stripe on the frontoclypeus,
yellow pollinose. Frontal callus, ocellar area, frontoclypeus, and
genae black. Scape of antenna yellow; pedicel and base of flagellum
reddish brown to yellow; apex of flagellum black. Palpi black.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black with dense yellowish pubes-
cence, the former with faint grayish pruinose stripes; pleurae and
venter gray-yellow pruinose, the former with heavy yellow pile.
Dorsum of abdomen black with a yellow lateral spot on each side
near the base. The extent of this spot is quite variable; sometimes
ending at the hind margin of the second segment and in some large
specimens extending beyond the hind margin of the third segment.
A middorsal yellow triangle often occurs on the second segment,
sometimes on the third and a trace on the fourth; in small speci-
mens there is scarcely a trace of these triangles. Venter of ab-
domen mostly black, sometimes yellow at the base. Halteres
brown. Wings as figured, the crossband and infuscation in cells R
and 2d M subject to variation. Legs black; the extreme apices of the
front and middle tibiae, the middle and hind metatarsi, yellow.
Male: According to Osten Sacken (1875) this sex is entirely black.
The thorax with black and some yellowish pubescence intermixed.
The black abdomen with some yellow pubescence and a faint gray
middorsal triangle on segment II. Infuscation of wings of greater
extent in cells R and 2d M. Cell 1st A and the anal angle lightly
infuscated.

Comparative Notes. See under description of C. noctifera 0. S.
Separated from C. sordida 0. S. by the absence of gray hind margins
of the abdominal segments.

Remarks. The extreme variation with this species makes de-
scription difficult and not seeing large series would tend to make one
dubious as to properly placing specimens. Fortunately, I have a
series of more than one hundred females from northern Michigan

19—7186

292 The University Science Bulletin

which exhibit all the variations in size and pattern that I have
mentioned. Also, see Philip (1931).

Type Data. In two females which were compared with Walker's
types in the British Museum by Major Austen, the yellow lateral
spot on the dorsum of the abdomen does not extend beyond the
posterior margin of the second segment; the middorsal triangles are
obsolete.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Newfoundland 3, July 20 -Aug. 8; Labrador 1, July 12; Ontario
1; Northwest Territory 1, July 15; British Columbia 2, June 11.

United States: Maine 5, June -Aug.; Massachusetts 1, May 31; New
Hampshire 2; New York 1, July 26; New Jersey 1, May 27; Michigan 6, June
18 -July 14; Wisconsin 2, June 4-22; Minnesota 2, June 15; Colorado; Mon-
tana; Washington 1, July 7-30; Oregon 2.

In addition, reported by others from :

Canada: Quebec, Manitoba.
United States: Illinois.

Chrysops facialis Townsend (1897)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 6G ; Plate XXXV, fig. 92)

1897. C. facialis Townsend, Psycho, VIII, 39.

1904. C. faciatis Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 223.

1926. C. facialis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII. 261.

Color. Black and yellow, the dorsum of the abdomen with some
black more or less geminate figures.

Size. Length, 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, a nar-
row stripe on the frontoclypeus, and sides of genae, yellow pollinose.
Ocellar area, a line leading from it to the frontal callus, this latter,
oral margins of genae, a row of four spots across the frontoclypeus,
fuscous to black; remainder of frontoclypeus and palpi reddish to
brown. Scape of antenna swollen, the outer surfaces black, inner
surfaces yellow; pedicel not so swollen, may be colored like the scape
or concolorous with the reddish base of the flagellum; apex of
flagellum black; both scape and pedicel with black hairs. Dorsum
of thorax and scutellum black, the former with faint gray-yellow
stripes; pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with brown stripes, the
former with dense yellow pile. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a
black quadrate emarginate spot beneath the scutellum; second and
third segments each with a pair of triangular black spots on the disc
whose bases are united at the anterior margins of the segment;
fourth and fifth segments with a more or less double geminate black
spot; remaining segments mostly black; all segments with narrow

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 293

yellow hind margins. Venter of abdomen yellow with a median row
of large quadrate black spots which, toward the apex, extend the
full width of the segments; each side with a black stripe, between
this and the median row of spots is a dotted black line; all segments
with narrow yellow hind margins. Haltcres yellow. Wings as fig-
ured. Legs yellow; the joints, apices of front tibiae and entire tarsi,
apical four segments of the middle and hind tarsi, black. Male:
According to Hine (1904) : "Colored like the female except more
black on legs and wings. In the latter the apical triangle is the
same in both sexes, but in each basel cell there is only a small
hyaline spot, and the hyaline in the anal cell is much reduced."

Comparative Notes. Separated from others of the group with in-
crassate antennae by the black frontal callus and four black spots
across the frontoclypeus. See remarks.

Remarks. I have seen but two females. The advisability of
using the black frontal callus as a character is questionable. In
one specimen from Arizona the frontal callus is yellow bordered
with black, but conforms in all other respects to the description.

Type Data. Described from one female, West Fork, New Mexico,
July 19. In the British Museum. My identification is based on a
homotype in the United States National Museum.

Distributional Data:

I'nited States: Arizona: Coconino Co., July 1, 1929: Oak Creek Canvon
July.

Mexico: Chihuahua: Sierra Madre.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: New Mexico.

Chrysops flavida Wiedemann (1821)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 69 ; Plate XXXV, fig. 80)

1821. C. flavidus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., I, 105.

1828. C. flavidus Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, 199.

1875. C. flavidus Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 385.

1901. C. flavidus Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 300.

1901. C. flavidus Hine, Ohio Nat,, II, 168.

1903. C. flavidus Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 37.

1906. C. flavidus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. flavidus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 146.
1907. C. flavidus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., 29.

1925. C. flavidus Hine, Occ. Pap. Mus. Zool. U. of Mich., 1762, p. 19.

1926. C. flavidus Krober, Konowia, IV, 329.

1926. C. flavidus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 291.

1930. C. flavidus Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., 14.

1931. C. flavidus Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 7, larva.

The following also refer to this species:

1848. C. canifrons Walker, List, I, 197.

1859. C. pallidus Bellardi, Saggio, I, 73, pi. II, f. 10.

294 The University Science Bulletin

Color. Yellow, with brown abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Variable. Frontal
callus, frontoclypeus, genae, and palpi yellow, the usual areas in-
cluding the ocellar space with yellow pollen. Antennae slightly
swollen or not; the scape, pedicel and base of flagellum yellow to
brown-yellow, the first two with black pubescence; apex of flagellum
black. Thoracic dorsum, pleurae and venter yellow or gray -yellow
pollinose with the usual brown stripes; scutellum yellow to brown,
or sometimes yellow with a brown spot at the base. Dorsum of ab-
domen yellow, the second segment with a more or less inverted
V-shaped brown figure at the posterior margin; remaining segments
with emarginate brown bands which become nearly plain near the
apex; posterior margins of the segments caudad from III, yellow.
Venter of abdomen yellow at base; anterior margins of apical seg-
ments brown, which color may or may not appear in the form of
quadrate median spots on segments III, IV, and V; usually traces of
brown lateral streaks. Halteres brown. Wings typically as figured,
although the extent of infuscation, especially of the apical spot and
anal area shows considerable variation. Sometimes the apical spot
fades gradually toward the posterior margin of the wing and the
crossband fades into the anal area and toward the base of the wing.
Daecke (1907) has shown some of these variations. In some speci-
mens the wing picture is nearly similar to that figured for C. brunnea
Hine. Legs yellow; the joints and distal half of the tibiae and en-
tire tarsi of the front legs, the four distal tarsal segments of the
middle and hind legs, brown. Sometimes the hind femora and
tibiae are more brown than yellow. Male: Like the female except
for sex characters, more densely pilose.

Comparative Notes. See under description of C. brunnea Hine.
I have some specimens from Florida which superficially resemble
C. pudica O. S., but the greater extent of the apical spot into cell
R4, the absence of a black spot under the scutellum and the yellow
hind femora easily identified them. The male may be confused
with the male of C. cursim Whit. The wing picture and color of
the thoracic dorsum and scutellum will aid in separation.

Remarks. Because of the variation within this species I have
taken it out in two places in the key to females. Whether or not
the antennae of C' flavida are swollen is perhaps a matter of
opinion. In most cases the antennae are midway between what is
generally considered as distinctly incrassate (C. pachycera Will.)
and slender (C. vittata Wied.).

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 295

Type Data. Described from the female from Savannah. In the
Museum of Vienna.
Distributional Data:

I'mted States: Massachusetts 2, July 15 -Aug. 20; Connecticut 1, June
23-24; New York 1. June 30; New Jersey 1, June 20 -July 19; Delaware 2,
July 11-18; Maryland 5. June 16 - Aug. 28; Virginia 4, June 7 -Sept. 8; North
Carolina 1, June 10; South Carolina 2, June 7-Sept. 2; Georgia 1, Aug. 22;
Florida 18, Feb. 25 -Nov. 28; Indiana 1. July 23; Alabama 1, Aug.; Illinois 1.
May 25 -June 28; Arkansas 3, June 4 - Sept. 15; Louisiana 7, June 16 -Oct. 1;
Kansas 1, July 22; Texas 6, March 11 -July 30.

Bahama Islands: New Providence, June 30.

Cuba: Havana, June.

In addition, reported by others from :

United States: Maine, New Hampshire, Rhode Island, Pennsylvania, Ohio.

Mexico.

Chrysops jrigida Osten Saeken (1875)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 62)

1875. C. frigidus Osten Saeken. Prodrome, I, 384.

1876. C. frigidus Osten Saeken, Prodrome, II, 474.

1903. C. frigidus Hine, O. State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 37.

1904. C. frigidus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 223.

1907. C. frigidus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 145.

1926. C. frigidus Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res., XVII, 20 (larva and pupa), fig.

1926. C. frigidus Krciber, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 330.

1931. C. frigidus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull. LXXX, 86.

The following also refers to this species:

1926. C. canadensis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 277.

Color. Black and golden-yellow, extent of both colors extremely
variable on both abdomen and legs.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Ocellar area, frontal
callus, frontoclypeus and oral margins of genae, black; vertex,
frons, a streak down the center of the frontoclypeus, sides of genae,
yellow pollinose. Antennae with a variable amount of black and
yellow on the scape and pedicel, the black usually dominant on the
latter; base of flagellum sometimes reddish or yellow, usually the
entire flagellum is black. Palpi yellow to yellow brown. Dorsum
of thorax and scutellum shining black with some yellowish pruinos-
ity which on the former takes the form of more or less faint stripes ;
pleurae and venter gray-yellow pruinose with black stripes, the
former with bright-yellow pile. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a
black quadrate or trapezoidal spot beneath the scutellum which
practically attains the hind margin of the first segment; here it
merges with a broader than long, black, more or less pentagonal spot
on the second segment emarginate posteriorly. In some specimens

296 The University Science Bulletin

the black spot on segment II is rectangular and confined to the
anterior margin; however, it is practically always emarginate. Re-
maining segments predominantly black with yellow hind margins
tending to expand into middorsal triangles. Venter of abdomen
yellow at the base, the apical segments black with yellow posterior
margins; sometimes a black spot is present on the disc of the first
two or three basal segments. Halteres yellowish to black. Wings
as figured. Legs variable, in some forms predominantly yellow, in
others black. In the former, the front coxae, extreme bases and
apices of all femora, distal tarsal segments, dark; in the latter, the
base of the front tibiae, most of the middle and hind tibiae and
metatarsi, yellow. Male: Head as in the female except for sex
characters. Thorax more densely yellow pubescent and pilose.
Dorsum of abdomen yellow with a median broad black trapezoidal
spot on each of the first four segments; remaining segments mostly
black; all segments with narrow yellow hind margins. In some
specimens the abdominal pattern is much like the female, except the
black spots instead of being emarginate posteriorly are more or less
produced. Venter of abdomen exhibiting variations as in the
female, in one specimen almost entirely black, except for the nar-
row yellow hind margins of the segments and traces of yellow at
the sides near the base. Halteres yellowish to black. Wings with
a greater extent of infuscation of cells R and 2d M and in the anal
area. Legs variable, usually with more black than in the female.

Comparative Notes. The peculiar abdominal pattern should easily
separate this species from others with an apical spot on the wing
and black frontoclypeus with a mid-streak of yellow pollen, namely
C. pertinax Will., C. amazon Daecke and C. noctifera 0. S. In the
first two the abdomen is wholly black; in the last, the apical spot
includes only the extreme apex of cell R4, the apex of the hyaline
triangle extends beyond vein R2+3, and the yellow of the abdomen
is confined to the sides near the base. C. frigida is probably close
to C. pilumna Krbber (assuming this latter to be a distinct species
and not an aberrant or teneral C. frigida) . In Krober's species the
frontoclypeus is yellow, lacking a pollinose midstreak, and the first
abdominal tergite is almost completely black. The legs are pre-
dominantly yellow.

Remarks. I have had a male specimen of C. frigida compared
with Krober's type of C. canadensis; except for slight variations,
they are identical. Doctor Walley, of the Canadian National
Museum, who made the comparisons, states that Krober's specimen

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 297

seems slightly teneral, and also adds as follows: "General dorsal ab-
dominal pattern . . . First tergite with median blackish por-
tion a little broader than in your specimen, thus posterolateral paler
portions slightly reduced. Second tergite with blackish portion a
little broader than your specimen and continued (though slightly
less heavily blackish) to apex of tergite, remaining tergites maculate
as in your specimen except that blackish bands are more transverse
with less tendency to be produced posteriorly in the middle. Fronto-
clypeus, face, and cheeks agree in color with your specimen. Facets
of eyes ... of two sizes as in your specimen."

Type Data. I have studied the types (five females and "two
hypothetical males") in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts. Habitat, according to Osten Sacken
(1875) : Great Slave Lake and Northwestern Regions of the British
Possessions; Saskatchewan; Quebec; New York; Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: New Brunswick 1, July 14; Quebec 1, June 16; Manitoba 1, July
16; British Columbia 1. July 18.

United States: Maine 1, July 11; New Hampshire 1; Massachusetts 6,
June 12 -July; New York 4. June 19 - July 10; Michigan 3, July 1-25; Ohio 1,
June 8; Colorado 1, July 22; Washington 1, July 25.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Newfoundland, Ontario, Saskatchewan.

United States: Connecticut, New Jersey, Minnesota. Wisconsin.

Chrysops fuliginosa Wiedemann (1821)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 60)

1821. C. fuliginosus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., I, 109.

192fi. C. fuliginosus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 311.

The following also refer to this species:

1828. C. plangens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, 210.

1875. C. plangens Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 393.

1906. C. plangens Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 42.

1907. C. plangens Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 141.

Color. Gray-black or brown; infuscation of wings not very
saturate, usually a distinct spot at the bifurcation of vein R4+5.

Size. Length, 6 mm. to 7.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, and
sides of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar space, frontal callus sides of
frontoclypeus, oral margins of genae, and palpi, fuscous; fronto-
clypeus and basal segments of antennae yellow to brown-yellow;
apical segments of flagellum black; sometimes the scape and pedicel
considerably darkened. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous

298 The University Science Bulletin

with yellowish pubescence, the former with obscure grayish to
gray-yellow pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter grayish pollinose
with brown stripes, the former with more or less fulvous pile.
Dorsum of abdomen gray-brown, all segments with narrow yellow-
ish hind margins; the dark color on the discs of the first three or
four segments more pronounced and forming obscure but definite
geminate spots. Venter of abdomen gray-brown with very narrow
yellowish hind margins to the segments. Halteres brown. Wings as
figured; a faint tooth-like projection from the crossband to the
bifurcation of vein R4+3 present or absent. Legs brown ; the extreme
base of the front tibiae, most of the median tibiae, sometimes the
basal portion of the hind tibiae, the median and hind metatarsi,
yellow. Male: Darker than the female. Antennae fuscous. Pile
of the pleurae black. Abdomen fuscous. The wings more ex-
tensively infuscated; the apex of the hyaline triangle beyond vein
R4+5 represented by a mere hyaline streak ; a small hyaline dot near
the apices of cells R and 2d M. Legs much like the female but with
a little more brown.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. brimleyi Hine by the
greater extent of the apical spot of the wings, and the infuscated
spot at the bifurcation of vein R4+5.

Type Data. Described from a male, "Aus Nordamerika," In
the Museum of Vienna. A female described as C. plan-gens, Savan-
nah, Georgia, presumably in the University of Berlin. Krober
(1926) in his description of C. fuliginosa states that a female from
Savannah designated as the type is in the University of Berlin, but
does not say whether it is labeled C. fuliginosa or C. plangens.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 3, June 13-25; Rhode Island 1, June; Con-
necticut; New York 3, June 5-29; New Jersey 2, May 28- June 11; Delaware
1, May 26; Virginia 1, May 14; North Carolina; South Carolina 2, May 28;
Georgia 2; Florida 4, March 16 -April 17.

Canada: Nova Scotia.

United States: Maine.

Chrysops fulvastra Osten Sacken (1877)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 70; Plate XXXV, fig. 90)

1877. C. fulvaster Osten Sacken, West. Dipt., p. 221.

1887. C. fulvaster Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 134.

1904. C. fulvaster Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 223.

1924. C. fulvaster Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 112.

1926. C. fulvaster Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res., XVII, 21 (larva and pupa), fig.

1931. C. fulvaster Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 86.

1926. Heterochrysops fulvaster Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 233.

1928. H. fulvaster Krober, Deutsche Ent. Ztsch., p. 427.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 299

The following also refers to this species:

1892. C. coloradcnsis Rigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. I'nuicr, V, i>05, (partim).

Color. Female: Fuscous or brown with gray-yellow abdominal
triangles; wing picture fenestrate. Male: mostly black or fuscous,
abdominal triangles much reduced; wings much more infuscated.

Size. Length, 6 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides of
genae and a mid-streak on the frontoclypeus yellow pollinose; upper
margin of frontal callus, a small spot on each side of the fronto-
clypeus, another on the oral margin of the genae, fuscous; disc of
frontal callus, remainder of frontoclypeus and genae, and the palpi,
yellow. Antennae decidedly incrassate, the scape most strongly;
flagellum scarcely longer than the scape; the scape, pedicel, and base
of flagellum brown-yellow to brown, sometimes the outer surfaces
of the first two, and always the apex of the flagellum, black. Dor-
sum of thorax and scutellum brown or yellow-brown pruinose, the
former with fuscous stripes; pleurae and venter gray-yellow polli-
nose with the usual brown stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellowish
or gray-yellow with a black spot beneath the scutellum; second seg-
ment with a median pair of oblique black spots, sometimes nearly
united at the anterior margin to form a geminate spot; remaining
segments black with yellowish posterolateral angles and hind mar-
gins which expand to form middorsal triangles. Venter of abdomen
gray-yellow, each segment with a large fuscous quadrate median
spot which apically occupies nearly the whole width of a segment;
hind margins of all segments gray-yellow; fuscous lateral stripes
usually present. Halteres yellow. Wings as figured. Legs orange-
yellow; the joints, front tarsi, and apical three or four segments of
the middle and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: Predominantly black.
Antennae and palpi black. Thorax similar to female but with a
greater extent of black. Dorsum of abdomen black; all segments
with yellowish posterolateral angles and narrow hind margins which
expand into very small middorsal triangles. Wings with all cells
included by the picture more extensively infuscated than in the
female, but the general pattern is the same, and should cause no
difficulty in associating the two sexes. Legs practically like the
female, except the front legs which are wholly black except the
base of the tibiae, and the hind femora sometimes are black at the
base.

300 The University Science Bulletin

Comparative Notes. This species is distinct and should not be
easily confused with others of the group with swollen antennae.
From C. discalis Will, it may at once be separated by the antennae;
from C. coquilletti Hine, and C. clavicornis n. sp. by the fenestrate
discal cell and abdominal pattern; from C. latifrons n. sp. by the
abdominal pattern and absence of a tooth-like projection of the
crossband, as well as a greater extent of the apical spot.

Type Data. Described from five females and one male from
Colorado and Utah. I have studied these types at the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: North Dakota 1. June 30- July; South Dakota 6. June 15-
July 16; Nebraska 1, May; Kansas 4, June - July 26; Oklahoma 1. July 19;
Montana 2, July 14-16; Wyoming 5, June 22 -Aug. 12; Colorado 18, June 4-
Aug. 14; New Mexico 4. June 22 - July 29; Idaho 2. July 6-25; Utah 12, June
18- Aug. 14; Arizona 3, July 2 - Aug. 15; California 1.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Saskatchewan, Alberta.
United States: Minnesota.

Chrysops fulvistigma Hine (1904)

(Plate XXX, fig. 13)

1904. C. fidvistigma Hine, Can. Ent., XXXVI, 55.

1907. C. fulvistigma Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 146.

1907. C. fulvistigma Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 29.

1926. C. fulvistigma Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 248.

Color. Black and yellow, the latter color predominant on the
two basal abdominal segments. Wing picture extremely dilute, so
that the wings appear to be almost hyaline with a prominent yel-
lowish stigma and yellow veins.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 7 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides
of genae, a few streaks on the frontoclypeus, yellow pollinose;
frontal callus, frontoclypeus and oral margins of the genae, black.
Palpi and scape of antenna yellow; pedicel and first segment of
flagellum yellow-brown; apical four segments of flagellum black.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous with grayish pruinosity,
the former faintly striped ; pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with
brown stripes. Dorsum of abdomen black and yellow as follows:
First segment yellow with a quadrate emarginate black spot beneath
the scutellum, attaining the posterior margin; second segment
yellow with a black posterior margin which on the disc sends out
two finger-like processes which almost reach the anterior margin

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 301

(in one specimen the median figure on segment II is solid black);
third segment black with a small yellow median spot at the anterior
margin and on each side a smaller yellow spot; remaining segments
black. Venter of abdomen with the first two segments yellow; the
third yellow with a large quadrate black spot on the disc; remaining
segments black. Haltejres brown. Wings as figured. Legs brown;
front coxae, base of femora and tibiae, apex of middle femora,
entire tibiae and metatarsi, base of hind tibiae and metatarsi,
yellow. Male: Like the female in all respects except for sex char-
acters; very easily associated.

Comparative Notes. The unusual abdominal pattern and the
wings will easily distinguish this species from all others included
in this paper.

Remarks. This is the first time that the male has been reported.

Type Data. I have studied the types in the Hine collection at
the Ohio State Museum. Described from two females taken at
Raleigh, North Carolina, July 15 and 17, 1902.

Distrib utional Da ta :

United States: North Carolina: Raleigh, June 11, 1906; June 17, 1907.
Georgia: Decatur Co., June 7-23, 1911. Louisiana: Osborn, July 19, 1906.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: New Jersey.

Chrysops furcata Walker (1848)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 37; Plate XXXVII, fig. 114)

1848. C. jurcatus Walker, List, I, 199.

1904. C. furcatus Rieardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII. 302.

The following also refer to this species:

1904. C. lupus Whitney, Can. Ent., XXXVI, 205.

1904. C. lupus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 224.

1926. C. lupus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII. 304.

1931. C. lupus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 88.

Color. Black and yellow.

Size. Length, 9 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray to gray-
yellow pollinose; irons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar
area, frontal callus, a spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, oral
margin of genae, black; frontoclypeus and palpi yellow, the latter
with a little black on the outer surfaces; antennae black; the basal
portion of the scape and sometimes the inner surface of the pedicel,
vellow. Thoracic dorsum and scutellum fuscous, yellowish pubes-

302 The University Science Bulletin

cent, the former with gray-pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter
yellowish pollinose with the usual fuscous stripes, the former with
heavy yellow pile. Dorsum of abdomen yellow; a quadrate black
spot beneath the scutellum, barely emarginate posteriorly, practi-
cally attaining a pentagonal geminate spot on the disc of the second
segment; segments III, IV and V each with four black more or less
triangular spots whose bases rest on the anterior margin where they
tend to be united; remaining segments black with yellow hind mar-
gins. Venter of abdomen yellow; first segment with a black spot on
the disc which usually continues on to the second segment; second
segment with a small black spot on the disc ; segments III, IV and V
each with a median black quadrate spot; remaining segments black
with yellow hind margins; the usual black lateral streaks present.
Halteres brown. Wings as figured; the apex of the hyaline triangle
distinctly exceeding vein R2+3; the extent of infuscation in cells
R and 2d M variable. Legs black and yellow, the former distributed
as follows: the joints, front femora, tibiae and tarsi, except the
extreme base of the tibiae and the inner surfaces of the femora,
bases of middle and hind femora, apical portions of hind tibiae, and
middle and hind tarsi. Sometimes the yellow is more prevalent,
especially on the basal portions the front femora and tibiae and the
apical portion of the hind tibiae. Male: Philip (1931) reports one
male from Montana, but does not describe it. I have not seen this
sex.

Comparative Notes. This species is related to C. coloradensis
Bigot and C. montana 0. S. From the former it is readily separated
by the different abdominal pattern, the black frontal callus and the
black on each side of the frontoclypeus and on the oral margin of
the genae; from the latter, by the greater extent of the hyaline
triangle on the wing and the apical spot occupying only the apex
of cell R4, and again by the black on each side of the frontoclypeus
and on the oral margin of the genae. C. furcata is very apt to be
confused with C. proclivis O. S., but this latter has cell R of the
wings completely infuscated and on the second abdominal tergite
a small black spot on each side of the median geminate spot.

Remarks. The synonymy is based on a homotype in Hine's col-
lection and Walker's description. The C. jurcatus of Hine (1904),
Krober (1926) and in the key of Philip (1931) is a large form of C.
montana O. S. which may deserve varietal rank. I have seen Hine's
series. I fail to see how these authors were justified in referring to
the facial callosities and cheeks as yellow, for Walker (1848)

Bkennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 303

states: "Head yellow, slightly hoary behind, with two piceous
tubercles above, ferruginous and shining in front between the feelers
and the mouth, where there are also two piceous shining spots on
each side . . . ."

Type Data. In the British Museum. Described from specimens
from St. Martin's Falls, Albany River and Hudson Bay. Whitney's
types of C. lupus are in very poor condition. In the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: New Brunswick 1. July 27; Manitoba 2, July 9-21; Alberta 2,
May 7 -July 22; British Columbia 3, June 12 - July 15.

United States: South Dakota 1, July 19; Montana 5, June 23 -Aug. 14;
Wyoming 3, June 27 - Aug. 18; Oregon 2, July 10-20; California 1, May 15-19;
Alaska 2, July 4.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Michigan, Minnesota.

Chrysops geminata Wiedemann (1928)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 45)

1828. C. geminatus Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, 205.

1926. C. geminatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 299 (syn.).

The following also refer to this species:

1875. C. fallax Osten Saeken, Prodrome, I, 392.

1903. C. fallax Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 36.

1906. C. fallax Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 40, 41.

1907. C. fallax Daecke. Ent, News, XVIII, 141.

1918. C. fallax McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

Color. Yellow with black abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 7.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Frontal callus, ocellar
area, the pit on each side of the frontoclypeus, and spot on the oral
margin of the genae, black; frontoclypeus, genae, and palpi, yellow;
the usual areas yellow pollinose. Scape of antenna yellow; pedicel
and base of flagellum yellow-brown; apex of flagellum black. Dor-
sum of thorax, pleurae and venter gray-yellow to yellow pruinose;
the usual stripes and the scutellum fuscous. Dorsum of abdomen
yellow with a black spot beneath the scutellum ; the second segment
with a pair of small black oblique spots on the disc, not reaching
either margin; segments III, IV and V mostly black with yellow
hind margins and a median yellow stripe; remaining segments black
with yellow hind margins. Sometimes the black on each side of the
yellow median stripe of segments III, IV and V is again partly cut

304 The University Science Bulletin

by yellow, so that these segments are yellow with four black spots.
Venter of abdomen yellow at the base with a quadrate black median
spot on segments III and IV. The apical segments black with
yellow hind margins; the usual black lateral streaks present. Hal-
teres brown. Wings as figured. Legs black; the front coxae and
basal two thirds of femora and base of tibiae, apical half of middle
femora and entire tibiae and metatarsi, base of hind tibiae, and
metatarsi, yellow. Male: Similar to the female except for sex
characters and a bit more infuscation at the apices of cells R and
2d M. Sometimes the median spots on the second abdominal tergite
are practically united anteriorly.

Comparative Notes. Related to C. lateralis Wied., from which it
may be separated by the apical spot occupying most of cell R4, the
crossband attaining the hind margin of the wing, and the black
spots of the second abdominal tergite not reaching the hind margin.
In addition, C. lateralis is a generally larger species.

Remarks. With respect to the synonymy of C. geminata Wied.
and C. fallax 0. S. I prefer to follow Krober, who has studied
Wiedemann's type and compared it with "eine sec-Type" of C.
fallax. A question of doubt exists, however, inasmuch as Wiede-
mann gives as the type locality, "Vaterland?" and Krober states the
type to be "stark verschmiert."

Type Data. One female in the Museum of Vienna. I have seen
Osten Sacken's types of C. fallax at the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 5, July 4-25; Connecticut; New York 3,
July 1 - Aug. 1 ; New Jersey 5, June - July 7; Pennsylvania 3, June 26 - July 15;
Maryland 3, June 18 -July 9; Virginia 1; South Carolina 1, June; Ohio 5,
June 7- Aug. 1; Tennessee 1, Aug. 3; Illinois 1.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Quebec, Ontario.

United States: New Hampshire, Vermont, Delaware, North Carolina,
Georgia.

Chrysops geminata impuncta Krober (1926)

1926. C. geminatus Wied. var. irnpunctus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 301.

Color. Yellow with black abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 7 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Similar to C. geminata
Wied. except for the total absence of black on the first and second
abdominal segments. Legs yellow; apical portion of front tibiae

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 305

and entire tarsi, distal four segments of the middle and hind tarsi,
base of hind femora and apex of tibiae, fuscous. Wings as figured
for C. geminata. Male: Like the female except for sex characters.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. geminata Wied. by the
absence of the black spots on the second abdominal tergite. Doctor
Walley of the Canadian National Museum compared one of my
specimens with Krober's type concerning which he states: "Size:
very slightly larger than your specimen. Length, 6.5 mm. Ab-
dominal pattern . . . First and second tergities identical with
your specimen except that first tergite has only a very faint trace of
brownish at middle of anterior margin. Third tergite with a small
median pale triangle, the apex of which scarcely attains the pos-
terior margin. Fourth tergite with narrow, obscure median stripe.
Fifth tergite without pale median stripe."

Type Data. Type No. 1341, Canadian National Collection,
Ottawa.

Distributional Data:

United States: Maryland: Catonsville, June 30, 1922. Ohio: Medina Co.,
July 19. 1903. Aug. 1, 1901 ; Ira.

In addition, reported by others from:
Canada: Ontario: Port Stanley; Ottawa; Guelph.

Chrysops hinei Daecke (1907)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 55)

1907. C. hinei Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 143.

1926. C. hinei Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 338.

Color. Yellow with black longitudinal stripes.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray-yellow
pollinose, frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus
yellow, margined above with brown; frontoclypeus, genae, palpi,
and scape of antenna yellow; pedicel and base of flagellum yellow-
brown, the apex of the latter fuscous to black. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum brown, the former with grayish stripes, the latter
sometimes yellow at the tip; pleurae and venter yellow pollinose
with brown stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with four longi-
tudinal black stripes, the lateral ones broken or uncomplete, ex-
tending toward the base rarely beyond the posterior margin of the
second segment; the last two segments almost entirely black.
Venter of abdomen yellow with a broad, black median stripe, not
attaining the base; two black lateral streaks present; apical seg-

306 The University Science Bulletin

merits mostly black. Halteres brown. Wings as figured, the long
narrow hyaline triangle characteristic. Legs yellow; apical portion
of front tibiae and entire tarsi, base of hind femora and apex of
tibiae, apical four segments of middle and hind tarsi, brown. Male:
Not identified. Daecke (1907) mentions a hypothetical specimen
from Clementon, New Jersey, September 7, 1905, but defers descrip-
tion for want of evidence.

Comparative Notes. To be separated from related species ac-
cording to the key. The narrow hyaline triangle due to the broad
posterior extent of the apical spot along with the yellow frontal
callus and incomplete lateral stripes on the abdominal dorsum
easily distinguishes this species.

Type Data. Described from seventeen females, all from New
Jersey. I have studied the cotypes in the United States National
Museum and at the Ohio State Museum.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey: Lakehurst, Sept. 4; Weymouth, Aug. 16, 1904.
South Carolina: Plantersville, Sept. 20, 1912; Allendale, Sept. 15, 1931.
Georgia: Mimsville, Sept. 12, 1907. Florida: Alachua Co., Nov. 18, 1929;
Cambon, Sept. 20, 1925.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Massachusetts, North Carolina.

Chrysops hunger fordi, new species

(Plate XXXVI, fig. 100)

Color. Tawny yellow with black abdominal pattern; wing picture
saturate.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex broader than
long, yellow pollinose; frons, a mid-streak on the frontoclypeus and
sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus, frontoclypeus, oral
margins of genae, and palpi, yellow; antennae incrassate, the scape
prominently swollen, yellow except the black apex of the flagellum,
often the upper and outer sides of the scape and pedicel, black.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum yellow-gray pollinose, white pubes-
cent, the former with obscure stripes; pleurae and venter yellow-
gray pruinose, sparsely white pilose. Dorsum of abdomen tawny
yellow; a black spot beneath the scutellum deeply incised poste-
riorly, attaining or not, the hind margin of the first segment; second
segment with a median black geminate figure or with two black
angular spots divergent posteriorly; segments III to VI each with

Brennan: Pangoxiinae of Nearctic America 307

a median pair of black angular spots whose bases are directed
anteriorly, and small black irregular lateral spots; sometimes the
black figures on segments III to V are united near the anterior
margins or form double geminate spots; seventh segment and some-
times also the sixth mostly black with yellow hind margins. Venter
of abdomen yellow or tawny with a black median stripe and usual
lateral stripes; the two apical segments almost entirely black except
for the yellow hind margins. Halteres yellow. Wings as figured.
Legs yellow, the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi, the four apical segments of the middle and hind tarsi, and
rarely the extremities of the hind tibiae, black. Male: In addi-
tion to sex characters it differs from the female in the dorsal ab-
dominal pattern and the wing picture. Dorsum of abdomen domi-
nantly black, the first segment wholly black except for the narrow
yellow posterolateral angles and a minute yellow median spot on the
posterior margin; second segment yellow with a heavy black median
geminate figure, on each side of which is a small black spot; seg-
ments III to V yellow, each with a black double geminate figure
whose median paired spots are the larger; remaining segments black
with narrow yellow hind margins. The wing picture differs from
that of the female primarily in the greater extent of infuscation in
cell M which is nearly equal to that of cell R.

Comparative Notes. C. coquilletti Hine and C. pachycera Will,
are the nearest relatives of this species. From C. coquilletti, the
female of C. hungerfordi may be separated by the infuscation in the
basal part of cell M which ends rather abruptly, and by the black
median figure on the second abdominal tergite, which is smaller and
often composed of two spots; the males are easily separated by the
dorsal abdominal patterns, no lateral spots on the second segment in
C. coquilletti, etc., also the infuscation of cell M being nearly equal
to that of cell R in C. hungerfordi offers further proof of their
separateness. The wing picture of C. hungerfordi is very similar to
that of C. pachycera in both sexes; however, the dorsal abdominal
patterns are different. In the female of C. hungerfordi black
lateral spots are always present caudad from segment III, whereas
in C. pachycera it is the rule that these spots are absent; the males
are readily separated by the presence of black lateral spots on seg-
ment II in C. hungerfordi.

Remarks. The three species considered under "Comparative
Notes" have many affinities, each exhibiting more or less variation.
Any one may be justly confused with another, especially in the

20—7186

308 The University Science Bulletin

females. Careful discrimination and judgment is required to sepa-
rate them. By means of the males, however, separation is greatly
facilitated.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Blue Spring, Eddy Co., New
Mexico, July 12, 1933, J. M. Brennan. Allotype, male; same data.
Paratypes, one male, same data; one male, Eddy Co., New Mexico,
July 9, 1927, P. A. Readio; one male, San Bernardino Ranch,
Cochise Co., Arizona, August, F. H. Snow; nine females, same data
as holotype. In the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Col-
lection of the University of Kansas.

Note. This species is named for Dr. H. B. Hungerford through whose in-
spiration the author has been stimulated to enter into the field of systematic
entomology.

Chrysops hyalina Shannon (1924)

1924. C. hyalimts Shannon, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XXVI, 178.

1930. C. hyalinus Bequaert, Rept. Harvard-African Exped., etc., p. 890.

The following also refer to this species:

1916. C. vitripennis Shannon, Ins. Ins. Menst., IV, 69, (preoc).

1918. C. vitripennis McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 198.

1926. Nemorius claripennis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 230.

Color. Black, with hyaline wings.

Size. Length, 5.5 mm. to 6 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex black with
sparse whitish pubescence, at the base of the antennae some white
pollen; frons and sides of genae whitish pollinose. Frontal callus,
frontoclypeus, genae, and palpi, black. Antennae slender, mostly
black, except the scape, which is light-brown pollinose. Thorax and
abdomen shining black with pale pile and pubescence in the usual
regions. Halteres black. Wings hyaline except the yellowish costal
area and stigma; veins yellow. Legs black; the middle and hind
metatarsi pale. Male: Unknown.

Comparative Notes. This is the only described species in this
country without a wing picture, and hence quite distinct. Its near-
est relative is C. nigribimbo Whit., from which it differs in general
color, vertex, frontoclypeus, wings and legs.

Remarks. According to McAtee by Shannon (1926) the habits
of C. hyalina are quite different from those of C. nigribimbo. The-
former has been taken only in sphagnum bogs; it perches on low
vegetation, and flies slowly and feebly but a short distance at a time.

Type Data. Described from four females, all from Beltsville,
Maryland. I have studied the type (No. 21301) in the United
States National Museum.

Bhennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 309

Distributional Data. Reported from Beltsville, Maryland. Kro-
ber (1!)L'I)) adds Southern Pines, North Carolina.

Chrysops inda Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 49)

1875. C. indus Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 383.

1901. C. indus Hine, Ohio Nat., II, 168.

1903. C. indus Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 38.

1906. C. indus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 42.

1907. C. indus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 141.

1920. C. indus Marchand, Mon. Rork. Inst. No. 13, p. 48.

1926. C. indus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 326.

1930. C. indus Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 2S2.

1931. C. hidus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 87.

Color. Black and yellow, the former dominant in the dorsal ab-
dominal pattern, especially in the male.

Size. Length, 6 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex and sides of
genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus black; frontoclypeus, genae,
and palpi, orange-yellow; antennae rather thick; the scape yellow,
pedicel and base of flagellum reddish, apex of the latter black.
Often the distal ends of both scape and pedicel are darker than their
bases. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum gray pruinose, with yellow
pubescence, the former with brown stripes, the latter with the brown
ground color distinctly showing through; pleurae and venter gray-
yellow pollinose with the usual brown stripes, the former with
fulvous pile. The yellow of the abdominal dorsum with a black spot
beneath the scutellum, emarginate on the hind margin of the first
segment ; a black geminate or inverted U-shaped spot on the disc of
the second segment, practically attaining both margins; third and
fourth segments black with yellow hind margins which expand into
long narrow median triangles whose apices are broadly open at the
anterior margins; remaining segments black with yellow hind mar-
gins. Frequently the yellow of the first two segments continues
posteriorly on the sides of segments III and IV. Venter of abdomen
mostly yellow, the last three segments black with yellow hind mar-
gins; the usual black lateral streaks. Halteres brown. Wings as
figured. Legs orange-yellow; all the trochanters, apex of front
tibiae and entire tarsi, apical four segments of the middle and hind
tarsi, extreme apex of hind femora, black. Male: Much darker
than the female. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum mostly black,
the former with faint grayish pollinose stripes; pleurae with black
pile. Dorsum of abdomen black; the posterolateral angles of the
first segment, the sides and a very small posteromedian triangle on

310 The University Science Bulletin

segments II, III and IV, the narrow posterior margins of all seg-
ments caudad from III, yellow. Venter of abdomen yellow, the
first three segments each with a median broad, black quadrate spot,
the remaining segments black with yellow hind margins; the black
lateral stripes are quite broad and practically attain the base.
Wings like the female, but that cell 2d M is completely infuscated
except a small hyaline spot near the apex, and cell 1st A and the
anal angle are infuscated, the latter dilutely. Legs yellow; all the
joints, basal portions of all femora, apical portion of front tibiae
and entire tarsi, apical segments of middle and hind tarsi, black.

Comparative Notes. The abdominal pattern in both sexes of this
species is distinct; this along with the wing picture will easily
separate C. inda from others of its group. It has no close relatives.
Osten Sacken (1875) states that it is "very like C. pudicus, monta-
nus, hilaris, . . ."

Type Data. Described from two females from Cayuga Lake,
New York and Montreal. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Quebec 1, June 20; Ontario 1, June 23.

United States: New Hampshire 2, July 5-16; New York 5, June 14 -July
29; New Jersey 1, June 18; Delaware 1, June 10; Pennsylvania 3, June 12-
July 1; Michigan 2, July 3- Aug. 4; Ohio 9, May 22- July 13; Indiana 1, June;
Illinois 4, June 15 -July 8; Minnesota 3, June 14 -July 6; Colorado 1, July
15-18.

In addition, reported by others from :

United States: Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut, North Carolina,
Wisconsin.

Chrysops lateralis Wiedemann (1828)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 46)

1828. C. lateralis Wiedemann, Auss. Zvv., I, 209.

1926. C. lateralis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 302 (syn.).

The following also refer to this species:

1875. C. hilaris Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 391.
1902. C. hilaris Howard, Ins. Book, pi. XVI, f. 17.

Color. Yellow, with black abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 7.5 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray-yellow
pollinose; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus,
a spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, oral margins of genae,
black; frontoclypeus, palpi, scape of antenna, yellow; apical portion

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 311

of fiagellum black. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum brown or
plumbeus, the former with the usual grayish pollinose stripes;
pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with brown stripes. Dorsum
of abdomen yellow with two small black spots beneath the scutellum
which do not quite extend to the posterior margin of the first
segment; second segment with a median pair of vittate black spots
which often attain the posterior margin and sometimes apparently
the anterior margin; third and fourth segments each with two more
or less quadrate black lateral spots through the center of which
the yellow ground color shows; (sometimes these black spots are so
completely separated by the yellow ground color that segments
III and IV may be said to be yellow with four black spots) ; re-
maining segments black with yellow posterior margins, frequently
the yellow of segment V incises the black on the disc, but does not
attain the anterior margin. Venter of abdomen yellow; segments
III, IV and V with a quadrate black median spot; remaining seg-
ments black with yellow posterior margins; the usual black lateral
streaks extend toward the base not beyond the posterior margin of
the second segment. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured; the apical
spot separated from the crossband; the latter not quite attaining
the hind margin. Legs yellow; the joints, apical portion of front
tibiae and entire tarsi, basal portion of hind femora and sometimes
apical portion of hind tibiae, apical four segments of middle and hind
tarsi, black. Male: Much like the female except for sex characters.
On the dorsum of the abdomen, the pair of black spots beneath the
scutellum is larger; a small median black spot is present on each of
segments I and II of the abdominal venter. Wings like the female
except for a dilute infuscation in the cubital and anal areas. Legs
generally exhibiting more black, especially on the hind femora and
tibiae, and the apices of the middle and hind metatarsi.

Comparative Notes. Related to C. geminata Wied. from which it
may be separated by its larger size, the crossband of the wing not
attaining the hind margin, and the black spots on the second ab-
dominal tergite usually attaining the hind margin.

Remarks. I accept the synonymy of Krober (1926). He has
seen Wiedemann's type and has evidently compared specimens
from this country determined as C. hilaris 0. S.

Type Data. Female, locality doubtful, in the Museum of Vienna.
I have studied the Osten Sacken types of C. hilaris at the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

312 The University Science Bulletin

Distributional Data:

Canada: New Brunswick 1, July 12; Quebec 2, July 1-23.
United States: Maine 1, June 25; New Hampshire 5, July 5-20; Vermont
1, Aug. 1; Massachusetts 1, July 14; New York 8, June 30 -Aug. 1.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Nova Scotia, Ontario.

United States: Connecticut, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, ?Kansas.

Chrysops latifrons, new species

(Plate XXIX, fig. 4; Plate XXXIV, fig. 71; Plate XXXV, fig. 93)

Color. Yellow with black abdominal pattern; appendages yel-
low ; crossband of wing broken by hyaline areas.

Size. Length, 7 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Entire head and its
appendages yellow, except the eyes, proboscis and apical portion of
the flagellum ; a brown area may appear about the ocelli ; the usual
areas with yellow pollen. Scape of antenna much swollen, the
pedicel just a little. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum yellow, the
former with obscure brown stripes; pleural and sternal regions yel-
lowish pollinose with faint brown stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yel-
low with a quadrate black spot under the scutellum which nearly
attains the posterior margin of the first segment; segments II, III
and IV with a black geminate spot, on each side of which may ap-
pear a small black spot; remaining segments black; all posterior
margins yellow. Venter of abdomen yellow with a median black
stripe and two lateral ones. Wings as figured. Legs yellow; apical
portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, apical tarsal segments of
middle and hindlegs, and all joints, brown. Male: Predominantly
black. Head and its appendages as in the female except for sex
characters. Thoracic region more brown. First abdominal seg-
ment black except the yellow lateroposterior margin; second with
a large black trapezoidal spot encroached upon from the posterior
margin by a yellow triangle, the yellow on each side with a small
black spot; segments III, IV and V almost entirely black with a
double geminate figure; remaining segments black; all segments with
narrow yellow posterior margins. Venter of abdomen like the fe-
male. Wings similar to the female, except the infuscation of cell
2d M is equal to that of cell R; cell 1st A infuscated at the base.
Legs as described for the female except that the front femora and
hind tibiae show some brown at the apices.

Comparative Notes. Related to C. pachycera Will., from which

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 313

it may easily be separated by the toothlike prolongation of the
crossband which attains the bifurcation of vein R4+5.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Fairbanks Ranch, Ash Meadows,
2,300 feet; Amargosa Desert, Nevada; (R and H) ; August 17, 1919.
Allotype, male; Owens, Nevada; Clark county, August 23, 1919;
3,000 feet. Paratypes, one female same data as holotype; one fe-
male, same data as allotype.

All specimens received from the Philadelphia Academy of Natural
Science. Holotype, allotype and one paratype to be deposited
there; one paratype in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological
Collection of the University of Kansas.

Chrysops lugens Wiedemann (1821)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 54)

1821. C. lugens Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., I, 109.

1828. C. lugens Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, 212.

1903. C. lugens Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 39.

1907. C. lugens Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 142.

1907. C. lugens Hine, Bull. 93. La. Exp. Sta., 30.

1926. C. lugens Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 315.

Color, Fuscous, sometimes with a faint grayish middorsal ab-
dominal stripe.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray-yellow
pollinose; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar area,
frontal callus, a line connecting them, sides of frontoclypeus, oral
margins of genae, and palpi fuscous; remainder of frontoclypeus
and basal segments of antennae yellow or brown-yellow; flagellum
mostly black. Thoracic dorsum and scutellum fuscous, the former
with grayish pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter fuscous with the
usual gray yellow pruinosity. Abdomen fuscous; sometimes the dor-
sum with a faint grayish mid-stripe and the venter with a little
gray yellow on the sides near the base. Halteres fuscous. Wings as
figured. Legs yellow, the trochanters, base of front tibiae and en-
tire tarsi, bases of middle and hind femora, apex of hind tibiae,
apical segments of middle and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: Similar
to the female except for sex characters. The male of Hine (1903)
with the broad yellow thoracic stripes may be C. obsoleta Wied.

Comparative Notes. The wing picture is much like that of C.
parvula Daecke except that the apical spot more nearly approxi-
mates the posterior margin. The generally larger size of C. lugens
and the dominant yellow of the hind femora and tibiae readily
separate it from C. parvula.

314 The University Science Bulletin

Type Data. Described from a male_ specimen from Savannah. In
the Vienna Museum. Krober (1926) states that there is no speci-
men recognizable as the type.

Distributional Data:

United States: Connecticut 1, June 30; Maryland 12, May 5 -July 10;
District of Columbia 1, July 3; Virginia 6, June 18- July 13; North Carolina;
Georgia 1, Aug. 3; Florida 4, Feb. 25 - Aug. 19; Alabama 1, July 21; Illinois 1,
Aug. 27.

In addition, reported by others from:

United States: New York, New Jersey, Ohio, Louisiana.

Chrysops mitis Osten Sacken (1875)

CPlate XXX, fig. 18)

187T). C. mitis Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 374.

1904. C. mitis Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 224.

1907. C. mitis Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 140.

1920. C. mitis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII. 247.

1920. C. mitis Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res.. XVII. 22.

1931. C. mitis Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX. 89.

Color. Black.

Size. Length, 8.5 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, a mid-
streak on the frontoclypeus, sides of genae, gray pollinose; ocellar
area, frontal callus, frontoclypeus, oral region of genae and palpi,
black; scape, basal portion of pedicel, and base of flagellum red
yellow; remainder of antennae black. Dorsum of thorax and
scutellum black, pale pubescent, the former with faint gray stripes;
pleurae and venter black, the former with dense gray-yellow pile
except for the black pile of the humeri. Abdomen black with light
and dark pubescence intermixed; small gray middorsal triangles on
segments II, III and IV. Halteres black. Wings as figured; extent
of infuscation in cells R and 2dM, and the cubital area variable.
Legs black; bases of median and posterior metatarsi red yellow.
Male: Like the female except for sex characters. The gray
pubescence and pile replaced by black.

Comparative Notes. Generally more robust than C. carbonaria
Walker, from which it may also be separated by the infuscation at
the base of cell Ciij of the wing. See under description of C. car-
bonaria.

Type Data. Described from nine females from British Posses-
sions in North America from Canada to the Mackenzie and Yukon
rivers and Lake Superior. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 315

Distributional Data:

Canada: Quebec 2, May 25 - July 3; Manitoba 1. June 10; Northwest Terri-
tory 1, July 15-28.

United States: New Hampshire 1; New York 1; Wisconsin 2, May 26-
June 22; Illinois 1, June 15; Minnesota 4, June 24 -July 16; North Dakota 3,
June 18-21; Montana 2, Aug.; Wyoming 1, July 12-30; Colorado 3. June 30;
Idaho 5, July; Washington 1; Oregon 1.

Iii addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Labrador, Ontario, Saskatchewan, Alberta, British Columbia.
United States: Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, New Jersey?, Utah.

Chrysops moecha Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 59)

1875. C. moechus Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 387.

1901. C. moechus Hine, Ohio Nat., II, 168.

1903. C. moechus Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5. p. 3'.i.

1906. C. moechus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 40.

1907. C. moechus Daecke, Ent. News. XVIII, 141.
1907. C. moechus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 31.

1918. C. moechus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1920. C. moechus Marchand, Mon. Rock. Inst. No. 13. p. 49.

1926. C. moechus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 332.

1930. C. moechus Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., 14.

1930. C. moechus Stone, Ann. Ent, Soc. Am., XXIII, 283.

1931. C. moechus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 89.

Color. Female, yellow with black abdominal stripes; male,
black.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, and
sides of genae, yellow pollinose; frontal callus and a spot on the oral
margin of the genae black; frontoclypeus, remainder of genae, and
palpi, yellow; scape and pedicel of antenna yellow, flagellum, except
base, black. Rarely, the frontal callus is yellowish. Dorsum of
thorax green-gray pruinose with brown stripes; scutellum yellow
with a green-gray or brown spot on the disc; pleurae and venter
yellow with the usual brown stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellow
with two broken black median stripes extending from segment V
almost to the anterior margin of II, on which segment they often
converge; on each side a broken black stripe from segment V to
segment III or II; a small black spot beneath the scutellum; seg-
ments VI and VII black. Venter of abdomen yellow; the usual
lateral streaks and the apical two or three segments, black. Hal-
teres fuscous. Wings as figured; the very small hyaline triangle
not exceeding vein M2 is characteristic. Legs yellow; trochanters,
apical portion of anterior tibiae and entire tarsi, basal portion of

316 The University Science Bulletin

posterior femora, apicjes of median and posterior tarsi, black.
Male: Much different than the female, but readily associated by the
hyaline triangle of the wing. Antennae, sides of frontoclypeus, oral
margin of genae, and palpi, black. Whole body, except traces of
gray-yellow pruinose stripes on the thoracic dorsum and pleurae,
and a touch of yellow on the sides of the abdomen, black. Wings
entirely infuscated except the small hyaline triangle and a tiny spot
near the apices of cells R and 2d M ; the cubital and anal areas more
dilute. Legs black; base of anterior tibiae, apex of median femora
and entire tibiae; median and posterior metatarsi brown yellow.

Comparative Notes. The females may be mistaken for C. univit-
tata Macq., but the characteristic wing picture with the reduced
hyaline triangle should easily separate this species. The superlative
degree of melanism in the males of C. moecha makes them totally
different from this sex in C. univittata.

Type Data. Described from the District of Columbia, Georgia,
Kentucky and Missouri. Two females and one male in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 1, June 28; Connecticut 1. Aug. 8; New
York 1, July 30; New Jersey 3, July 2 -Aug. 4; Delaware 1, June 10; Mary-
land 11, June 3 -Aug. 11; District of Columbia 1, June 8; Virginia 3, June
14 -July 31; North Carolina 1, Aug. 13; Georgia 1, June 7; Pennsylvania 2,
June 15-27; Michigan; Ohio 5, June 10 -July 14; Tennessee 1, June 4; Illinois
4, June 2-28; Mississippi 2, July 15 -Aug. 15; Arkansas 1, July 9; Kansas 1;
Oklahoma 2, May 23-24.

In addition, reported by others from :
Canada: Quebec.

United States: Maine. New Hampshire, West Virginia, Kentucky, Minne-
sota, Missouri, Louisiana.

Chrysops montana Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 28)

1875. C. montanus Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 382.

1895. C. montanus Townsend, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXII, 57.

1903. C. montanus Hine, Ohio State Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 40.

1906. C. montanus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. montanus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 145.

1918. C. montanus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1926. C. montanus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 298.

1930. C. montanus Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 284.

1931. C. montanus Philip. Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 90.

The following also refer to this species:

1904. C. furcatus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 222.

1926. C. furcatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 296.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 317

Color. Yellow with black abdominal pattern.
Size. Length, 7.5 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons and
sides of genae gray yellow to yellow pollinose; frontal callus black,
rarely yellowish; frontoclypeus, oral margin of genae. and palpi,
yellow; scape, pedicel and base of flagellum yellow to brown-yel-
low; apical portion of flagellum black. Dorsum of thorax and
scutellum dark brown or plumbeus, the former with the usual gray-
ish pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter gray-yellow pollinose with
fuscous stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellow; a black quadrate spot
beneath the scutellum emarginate posteriorly; the second segment
with a median geminate or inverted V-shaped black figure, on each
side of which is a small black spot; segments III, IV and V with
four black spots which attain the anterior but not the posterior
margins; sometimes segment V, along with the remaining segments,
is black, only the posterior margins yellow. Venter of abdomen
yellow; a median black spot on each of segments III, IV and V;
sometimes also on I and II; remaining segments black with yellow
posterior margins; the usual black lateral streaks present. Halteres
fuscous. Wings as figured; sometimes the apical spot includes
barely more than the apex of cell R4 and the extent of infuscation in
cell R is variable, in some cases nearly the whole cell being colored.
Legs yellow; the trochanters, apex of front tibiae and entire tarsi,
base of hind femora, apices of middle and hind tarsi, black. Male:
Differs from the female throughout by a greater display of fuscous.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous, the former with obscure
yellowish stripes. Dorsum of abdomen similar to female except the
median figures on segments II and IV are heavy black geminate
spots. Cells R and 2d M of wing infuscated except at extreme
apices, light infuscation prevails in anal area of wing. Legs as in
female except the base of front femora and apex of hind tibiae,
black.

Corn-par at ire Notes. Osten Sacken (1875) relates this species to
his C. pudica, but I fail to see any resemblances except in the wing
picture. Philip (1931) states that some specimens of C.montana,
especially where cell R is infuscated for more than half its total
area, are near C. striata O. S., but the more extensive apical spot of
the latter should easily separate the two. The abdominal pattern
of C. montana resembles that of some specimens of C. lateralis
Wied., but the wing pictures are totally different. Also, see under
description of C. jurcata Walker.

318 The University Science Bulletin

Remarks. As indicated in ray description of C. furcata Walker,
there is a large form of C. montana 0. S. which Hine (1904) and
Krober (1926) identified as C. furcata; however, the latter author
was doubtful. I have seen such specimens and there are no marked
differences between them and the typical C. montana except that
they are more robust. I lack sufficient evidence to raise this form
to varietal rank.

Type Data. Described from two females from Catskill Mountain
House, New York, July, 1874, and one female from Ogle county,
Illinois. I have studied the types, in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Quebec 1, Aug. 8; Ontario 1.

United States: New Hampshire 1, July 16; Massachusetts 3, July 28- Aug.;
New York 1, Aug. 4; New Jersey 3, June 21 -July 9; District of Columbia 1,
June 7; Michigan 2. June 29- July 25; Ohio 4, June 15-19; Indiana 1. July 23;
Illinois 2, July 8 -Aug. 25; Minnesota 3, July 5-9.

In addition, reported by others from:

United States: Vermont, Connecticut, Virginia, North Carolina, Louisiana.

Chrysops nigra Macquart (1838)

(Plate XXX, fig. 16)

1838. C. niger Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 1, p. 161.

1875. C. niger Osten Sacken, Prodrome, I, 377.

1895. C. niger Townsend, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXII, 57.

1895. C. niger Hart, Bull. 111. State Lab. N. H., IV.

1901. C. niger Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 301.

1902. C. niger Howard, Ins. Book, pi. XV, f. 36.

1903. C. niger Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 41.

1906. C. niger Daecke, Ent. News, XVII. 41.

1907. C. niger Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 140.

1918. C. niger McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1926. C. niger Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 241.

1928. C. niger Krober, Deutsche Ent. Ztsch., p. 429.

1930. C. niger Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 285.

1930. C. niger Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., 13.

1931. C. niger Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 8.
1931. C. niger Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 91.

The following also refers to this species:

1848. C. carbonarius Walker, List, I, 203 (in part).

Color. Black.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8.5 mm. Philip (1931) gives 7.5 mm.
to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: A'ertex gray pollinose;
irons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar area, frontal
callus, a spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, oral margin of

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nkarctic America 319

genae, and palpi, fuscous to black; frontoclypeus and scape of
antenna yellow; pedicel and base of flagcllum brown-yellow; apex
of flagellum black. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black, white
pubescent, the former with gray pollinose stripes; pleurae and
venter gray pruinose with the usual black stripes, the former with
whitish pile. Abdomen entirely black with white pubescence.
Halteres black. Wings as figured. Legs black; base of anterior
tibiae, basal half of median tibiae, median and posterior metatarsi,
yellow. In some specimens the legs are completely black except
the yellow median and posterior metatarsi. Male: Similar to the
female except for sex characters. Cell 2d M of wing is mostly
infuscated except a small hyaline spot near the apex; cubital and
anal areas dilutely infuscated.

Comparative Notes. The yellow frontoclypeus and hyaline cell
2d M readily separates this species from all others of the group
lacking an apical spot. The male is apt to be confused with that
of C. carbonaria Walker, but also in this case the frontoclypeus
offers the best character.

Type Data. Described from "Amerique du Nord." In the
Museum of Lille.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Ontario 1, July 31.

United States: Maine 2, June 21; New Hampshire 3, July 7-12; Massa-
chusetts 3, June 1-20; Rhode Island 1; Connecticut 1, June 20-23; New York
6, June 10 -July 19; New Jersey 5, May 20 -June 25; Delaware 2, June 6-9;
Maryland 5, May 19 -June 16; District of Columbia 1, May 21-30; Virginia 6,
May 23 -June 10; North Carolina 1, May 20; Pennsylvania 9, May 17 -July
12; Michigan; Ohio 7, May 23 - Aug. 23; Indiana 1, May 27 -June 15; Wis-
consin 1, June; Illinois 4, May 10 -June 5; Missouri 1; Arkansas 1, June 7-11.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Quebec.
United States: Minnesota, Montana.

Chrysops nigribimbo Whitney (1879)

(Plate XXX, fig. 17)

1879. C. nigribimbo Whitney, Can. Ent., XI, 35.
190G. C. nigribimbo Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.
1907. C. nigribimbo Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 141.

Color. Fuscous; crossband of wing obsolete.

Size. Length, 5.5 mm. to 7 mm.

Structural awl Color Characters. Female: Vertex, irons and
-ides of genae gray pollinose; ocellar area, frontal callus, a spot
on each side of the frontoclypeus, another on the oral margin of

320 The University Science Bulletin

the genae, fuscous; palpi and scape of antenna yellow, the latter
often with some fuscous; pedicel and base of flagellum brown-
yellow; apical portion of flagellum black. Entire body fuscous,
white pubescent; the pleurae with the usual gray pruinosity and
white pile. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured, the picture very
dilute, almost obsolete, most saturate along the costal margin and
the stigma. Legs fuscous; front coxae, proximal portion of front
tibiae, middle and hind metatarsi and sometimes the middle femora
and tibiae, brown-yellow. Male: Like the female in all respects
except for sex characters. The head is relatively quite large.

Comparative Notes. This species is distinct from all others in
our North American fauna. It is most closely related to C. hyalina
Shan., but may at once be separated by the presence of a wing
picture. See under description of C. hyalina.

Remarks. To my knowledge this is the first time the male has
been described.

Type Data. Described from Milford, New Hampshire. I have
studied the types. Four females in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Hampshire 1; Rhode Island 1; New York 1, June 30;
New Jersey 1, June 21 - Aug. 15; North Carolina 1, May 16 -June 22; Flor-
ida 1.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Massachusetts.

Chrysops nigripes Zetterstedt (1838)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 36)

1838. C. nigripes Zetterstedt, Ins. Lapp., p. 519.

1842. C. nigripes Zetterstedt, Dipt. Scand., I, 125.

1858. C. nigripes Loew, Verh. Z. B. Ges. Wien., p. G23.

1875. C. nigripes Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 394.

1904. C. nigripes Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 224.

1923. C. nigripes Hine, Can. Ent., LV, 145.

1926. C. nigripes Krdber, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 323.

Color. Black, abdominal tergites with gray hind margins which
expand into median triangles.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, irons, a mid-
streak on the frontoclypeus, sides of genae, gray pollinose; frontal
callus, frontoclypeus, oral margins of genae, palpi, and antennae,
fuscous to black ; sometimes the inner surfaces of the basal antennal
segments are reddish. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black, pale-
yellow pubescent, the former with gray-pollinose stripes; pleurae

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 321

and venter black with a gray pminosity, the former with pale-
yellow pile and a trace of black pile on the humeri. Dorsum of
abdomen black; first segment with posterolateral angles and the
very narrow hind margin gray yellow; the black of the second seg-
ment is encroached upon from each side by gray yellow; all seg-
ments caudad from II with conspicuous gray hind margins which
on II to V expand into middorsal triangles. Venter of abdomen
black, the segments with gray hind margins; a small patch of
yellow on each side near the base usually present. Halteres fuscous.
Wings as figured; the tooth-like projection of the crossband char-
acteristic. Legs black; the base of the front tibiae, middle and hind
metatarsi, brown. Male: According to Krober (1926), who has
redescribed this species from European specimens, this sex differs
from the female as follows: The dorsum of the thorax lacks the
gray stripes; the pleurae are black pilose; the gray hind margins of
the abdominal tergites do not expand into triangles; there is a
greater extent of infuscation in cells R and 2d M of the wings.

Comparative Notes. This species has no close American relatives.
From both C. noctijera 0. S. and C. pertinax Will, it is readily dis-
tinguished by the conspicuous gray hind margins o1f the abdominal
tergites which in the female expand into median triangles, and by
the tooth-like projection of the crossband of the wing.

Remarks. This species is the only European Chrysops un-
doubtedly represented in boreal North America.

Type Data. One female. In the Museum of Lund.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Manitoba: Kettle Rapids, near Winnipeg, July 16, 1917.

United States: Maine: Saddleback Lake. July 18-20, 1916. Montana:
Lakeview, Aug. 4, 1920. Alaska: Nenana, July 5-7. 1921; Anchorage, July 21,
1921; Savonoski, Naknek Lake. Aug. 5, 1919; Fairbanks, June 30, 1921;
Kukak Bay, July 4, 1899.

Chrysops noctijera Osten Sacken (1877)

(Plate XXX, fig. 23)

1877. C. noctifer Osten Sacken, West Dipt., p. 220.

1904. C. noctifer Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 224 (C. pertinax Will, a syn.).

1927. C. noctifer Cole, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., XVI, 420 and 469, f. 72.

The following also refers to this species:

1927. Chrysops sp. near sordidus Essig, Pan. Pac. Ent., IV, 186.

Color. Shining black, dorsum of abdomen with a yellow spot on
each side near the base.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 9.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontal callus,

322 The University Science Bulletin

frontoclypeus, and genae, black; sides of vertex, frons, a mid-streak
on the frontoclypeus, and sides of genae, gray-yellow pollinose.
Antennae slender; scape and pedicel yellowish, flagellum mostly
black, slightly thicker than the scape. Palpi and proboscis red-
brown. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black with whitish pubes-
cence, the former with obscure gray stripes; pleurae and venter
black, the former with dense grayish-yellow pile and some black
pile on the humeri. Dorsum of abdomen black, encroached upon
anterolaterally by two large yellow spots; faint grayish middorsal
triangles sometimes visible on segments II, III and IV. Venter of
abdomen black with a greater extent of yellow anterolaterally.
Wings as figured; the apical spot narrow and practically separated
from the crossband which does not reach the posterior margin of the
wing. Legs black; base of tibiae, median and posterior metatarsi,
red-brown; anterior coxae and posterior femora with long whitish
hair. Male: To my knowledge this sex has not been reported.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. pertinax Will, principally
by the yellow lateral spots on the abdomen. Taken by series, C.
noctifera is smaller than C. pertinax. I have seen specimens of C.
excitans Walker with a trace of an apical spot which might easily
be confused with C. noctifera, but in this instance the geographic
distribution of these species will aid in separation.

Type Data. Described from four females, Sierra county, Cali-
fornia, July 20, 27. I have studied the types in the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: California: Sacramento, June 4, 1915; Fallen Leaf, July
15, 1917; Sonoma Co.; Fallen Leaf Lake; Lake Tahoe, June 12-30, 1930, June
28, 1931; Tahoe, June 10-16, 1916; Truckee, July 16. 1916; Echo Lake, Aug.
22. 1927.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: New Mexico.

Chrysops obsoleta Wiedemann (1821)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 50)

1821. C. obsoletus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., p. 108.

1828. C. obsoletus Wiedemann, Auss. Zw., I, 211.

1926. C. obsoletus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII. 315.

The following also refer to this species:

?1838. C. trinotatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., I, 1, 101.

1875. C. morosus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 389.

1903. C. lugens Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, p. 39 (in part).

1907. C. lugens Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 30 (in part).

1907. C. lugens morosus Daecke, Ent, News, XVIII. 142.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 323

Color. Fuscous; abdominal dorsum with three more or less ob-
solete yellow stripes.

Size. Length, 7.5 mm. to 8.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray-yellow
pollinose; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar area,
frontal callus, a spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, another on
each side of the oral margin of the genae, and palpi, fuscous; re-
mainder of frontoclypeus and genae brown-yellow; scape of antenna
yellow, pedicel and base of flagellum brown-yellow, apex of flagel-
lum black. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous, the former
with gray to gray-yellow pollinose stripes, the latter sometimes yel-
lowish near the tip; pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with the
usual fuscous stripes. Dorsum of abdomen fuscous with three more
or less obscure yellow stripes which begin near the base and fade out
near the apex, their length variable. Venter of abdomen fuscous
with a variable amount of yellow on the sides near the base. Hal-
teres fuscous. Wings as figured; cell R completely infuscated, the
cubital and anal areas hyaline or dilutely infuscated. Legs yellow;
joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, bases of middle
and hind femora, sometimes the apex of the hind tibiae, apical
segments of middle and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: Similar to the
female except for sex characters. Wiedemann (1928) states that
the abdomen lacks stripes. Krober (1926) states that the male
designated as the type is much greased. Osten Sacken (1875) in
his description of C. morosus states that the male in its essential
character is like the female and that the three yellow abdominal
stripes are very distinct.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. lugens Wied. by the
three yellow abdominal stripes and the more arcuate and narrow
hyaline triangle of the wing. The wing picture is much like that of
C. ultima Whit., but that species has the abdomen almost entirely
fuscous and the pleural stripes are gray pollinose. From C. parvula
Daecke, C. obsoleta is distinguished by the abdominal stripes, the
wing picture, the dominance of yellow on the hind legs, and its
generally larger size. C. wiedemanni Krober, the C. obsoletus of
authors, is an entirely different fly, at once distinguished from C.
obsoleta Wied. by the hyaline cell 2d M.

Remarks. The characters used for separating C. obsoleta, C.
lugens, C. ultima, and C. parvula must be employed with care, for
these are all very close. In large series the characters most readily

21—7186

324 The University Science Bulletin

discernible intergrade. It is quite probable that future work may
bring some of these species into synonymy.

Type Data. Through the courtesy of the Museum of Vienna, I
received one type female (Savannah) for study. It is in excellent
condition, slightly faded, and unfortunately the hind legs are miss-
ing. However, the fundamental characters are well preserved.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey 1, July 28; Delaware 2, July 14-24; Maryland
3, June 13 -July 31; District of Columbia 1, July 7; North Carolina 1, May
26; Ohio I.

In addition, reported by others from :

United States: Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, Georgia, Florida,
Pennsylvania, Louisiana.

Chrysops ornata Krober (1926)

1926. C. ornatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 328.

I have not been able to identify this species. It belongs in
Krober's "Gruppe vittatus." According to description, the length
is 8.5 mm. Frontal callus and frontoclypeus yellow; antennae
slender. Thorax with the usual yellowish pollinose and brown
stripes; scutellum yellow. The pattern of the abdominal dorsum is
peculiar; the black cruciform median spot on the fourth tergite
seems characteristic. The wing picture is not markedly different
from that of C. vittata Wied. Legs yellow with the usual fuscous
areas.

Described from one female, Jordan, Ontario. In Krober's col-
lection.

Chrysops pachycera Williston (1887)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 68 ; Plate XXXV, fig. 91 ; Plate XXXVII, figs. 108, 109)

1887. C. pachycera Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 134.

1895. C. pachycera Townsend, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, IV, 596.

1903. C. pachycera Adams, Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull., II, 442 (Type g = C. proclivis O. S.).

1904. C. pachycera Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 224.

1926. C. pachycera Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 264.

Color. Yellow, with black abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex broader than
long, yellow pollinose; frontal callus, frontoclypeus, genae, and
palpi yellow, the usual areas pollinosed; sometimes a small spot on
the oral margins of the genae and the upper border of the frontal
callus, brown; antennae incrassate, especially the scape, mostly
yellow or brown-yellow except for the black apical portion of the

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 325

flagellum; scape and pedicel with coarse black pubescence. Dorsum
of thorax and scutellum typically yellow-gray pollinose with whitish
pubescence, the former with the usual dark stripes; pleurae and
venter yellow pollinose, some brown ground color showing through.
Dorsum of abdomen yellow; a black quadrate spot beneath the
scutellum, posteriorly emarginate, not attaining the hind margin
of the first segment; second segment with a small median black
geminate figure (sometimes this figure assumes the form of two
divergent spots) which attains neither margin; segments II to VI
each with a median pair of black subtriangular spots whose bases
are directed anteriorly; segment VII usually black with a yellow
hind margin, sometimes the sixth segment approaches this condi-
tion; rarely, obscure black lateral spots are present on all segments
caudad from III. Venter yellow with a narrow black median stripe
and a lateral stripe running full length ; apical two or three segments
black with yellow hind margins. Halteres yellow. Wings as
figured; sometimes the crossband is fenestrate. Legs yellow; joints,
apex of front tibiae and entire tarsi, apical segments of middle and
hind tarsi, black. Male: Head like the female except for sex
characters. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum more brown. Dorsum
of abdomen yellow; the black spot beneath the scutellum more
extensive than in the female; segments II and III each with a heavy
median geminate black spot; remaining segments much like the
female; the sixth typically with a black lateral spot. Venter of
abdomen like the female. Wings like the female, except for a
greater extent of infuscation in cells R and 2d M, that of 2d M
being about equal to R. Legs very similar to the female.

Comparative Notes. Closely related to C. latifrons n. sp., but
that species is easily distinguished by the tooth-like projection of
the crossband. C. pachycera is smaller and predominantly more
yellow than C. coquilletti Hine. See, also, under description of
C. coquilletti. The presence or absence of infuscation at the base
of cell 1st A in the male (a character mentioned in most of the
literature) appears to be of no taxonomic value. See description
of C. hungerfordi n. sp.

Remarks. The characters used by Hine (1904) in his key are not
very satisfactory for separating C. pachycera from C. coquilletti,
although the species are very distinct. To make matters worse,
Krober (1926) in his key has absolutely reversed the characters
used by Hine.

Type Data. Unfortunately the types have disappeared. De-

326 The University Science Bulletin

scribed from three specimens from California, the male of which
has proved to be C. proclivis 0. S.
Distributional Data:

United States: Utah: Zion National Park, Aug. 13, 1929; Pintura, Aug. 11,
1929; St. George, June 5-7, 1919, June 2, 1928. Arizona: Bill Williams Fork,
August; Lewis Springs, Aug. 5, 1907; Dripping Springs, Aug. 31, 1920.

Mexico: Lower California.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States : Oregon.

Chrysops parvula Daecke (1907)

(Plate XXXIII. fig. 51)

1907. C. parvulus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 142.

1918. C. parvulus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

192G. C. parvulus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 314.

1930. C. parvulus Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., 13.

The following also refers to this species:

1875. C. morosus Ostcn Sacken, Prodrome I, 390 (in part).

Color. Fuscous.

Size. Length, 5.5 mm. to 7 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex and sides of
genae gray-yellow pollinose; ocellar area, frontal callus, a line
connecting them, a large spot on each side of the frontoclypeus,
oral margins of genae, and palpi, fuscous; the disc of the fronto-
clypeus usually brown-yellow; sometimes, however, this region is
entirely fuscous; antennae slender; scape and pedicel, and some-
times the extreme base of the black flagellum, yellow to brown-
yellow. Thorax and scutellum fuscous, the former with faint gray
pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter gray-yellow pollinose with the
usual fuscous stripes. Abdomen entirely fuscous. Halteres fuscous.
Wings are figured; the apex of the hyaline triangle not attaining
vein R2+3 and the apical spot not often exceeding vein R5. Legs
yellow; the trochanters, apex of front femora, apical three fourths
of front tibiae and entire tarsi, base of middle femora, most of the
hind femora and tibiae, except at their extreme apex and base,
respectively, apical segments of middle and hind tarsi, fuscous.
Male: This sex has never been reported, unless one is to accept
the male with the wholly brown abdomen mentioned by Osten
Sacken (1875) under his description of C. morosus.

Comparative Notes. This species is no doubt the smallest of its
group and is distinguished by its fuscous abdomen and typically

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 327

fuscous hind femora and tibiae. See, also, under description of
C. luiji ns Wied.

Remarks. Daecke (1907) offers an additional means of separat-
ing C. parvula from C. lugens by the eye pattern. The former hav-
ing the frontal spot usually excised anteriorly and the occipital
border separated from the occiput, the latter with a solid frontal
spot and the occipital border connected with the occiput.

Type Data. Described from a large series, most of them from
Bamber, New Jersey, July 9, 1906. I have studied the types in the
United States National Museum.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey: Lakehurst, July 2-3, 1912, July 25; Bamber,
July 9, 1906; Jersey City; Rawlins, Aug. 11, 1907; Hammondton, June 27, 1933.
Florida: Hilliard, Aug. 19, 1930. Arkansas: Washington Co., Aug. 16, 1929;
Fayetteville, Aug. 12, 1929.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: North Carolina.

Chrysops pertinax Williston (1887)

(Plate XXX, fig. 24)

1887. C. pertinax Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 132.
1901. C. pertinax Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 307.

The following also refers to this species:

1892. C. nigriventris Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 604.
1926. C. noctifer Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 308.

Color. Black.

Size. Length, 8.5 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray pollinose;
frons, a mid-streak on the frontoclypeus, and sides of genae, yel-
lowish pollinose; ocellar area, frontal callus, frontoclypeus, oral
margins of genae, palpi, and proboscis, black; antennae Variable,
usually black except for some yellow at the basal portion of the
scape; sometimes the bases of the pedicel and flagellum are red-
brown. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black with light-gray
pubescence, the former with faint gray pollinose stripes; pleurae
and venter black, the former with dense yellowish-gray pile and
on the humeri black pile. Abdomen black, white pubescent with
some black intermixed; tergites II to IV often with grayish mid-
dorsal triangles. Halteres black. Wings as figured; some variation
in the extent of infuscation in cells R and 2dM. Legs black; the
middle and hind metatarsi, and sometimes the extreme bases of all

328 The University Science Bulletin

the tibiae, red-brown. Male: Like the female except for sex char-
acters. Antennae wholly black. Entire body black, the pubescence
and pile brown or black. Wings with a greater extent of infuscation
in cells R and 2d M. Legs similar to the female.

Comparative Notes. See under description of C. noctifera 0. S.
Superficially the species resembles C. mitis 0. S., but the presence
of an apical spot immediately distinguished C. pertinax.

Remarks. I am taking this species out of synonymy because I
fail to find any intergrading forms. I have studied both Osten
Sacken's types of C. noctifera and Williston's types of C. pertinax,
and in addition, large series of both species. In very few specimens
of C. pertinax I have observed just a faint trace of yellow on the
sides of the abdomen near the base. This species is more robust and
is principally northwestern in distribution. I have no records of
C. noctifera north of California. Krober described the male under
C. noctifera.

Type Data. Described from eight females from Washington
Territory, of which two cotypes (one of which I am designating and
labeling as the lectotype) remain in the Francis Huntington Snow
Entomological Collection of the University of Kansas.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Alberta 1, July 3 -Aug. 23; British Columbia 4, May 9 -June 25.

United States: Michigan 1, July 4; Montana 3, June 27 -Aug. 14; Wyom-
ing 2, July 18 -Aug. 18; Utah 3, June 23 -July 26; Idaho 2, June 8 -July 10;
Washington 14, May 26 -Aug. 5; Oregon 10, July 10-26; California 2, May
20-25.

In addition, reported by others from :
Canada : Ontario.

Chrysops pikei Whitney (1904)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 47)

Whitney, Can. Ent., XXXVI, 205.

Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 224.

Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., 33.

Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 113.

Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 336.

Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., 13.

Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 9.

Color. Yellow and black, abdomen vittate.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides
of genae, yellow pollinose; frontal callus black; frontoclypeus, oral
margins of genae and palpi, yellow, sometimes a black spot on the

1904.

C.

pikei

1904.

C.

pikei

1907.

c.

pikei

1924.

c.

pikei

1926.

c.

pikei

1930.

c.

pikei

1931.

c.

pikei

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 329

oral margin of the genae and each side of the f rontoclypeus ;
antennae slender; scape, pedicel and base of flagellum yellow; apex
of flagellum black. Dorsum of thorax gray-yellow pruinose with
fuscous stripes; scutellum yellow with a fuscous spot on the disc
(usually a continuation of the median stripe of the thoracic dor-
sum) ; pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with the usual fuscous
stripes. Abdominal dorsum yellow with four longitudinal black
stripes, the lateral ones extending toward the base not beyond the
posterior margin of the second tergite. Venter of abdomen yellow;
usually a small median black spot on each of segments III, IV and
V; remaining segments black with yellow hind margins; the usual
lateral streaks present. Halteres black. Wings as figured; the
hyaline triangle broadly open, its apex not exceeding vein R2+3.
Legs yellow; apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, middle
and hind coxae, trochanters, and apical tarsal segments, black.
Male: Like the female except for sex characters. The fuscous
stripes of the thoracic and abdominal dorsum are broader. Apical
abdominal segments black.

Comparative Notes. A distinct species. Usually separated from
the more variable C. sequax Will, by the incomplete lateral ab-
dominal stripes and the hyaline triangle of the wing, which is more
broadly open. The males of these species are quite distinct.

Type Data. Described from eleven females, Pike county, Mis-
souri.

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey 1; North Carolina 1, May 30; Ohio 17, May
30 -Aug. 21; Indiana 4, June 15 -Sept. 22; Alabama 1, July 22; Illinois 7,
June 7- July 23; Mississippi 1, July 15; Iowa 1, June 17; Arkansas 2, May 2-
June 27; Louisiana 6, April -Sept. 6; Kansas 23, June 3 - Aug. 27; Oklahoma 2,
May 23-24; Texas 3, April 26 -May 12.

In addition, reported by others from :
United States: Missouri, Nebraska.

Chrysops pilumna Krober (1926)

1926. C. vUumnus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 2V8.

I have not satisfactorily identified this species. Some north-
western forms of C. frigida 0. S. (which ultimately may prove to be
a distinct species) coincide fairly well with Krober's description
except for the black on the frontoclypeus and genae, and the ab-
dominal pattern.

Doctor Walley, of the Canadian National Museum, who kindly

330 The University Science Bulletin

compared one of my specimens with Kroner's type, states as fol-
lows: "Wing pattern exactly as figured by Krober. The maculate
portion is much darker brown than in your specimen and does not
fade out in the apices of marginal, first and second submarginal
cells as it does in your specimen. General dorsal abdominal pat-
tern as figured by Krober except that first tergite is entirely dark
except small posterolateral angles and there is no narrow pale
posterior margin as he has shown; median black portion of second
tergite slightly broader than shown by Krober thus with narrow
pale lateral areas; following tergites as in Krober's figure. Fronto-
clypeus, face and genae uniformly yellow, shining, with yellowish
pollinose areas as in your specimen except that the median pollinose
stripe on the frontoclypeus is lacking in the type; the deep frontal
fossae are brownish and the lower margins of the genae are bordered
with pale brownish. Antennae (only two basal segments present)
dark brownish shaded with blackish above, much as in your speci-
men, but a little darker throughout. There is not a well-defined line
separating the large upper facets from the small lower ones, the
transition is about as in your specimen ; the upper facets are notice-
ably larger than the lower facets, the difference in size being greater
than in your specimen. Leg color . . . front legs agree with
your specimen; mid-coxae, trochanters, basal fourth of mid-femora
and apices of mid-tarsi dull brownish black, the apical third of
hind femora and entire hind tibiae uniformly yellowish-brown."

Described from one male, Jordan, Ontario. In the Canadian
National Collection, type No. 2491.

Chrysops proclivis Osten Sacken (1877)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 29)

1877. C. proclivis Osten Sacken, West Dipt., p. 222.

1901. C. proclivis Ricardo, Ann. and Mag. N. H., ser. 7, VIII, 30G.

1903. C. proclivis Hine, Can. Ent., XXXV, 244.

1904. C. proclivis Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 225.

1926. C. proclivis Cameron, Bull. Ent. Res., XVII, 24 (larva and pupa), fig.
1926. C. proclivis Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 320.

The following also refer to this species:

1887. C. pachycera Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 134 (in part).
1892. C. atricornis Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 604.

Color. Black and yellow, the former predominant.

Size. Length, 7.5 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex grayish polli-
nose; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; ocellar area, frontal
callus, a connecting line between them, a spot on each side of the

Brennan: Pangoxiinae of Nearctic America 331

yellow frontoclypeus, and oral margins of the genae, fuscous to
black. Palpi and antennae mostly fuscous, often with some red-
brown showing through; scape, pedicel and base of llagellum some-
times yellow-brown. Dorsum of thorax and scutellnm fuscous,
yellow pubescent, the former with narrow gray pollinose stripes;
pleurae and venter gray-yellow pollinose with the usual fuscous
stripes, the former with yellow pile and on the humeri some brown.
Dorsum of abdomen with a dominant black pattern; the first seg-
ment yellow with a broad black quadrate spot beneath the scutel-
lum, posteriorly emarginate, almost attaining a heavy black median
geminate figure on the second segment, on each side of which is a
small black spot; segments III and IV black, narrowly incised in
the center by the yellow of the hind margins, and sometimes also
on each side; remaining segments black with yellow hind margins.
Venter of abdomen mostly black; the segments with yellow postero-
lateral angles and hind margins; the second segment usually yellow
with a large black median spot. Halteres fuscous. Wings as
figured; the apical spot very narrow, and cell R practically entirely
infuscated. Legs black and yellow, the latter distributed as follows:
apex of front femora and base of tibiae, apical portion of middle
and hind femora, middle and hind tibiae and metatarsi; sometimes
the hind tibiae are mostly black. Male: I have no specimens at
hand except that of Williston's C. pachycera, this sex of which has
generally been conceded to be C. proclivis. It is quite different
from the female (perhaps a teneral). The antennae, except the
black apex of the flagellum, and palpi are yellow. The fronto-
clypeus is almost completely yellow with a trace of a brown spot
on each side. The oral margins of the genae instead of being
fuscous, are yellow with a small fuscous spot on each side. Thorax
like the female. Dorsum of abdomen predominantly black; only
the narrow posterolateral angles of the first segment, yellow; seg-
ments II and III with a very broad and heavy black double gemi-
nate figure; remaining segments black with narrow yellow hind
margins; sometimes the pattern on segment V approximates that of
IV, but the yellow incised areas are much more reduced. Venter
of abdomen much like the female, except the yellow along the sides
is more conspicuous. Wings somewhat like the female; cells R and
2d M about equally infuscated, neither completely. Legs similar
to the female, wTith a little more yellow on the front femora and
tibiae.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. furcata Walker by the

332 The University Science Bulletin

lateral black spots on the second abdominal tergite, but in some
specimens which I believe to be C. proclivis these spots are obsolete.
From C. surda 0. S. this species is distinguished by the predom-
inantly yellow frontoclypeus, its generally larger size, and a greater
display of yellow on the abdomen and legs.

Type Data. Described from four females, Marin county, Cali-
fornia. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: New Brunswick 1; Alberta 2, July 10-11; Yukon Territory 1,
July 1-20.

United States: Colorado 1, July; Washington 3, June 11 -July 25; Oregon
6, June 6 -Aug. 11; California 3, June 3 -July 20.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Quebec, British Columbia.
United States : Arizona.

Chrysops pudica Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 41)

1875. C. pudicus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 381.

1876. C. pudicus Osten Sacken, Prodrome II. 474.

1906. C. pudicus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. pudicus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 145.
1907. C. pudicus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 33.
1926. C. pudicus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 289.

Color. Yellow, with a black abdominal pattern of variable ex-
tent and intensity.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex grayish pol-
linose; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus
typically yellow, often bordered above with brown, rarely com-
pletely brown or fuscous; frontoclypeus, genae, palpi, and antennae
except the black annulate portion of the flagellum, yellow to brown-
yellow. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum plumbeus, the former with
fuscous stripes, the latter sometimes with yellow at the tip ; pleurae
and venter gray pruinose with the usual fuscous stripes. Dorsum
of abdomen yellow ; a broader than long quadrate black spot beneath
the scutellum, not attaining the hind margin of the first segment;
second segment with an inverted V-shaped black spot, variable
in its divergence, attaining neither margin; segments III and IV
black with yellow posterior margins which expand into small mid-
dorsal triangles; remaining segments black with yellow hind mar-
gins. Venter of abdomen with a quadrate black spot which becomes

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 333

successively larger on segments III, IV and V; remaining segments
black with yellow hind margins; black lateral streaks usually pres-
ent; in specimens exhibiting much yellow, the entire venter is yel-
low except at the apex. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured; the
apical spot as a rule includes only the apex of cell R4, but quite
frequently it extends much deeper. Legs yellow; all trochanters,
middle and hind coxae, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi, apical segments of middle and hind tarsi, basal portion of
hind femora, apex of hind tibiae, fuscous; sometimes the hind
femora and tibiae are mostly yellow. Male: At the University of
Michigan are a series of males from Florida determined by Hine,
which I believe to be this species. They are very similar to the
females.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. cursim Whit, as indicated
in the key. Also see under description of C. cursim. Some forms of
C. pudica (especially those with the fuscous frontal callus and the
apical spot including more than the apex of cell R4) may be con-
fused with C. dimmocki Hine, but in that species the black V-
shaped spot on the second abdominal tergite invariably attains the
anterior margin.

Remarks. It will be seen from the description that this is a
variable species and hence considerable caution must be exercised
in separating it from related forms.

Type Data. Described from three females from Massachusetts
and one female, locality not certain. In the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge. Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 2, June 16; Rhode Island 1, July; New
York 2, June 23- July 17; New Jersey 8, June 24 -Aug. 15; North Carolina 4,
May 25 -July 17; Georgia 2, May 14 -June; Florida 2, April 8 -May 12.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Connecticut, Louisiana.

Chrysops robusta, new species

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 67; Plate XXXV, fig. 87; Plate XXXVII, figs. 106, 113}

Color. Fulvous, with a fuscous abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex broader than
long, yellow pollinose; frons, sides of genae and a mid-streak on the
frontoclypeus yellow pollinose; the region immediately surrounding
the antennae white pollinose; frontal callus yellow, bordered with

334 The University Science Bulletin

brown; frontoclypeus, oral margin of genae and palpi, yellow.
Antennae strongly incrassate; scape and pedicel brown-yellow with
rather coarse black pubescence; flagellum black except for a little
yellow at its base. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous with
a brownish pruinosity and long whitish pile, the former with broad
fulvous pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter fulvous pollinose with
whitish pile, the usual brown stripes somewhat faint. Dorsum of
abdomen fulvous with a fuscous quadrate spot, posteriorly emargi-
nate, beneath the scutellum; anterolaterally this spot relatively
connects with an obscure fuscous spot on each side; second segment
with a double geminate fuscous spot, the outer portions of which
are narrowly lunate; segments III, IV and V each with a double
geminate fuscous spot; remaining segments fuscous; all segments
with narrow fulvous posterior margins. Venter of abdomen fulvous,
the first three segments each with a broad fuscous quadrate median
spot; the remaining segments fuscous with yellow hind margins;
the usual lateral stripes present. Halteres yellow. Wings as figured.
Legs yellow; the joints, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi apices of middle and hind tarsal segments, black. Male: Head
and its appendages like the female except for sex characters.
Thorax like the female, but somewhat darker; the humeral region
of the pleurae black pilose. Dorsum of abdomen predominantly
black; the first segment entirely so except for a little yellow at the
posterolateral angles; segments II, III and IV each with a double
geminate black figure whose outer portions, especially on the second
segment, are narrow; remaining segments black with yellow hind
margins; sometimes segment V bears a black figure suggestive of
that on the preceding segment. Venter yellow with a broad black
mid-stripe and on each side a narrow lateral one; apical segments
mostly black with yellow hind margins. Halteres yellow. Wings
like the female except for a greater extent of infuscation in cells
R and 2d M ; base of cell 1st A infuscated. Legs like the female.

Comparative Notes. This species is related to C. coquilletti Hine
and C. clavicornis n. sp. From the former it may be separated by
the abdominal pattern (especially the figure on the second tergite)
and by the greater extent of infuscation in cell 2d M of the wings;
from the latter by the abdominal pattern, the apical spot of the
wings not exceeding cell R4, and by the scape of the antenna which
is uniformly swollen for its entire length.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Los Angeles, California; May 2,
1915; M. C. VanDuzee. Allotype, male; same data. Paratype,

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 335

one male, Log Cerritos, California; March 21, 1915; M. C. Van-
Duzee. In the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection
of the University of Kansas.

Chrysops sackeni Hine (1903)

(Plate XXXI. fig. 32)

1903. C. sackeni Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 42.

1907. C. sackeni Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 145.

1926. C. sackeni Krober, Stett. Km. Yah., LXXXVII, 2s7.

1931. C. sackeni Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 95.

Color. Black and yellow, the former dominant in the abdominal
pattern.

Size. Length, 7.5 mm. to 10.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex,' frons, and
sides of genae, gray-yellow pollinose; frontal callus variable, yellow
margined above with black, black with yellow on the disc, or wholly
black; frontoclypeus, genae, and palpi, orange-yellow; antennae
orange-yellow except the black apex of the flagellum. Dorsum of
thorax and scutellum fuscous, the former with broad, gray pollinose
stripes; pleurae and venter gray-yellow pollinose with fuscous
stripes. Abdominal dorsum yellow with a dominant black pattern;
a broad black quadrate spot beneath the scutellum, posteriorly
emarginate, nearly reaching a heavy inverted V-shaped spot on the
second segment which often follows along the posterior margin; re-
maining segments black with yellow posterior margins which on
segments III and IV expand into middorsal triangles and narrow
lateral spots. Venter of abdomen yellow with a median black spot
on each segment from I to IV, becoming successively larger caudad ;
remaining segments black with yellow hind margins; the usual black
lateral streaks; sometimes the basal three or four segments are
wholly yellow. Halteres black. Wings as figured; the apical spot
at its base just exceeding vein R2+3; the crossband not attaining
the posterior margin. Legs orange-yellow; the joints, apex of front
tibiae and entire tarsi, basal portion of hind femora, apical segments
of middle and hind tarsi, black; sometimes the entire hind femora
and apex of tibiae are black. Male: Head and thorax like the
female except for sex characters. On the dorsum of the abdomen
the black figures on segments I and II are much broader ; the yellow
hind margins of the remaining segments are narrower and conse-
quently the middorsal triangles on III and IV are smaller. In one
specimen the sides of III and IV are more broadly yellow than in
the female. Venter of abdomen like the female. Wings with more

336 The University Science Bulletin

infuscation in cells R and 2d M; otherwise like the female. Legs
darker than in the female; the front femora and sometimes the apex
of the front coxae, base of middle femora, black.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. callida 0. S. by the
broader apical spot and generally larger size; likewise I have never
seen a specimen of C. callida with any yellow on the frontal callus.

Type Data. In the Ohio State Museum, Columbus, Ohio. Four
females, Sandusky, Ohio, June 29, 1899, and July 10, 1900.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 2, June 28; New York 3, June 27 -July 4
New Jersey 1, June 17-25; North Carolina 1, May 8; Florida 1, April 16
Michigan 5, July 3 -July 18; Ohio 2, June 8 -July 5; Indiana 1, July 1
Tennessee 1; Illinois 3, June 15 -Aug. 24; Minnesota 1, July 12; Iowa 1,
June 21 ; Utah.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada : Quebec.

United States: Vermont, Rhode Island, Connecticut, Wisconsin.

Chrysops separata Hine (1907)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 58)

1907. C. separatus Hine, Ohio Nat., VIII, 228.

1926. C. separatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 311.

Color. Black.

Size. Length, 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, sides of
genae, a streak on the f rontoclypeus, gray to gray -yellow pollinose ;
ocellar area, frontal callus, frontoclypeus, oral margin of genae, and
palpi, black. Antennae mostly black, basal portions of scape,
pedicel, and flagellum, yellow to brown-yellow. Thoracic dorsum
and scutellum black with whitish pubescence, the former with traces
of gray pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter black with some gray
pruinosity, abdomen black, white pubescent. Halteres black. Wings
as figured, the apical spot separated from the crossband. Legs
black, extreme base of anterior tibiae, basal portion of median
tibiae, median and posterior metatarsi, yellowish. Male: Like the
female with much black pubescence and pilosity intermixed with a
little white. Antennae almost entirely black. Wings to the distal
border of the crossband almost entirely infuscated, more dilute in
cells Cu-l, 1st A, and the anal angle; a small hyaline spot includes
the extreme apex of cells R, 2d M and the base of cell Ci^; apical
spot like the female. Legs like the female except for the absence
of yellow at the bases of the front and middle tibiae.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 337

Comparative Notes. C. separata is distinct from all others in-
cluded within this paper. The black color and the apical spot en-
tirely separated from the crossband will easily identify this specie-.

Remarks. Krober (1926) has misquoted Hine's description. Only
the first basal cell (R) is black, not both basal cells (R and 2d M).
To my knowledge this is the first time the male has been described.
Brimley (1922) lists a male taken at Raleigh, North Carolina,
April 20, 1921, but gives no further data.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Raleigh, North Carolina; April
18, 1906; C. S. Brimley. In the Ohio State Museum, Columbus,
Ohio.

Distributional Data:

United States: North Carolina: Raleigh. Mississippi: Agricultural Col-
lege, March 19, 1921 ( $ ). Oklahoma: Atoka Co., May 22, 1933, May 26, 1934.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Louisiana.

Chrysops sequax Williston (1887)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 48)

1887. C. sequax Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 133.

1904. C. sequax Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 225.

1906. C. sequax Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. sequax Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 141.
1907. C. sequax Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 34.

1918. C. sequax McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 198.

1924. C. sequax Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 113.

1926. C. sequax Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 345.

1930. C. sequax Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., 14.

1931. C. sequax Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 92.

Color. Black and yellow with vittate abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex grayish yellow
pollinose; sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus black, but
not infrequently with some yellow; frontoclypeus, except a black
spot on each side, palpi and antennae, except the black apex of the
flagellum, yellow; oral margins of genae black. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum green-gray pollinose, the former with fuscous stripes,
sometimes the latter yellow at the tip; pleurae and venter yellow
pollinose with the usual fuscous stripes. Dorsum of abdomen
yellow with four complete black longitudinal stripes; the apical seg-
ments black with yellow hind margins. Venter of abdomen yellow;
usually a black quadrate spot on each of segments III to V; remain-
ing segments black with yellow hind margins; the usual lateral
streaks present. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured; the apex of

338 The University Science Bulletin

the hyaline triangle attains vein R2+3, and its base is of variable
width. Legs yellow; apex of front tibiae and entire tarsi; basal
portions of middle and hind femora, apex of hind tibiae, apical seg-
ments of middle and hind tarsi, black. Male: Like the female ex-
cept for sex characters and more pronounced melanism. The palpi
are darker. The black abdominal stripes are broader; the median
spots on the venter are coalesced, thus forming a broad stripe which
tapers toward the base. Cell 2d M of the wings infuscated for
about one half its length, the brown color tapering along vein Cu
to the end of the cell; cell Cux infuscated except for a hyaline spot
at its apex; cell 1st A infuscated along its upper margin, the brown
color following vein Cu and Cu, to the posterior margin of the
wing ; anal area dilutely infuscated. Legs like the female except the
posterior femora and tibiae which are yellow only at their apex and
base respectively.

Comparative Notes. A more variable species than its close rela-
tive C. pikei Whit, from which it is at once separated by the com-
plete lateral abdominal stripes. From C. beameri n. sp. C. sequax
may be distinguished by its frontal callus which is usually black,
and the apex of the hyaline triangle of the wing not exceeding vein
R2+3. See under description of C. beameri.

Type Data. Described from four females and one male from
Western Kansas. One female and the male remain in the Francis
Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the University of
Kansas.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 1, Aug. 6; New Jersey 4, July 16 -Sept. 8;
Virginia 2, Aug. 28 -Sept. 9; North Carolina 3, July 25 -Sept. 5; South Caro-
lina 1, Aug. 18; Georgia 2, July 27; Ohio 1, July 24; Indiana 1, July 27;
Illinois 6, July 10 -Sept. 1; Minnesota 1, Aug. 5; Iowa 1; South Dakota 1;
Kansas 15, July 5- Aug. 26; Oklahoma 1, Aug. 19; Colorado 1, Aug. 17-19.

In addition, reported by others from :

United States: Maryland, Arkansas, Louisiana, Nebraska.

Chrysops shermani Hine (1907)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 38)

1907. C. shermani Hine, Ohio Nat., VIII, 229.

1926. C. shermani Krciber, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 347.

Color. Black and yellow ; abdominal pattern more or less vittate ;
the dilute crossband of the wings interrupted with hyaline where it
crosses the veins.

Brennan : Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 339

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons and
sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus orange-yellow, bor-
dered above with brown which continues as a line to the fuscous
ocellar area ; f rontoclypeus, oral margins of genae, and palpi orange-
yellow. Antennae slender; scape yellow, reddish near the apex;
pedicel and base of black flagellum red-brown. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum black, the former with gray-yellow pollinose stripes;
pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with the usual fuscous stripes.
Dorsum of abdomen yellow; a large quadrate black spot beneath
the scutellum practically coalescing with a parallel-sided black
geminate spot on the second segment, on each side of which is a
narrow black vittate spot not attaining the anterior margin; seg-
ments III to V each with four black vittate spots which do not at-
tain the posterior margins; remaining segments black with yellow
hind margins; the spots on segment V are usually so close so that it
has the aspect of the apical segments. Venter yellow; a small
fuscous median spot on each of segments III to V; remaining seg-
ments black with yellow hind margins; the usual black lateral
streaks, not quite attaining the base. Halteres fuscous. Wings as
figured; the crossband dilute, interrupted with hyaline where it
crosses the veins, not reaching the posterior margin; stigma saturate
brown; apical spot nearly separated from the crossband, dilute, also
interrupted by hyaline along the veins. Legs yellow; the joints,
apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, base of hind femora
and apex of tibiae, apical four middle and hind tarsal segments,
black. Male: This sex has never been reported.

Comparative Notes. C. shermani is distinct from all other North
American species by virtue of its unique wing pattern. The ab-
dominal pattern is somewhat like that of C. montana 0. S.

Type Data. Cotypes, five females from Highlands, North Caro-
lina, July, 1907, one female, same locality, July 5, 1906; one female,
Hayden, Ontario, July 10, 1906. In the Ohio State Museum,
Columbus, Ohio. One cotype female in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts (C. W. Johnson Collection).

Distributional Data:

Canada: Ontario: Hayden, July 30, 1906; Algonquin Park, July 28-31, 1916;
Brule Lake, Aug. 2, 1911.

United States: North Carolina: Highlands, July 5, 1906, July, 1907.
Michigan: Cheboygan Co., July 11, 1931; Marquette Co., July 15, 1919;
Dickinson Co., July 16, 1909.

22—7186

340 The University Science Bulletin

Chrysops sordida Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXX, fig. 15)

1875. C. sordidus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 376.

1926. C. sordidus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 249.

Color. Black, abdominal tergites with gray hind margins, the
first two encroached upon on each side by a small gray-yellow spot.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray pollinose;
frons, a mid-streak on the frontoclypeus, and sides of genae yellow-
ish pollinose; frontal callus, frontoclypeus, oral margins of genae,
and palpi, fuscous to black. Antennae fuscous; the scape except
its extreme apex, yellow. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black
with yellowish pubescence, the former with faint gray pollinose
stripes; pleurae and venter fuscous with a gray pruinosity, the
former with yellow pile. Dorsum of abdomen black; a small gray-
yellow spot on each side near the base; all segments caudad from II
with rather conspicuous gray hind margins which on segments II to
IV expand into median triangles. Venter black; the segments with
narrow pale hind margins. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured;
often a narrow trace of an apical spot present. Legs black; the
middle and hind metatarsi dark brown. Male: Unknown.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. excitans Walker by the
gray hind margins of the abdominal tergites and the smaller extent
of the pale spot on each side of tergites I and II. From C. cuclux
Whit. C. sordida is readily distinguished by the more saturate wing
picture and again by the gray hind margins of the abdominal
tergites.

Type Data. Described from nine females from the White Moun-
tains, New Hampshire. I have studied the types, in the Museum
of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Newfoundland: Little River, July 15, 1905.

United States: New Hampshire: White Mountains. New York: Cran-
berry Lake, June 9-20, 1919; Essex Co., July 22, 1920.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada : Labrador.
United States: Maine.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 341

Chrysops striata Osten Sacken (1875)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 39)

1875. C. striatus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 391.

1903. C. striatus Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 43.

1906. C. striatus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. striatus Daecke, Ent. News. XVIII, 141.

1918. C. striatus McAtee and Walton. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 198.

1925. C. striatus Hine, Occ. Pap. Mns. Zool. Univ. Mich., No. 162, 20.

1925. C. striatus Kroner, Konowia, IV, 331.

1926. C. striatus Kniber, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 343.

1930. C. striatus Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 287.

1931. C. striatus Philip, Minn. Ttch. Bull., LXXX, 92.

Color. Black and yellow; abdominal pattern vittate.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 9.5 mm.

Stmctural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, and
sides of genae, yellow pollinose; frontal callus variable, black to
yellow; frontoclypeus, oral margins of genae, and palpi, yellow;
sometimes the frontoclypeus with a small black spot on each side.
Antennae slender, variable in color; sometimes yellow with only
the apex of the fiagellum black; or sometimes the scape and pedicel
red-brown, especially on their outer surfaces. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum plumbeus in ground color, the former with the usual
fuscous stripes, the latter often yellow at the tip; pleurae gray-
yellow pollinose with fuscous stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellow;
typically with four black longitudinal stripes, the median pair
broader, the lateral ones not always reaching the base; these stripes
are often broken by the yellow margins of the segments; the two
apical segments black with yellow hind margins; in some specimens
the median stripes so converge on the second segment that they
form a sort of geminate figure. Venter of abdomen variable; usually
yellow at the base; the black of the apical segments extending
toward the base as a broad midstripe; lateral streaks present.
Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured. Legs yellow; trochanters,
apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, bases of middle and
hind femora, apex of hind tibiae, apical segments of middle and
hind tarsi, black. Male: Like the female but that cell 2d M of
the wings is infuscated except for a small hyaline area near the
apex, cubital and anal regions dilutely infuscated. The median
stripes of the abdominal dorsum are broader than in the female,
usually coming together near the anterior margin of the second
segment. The median stripe of the abdominal venter practically
attains the base.

Comparative Notes. The species is so variable that separation
is often difficult. Its closest relative is C. vittata Wied., from which

342 The University Science Bulletin

it is most readily distinguished by the plumbeus ground color of
the thoracic dorsum and scutellum. Philip (1931) states that the
thoracic stripes may vary from greenish-gray to a yellow not much
different from that of C. vittata.

Remarks. Philip (1931) has given an excellent account of the
variability of C. striata. His material consisted of over two hundred
and fifty specimens.

Type Data. Described from several females from the District of
Columbia and Illinois. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: Massachusetts 2, July 3 -Aug. 9; New York 4, July 1-26;
New Jersey 1, July 3; Pennsylvania 1, June 26; Michigan 4, July 10 -Sept. 7;
Ohio 8, June 10 -Aug. 14; Indiana 1, July 10 -Aug. 23; Wisconsin 2, June 24-
July 10; Illinois 3, July 5-15; Minnesota 5, July 20- Aug. 7.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Quebec, Ontario.

United States: Maine, New Hampshire. Maryland, District of Columbia,
Virginia, Louisiana.

Chrysops surda Osten Sacken (1877)

(Plate XXXI, fig. 27)

1877. C. surdus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt., p. 223.

1887. C. surdus Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 134.

1904. C. surdus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 226.

1926. C. surdus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 322.

Color. Predominantly black; abdominal pattern with some yel-
low.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray polli-
nose ; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose ; ocellar area, frontal
callus, a line connecting them, frontoclypeus (except a denuded
brown-yellow mid-streak) , oral margins of genae, and palpi, fuscous
to black. Antennae fuscous; basal segments brown-yellow, red-
brown, or sometimes fuscous, especially on the outer surfaces.
Thoracic dorsum and scutellum black, the former with gray polli-
nose stripes; pleurae and venter gray pollinose with the usual black
stripes. Dorsum of abdomen predominantly black; first segment
yellow with a large quadrate black spot beneath the scutellum
practically attaining a heavy black median geminate figure on the
second segment, on each side of which is a small black spot; some-
times an anterolateral black spot is apparent on the first segment;

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 343

segments III and IV black, narrowly incised in the center by the
yellow of the hind margins; remaining segments black with yellow
hind margins. Venter black; the segments with yellow hind mar-
gins; first three or four segments yellow, each with a large black
median spot becoming successively broader caudad; broad black
lateral stripes present, practically attaining the base. Wings as
figured. Halteres black. Legs black; extreme base of front tibiae,
apex of middle femora, basal portion or all of middle tibiae, middle
and hind metatarsi, brown-yellow. Male: Like the female except
for sex characters; exhibiting more melanism. Cell 2d M of the
wings considerably infuscated. The black of the first two ab-
dominal tergites more extensive than in the female.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. proclivis O. S. by the
black frontoclypeus with only a narrow yellow mid-streak, the
dominantly black legs, and generally smaller size.

Type Data. Described from four females, Webber Lake, Sierra
county, California, July 21. In the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: Oregon: Mt. Hood. California: Giant Forest, July 28,
1929; Tahoe, June 19, 1927; Plumas Co., July 20-22, 1916; Fallen Leaf, July
16, 1917; Shasta Co. Nevada: Ormsby Co., July 6.

In addition, reported by others from :

Canada: British Columbia.
United States: Washington.

Chrysops ultima Whitney (1914)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 53)

1914. C. ultimus Whitney, Can. Ent., XLVI, 345.

1926. C. ultimus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 320.

Color. Fuscous.

Size. Length, 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons and
sides of genae, gray to gray-yellow pollinose; ocellar area, frontal
callus, a line connecting them, a spot on each side of the yellow
frontoclypeus, oral margins of genae, and palpi, fuscous. Antennae
slender; scape yellow, pedicel and base of flagellum brown-yellow,
apex of flagellum, black. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fuscous,
the former with faint gray pollinose stripes, most pronounced ante-
riorly; pleurae and venter gray pollinose with the usual fuscous
stripes. Abdomen fuscous, a very faint grayish middorsal stripe

344 The University Science Bulletin

sometimes apparent. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured; the
hyaline triangle narrow and open to R2+3. Legs yellow; the joints,
apical portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, bases of middle and
hind femora, apex of hind tibiae, apical segments of middle and
hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: Unknown.

Comparative Notes. To be separated from its very close relatives
according to the key. Wing picture like C. obsoleta Wied.; ab-
domen more like C. parvula Daecke and C. lugens Wied.

Remarks. I have seen but a few specimens of this species. I
doubt its validity, but I have not sufficient evidence to support my
belief.

Type Data. Described from WTest Palm Beach, Florida. One
female (the head missing) in the Museum of Comparative Zoology,
Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data:

United States: New York 1, Aug. 20-30; New Jersey 3, July 29 - Aug. 28;
Maryland 1, June 26; North Carolina 1, May 16; Florida 4, March - April 6.

Chrysops univittata Macquart (1855)

(Plate XXXIII, fig. 56)

1855. C. univittatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl., V, 36.

1875. C. univittatus Ostcn Sacken, Prodrome I, 387.

1903. C. univittatus Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 44.

1906. C. univittatus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. univittatus Daecke, Ent. News, XVIII, 141.
1907. C. univittatus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 34.

1918. C. univittatus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 198.
1926. C. univittatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 335.
1931. C. univittatus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 93.

Color. Black and yellow; abdominal pattern vittate, with a
broad yellow median stripe.

Size. Length, 6 mm. to 8.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray-yellow
pollinose; frons and sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus
and a spot on each side of the frontoclypeus, fuscous; frontoclypeus,
oral margins of genae, and palpi, yellow. Scape of antenna yellow;
pedicel and base of flagellum brown-yellow; remainder of flagellum
black. Thoracic dorsum gray pollinose with narrow fuscous stripes;
scutellum fuscous, sometimes yellow except on the disc; pleurae
and venter gray-yellow pollinose with the usual fuscous stripes.
Dorsum of abdomen with a conspicuous yellow median stripe en-
closed between two fuscous stripes whose outer sides are irregular
in outline; lateral margins yellow; apical two segments usually en-

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 345

tirely fuscous. Venter of abdomen yellow; the black of the apical
segments extends toward the base as a broad median stripe; black
lateral streaks present. Wings as figured; the apical spot very
broad. Legs yellow; the trochanters, apical portion of front tibiae
and entire tarsi, apical segments of middle and posterior tarsi, black;
sometimes the base of the hind femora, black. Male: Very similar
to the female; the infuscation of cell 2d M more extensive; the
black of the median abdominal stripes more nearly reaching the
lateral margins.

Comparative Notes. Separated from C. moecha 0. S. by the
greater extent of the hyaline triangle of the wing and by the two
fuscous abdominal stripes instead of four. See, also, under descrip-
tion of C. moecha.

Type Data. Described from female specimens from Baltimore,
Maryland. In the Museum of Lille.

Distributional Data:

United States : Maine 1, July 6-9; New Hampshire 2, July 16; Massa-
chusetts 4, June 25 -July 16; Connecticut 2, June 22 - July 2; New York 5,
June 23- Aug. 23; New Jersey 6, June 21- July 4; Delaware 1, June 29; Mary-
land 12, June 6- Aug. 8; District of Columbia 1, June 14; Virginia 8, May 31-
Sept. 1; North Carolina 1, Aug. 13; Georgia; Pennsylvania 6, June 5 -July 20;
Michigan 3; Ohio 20, June 2 - Aug. 27; Indiana 1, July 12; Illinois 3, July
10-17; Kansas.

In addition, reported by others from :

Canada: Quebec.

United States: Florida, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Louisiana.

Chrysops virgulata Bellardi (1861)

(Plate XXXIV, fig. 71; Plate XXXV, fig. 88)

1861. C. virgulatus Bellardi, Saggio I, 71, pi. II, f. 17.

1901. C. virgulatus Williston, Biologia, Dipt. I, 255.

1904. C. virgulatus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 226.

1925. C. virgulatus Krober, Konowia, IV, 235.

1926. C. virgulatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 256.

The following also refer to this species:

1850. C. geminatus Macquart (nee Wied.), Dipt. Exot., Suppl. IV, 39.
1884. C. crassicornis Van der Wulp, Wien., Ent. Ztg., Ill, 141.

Color. Fulvous with black abdominal pattern.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex broader than
long, gray-yellow pollinose; frons, sides of genae, and a mid-streak
on the frontoclypeus, yellowish pollinose; upper margin of frontal
callus and a small spot on each side of the oral margins of the

346 The University Science Bulletin

genae, fuscous; frontal callus, remainder of genae and palpi, yellow.
Antennae strongly incrassate, the annulate portion of the flagellum
shorter than the basal segment; wholly yellow or brown-yellow
except the black apex of the flagellum. Dorsum of thorax and
scutellum fulvous pollinose, the former with faint brown stripes;
pleurae and venter fulvous pollinose with the usual brown regions.
Abdominal dorsum fulvous; a quadrate black spot beneath the
scutellum, posteriorly emarginate, sometimes expanding anterolater-
al^*; segments II to IV each with a heavy double geminate black
figure the outer portions of which are narrowly lunate; remaining
segments mostly black with yellow hind margins; sometimes the
pattern on the fifth segment corresponds to those preceding. Venter
of abdomen fulvous; the black of the apical segments produced
basally as a median stripe; the black lateral stripes attain the base.
Halteres yellow. Wings as figured. Legs yellow; the joints, apical
portion of front tibiae and entire tarsi, apical segments of middle
and hind tarsi, black. Male: Easily associated with the female,
but much darker. The palpi and antennae are yellow-brown.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum with fuscous ground color. Abdo-
men like the female, except the black is more extensive, the first
tergite being entirely black except for the narrow posterolateral
angles. Wings like the female except that the infuscation of cell
2d M is equal to that of cell R and cell 1st A is more extensively
infuscatecl. Legs generally darker.

Comparative Notes. Easily distinguished from related species
with the broad vertex and swollen antennae by the very short
annulate portion of the flagellum. The abdominal pattern is much
like that of C. robusta n. sp.

Remarks. This is the first time that C. virgulata has been re-
ported north of Mexico.

Type Data. Described from a male specimen, Cuautla, Mexico;
from Saussure's Collection. Probably in the Museum of Turin.

Distributional Data:

United States: Texas: Kingsville, June 8, 1921; Del Rio, May 27, 1912.
Arizona: Douglas, Aug.; San Bernardino Ranch.

Mexico: Jalisco: Quadalajara, June 18, 1903, July 21, 1903, Aug. 8, 1903.

In addition, reported by others from :
Mexico: Guerrero: Guanajuato, Colima.

Bkennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 347

Chrysops vittata Wiedemann (1821)

(Plate XXXII, fig. 42; Plate XXXV, fig. 82)

*

1821. C. vittatus Wiedemann, Dipt. Exot., 106.

1828. C. vittatus Wiedemann, Auss. Z\v., I, 200.

1855. C. vittatus Macquart, Dipt. Exot., Suppl. V, 37.

1875. C. vittatus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 390.

1895. C. vittatus Townsend, Trans. Amer. Ent. Soc., XXII, 57.

1895. C. vittatus Hart, Bull. 111. State Lab. N. H., IV, 228. (Larva and pupa.)

1902. C. vittatus Howard, Ins. Book, pi. XV, f. 37.

1903. C. vittatus Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 44.

1906. C. vittatus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 41.

1907. C. vittatus Daecke. Ent. News, XVIII, 141.
1907. C. vittatus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 35.

1918. C. vittatus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 198.

1920. C. vittatus Marchand. Mon. Rock. Inst., No. 13. p. 52.

1924. C. vittatus Wehr. Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 113.

1926. C. vittatus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg.. LXXXVII, 339.

1930. C. vittatus Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 2.36. Ark. Exp. Sta., f. 2.

1930. C. vittatus Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 288.

1931. C. vittatus Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 9.
1931. C. vittatus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 94.

The following also refer to this species:

1848. C. areolatus Walker, List I, 197.

1867. C. lineatus Jeannicke, Neue Exot Dipt., p. 26.

Color. Yellow; dorsum of abdomen with four black stripes.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, and
sides of genae yellow pollinose; frontal callus, frontoclypeus, genae,
and palpi, yellow. Antennae slender, yellow', except the black
apical portion of the flagellum. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum
yellow, the former with fuscous stripes; pleurae and venter yellow
with the usual fuscous stripes. Dorsum of abdomen yellow with
four black longitudinal stripes; the median pair usually, but not
always, complete, the lateral ones usually incomplete. Venter of
abdomen yellow; the black of the apical segments may or may not
extend part way to the base as a median stripe; the usual lateral
streaks present. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured; the fuscous
streak extending from the distal margin of the crossband into cell
R5 not always present. Legs yellow; apex of front tibiae and en-
tire tarsi, middle and hind coxae and trochanters, apical three or
four segments of the middle and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: Similar
to the female except for sex characters and a greater extent of in-
fuscation in cell 2d M of the wing. The sexes are very readily
associated.

Comparative Notes. Exhibits more yellow than its closest rela-
tive C. striata O. S. The yellow frontal callus, yellow ground color
of the thorax, wholly yellow* scutellum, and predominantly yellow

348 The University Science Bulletin

legs offer the best characteristics for separation. See, also, under
description of C. striata.

Type Data. In the Museum of Vienna. Krober (1926) states
that no specimen is designated as the type.

Distributional Data:

Canada: Quebec 1, July 1.

United States: Maine 3, June 9 -Aug. 10; New Hampshire 3, July 4-16;
Massachusetts 5, July 16 -July 24; Rhode Island 1, July 28; Connecticut 3,
June 24 -July 25; New York 8, June -Aug. 14; New Jersey 4, June 28 -Aug.
15; Delaware 2, June 29 -Aug. 3; Maryland 14, June 23 -Sept. 23; District of
Columbia 2, Aug. 7-19; Virginia 10, June 12 - Aug. 29; North Carolina; South
Carolina 1, Aug. 24; Georgia 3, July 10 - Aug. 22; Florida 2, June 1 - Aug. 17;
Pennsylvania 7, June 4 - Aug. 22; Michigan 4, June 1 - Aug.; Ohio 16, June 11 -
Aug. 28; Indiana 1, July 1 -Aug. 7; Alabama 2, July 21-22; Wisconsin; Illinois
3, July 8-26; Mississippi 4, July 14-17; Minnesota; Iowa 1; Missouri 1;
Arkansas 1, June 29; Louisiana 2, June 9-29; Kansas 2, July 9 - Sept. 4.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada : Ontario.
United States: Nebraska.

Chrysops vittata fl,orida?ia Johnson (1913)

(Plate. XXXII, fig. 43)

1913. C. vittatus floridanus Johnson, Bull. Am. Mus. N. H., XXXII, 52.
1926. C. vittatus floridanus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII, 341.

Color. Yellow; abdominal stripes obscure.

Size. Length, 9 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: General aspect of
C. vittata Wied. The thoracic stripes are light brown, the abdomi-
nal stripes more obsolete. Wings as figured; the infuscation more
extensive than in C. vittata, especially the apical spot. Legs like
C. vittata. Male: This sex has not been reported.

Type Data. In the Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge,
Massachusetts. I have studied the types.

Distributional Data:

United States: Virginia: Hickory, July 3, 1903. Georgia. Florida: Ala-
chua Co., May 31, 1925, Sept. 15, 1923; Hillsboro Co., March 23, 1925; Horse
Landing, May 17, 1894; St. John's River, May 7-17, 1924; Paseo Co., April 22,
1930; Putnam Co.

Chrysops wiedemanni Krober (1926)

(Plate, XXXIII, fig. 52)

1926. C. wiedemanni Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg. LXXXVII, 267 (new name for C.
obsoletus of authors, nee Wied.).

1930. C. wiedemanni Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 290.

1931. C. wiedemanni Philip, Minn. Ttch. Bull., LXXX, 94.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 349

The following also refers to this species:

1875. C. obsoletus Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 393.

1903. C. obsoletus Sine, Ohm St. Acad. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 42.

1906. C. obsoletus Daecke, Ent. News, XVII, 38.

1907. C. obsoletus Daecke, Ent. Nous, XVIII, 144.
1907. C. obsoletus Hine, Bull. 93, La. Exp. Sta., p. 32.

1918. C. obsoletus McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 197.

1924. C. obsoletus Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 112.

1930. C. obsoletus Schwardl and Hall, Bull. 2.r>c, Ark. Exp. Sta., p. 13.

1931. C. obsoletus Schwann, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, IV, 8.
1926. C. fraternus Krober, Stett. Ent. Ztg., LXXXVII.

Colon'. Fuscous; dorsum of abdomen typically with a yellow
median stripe.

Size. Length, 6.5 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex gray pollinose;
frons and sides of genae yellowish pollinose; frontal callus, a spot
on each side of the frontoclypeus, another on the oral margins of
the genae, and palpi, fuscous to black; remainder of frontoclypeus
and genae, yellow. Scape of antenna yellow; pedicel and base of
flagellum brown-yellow; apical portion of flagellum black. Dorsum
of thorax and scutellum plumbeus, the former with fuscous stripes,
sometimes the latter yellow at the tip; pleurae and venter yellow
pollinose with the usual fuscous stripes. Dorsum of abdomen
fuscous with a conspicuous yellow median stripe; in one specimen
also a yellow lateral stripe on each side. Venter variable; usually
yellow with a broad fuscous median stripe extending basally from
the fuscous apical segments, and the usual lateral streaks; some-
times the venter is almost entirely fuscous except for some yellow
on the sides near the base. Halteres fuscous. Wings as figured;
cell R hyaline, the apical spot nearly disconnected from the cross-
band, and the hyaline triangle broadly open posteriorly. Legs
yellow; the trochanters, apical portion of front tibiae and entire
tarsi, base of hind femora and sometimes the apex of the tibae,
apical segments of middle and hind tarsi, black. Male: Differs
from the female by the usual sex characters and by cell R being
infuscated. The head is proportionately large.

Comparative Notes. C. wiedemanni is a distinct North American
species. It has for many years been identified as C. obsoleta Wied.,
but is readily separated by the wing picture. In the female cell R is
hyaline, in both sexes, the apical spot is narrowly joined to the
crossband and usually extends but a little way into cell R4, con-
sequently the hyaline triangle is broadly open.

Remarks. The males (identified from reared specimens by Dr.
H. H. Schwardt at the University of Arkansas) conform in all re-

350 The University Science Bulletin

spects to Krober's description of C. fraterna. It is quite evident
that the infuscated cell R of this sex should make the association
with the female improbable. I have not seen Krober's type, but
undoubtedly it is the same as his C. wiedemanni.

Type Data. Through the courtesy of the Museum of Vienna I
received one type female for study. The specimen had been
previously determined (by Wiedemann?) as C. obsoletus. From
"Pennsylvanien, Coll. Winthem."

Distributional Data:

United States: Maine 1, July 6; Massachusetts; Connecticut 1, Aug. 12;
New York 4, July 19 -Aug. 16; New Jersey 3, July 12 -Sept, 8; Delaware 1,
Aug. 3; Maryland 5, June -Aug. 13; District of Columbia 1, July 7; Virginia
3, July 13 -Aug. 1; North Carolina 1, July 10-17; South Carolina 1, Aug. 24;
Georgia 2, July 25; Pennsylvania 3, July 6-19; Michigan 3, July 4-28; Ohio 8,
June 13 -Aug. 1; Tennessee 1, July 10 -Aug. 31; Wisconsin 1, July 30; Illinois
3, July 10 -Aug. 12; Mississippi 4, July 14-17; Arkansas 3, April 16 (reared)
Sept. 12.

In addition, reported by others from:

Canada: Quebec, Ontario.

United States: New Hampshire. Minnesota, Iowa, Louisiana, Nebraska.

Neochrysops Walton (1918)

1918. Neochrysops Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 191.

Original Description. Hind tibiae bearing spurs; head much as
in Chrysops, but antennae more slender; first joint subequal with
the third which is but faintly swollen at base and bears five annuli ;
second segment slender and two thirds length of first. Eyes in life
marked as in figure (four more or less triangular coalescent spots
on the disc). Ocelli present, closely approximated; wings evenly
infuscated throughout; anterior branch of third vein bearing a
stump at its bend extending into second marginal cell; abdomen
globose, much wider than thorax.

Genotype: N. globosa Walton (1918).

Remarks. Neochrysops is doubtfully a good genus. Bequaert
(1930) includes it under Chrysops. There is so little evidence, inso-
far as there is but one specimen, that I prefer to let it stand as the
original author intended.

Neochrysops globosa Walton (1918)

1918. N. globosus Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 192.

Color. Yellow and black; abdominal dorsum with a double row
of large black spots; wings uniformly infuscated.
Size. Length, 8 mm.

Brexxax: Paxgoniinae of Nearctic America 351

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, an
abbreviated mid-streak on the upper part of the frontoclypeus, and
sides of genae, yellow pollinose; ocellar area, frontal callus, a large
spot on each side of the yellowish frontoclypeus, another on the
oral margins of the genae, black. Palpi yellow. Antennae very
slender and elongate; the scape yellow, pedicel and base of flagellum
brown-yellow, apical portion of flagellum black. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum yellow pollinose with pale yellowish pubescence, the-
former with three fuscous stripes, the median one extending part
way onto the scutellum; pleurae and venter yellow pollinose with
fuscous stripes, the former with sparse yellowish pile. Abdomen in-
flated, yellow, with black pubescence most dense at the lateral mar-
gins and the apex; the dorsum with a double row of more or less
rounded large black spots beginning on the first segment, becoming
on. each succeeding segment somewhat smaller; venter wholly yel-
low. Halteres yellow. Wings uniformly infuscated, most saturate
along the costal margin and the stigma ; a stump at the bifurcation
of vein R4+5. Legs j'ellow; the trochanters, apices of tibiae, entire
front tarsi, apical segments of middle and hind tarsi, black. Male:
Unknown.

Comparative Notes. This species has close affinities with the
genus Chrysops. It differs from the North American species of
that genus by the wholly infuscated wings with a stump at the
bifurcation of vein R4+5, the inflated abdomen (Bequaert [1930]
suggests that this condition may be due to the presence of a worm) ,
the very long and slender antennae, and according to Walton (1918),
the eye-marking consisting of four coalescent more or less diamond-
shaped spots.

Type Data. Described from one female (up to now the only
specimen represented in collections) from Cabin John Bridge, Mary-
land, July 20, 1916. In the United States National Museum.

Silvius Meigen (1820)

1820. Silvius Meigen, Syst. Besehreib. Europ. Zweifl. Ins., p. 27.
1922. Perisilvius Enderlein, Mitt. Zool. Mus. Berlin, X, 2, p. 344.

Generic Characters. Eyes bare, often with numerous brown spots,
contiguous in the male, broadly separated in the female. Ocelli
present. Frontal callus present in the female. Pedicel of antenna
half or less the length of the scape ; flagellum five segmented. Palpi
a little more than half the length of the proboscis, which is a little
shorter than the head.

Genotype: Tabanus vituli Fabricius (1805).

352 The University Science Bulletin

Remarks. All nearctic species of this genus are western in dis-
tribution.

Key to Species

1. Wings maculate, species gray 2

Wings immaculate, species yellow 5

2. Costal cell infuscated sayi n. sp., p. 357

Costal cell not infuscated 3

3. Frontal callus distinctly more than half the width of vertex, narrowly separated

from eyes laticallus n. sp., p. 353

Frontal callus about half the width of vertex, broadly separated from eyes 4

4. Veins R4 and R5 with subapical spots quadrivittatus (Say), p. 356

Veins Ri and R5 without subapical spots pollinosus Will., p. 355

5. Frontoclypeus entirely pruinose ; abdominal tergites with conspicuous median

triangles microcephalus Wehr., p. 354

Frontoclypeus partially denuded abdominal tergites without median triangles.

gigantulus (Loew), p. 352

Silvius gigantulus (Loew) (1872)

(Plate XXXV, fig. 89)

1872. Chrysops gigantulus Loew, Cent., X, 12.

1877. Silvius gigantulus Osten Sacken, West. Dipt., p. 215.

1887. S. gigantulus Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 131.

1895. <S. gigantulus Townsend, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., IV, 595.

1904. S. gigantulus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 229.

1924. S. gigantulus Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 110.

The following also refers to this species:

1875. Silvius trifolium Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 395.

Color. Yellow.

Size. Length, 9 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, upper
and lower limits of the yellow-brown frontoclypeus, and genae yel-
low pollinose; ocellar space more or less denuded, black; frontal
callus subround or pear-shaped, shining black. Genae and post
genae yellow pilose. Palpi tapering to a point, orange-yellow.
Antennae variable as to color, typically orange-yellow except the
black apical portion of the flagellum. Dorsum of thorax and scutel-
lum fulvous pruinose with yellow pubescence; pleurae and venter
gray pollinose, the former with dense yellow pile. Abdomen golden-
yellow with black pubescence ; usually a quadrate posteriorly emar-
ginate black spot beneath the scutellum and an elongate black spot
on the disc of the second tergite. Halteres yellow. Wings hyaline
except the yellow costal cell and stigma; a stump at the bifurcation
of vein R4+5. Legs yellow; the trochanters, femoro-tibial joints,
apex of front tibiae and entire tarsi, apices of middle and hind tarsi,
fuscous. Male: Like the female except for sex characters, more
densely pubescent and pilose, etc. The sexes are very easily as-
sociated.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 353

Comparative Notes. Separated from S. microcephalics Wehr by
the denuded areas on the frontoclypeus, the head larger in relation
to the thorax, and the lack of middorsal triangles.

h'( marks. There is at hand a series which I am sure belongs to
this species, but the black spot of the first and second abdominal
tergites is lacking, and in general the specimens are somewhat
smaller. I do not feel that I have sufficient evidence to raise this
form to varietal rank.

Type Data. Described from California. One female in the
Museum of Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Mass.

Distributional Data:

Canada: British Columbia 5, July 15 - Aug. 10.

United States: Washington 6, July 15- Aug.; Oregon 1. July 27; California
14. May 27- Aug. 23; Idaho 1; Montana 1, Aug. 11.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Colorado, New Mexico, Nevada.

Silvius laticallus, new species

(Plate XXXVI, figs. 95,101)

Color. Gray, with conspicuous black abdominal figures.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, fronto-
clypeus, and genae pale gray pollinose, the pits on the sides of the
frontoclypeus denuded, brown; ocelli reddish; frontal callus broad,
equal to at least three fourths the width of the vertex, shining black,
a narrow line extending from the upper margin to the median
ocellus. Palpi stout, dorsolaterally grooved, brown with grayish
pollen; antennae .mostly black, the basal segments with a grayish
pruinosity, the extreme base of the scape and flagellum reddish.
Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black, gray pruinose, the former
with three narrow lighter gray pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter
gray-black, pruinose, the former with white pile. Dorsum of ab-
domen gray; a broad quadrate black spot beneath the scutellum,
posteriorly emarginate, not reaching the hind margin of the first
segment; segments II to V each with a heavy black more or less
double geminate figure whose inner portions are the broader and
whose outer portions are more strongly divergent; the sixth segment
more or less corresponds to the pattern on the preceding segments;
the seventh segment blackish with the hind margin gray, venter of
abdomen gray; a black lateral spot present or absent on each of
segments V and VI. Halteres brown. Wings hyaline; the stigma

354 The University Science Bulletin

brown, and the bifurcation of vein R4+5 and the cross veins brown
maculate. Legs brown-yellow; the trochanters, apices of femora
and tibiae, and tarsi (only the apices of the middle and hind
metatarsi), fuscous. . Male: Similar to the female except for sex
characters. Densely gray-white pilose. Dorsum of abdomen yel-
lowish in ground color instead of the typical gray of the female, the
black abdominal pattern as in the female.

Comparative Notes. Differs from other nearctic species of Silvius
by the conspicuous dorsolateral grooves of the stout palpi and the
broad frontal callus.

Type Data. Holotype, female, Hermiston, Oregon, July 9, 1922;
A. L. ' Melander. Allotype, male, Los Angeles Co., California.
Paratypes, one female, San Diego, California, May; E. P. Van
Duzee; one female and one male, Los Angeles Co., California. In
the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the Uni-
versity of Kansas.

Silvius micro cephalus Wehr (1924)

1924. S. microcephalus Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 109.

Color. Yellow; abdominal dorsum with a median row of whitish
triangles.

Size. Length, 9.5 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Head small as com-
pared to the thorax.' Vertex, frons, frontoclypeus and genae yellow
pollinose; only the pits on each side of the frontoclypeus denuded,
yellow-brown; frontal callus subround, black. Palpi slender, orange-
yellow; antennae yellow, except the black apical portion of the
flagellum, the scape and pedicel black pubescent. Dorsum of thorax
and scutellum fulvous pollinose; pleurae and venter yellow-gray
pollinose, the former with short yellow pile. Abdomen yellow with
black and some pale pubescence, the dorsum with a median row of
large whitish triangles apparently placed upon a dark mid-stripe.
Halteres yellow. Wings hyaline, except the yellow costal cell and
stigma, bifurcation of vein R4+5 with a stump. Legs yellow ; apices
of tibiae femoro-tibial joints, front tarsi, apical portions of middle
and hind tarsi, fuscous. Male: I have but one poorly preserved
specimen at hand. It is undoubtedly the male of this species.
Similar to the female except for sex characters, more densely pilose;
the thoracic dorsum and scutellum more gray than fulvous. The
wholly pollinosed frontoclypeus and genae along with the dorsal
abdominal markings easily associate the sexes.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 355

Comparative Notes. To be separated from S. gigantulus (Loew)

according to the key. Sec, also, under description of that species. In
general the yellow coloration of S. microcephalus is more pale than
that of S. gigantulus, although this is by no means a safe character.
Attempting to separate these two species by the size of the head in
proportion to the body does not appear reliable.

Type Data. Described from two females. Ute Creek, Costilla
county, Colorado, August 7, 1007. In the University of Nebraska
Collection. My identification is based on a specimen labeled
"Paratype," in the Ohio State Museum.

Distributional Data:

United States: Colorado: Mountain Home Lake, Fort Garland, 8.300 ft.,
July 20-25, 1932; Riley, August, 1890.

Silvius pollinosus Williston (1880)

(Plate XXXVI, fig. 104)

1880. S. pollinosus Williston. Trans. Conn. Acad. A. and S., IV, 244.

1887. S. pollinosus Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 131.

1903. S. pollinosus Snow, Kans. Univ. Sci. Bull., II, 213.

1924. S. pollinosus Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 110.

Color. Gray pollinose; black abdominal spots obscure; wings
spotted.

Size. Length, 9 mm. to 10.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, irons, fronto-
clypeus, and genae pale gray pollinose; the black suboval frontal
callus equals about one half the width of the vertex; the pit on
each side of the frontoclypeus denuded, black. Palpi reddish, the
outer surfaces with some black. Antennae mostly black; scape
and pedicel sometimes reddish at their bases, grayish pruinose. En-
tire body pale-gray pollinose; the dorsum of the thorax striped
rather faintly with alternate light and dark; the abdominal dorsum
with an obscure double row of median black angulate spots most
visible on segments II to IV. All pilosity and pubescence, white.
Halteres black. "Wings hyaline; the stigma brown, also brown spots
at the cross veins and bifurcation of vein R4+5. See figure. Legs
yellow; the front coxae gray pollinose; the joints, apices of tibiae
and front and middle femora, practically the entire hind femora,
all the tarsi, except the yellow bases of the metatarsi, fuscous.
Male: Differs from the female by being less heavily pollinosed,
hence the dorsum of the thorax and scutellum more blackish. The
black abdominal spots are more conspicuous; the sides of the abdo-

23—7186

356 The University Science Bulletin

men near the base are yellowish. Wings like the female. Legs like
the female, except that all the femora are fuscous. All pilosity and
pubescence more dense than in the female.

Comparative Notes. The very heavy pruinosity of this species is
quite characteristic. Separated from S. laticallus n. sp. by the
abdominal pattern, smaller frontal callus, slender palpi, fuscous
hind femora, etc. From S. quadrivittatus (Say), S. pollinosus is
separated according to the key, and in addition, by its pollinosity,
by the abdominal dorsum having two rows of black spots instead
of four, its larger size, and in the male, the femora are entirely
fuscous. Also see under description of S. quadrivittatus.

Type Data. Described from Western Kansas. One female (an-
tennae and one wing missing, coloration good) in the Francis Hunt-
ington Snow Entomological Collection of the University of Kansas.

Distributional Data:

United States: South Dakota 3, June 19 -July 9; Kansas 4, June- August;
Oklahoma 1, Aug. 2; Colorado 2, July 2 - Sept. 22; New Mexico 2, June 22;
Utah; Arizona 1, July 22.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Nebraska.

Silvius quadrivittatus (Say) (1823)

(Plate XXXVI, fig. 103)

1823. Chrysops quadrivittatus Say, Jl. Acad. N. S. Phil., Ill, 33.

1828. C. quadrivittatus Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. I, 200.

1859. C. quadrivittatus Say, Comp. Works, II, 54.

1887. Silvius quadrivittatus Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 131.

1895. S. quadrivittatus Townsend, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXII, 57.

1904. S. quadrivittatus Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 229.

1924. S. quadrivittatus Wehr, Neb. Univ. Studies, XXII, 110.

1931. S. quadrivittatus Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 95.

The following also refers to this species:

1892. DiachJorus notatus Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 223.

Color. Gray or yellow-gray; abdominal dorsum with four rows
of spots; wings spotted.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 10 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, fronto-
clypeus and genae yellowish-gray pollinose; frontal callus black,
one half the width of the vertex; the pit on each side of the fronto-
clypeus denuded, black. Palpi reddish with some black, especially
on the outer surfaces. Antennae variable; sometimes mostly black
except the reddish bases of the segments, sometimes mostly reddish
or yellow, only the apex of the flagellum black. Dorsum of thorax

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 357

and scutellum yellow-gray pollinose, the former with alternate light
and dark stripes; pleurae and venter gray pollinose. Dorsum of
abdomen yellow-gray or gray pollinose with four rows of black
vittate spots. Venter of abdomen gray with a faint suggestion of a
dark broken median stripe and a lateral one. Halteres black.
Wings hyaline; the stigma brown, and brown spots typically dis-
tributed according to the figure. Legs yellow; the front coxae
grayish pollinose; the trochanters, apices of femora and tibiae, and
the tarsi (except the yellow bases of the metatarsi), fuscous. Male:
Similar to the female except for sex characters. The abdomen is
more yellowish. The three rows of vittate spots on the venter are
quite distinct.

Coryiparative Notes. Separated from related species according to
the key. Also, see under description of S. pollinosus Will. In addi-
tion, in the male, the abdomen of S. quadrivittatus is considerably
more yellow than in S. pollinosus.

Type Data. Described from near the Rocky Mountains. The
types are destroyed.

Distributional Data:

United States: South Dakota 3, July 21; Nebraska 1, July 10; Kansas 3,
June; Oklahoma 3, June 26 -Aug. 16; Texas 3, June 3 -July 18; Montana 1,
July 11; Wyoming; Colorado 2, July 9 - Aug. 12; New Mexico 5, June 10 -Aug.
7; Utah 2, June 28 -Aug. 13; Arizona 1, Aug.

In addition, reported by others from :
United States: Minnesota, California.

Silvius sayi, new species

(Plate XXXVI, figs. 98, 102)

Color. Gray with maculate wings and abdomen.

Size. Length, 7 mm. to 8.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frons, genae
and frontoclypeus (except the denuded piceous pits on the sides of
the latter), gray pollinose; ocelli reddish; frontal callus shining
black, often a narrow line extending from its upper margin to the
median ocellus. Antennae reddish except for the black annulate
portion of the flagellum, the scape and pedicel with a grayish prui-
nosity; palpi reddish-brown with gray pruinosity. Dorsum of
thorax and scutellum black gray pruinose, the former with the usual
pale-gray pollinose stripes; pleurae and venter gray pollinose with
sparse white pile. Dorsum of abdomen gray, a broad quadrate
black spot beneath the scntellmn, not attaining the hind margin of
the first segment; segments II to V with a row of black geminate

358 The University Science Bulletin

figures (these are exhibited in varying degree dependent on the dis-
tribution of pollinosity), remaining segments black with gray hind
margins. Venter of abdomen gray. Halteres brown. Wings hya-
line except for the infuscated costal cell and maculate areas. Legs
brown, basal portions of front and middle tibiae, and middle and
hind metatarsi, yellow.

Comparative Notes. This is the only nearctic Silvius with mac-
ulate wings and infuscated costal cell, by which it is immediately
separated from related forms (S. laticallus n. sp., S. quadrivittatus
[Say] and S. pollinosus Will.).

Type Data. Holotype, female, Texas. Paratypes, two females,
Texas; two females, Los Angeles Co., California; one female, San
Diego, Texas, June 29, 1930, H. M. Smith. Holotype and three para-
types in the United States National Museum, catalog No. 50504;
two paratypes in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Col-
lection of the University of Kansas.

Esenbeckia Rondani (1864)

1864. Esenbeckia Rondani, Arch. Zool. Modena, III, 84.

Generic Characters. Eyes bare, contiguous in the male, narrowly
separated in the female. Ocelli present. Frontal callus absent.
Flagellum of antenna eight-segmented. Proboscis about as long as
the head or slightly longer. Palpi about one third or more the length
of the proboscis. Cell R5 of the wings petiolate.

Genotype. Silvius vnlpes Wiedemann (1828).

Key to Species

1. Yellow brown; pile of head and thorax yellow; legs yellow; in the male no
definite demarcation between the large and small facets of the eyes.

incisuralis (Say), p. 359
Gray brown ; pile of head and thorax grayish white ; legs brown ; a distinct line
marks the transition from large to small facets in the eyes of the male.

delta (Hine), p. 358

Esenbeckia delta (Hine) (1920)

1920. Pangonia delta Hine, Ohio Jl. Sci., XX, 313.

1925. Pangonia delta Hine, Occ. Pap. Mus Zoo. Mich., No. 162, 6.

The following also refers to this species:

1904. Pangonia saussurei Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 228.

Color. Gray brown (this apparent color produced by a whitish
pruinosity on a light brown ground) .

Size. Length, 16 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Male: Frontal triangle, fronto-
clypeus and genae gray white pollinose ; genae and postgenae white

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 359

pilose. Palpi yellow with black hairs. Antennae yellow, the two
basal segments with black hairs, the pedicel about half the length
of the scape. Thorax pale gray brown pruinose with white pubes-
cence and pile in the usual places. Abdomen more or less uniformly
gray-brown, the sides of the segments darker apically. Halteres
light brown. Wings subhyaline with a light-brown tinge, more
saturate in the costal regions; veins light brown; the bifurcation of
vein R4t3 with a stump. Legs practically uniformly brown with
black hairs except for the whitish pollinose front coxae, which are
white pilose. Female: Not available for description. According to
my notes, the sexes are easily associated.

Comparative Notes. Separated from E. incisuralis (Say) ac-
cording to the key. In addition, the black hairs of the legs of E.
delta and the yellow hairs of the legs of E. incisuralis offer good
characters.

Re??iarks. My description is based on a homotype male.

Type Data. Two males and one female, Huachuca Mountains
and Palmerlee, Arizona. In the Ohio State Museum, Columbus,
Ohio.

Distributional Data:

United States: Arizona: Huachuca Mts., Aug. 1, 1927; Chiricahua Mts.,
Aug. 3.

Esenbeckia incisuralis (Say) (1823)

(Plate XXIX, fig. 1 ; Plate XXXV, fig. 78)

1823. Pangonia incisuralis Say, Jl. Acad. N. S. Phil., Ill, 31.

P. incisuralis Say, Amer. Ent., pi. XXXIV.
1859. P. incisuralis Say, Comp. Works, I, 75.
1887. P. incisuralis Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 130.

The following also refer to this species:

1828. P. incisa Wiedemann, Auss. Zw. I, 90.
1904. P. hicisa Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 228.

Color. Fuscous and yellow, the former usually dominant.

Size. Length, 14 mm. to 16 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontoclypeus
and genae fulvous pruinose. Palpi and antennae orange-yellow, the
pedicel of the latter not more than half the length of the scape.
Genae and postgenae yellow pilose. Dorsum of thorax and scutel-
lum fuscous, yellow pubescent ; pleurae and venter fuscous, yellow
pilose. Dorsum of abdomen fuscous, the hind margins of all the
segments and the sides of the first two, yellow, the yellow pubes-
cence most dense on the hind margins; venter mostly fuscous, the
segments wTith yellow hind margins. The yellow of the abdomen

360 The University Science Bulletin

is of variable extent, sometimes occupying considerably more than
the sides of tergites I and II. Halteres brown-yellow. Wings sub-
hyaline with a yellow tinge most saturate in the costal regions;
veins yellow; a stump usually present at the bifurcation of vein
R4+5. Legs yellow with yellow hairs, the front coxae and basal
portions of all femora fuscous. Male: Like the female except for
the usual sex characters.

Comparative Notes. Separated from E. delta (Hine) according
to the key.

Type Data. Described from "Arkansas." The types are de-
stroyed.

Distributional Data:

United States: Kansas: Chautauqua Co., Cowley Co., 1916. Oklahoma:
Stillwater, June 20, 1932. Texas: Gurley, May 28, 1905. New Mexico: Van
Houten Canyon, Aug. 1, 1914; Eagle Trail Mt., Aug. 9, 1914.

In addition, reported by others from :
United States: Arkansas.

Stonemyia, new genus

Generic Characters. Head in lateral aspect, convex. Eyes bare
or hairy, contiguous in the mal^e, separated in the female. Ocelli
present. Frontal callus absent in female. Vertex relatively narrow,
sides parallel to inner angles of eyes. Flagellum of antenna eight-
segmented. Proboscis of variable length, averaging about the length
of the head. Palpi very slender, one third to one half the length of
the proboscis. Cell R5 of wing open.

Comparative Notes. In the new world fauna Stonemyia is per-
haps most closely related to Esenbeckia Rond., but from this is
readily separated by open cell R5. Buplex Austen (PL XXXVI,
figs. 96, 99) of the old world is structurally akin to Stonemyia (PI.
XXXVI, figs. 94, 97) except that the palpi are not slender at the
base and are dorsally grooved, and the inner margins of eyes not
angulate.

Remarks. This genus, named in honor of Dr. Alan Stone, who
suggested the possibilities whereby a logical new group could be set
up, is established to receive a small number of species, all of long
standing, but which have been shunted about from one genus to
another seemingly in an aimless fashion. The genus to which these
species have most recently been relegated is Buplex Austen, but this
genus is confined solely to Africa. From the standpoint of geo-
graphical distribution alone it appears that the gap between Buplex

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 361

and Stonemyia is too wide to be reconciled. With this in addition
to the structural characters already mentioned it should at once
be apparent that there is a basis for erecting a new genus.

For the genotype I select Osten Sacken's Pangonia tranquilla.

Key to Species

1. Eyes hairy, at least in male (I'ilimas) 2

Eyes bare (Stonemyia) 3

2. Wings blackish join si (Cresson), p. 367

Wings yellowish californica (Bigot), p. 366

3. Yellow species (including antennae and legs ) 4

Not yellow species 5

4. Pedicel more than half the length of the scape; the bifurcation of vein R4+6

without a stump pigra (O. S.), P- 362

Pedicel not more than half the length of the scape, usually less; the bifurcation

of vein R4+5 with a stump ruficornia (Bigot), p. 364

5. Length of proboscis equals width of head; palpi black fera (Will.), p. 361

Length of proboscis noticeably less than width of head; palpi not Mack 6

6. All femora black; abdomen with yellowish pubescence tranquilla (O. S.), p. 365

All femora ferruginous; abdomen with grayish pubescence rasa (Loew), p. 363

Subgenus Stonemyia s. str.
In this group are included all species with eyes bare.

Stonemyia (Stonemyia) fera (Williston) (1887)

1887. Pangonia fera Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 130.

1904. P. fera Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 227.

1921. Corizoneura fera Surcouf, Gen. Ins., CLXXV, 134.

1924. Buplex fera Bequaeit, Psyche, XXXI, 33.

Color. Predominantly fuscous; sides of abdomen brown-yellow,
hind margins of tergites pale; antennae, palpi, and legs black.

Size. Length, 12 mm. to 13 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontoclypeus
and genae yellow-gray pollinose. Antennae and palpi black. Pro-
boscis black, its length equal to the width of the head. Genae and
postgenae with dense yellowish pile. Dorsum of thorax and scu-
tellum fuscous to black with a variable amount of gray pruinosity,
the former with faint gray stripes; pleurae and venter gray pruinose,
the former densely yellow pilose. Abdomen fuscous with black and
pale pubescence; broadly brown-yellow on the sides, especially near
the base; hind margins of the segments whitish. Sometimes the
second and third tergites are practically entirely brown-yellow ex-
cept for a very small black median spot; sometimes all of the seg-
ments of the venter are fuscous with pale hind margins, usually the
second is predominantly brown-yellow, and often the third. Hal-
teres black. Wings subhyaline; stigma brown, costal area yellow-

362 The University Science Bulletin

ish; usually no stump at the bifurcation of vein R4+5. Legs black.
Male: Like the female except the usual sex characters.

Comparative Notes. The long proboscis and black antennae,
palpi and legs make this species readily recognized. Some forms
of the eastern S. tranquilla (0. S.) bear striking similarities, but
neither the palpi nor the legs are wholly black and the proboscis is
not so long.

Type Data. Described from one male, Mt. Hood, Oregon. In
the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the Uni-
versity of Kansas.

Distributional Data:

United States: Washington, July 22 -Oct. ?8; Oregon 1. July 18, California
3, July 16-28; Idaho 1, June 20.

In addition, reported by others from :
Canada: British Columbia.

Stonemyia (Stonemyia) pigra (Osten Sacken) (1875)

1875. Pangotiia pigra Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 367.

1918. P. pigra McAtes and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 191.

1928. Buplex pigra Leonard, N. Y. State List, p. 754.

Color. Yellow.

Size. Length, 11 mm. to 12 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex convex ante-
riorly, gray-yellow pollinose; frontoclypeus and genae gray-yellow
pollinose. Antennae yellow, the pedicel more than half the length
of the scape. Palpi slender, yellow. Proboscis shorter than the
head. Thorax gray-yellow pollinose with whitish-yellow pubes-
cence and pile. Abdomen brown-yellow; the hind margins of
the segments appear lighter due to yellowish pubescence. Wings
hyaline, except the yellow stigma and costal area; no stump at the
bifurcation of vein R4+5. Halteres brown-yellow. Legs uniformly
brown-yellow. Male: Similar to the female in all respects except
for sex characters and more dense pubescence and pilosity.

Comparative Notes. Separated from all other eastern species by
its yellow color. From S. ruficomis (Big.), a western species, it is
easily distinguished by the absence of a stump at the bifurcation of
vein R4+5 and the pedicel being more than half as long as the scape.

Type Data. Described from two females and one male, Kentucky
and New York. Two females in the Museum of Comparative
Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 363

Distributional Data:

United States: New Jersey 1, July 12; Maryland 1, June 25; District of
Columbia 1, June 11; Virginia 3, June 11 -July 2.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: New York, Kentucky.

Stonemyia (Stonemyia) rasa (Loew) (1869)

1869. Pangonia rasa Loew, Cent., VIII, 7.

1875. P. rasa Osten Saoken, Prodrome I, 366.

1887. P. rasa Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sri., X, 130.

1901. P. rasa Hin.', Ohio Nat., II, 169.

1903. P. rasa Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 45.

1918. P. rasa McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 191.

1924. Buplex rasa Bequaert, Psyche. XXXI, 33.

1931. B. rasa Philip, Minn. Tech. Bull., LXXX, 95.

The following also refers to this species:

?1905. Pangonia tranquilla Washburn, 10th Rept. State Ent. Minn., 79.

Color. Brown; hind margins of abdominal segments pale; pubes-
cence and pilosity light gray.

Size. Length, 10.5 mm. to 14 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontoclypeus
and genae pale-gray pollinose. Scape, pedicel and extreme base of
flagellum yellow-brown or reddish, apical portion ctf flagellum
fuscous. Palpi slender, yellow. Proboscis about equal to the
length of the head, distinctly less than the width. Genae and post-
genae gray-white pilose. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum brown
with gray pruinosity, the former with alternate light and dark
stripes; pleurae and venter gray pruinose, the former densely pale-
gray pilose. Abdomen chestnut brown, light-gray pubescent, es-
pecially on the whitish hind margins of the segments. Halteres
fuscous. Wings subhyaline; stigma brown and a suggestion of dilute
yellow in the costal areas; no stump at the bifurcation of vein
R4+5. Legs ferruginous; the coxae and femora with white pile, the
tibiae and tarsi with short black pubescence. Male: Somewhat
darker than the female; the costal areas of the wings more dis-
tinctly yellow and the legs darker; in other respects, except for sex
characters, very readily associated with the female.

Comparative Notes. Separated from S. tranquilla (O. S.) ac-
cording to the key. In addition the palpi are more yellow, the
costal cell of the wing more dilute yellow, and the general color
chestnut brown as opposed to the fuscous and yellow-brown of S.
tranquilla.

364 The University Science Bulletin

Type Data. Described from the female with Wisconsin as the
type locality. In the Museum of Berlin.
Distributional Data:

Canada: Quebec 1, July 1.

United States: Massachusetts 2, Aug. 8-28; New Hampshire 1; Connecti-
cut 2, Aug. 10-12; New York 3, June - Aug. 27; Maryland 1, Aug. 14; Ohio 4,
Aug. 21-30; Illinois 1, July 24.

In addition, reported by others from:
United States: Maine, New Jersey, Wisconsin.

Stonemyia (Stonemyia) ruficornis (Bigot) (1892)

1892. Corizoneura ruficornis Bigot, Mom. Soc. Zool. France, V, 615.

1904. Pangonia ruficornis Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 228.

1921. Corizoneura ruficornis Surcouf, Gen. Ins., CLXXV, 134.

Color. Yellow.

Size. Length, 12 mm. to 14 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex concave an-
teriorly, yellow pollinose; frontoclypeus and genae yellow pollinose.
Antennae yellow, the pedicel not more than half the length of the
scape. Palpi attenuate, yellow. Proboscis less than the length of
the head. Thorax gray-yellow pollinose with yellow pubescence
and pilosity. Dorsum of abdomen brown-yellow; venter variable,
usually yellow with the apical segments blackish with yellow hind
margins. Halteres yellow. Wings hyaline, yellow along the costal
areas; a stump at the bifurcation of vein R4+5. Legs uniformly
yellow. Male: Like the female except the usual sex characters
and more dense pubescence and pilosity.

Comparative Notes. A distinct western species. Separated from
S. pigra (0. S.) according to the key. Also see under description of
that species. In addition S. ruficornis is somewhat larger and more
slender and the anterior vertex is noticeably concave.

Type Data. ■ Described from two males, California.

In the British Museum.

Distributional Data:

United States: Wyoming: Yellowstone, August. California: Cuyamaca
Lake, July 6, 1929; Los Angeles Co., May; Dulzura, June 14, 1917; Calaveras
Co.; Palo Alto. July 27, 1891; Fredalba. July 21, 1912.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 365

Stonemyia (Stonemyia) tranquilla (Osten Sacken) (1875)

(Plate XXXVI, figs. 94,97)

1875. Pangonia tranquilla Osten Sacken. Prodrome I, 367.

1887. P. tranquilla Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 130.

1902. P. tranquilla Howard, Ins. Book, pi. XVI, f. 7.

1921. Corizoneura tranquilla Surcouf, Gen. Ins. CLXXV, 134.

1924. Buplex tranquilla Bequaert, Psyche, XXXI, 33.

1927. B. tranquilla Johnson, Ins. Mt. Des. Reg., p. 179.

Color. Yellow-brown ; the abdomen more or less predominated
with fuscous.

Size. Length, 10.5 mm. to 14.5 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontoclypeus
and genae, yellow-gray pollinose. Genae and postgenae yellowish
pilose. Palpi slender, ferruginous with a little fuscous showing
through. Antennae black; sometimes the base of the flagellum
reddish. Proboscis not usually longer than the head, always less
than the width of the head. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum fus-
cous, gray pruinose, the former with alternate light and dark
stripes; pleurae and venter gray pollinose, the former densely yellow
pilose. Dorsum of abdomen yellow-brown on the sides, especially
on tergites II and III, and sometimes IV; elsewhere fuscous, the
tergites with yellowish hind margins. Venter of abdomen usually
with segments II and III yellow-brown and the remaining segments
fuscous with yellow hind margins. Entire abdomen yellow pubes-
cent, especially the hind margins of the segments. Halteres fuscous.
Wings subhyaline; the stigma brown and costal cells yellow; bifur-
cation of vein R4+5 without a stump. Legs black; the femoro-
tibial joints and basal portions of tarsal segments, red-brown;
sometimes the basal portion of the front tibiae and entire middle
and hind tibiae red-brown. Male: Similar to the female except
for sex characters and generally darker.

Comparative Notes. Separated from S. rasa (Loew) according
to key characters. Also, see under description of S. rasa. In addi-
tion the antennae of S. tranquilla are almost entirely black and the
proboscis frequently longer in proportion to the head.

Type Data. Described from one male and two females. Habitat
given as Canada, Massachusetts, White Mountains and Middle
States. The three type specimens are in the Museum of Compara-
tive Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts.

Distributional Data :

United States: Maine 3, July 25 -Aug. 17; New Hampshire 5, August;
Vermont 1, Aug. 15; Connecticut 1; New York 6, July 13 -Aug. 12; Michi-
gan 1, Aug. 4.

366 The University Science Bulletin

In addition, reported by others from :

Canada: Nova Scotia, Quebec.
United States: Pennsylvania.

Subgenus Pilimas, new subgenus

I have erected this subgenus to receive two species of hitherto un-
certain generic status, with eyes hairy, at least in the male.

Stonemyia {Pilimas) californica (Bigot) (1892)

(Plate XXIX, fig. 3)
1892. Diatomineura calilornica Bigot, Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 618.

The following also refer to this species:

1887. Pangonia dives Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 130 (preoc).
1904. P. dives Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 227 ; D. californica Big. a syn.
1921. Diatomineura dives Surcouf, Gen. Ins., CLXXV, 131.

Color. Brown-yellow; the anterior margins of the abdominal
tergites more or less fuscous.

Size. Length, 13 mm. to 16 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, frontoclypeus
and genae fulvous pollinose; genae and postgenae whitish-yellow
pilose. Palpi slender, orange-yellow with black hairs. Antennae
orange-yellow except the black apical half of the flagellum, the
scape and pedicel with black hairs. Dorsum of thorax and scutel-
lum fulvous pollinose, yellow pubescent; pleurae and venter gray-
ish pruinose with yellow to white-yellow pile. Dorsum of ab-
domen brown-yellow; the broad anterior margins of tergites I and
IV to VII fuscous; tergites II and III with a small fuscous median
spot, rarely their whole anterior margins fuscous; apex, sides and
discs of tergites with black pubescence, the hind margins of the seg-
ments yellow pubescent. Venter of abdomen variable; usually
brown-yellow at the base and fuscous apically, sometimes almost
entirely fuscous with yellow at the sides near the base and on the
hind margins of the segments. Halteres brown. Wings subhyaline,
the costal cell yellow; a stump at the bifurcation of vein R4+5. Legs
ferruginous; the front coxae, apex of front tibiae and entire tarsi,
bases of all femora, apical segments of middle and hind tarsi,
fuscous. Male: Like the female except for sex characters.

Comparative Notes. A distinct western species. Separated from
congeneric species according to the key.

Remarks. Hine (1904) has indicated the synqnymy of Pangonia
dives Will. (1887) and Diatomineura californica Bigot (1892).

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 367

However, there is an earlier Pangonia dives of Macquart (1857),
Dipt. Exot., Suppl. I, p. 25. Therefore Bigot's name must stand.

Type Data. Described from California. In the British Museum.
I have studied the Williston types of Pangonia dives, two females
and one male, California, in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomo-
logical Collection of the University of Kansas.

Distributional Data:

United States: Washington 1, July 24; Oregon 1. July 17; California 3,
June 30 -July 2S; Idaho 2, July; Utah 1, July 3.

Stonemyia (Pilimas) jonesi (Cresson) (1919)

1919. Silvias jonesi Crosson, Proc. Acad. N. S. Phil., 17").

I have not seen this species. However, it may be of interest to
include the original description along with the notes which Dr. J.
Bequaert made from the types.

Original Description. In general appearance this interesting
species does not suggest any affinity with gigantulus Loew, but more
critical examination makes it reasonably certain that it belongs to
a group including that species and is very distinct from any yet
described, to my knowledge. It is much larger than that species
and the abdomen has black or dark bases to all segments. The tibial
and antennal characters certainly place this species in Silvius, al-
though in general appearance it suggests some of those in Pangonia.
The eyes are uniformly green when moistened. Male: black;
antennae except four black terminal annuli of third joint, palpi, ab-
domen except dark bases of dorsal and ventral segments especially
towards apex of abdomen, femora except bases, bases of tibiae
tawny, or brown. Halteres pale. Wings blackish, more intense
along costa. Subopaque. Yellow pruinose above, becoming gray
below. All pile on head and thorax yellow and rather abundant,
also on the narrow apices of abdominal segments; the broad bases
of the segments with appressed black pile, similar on venter.
Femora with pale pile, which on the tibiae becomes darker. Pile
on first antennal joint and base of palpi, yellow; on second, and
apices of palpi, black. No mesonotal vittae. No denuded areas on
face. Proboscis not longer than head, and palpi is slightly more
than half as long as proboscis. First antennal joint twice as long
as second; third twice as long as first and second together; the
thickened basal annulus nearly broad as long, the following annuli
together as long as the basal one. Neuration as in gigantulus.

368 The University Science Bulletin

Length, 17 mm. Female: Similar, but irons twice as broad as
width of antennae, entirely pruinose. Mesonotum more grayish.

Type. Male: Keddie, Plumas county, California, July 6, 1918
(F. M. Jones), (A. N. S. P. No. 61977). Paratype. One female;
topotypical.

Bequaert's Notes. Type male and allotype female. A large
Pangonia-like species, but the third antennal segment five-jointed
only, the basal portion (or first segment) being superficially divided
into four parts (then eight joints in all). The two basal antennal
segments as in Pangoniinae. The antennae are more like those of
Tabanus than any other Pangoniinae known to me. There are two
very long spurs on the hind tibiae. In the male the eyes are dis-
tinctly hairy, in the female they are bare. The face is short convex
(not snout-like) and without shiny callosities. Ocelli present,
Frons without callosity. Proboscis about as long as height of head.
Palpi slender and narrowly pointed, longer than half the proboscis
in female, in the male very little shorter than the proboscis. Anal
cell closed ; all posterior cells open. A distinct appendix to the upper
branch of the fourth vein. Tarsi of male normal. In Enderlein's
key it runs to Silviini, but it is certainly not a Silvius. I regard it
as an aberrant species of Scaptia, in which the divisions of the base
of the third segment of the antenna are more fused than usual in
the genus and the eyes are hairy in the male only.

Goniops Aldrich (1892)

1892. Goniops Aldrich, Psyche, VI, 236.

Generic Characters. Eyes bare, holoptic in the male, dichoptic
in the female, in the latter very small and narrow, acutely angulate
above, the width of one being less than that of the broad vertex.
Ocelli present. Vertex broad, gradually convergent above. An-
tennal prominence conspicuous, slightly exceeding the frontoclypeus.
Flagellum of antenna eight-segmented, the basal segment more or
less disc-shaped. Palpi at least three fourths the length of the pro-
boscis, which is distinctly shorter than the head. Cell R5 of the
wings broadly open.

Genotype. Pangonia chrysocoma Osten Sacken (1875).

Remarks. Up to the present this genus is represented by one
species only. It is doubtful whether or not the infuscation of the
anterior portion of the wings is of any generic value.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 3(39

Goniops chrysocoma (Osten Sacken) (1875)

(Plate XXIX, fig. 10; Plate XXXV, fig. 77)

1875. Pangonia chrysocoma Osten Sacken, Prodrome I, 368.

1887. P. chrysocoma Williston, Trans. Kans. Acad. Sci., X, 130.

1900. Goniops chrysocoma Hine, Ent. News, XI, 392 (syn.).

1901. G. chrysocoma Hine, Ohio Nat., II, 168.

1903. G. chrysocoma Hine, Ohio St. Acad. Sci. Spec. Pap. No. 5, 46.

1903. G. chrysocoma Malloch, Bull. 111. State Lab. N. H., XII, 356.

1908. G. chrysocoma Walton, Ent. News, XIX, 404 (biol.).

1911. G. chrysocoma McAtee, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XIII, 21-29 (biol.).

1918. G. chrysocoma McAtee and Walton, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XX, 191.

1920. G. chrysocotna Marchand, Mon. Rock. Inst., No. 13, p. 56.

1921. G. chrysocoma Surcouf, Gen. Ins., CLXXV, 104.

1930. G. chrysocoma Schwardt and Hall, Bull. 256, Ark. Exp. Sta., p. 26.
1930. G. chrysocoma Stone, Ann. Ent. Soc. Am., XXIII, 293 (biol.).
1934. G. chrysocoma Schwardt, Jl. Kans. Ent. Soc, VII, 73 (biol.).

The following also refers to this species:

1892. Goniops hippoboscoides Aldrich, Psyche, VI, 236.

Color. Female, straw-yellow; male, dark brown; large anterior
portion of wings infuscated.

Size. Length, 9.5 mm. to 14 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex, genae, and
occiput yellow pollinose, the first more or less denuded on the disc.
Frontoclypeus yellow; bare. Palpi and antennae yellow, the former
with conspicuous black pubescence. Proboscis brown-yellow. En-
tire body straw-yellow with pale-yellow pubescence and pile in the
usual regions, that of the abdominal dorsum most dense at the
posterior margins of the segments. Halteres yellow. Wings infus-
cated as follows: Cells R, 2d M and 1st A except at their extreme
bases and a small round hyaline spot in cell 2d M at the bifurcation
of vein M, also the apical portion of cell 1st A is more or less hyaline
along vein 2d A; cell H1 apically from the yellow stigma; cells R3
and R4 entirely, except for a subhyaline area along the apical por-
tion of the latter; the proximal half of cell R5 (in this cell the color
is solid up to the bifurcation of veins M1 and M2, from which it ex-
tends across to the bifurcation of vein R4+.,, thence tapering along
vein R5) ; the proximal third of cell 1st M2; the extreme base of
cell M3; the basal portion of cell CUj and tapering along vein Cu2.
Legs pale yellow; apical tarsal segments darker. Male: Antennae
yellow with long black hairs on the two basal segments; palpi and
proboscis brown, the former with long black hairs; genae and
frontoclypeus fulvous brown pollinose with fulvous pile. Dorsum of
thorax and scutellum fuscous with sparse pale-yellow pubescence
and long dark pile, the former with two faint pale stripes most

370 The University Science Bulletin

apparent anteriorly; pleurae and venter gray-brown pruinose with
pale yellow and some black pile. Dorsum of abdomen fuscous with
black pubescence, the hind margins of the segments yellow with
yellow pubescence. Venter light brown with yellow pubescence, the
apical segments somewhat darker on their discs. Halteres yellow.
Wings like the female except that the infuscation is darker and
the costal cell is yellow except at th? base. Legs yellow; the apical
two segments of the front and hind tarsi, fuscous.

Remarks. This most interesting species (the only one of its
genus) is so well known and so distinct that it need be discussed no
further within the scope of this paper. Schwardt (1934) has con-
tributed valuable information on the biology and habits of G. chry-
socoma.

Type Data. I have seen the type female in the Museum of Com-
parative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. It is somewhat faded,
but otherwise in excellent condition. Osten Sacken gives as the
habitat the Middle States; Trenton Falls, New York and Delaware.
According to the author a type male is in the Museum of the En-
tomological Society of Philadelphia.

Distributional Data:

United States: New York 1, Aug. 9; Maryland 2, May 29, July 14; Penn-
sylvania 5, June 3-27; Virginia 3, June 19 -July; West Virginia 1, Aug. 11;
Ohio 5, June 13 -July 24; Arkansas 1, May 19-22 (reared).

In addition, reported by others from:

United States : New Jersey, Delaware, District of Columbia.

Apatolestes Williston (1885)

1885. Apatolestes Williston, Entom. Amer., I, 12.

Generic Characters. Eyes hairy or bare, contiguous in the male,
broadly separated in the female. Ocelli present. Vertex broad.
Flagellum of antennae eight-segmented. Palpi stout, dorsally
grooved. Proboscis shorter than the head, scarcely longer than the
palpi. Wings with a stump at the bifurcation of vein R4+5.

Genotype. Apatolestes comastes Williston (1885).

Remarks. With the possible exception of A. comastes, all species
of this genus appear to be confined to California.

Key to Species

1. Eyes hairy (Comops) hem (O. S.), p. 375

Eyes bare (Apatolestes) 2

2. Pile of head thorax and front coxae black, with some fulvous intermixed;

palpi dark 3

Pile of head, thorax and front coxae white ; palpi light 4

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 371

3. Shining black species ; vertex shining black inflated above antennae like a frontal

callus; abdominal tergite without light hind margins ater n. sp., p. 371

Dull black species; vertex not shining fulvous pollinose about the edges, no callus-
like area; abdominal tergites with gray hind margins hinei n. sp., p. 374

4. Vertex shining black, inflated above antennae like a frontal callus; length not

exceeding 1 1 mm 5

Vertex not shining black, no callus-like area; length about 14 mm 6

5. Antennae yellowish, apex of flagellum black, palpi with pale pubescence; costal

cell of wing hyaline comastes Will., p. 372

Antennae black, palpi with black pubescence; costal cell of wing yellow.

comastes willistoni n. var., p. 373

6. Palpi tenuous at apex, brown species albipilosus n. sp., p. 371

Palpi not tenuous at apex, gray brown species similis n. sp., p. 374

Subgenus Apatolestes s. str.
Under this group I am placing all species with eyes bare.

Apatolestes (Apatolestes) albipilosus, new species

Color. Light brown with some gray pruinosity; wings lightly
fumose, most saturate at the costal margin and along the veins.

Size. Length, 14 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex light brown
with some yellow pollen; genae and frontoclypeus grayish-yellow
pollinose with little black and much whitish pile. Antennae yellow
except the black at the apex of the flagellum. Palpi yellow with
black pubescence. Thorax and scutellum light brown with a gray
pruinosity, the former with obscure stripes on the dorsum. Ab-
domen light brown, gray pruinose, with light-gray posterior margins
on all segments. Wings pale fumose, most saturate at the costal
area and along the veins; an appendage at the bifurcation of vein
R4+5. Legs light brown with intermixed black and whitish pubes-
cence; the front coxae with white pile.

Comparative Notes. Separated from A. hinei n. sp. as indicated
under that description.

Type Data. Holotype, female; Lemon Cove, California; July 26,
1929 ; R. H. Beamer. In the Francis Huntington Snow Entomologi-
cal Collection of the University of Kansas. One female San Joaquin
river near Fresno, California, August 15, 1922. (U. S. N. M.)

Apatolestes (Apatolestes) ater, new species

Color. Shining black.
Size. Length, 13 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex shining black
with traces of gray pollen, the anterior vertex inflated, thus forming

24—7186

372 The University Science Bulletin

a broad quadrate area similar to a frontal callus. Ocelli white.
Frontoclypeus and genae grayish pollinose with brown-gray pile.
Antennae black, scape and pedicel gray pollinose with black pubes-
cence. Palpi appear black, although the ground color is somewhat
reddish, with dense black pubescence. Thorax and scutellum black,
the former with faint streaks of gray on the dorsum; pleurae with
blackish pile. Abdomen black, the posterior margins of the seg-
ments scarcely differentiated as to color. Wings fumose, costal cell
and stigma brown; an appendage at the bifurcation of vein R4+5.
Legs black. Male: Similar to the female except for sex characters.
Frontal triangle fulvous pruinose. The large facets occupy the up-
per three fourths of the eyes.

Comparative Notes. The shining black appearance of A. ater
should be sufficient to separate it from the other species of Apato-
lestes. The vertex resembles that of A. comastes Will., but the dark
pile of the facial regions is distinctive, as well as its larger size. The
male is readily separated from that of A. hinei n. sp. by the abdomi-
nal tergites, which lack pale hind margins.

Type Data. Holotype, female; San Diego, California; July 7,
1929; Paul W. Oman. Allotype, male; Claremont, California.
Paratype, one female; same data. Holotype and paratype in the
Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the Univer-
sity of Kansas. Allotype in the Ohio State Museum, Columbus,
Ohio.

Apatolestes (Apatolestes) comastes WTilliston (1885)

(Plate XXIX, fig. 11; Plate XXXV, fig. 76)

1885. .4. comastes Williston, Entom. Amer., I, 12.

?1895. A. comastes Townsend, Pine. Cal. Acad. Sci., IV, 596.

1904. A. comastes Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 230.

1923. A. comastes Cole, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., XII, 458.

Color. Gray-black.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex shining black,
slightly inflated anteriorly, much like a frontal callus; fronto-
clypeus and genae whitish pollinose with white and very little black
pile intermixed; palpi yellowish with gray pruinosity and whitish
pubescence; antennae yellowish-brown except the black apex of the
flagellum. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black, gray pruinose,
the former with narrow faint gray stripes; pleurae and venter gray-
black, pruinose, with white pile. Abdomen gray-black, pruinose, the
segments with whitish hind margins. Halteres brown. Wings sub-

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 373

hyaline; veins brown; a stump at the bifurcation of vein R4+5.
Legs light brown and black, the latter distributed as follows: Front
and hind coxae and femora, front tarsi and sometimes the apex of
the front tibiae, and a little on the middle femora. The front coxae
are covered with grayish pollen and white pile. Male: Unknown.

Comparative Notes. The gray-black or bluish-gray color is char-
acteristic for this species. This along with the white hind margins
of the abdominal tergites and the shining black inflated anterior
vertex permits ready separation. See, also, under descriptions of
.4. atcr and A. hinei, new species.

Remarks. In the series of A. comastes which I have for study I
find two distinct forms, one of which differs sufficiently from the
type so that it deserves varietal rank. See under description of A.
comastes willistoni n. var.

Type Data. Described from two females from California. In
the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the Uni-
versity of Kansas.

Distributional Data:

United States: California: Lemon Cove, July 26, 1929; Three Rivers,
Aug. 1, 1929; Mann Co., Aug. 3, 1929; California, "Baron"; Los Angeles Co.,
July; Cloverdale, Oct. 6, 1915.

In addition, reported by others from:
Lxited States: Arizona.

Apatolestes (Apatolestes) comastes willistoni n. var.

( olor. Gray-black.

Size. Length, 8 mm. to 11 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Similar to A. comastes
Will, with the following differences: The costal cell of the wing is
yellow; the antennae are wholly black, sometimes the scape and
pedicel with some grayish pruinosity; palpi with black pubescence
and a little white intermixed. The legs are predominantly black;
basal half of front tibiae, basal three fourths of middle and hind
tibiae, basal segments of middle and hind tarsi, light brown.

Type Data. Holotype, female: San Diego county, California;
July 7, 1929; Paul W. Oman. Paratypes, eight females, San Jacinto
Mts., California, July 21, 1929; R. H. Beamer, Paul W. Oman, and
L. D. Anderson; eight females, San Diego county, California; R. H.
Beamer, Paul W. Oman, and L. D. Anderson; two females, Big
Bear Lake, California, July 26, 1932, J. D. Beamer; one female,
Laguna Mts., California, July 6, 1929; R. H. Beamer.

374 The University Science Bulletin

Apatolestes (Apatolestes) hinei, new species

Color. Gray-brown; abdominal segments with pale posterior
margins.

Size. Length, 12 mm. to 14 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Posterior vertex brown
with a trace of gray-yellow pollen; anterior vertex, frons, fronto-
clypeus and genae pollinose, these last two with fulvous and black
pile. Scape and pedicel reddish or yellowish with black hairs;
flagellum black apically, at its base reddish. Palpi, concolorous
with basal antennal segments, with long black pubescence. Dorsum
of thorax, scutellum, pleurae and venter brown-gray pollinose; the
first with obscure stripes of alternate gray and brown. Abdomen
gray-brown with blackish pile ; the posterior margins of all segments
conspicuously pale yellow-gray with whitish pile. Wings fumose,
subcostal cell, stigma and veins light brown; an appendage at the
bifurcation of vein R4+5. Legs brown with black hairs; anterior
coxae, femora, and apical portions of tarsi nearly fuscous. Male:
Like the female except for sex characters. More densely pilose
about the head, thorax, and pleurae. The large facets, distinctly
differentiated from the small ones, occupy about the upper three
fourths of the eyes.

Comparative Notes. The general aspect of this species is that of
a large A. comastes Will. However, the different color, large size,
more fumose wings, absence of a shining black area on the anterior
vertex, yellowish facial regions with fulvous pile, readily separate
these two. A. hinei is more nearly related to A. albipilosus, but the
latter exhibits a lighter brown color throughout. The pilosity of the
head and thorax is mostly white and the front femora and coxae
are concolorous with the remainder of the legs.

Type Data. Holotype female; San Jacinto Mts., July 21, 1929;
R. H. Beamer. Allotype, male; same locality and date; Paul W.
Oman. Paratypes, two males, same data as holotype and allotype,
respectively; three females, same data; one female, Alpine, Cali-
fornia, July 9, 1929; Paul W. Oman. In the Francis Huntington
Snow Entomological Collection, of the University of Kansas.

Apatolestes (Apatolestes) similis, new species

Color. Gray.
Size. Length, 14 mm.

Structural and color characters. Female: Vertex (except a
broad, denuded brown mid-streak), genae and frontoclypeus, gray-

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 375

white pollinose; the genae and postgenae with white and a little
black pile. Palpi gray-yellow, with black and white hairs. Fla-
gellum of antenna black; scape and pedicel gray-yellow with black
and white hairs. Dorsum of thorax and scutellum black, gray prui-
nose, white pubescent, the former with faint stripes; pleurae and
venter gray pruinose with white pile and on the humeri some black.
Abdomen gray pollinose with black and white pubescence, the
former dominant along the sides and apex, and discs of tergites, the
latter conspicuous on the whitish hind margins of the segments; a
ferruginous ground color shows through the pruinosity on the
venter, near the base. Halteres yellow-brown. Wings subhyaline.
Legs red-brown, darker basally and apically. Male: Like the
female and easily associated.

Comparative Notes. Except for color this species has the habitus
of A. albipilosus n. sp., but in that species the costal cells of the
wings are yellowish and the palpi are more tenuous apically.

Type Data. Holotype, female, Los Angeles Co., California, July.
Allotype, male, same data. In the United States National Museum.

Subgenus Comops, new subgenus

I am erecting this subgenus to receive the species A. hera (O.S.),
at present the only one known with hairy eyes.

Apatolestes (Comops) hera (Osten Sacken) (1877)

1877. Pangonia hera Osten Sacken, West. Dipt., 214.

1904. P. hera Hine, Ohio Nat., V, 227.

1921. Diatomineura hera Surcouf, Gen. Ins., CLXXV, 130.

1925. Apatolestes hera Parker, Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XXVII, 195.

Color. Gray-brown, wings fumose.

Size. Length, 11 mm. to 14 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Vertex brown, an-
teriorly and laterally grayish pollinose, otherwise denuded; fronto-
clypeus and genae gray pollinose with whitish pile; palpi gray
pruinose with white pubescence; scape and pedicel of antennae
reddish or brown-yellow, flagellum black except for a minute reddish
portion at the base. Thorax gray-brown, whitish pilose. Abdomen
concolorous with thorax, whitish pilose, the segments with narrow
pale hind margins. Wings fumose; a stump at bifurcation of vein
R4+5. Legs red-brown, darker basally and apically; the coxae and
femora with white pile. Male: Similar to female except for sex
characters. The dense pile about the head and thorax appears to
have a tinge of yellow.

376 The University Science Bulletin

Comparative Notes. Easily distinguished from all other Apato-
lestes by the hairy eyes.

Remarks. According to recent writers, this species because of its
hairy eyes would not be an Apatolestes. In both Enderlein's (1925)
and Krober's (1932) keys A. hera runs unsatisfactorily to either
Osca Walker or Protodasyapha Enderlein. Both of these genera
appear to be confined to western South America. Bequaert (1930)
makes Osca a synonym of Scaptia Walker (the latter having page
priority), but it is impossible to run A. hera in his key to Ethiopian
Tabanidae to Scaptia, neither does it conform to notes or figures of
Australian Scaptia. See Ferguson (1926). Also, this species does
not compare favorably with the genotypes of Scaptia or Osca {S.
aurata Macq. and 0. lata Guer.) or with Enderlein's description
of Protodasyapha. The sole character by which A. hera differs from
the genotype of Apatolestes (A. comastes Will.) and all other species
of the genus is the pilosity of the eyes. In the case of this group I
doubt the generic value of such a character, but feel that it is of
sufficient importance to give it subgeneric rank.

Type Data. Described from one female. In the Museum of
Comparative Zoology, Cambridge, Massachusetts. I have studied
this specimen. Osten Sacken (1877) states, "Habitat — San Fran-
cisco, California, caught in the street twice, by Mr. Henry Edwards
in July. I have a single female."

Distributional Data:

United States: California: Los Angeles Co., July; Pasadena, June 8, 1895.
San Francisco, July 19-22. 1925.

Bequaertomyia, new genus

Generic Characters. Hind tibiae with apical spurs; vein 2d A
sinuous, all marginal cells open; eyes densely pubescent in both
sexes; ocelli present; vertex of the female broad; flagellum of the
antenna eight-segmented; frontoclypeus very prominent; proboscis
much shorter than the head; palpi short, arcuate, pointed. The
abdominal segments of the female caudad from V are narrowed and
laterally compressed, when completely exserted appear to be modi-
fied for oviposition.

Comparative Notes. The sinuous anal vein would place this
genus in the subfamily Coenomyiinae of Bequaert (1930), but until
further study gives more evidence to the contrary, I prefer to in-
clude all North American genera of Tabanidae with apical spurs on
the hind tibiae in the subfamily Pangoniinae. Bequaertomyia has

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 377

no close relatives in North America; however, its general aspect
would indicate affinities with the Chilean genus Coenura Bigot,
from which it differs in the pubescence of the eyes and the palpi
which are pointed at the ends and not scooped out. Coenomyia
Latreille (not included in this paper for want of material and evi-
dence) is the only other genus north of Mexico which Bequaert has
assigned to his Coenomyiinae, but it is not sufficiently close to
Bequaert omyia to necessitate calling attention to its distinctness.

Named in honor of Dr. J. Bequaert, who has contributed evidence
to show that this genus and the genera Coenomyia Latreille, Coe-
nura Bigot, and Pelecorhynchus MacQuart form a transitional
group between the Leptidae and Tabanidae.

I hereby designate the following species Bequaert omyia anthra-
cina, new species, as the genotype.

Bequaert omyia anthracina, new species

(Plate XXIX, figs. 5, 7, 9, 12; Plate XXXV, fig. 83)

Color. Coal black, wings fumose, antennae and palpi orange.

Size. Length, 13 mm. to 15 mm.; length of wing, 12 mm. to 13
mm. ; width of vertex barely 1 mm.

Structural and Color Characters. Female: Dense black pilose.
Head scarcely as broad as the thorax. Eyes pubescent, broadly
separated by the vertex. Antennae orange; the scape and pedicel
of equal length, together about as long as the first segment of the
flagellum. Vertex with a slightly convex shining black quadrate
callus-like area, broader than long. Posterior vertex somewhat
hollow; ocelli yellowish, mounted on a high gray-pollinose tubercle.
Frontoclypeus shining black, prominent, globose, somewhat covered
by gray pollen near the oral margin. Frons and genae gray polli-
nose. Proboscis very short, about one half the length of the head;
labellae large and fleshy. Palpi short, arcuate, pointed ; orange with
long black pile. The black of the dorsum of the thorax with dark-
gray pollen; the distinctly projecting humeral callus orange. Scu-
tellum, pleural and sternal regions shining black. Halteres orange.
Abdomen broad at base, shining black. Wings fumose with a
yellowish tinge at the base, most saturate along the costal area and
in cells R and Rx; veins light brown to orange. Legs black, the
usual basal portions of the tibiae and tarsi lighter, nearly a dull
red-brown, especially noticeable in the posterior tibiae. Male:
Like the female except for the usual sex characters. The eyes are
contiguous, the pubescence and pile longer and more dense, pro-

378 The University Science Bulletin

during a shaggy appearance. Abdomen gradually tapering from
its base.

Type Data. Holotype: Female, Giant Forest, California; July
28, 1929; R. H. Beamer. Allotype: Male, Signal Park, Washington;
July 4, 1930. Paratypes: Three females, Giant Forest, California;
July 28, 1929; R. H. Beamer, L. D. Anderson, and Paul W. Oman,
respectively. In the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Col-
lection of the University of Kansas.

Species reported from North America north of Mexico not in-
cluded within this paper because of insufficient or no evidence for
identification:

Chrysops cincticornis Walker (1848) List, I, 201; N. A.?
Chrysops sepulcralis (Fabricius) (1794) Ent. Syst. IV; Europe.

Pangonia macroglossa Westwood (1835) Lond. and Edinb. Philos. Mag., ser. 3, VI; Ga.
Corizoneura velutina Bigot (1892) Mem. Soc. Zool. France, V, 615; Calif.
Ricardoa latiflagrnm Enderlein (1925) Mitt. Mus. Berlin, XI, 291; Texas. [May be
E. incisuralis (Say).]

Addenda

Chrysops lapponica Loew (1858) Zool.-bot. Ges. Wien., VIII, 624.

This North European species is apparently represented in our
fauna. There is one female, Shippigan, N. B., July 14, 1931, J. M.
Aldrich, in the United States National Museum which compares
quite favorably with European specimens. The black of the an-
tennae, palpi, legs and body is more extensive. The wing picture is
similar except for a broader apical spot. The abdominal pattern
somewhat resembles C. nigripes Zetterstedt.

I am aware that this is scant evidence to show that C. lapponica is
nearctic as well as palaearctic, but at the time of writing no other
course presents itself.

LITERATURE CITED

Bequaert, J. 1924. "Notes Upon Surcouf's Treatment of the Tabanidae in
the Genera Insectorum and Upon Enderlein's Proposed New Classification
of this Family." Psyche, vol. XXXI, pp. 24-40.

1930. "Medical and Economic Entomology." Report of the Harvard-
African Expedition Upon the African Republic of Liberia and the Belgian
Congo, pp. 858-971.

Brimley, C. S. 1922. "Additional Data on North Carolina Tabanidae,
Bombyliidae and Tachinidae (Diptera)." Entomological News, XXXIII,
pp. 230-232.

Bromley, S. W. 1926. "The External Anatomy of the Black Horsefly Tabanus
atratus Fab. (Diptera: Tabanidae)." Annals of the Entomological So-
ciety of America, vol. XIX, pp. 440-460.

Cameron, A. E. 1926. "Bionomics of the Tabanidae (Diptera) of the Ca-
nadian Prairie." Bulletin of Entomological Research, vol. XVII, pp. 1-42.

Cole, F. R. 1927. "A Study of the Terminal Abdominal Structures of Male
Diptera." Proceedings of the California Academy of Science, vol. XVI,
p. 240.

Daecke, E. 1906. "On the Eye Coloration of the Genus Chrysops." En-
tomological News, vol. XVII, pp. 39-42.

1907. "Annotated List of the Species of Chrysops Occurring in New

Jersey and Descriptions of Two New Species." Entomological News, vol.
XVIII, pp. 139-146.

Enderlein, G. 1925. "Studien an blutsaugenden Insekten. I. Grundlagen

eines neuen Systems der Tabaniden. Mit 5 Textfiguren." Mitteilungen aus

dem Zoologischen Museum in Berlin, Bd. 11, hft 2, s. 253-409.
Ferguson, E. W. 1926. "Additional Notes on the Nomenclature of Australian

Tabanidae." Bulletin of Entomological Research, XVI, part 4, pp. 293-306.
Francis, E., and Mayne, B. 1922. "Experimental Transmission of Tularaemia

by Flies of the Species Chrysops discalis." United States Public Health

Service, Hygienic Laboratory, Bulletin 130, pp. 8-16.
Greene, C. T., 1909. "Male of Chrysops brimleyi Hine." Entomological

News, XX, p. 302.
Hine, J. S. 1903. "Tabanidae of Ohio." Ohio State Academy of Science,

Special Papers, No. 5, 57 pages.

1903. "On the Life History of Tabanus vivax." The Ohio Naturalist,

vol. IV, pp. 1,2.

1904. "The Tabanidae of Western United States and Canada." The

Ohio Naturalist, vol. V, pp. 217-248.

1906. "Habits and Life Histories of Some Flies of the Family Tabani-

dae." United States Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Entomology,
Technical Series No. 12, Part II, pp. 19-38.

1906. "A Preliminary Report on the Horseflies of Louisiana With

a Discussion of Remedies and Natural Enemies." State Crop Pest Com-
mission of Louisiana, Circ. No. 6, 43 pages.

(379)

380 The University Science Bulletin

1907. "Second Report Upon the Horseflies of Louisiana." Louisiana

Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 93, 59 pages.
Krober, Q. 1926. "Die Chrysops Arten Nordamerikas einschl. Mexicos."
Stettiner Entomologische Zeitung, vol. LXXXVII, pp. 209-353.

1932. "Bemerkungen iiber die Systematik der Neotropischen Tabani-

den, nebst Bestimmungstabelle der Subfamilien und Gattungen (Mit 6
Figuren)." Revista de Entomologia, II, fasc. 2, pp. 185-202.

Malloch, J. R. 1917. "A Preliminary Classification of Diptera, Exclusive of
Pupipara, Based Upon Larval and Pupal Characters, with Keys to Imagines
in Certain Families." Bulletin of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural
History, vol. XII, pp. 161-407.

Marchand. 1919. "Collecting the Larvae of Tabanus and Chrysops (Dip-
tera)." Entomological News, vol. XXX, pp. 131-137.

— 1920. "The Early Stages of Tabanidae (Horseflies)." Rockefeller
Institute for Medical Research, Monograph No. 13, 203 pages, 15 plates.

Mitzmain, M. B. 1913. "The Biology of Tabanus striatus Fabricius, the
Horsefly of the Philippines." Philippine Journal of Science, vol. VIII,
pp. 197-221.

1913. "The Mechanical Transmission of Surra by Tabanus striatus

Fabricius." Philippine Journal of Science, vol. VIII, pp. 223-229.

McAtee, W. L., and Walton, W. R. 1918. "District of Columbia Diptera:
Tabanidae." Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington, vol.
XX, pp. 188-206.

Osten Sacken, C. R. 1875. "Prodrome of a Monograph of the Tabanidae
of the United States." Part I: Part II, 1876; Supplement, 1878. Memoirs
of the Boston Society of Natural History, vol. II, Part IV, Nos. 1, 4, and 6.

1877. "Western Diptera: Descriptions of New Genera and Species of

Diptera from the Region West of the Mississippi and Especially from Cali-
fornia." Bulletin of the United States Geological Survey, III, pp. 189-354.

Philip, C. B. 1931. "The Tabanidae (Horseflies) of Minnesota, with Special
Reference to Their Biologies and Taxonomy." Minnesota Agricultural Ex-
periment Station, Technical Bulletin 80, 132 pages.

Ricardo, G. 1901. "Further Notes on the Pangoninae of the Family Tabani-
dae in the British Museum Collection." Annals and Magazine of Natural
History, ser. 7, VIII, pp. 286-315.

Schwardt, H. H. 1931. "The Biology of Tabanus lineola Fabricius." Annals
of the Entomological Society of America, vol. XXIV, pp. 409-416.

— 1932. "The Life Histories of Two Horseflies." Annals of the En-
tomological Society of America, vol. XXV, pp. 631-637.

1934. "Biological Notes on Goniops chrysocoma (O. S.) (Diptera:

Tabanidae)." Journal of the Kansas Entomological Society, VII, No. 3,
pp. 73-79.

Schwardt, H. H., and Hall, D. G. 1930. "Preliminary Studies on Arkansas
Horseflies." Arkansas Agricultural Experiment Station Bulletin No. 256,
27 pages.

Shannon, R. C. 1916. "Two New North American Diptera." Insecutor In-
scitiae Menstruus, IV, pp. 69-72.

Brennax: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 381

Stone. A. 1930. "The Bionomics of Some Tabanidae (Diptera)." Annals of
the Entomological Society of America, vol. XXIII, pp. 261-304.

Walker, F. 1848. List of the Specimens of Dipterous Insects in the Collec-
tion of the British Museum, Part I, 229 pages.

Webb, J. L., and Wells, R. W. 1924. "Horseflies: Biologies and Relation to
WCstern Agriculture." United States Department of Agriculture, Depart-
mental Bulletin, No. 1218.

Wehr, E. E. 1924. "A Synopsis of the Tabanidae of Nebraska, With a De-
scription of a New Species from Colorado." Nebraska University Studies,
vol. XXII, pp. 107-118.

Wiedemann, C. R. W. 1828. Aussereuropaische Zweifliigelige Insekten, I,
pp. I-XXXII, 1-608, 6 plates.

"INDEX TO SPECIES

aestuans 261

albipilosus, Apatolestes 371

amazon 263

anthracina, Bequaertomyia 377

ater, Apatolestes 371

beameri 265

bishoppi 266

bistellata 267

brimleyi 268

brunnea 270

calif omica, Stonemyia 366

callida 271

carbonaria 274

celer 275

chrysocoma, Goniops 369

cincticornis 378

clavicornis 277

coloradensis 278

comastes, Apatolestes 372

comastes willistoni, Apatolestes 373

coquilletti 279

cuclux : 281

cursim 282

delicatula 283

delta, Esenbeckia 358

dimmocki 284

discalis 286

dissimilis 288

divisa ■ • 289

dorsovittata 290

excitans 290

* Where no generic name is indicated the species are Chrysops.

382 The University Science Bulletin

facialis 292

fera, Stonerayia ofi1

flavida ' „Q„

frigida ' ' ' " " 2Q5

fuliginosa ' 2q_

f ulvastra ' 2qo

fulvistigraa ' oqq

furcata „„1

geminata oqo

geminata impuncta oqa

gigantulus, Silvius 352

globosa, Neochrysops 350

hera, Apatolestes 37 5

hinei, Apatolestes 374

hinei '.'. '.'. '.'.'. '. '. '. '.'.'. 305

hungerfordi 3Qg

hyalina 3qc

incisuralis, Esenbeckia 359

inda ■ ' . ' ' 309

jonesi, Stonemyia 357

la] >pouica 37g

lateralis 310

laticallus, Silvius 353

latiflagrum, Ricardoa 378

latifrons 312

l^gens 313

macroglossa, Pangonia 378

rnicrocephalus, Silvius 354

mitis 314

moecha 315

montana 31g

nigra 318

nigribimbo 319

nigripes 320

noctifera 321

obsoleta 322

ornata 324

pachycera 324

parvula 326

pertinax 327

pigra, Stonemyia 362

Pikei 328

pilumna 329

pollinosus, Silvius 355

proclivis 330

pudica 332

quadrivittatus, Silvius 356

rasa, Stonemyia 363

robusta 333

Bbennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 383

rufioornis, Stonemyia 364

sackeni 335

sayi, Silvius 357

separata 335

sepulcralis 373

sequax 337

shermani 338

similis, Apatolestes 374

sordida 340

striata 341

surda 342

tranquilla, Stonemyia 365

ultima 343

univittata 344

velutina. Corizoneura 378

virgulata 345

vittata 347

vittata floridana 348

wiedemanni 348

384 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXIX

Fig. 1. Esenbeckia incisuralis (Say) female, anterior view of head.

Fig. 2. Chrysops beameri n. sp. female, anterior view of head. Typical for
a large group in which the vertex is longer than broad.

Fig. 3. Stonemyia (Pilimas) calijornica (Bigot) female, anterior view of
head. Drawn from type of Pangonia dives Williston.

Fig. 4. Chrysops latijrons n. sp. female, anterior view of head. Typical for
small western group in which the vertex is as broad as, or broader than long.

Fig. 5. Bequaertomyia anthracina n.g., n. sp., section of wing showing vein
2d A sinuous.

Fig. 6. Chrysops brnnnea Hine male, anterior view of head showing eyes
contiguous.

Fig. 7. Bequaertomyia anthracina n.g., n.sp. female, dorsal aspect of abdo-
men with caudal segments exserted.

Fig. 8. Chrysops clavicornis n. sp. male, anterior view of head showing eyes
closely approximated, but distinctly separate. Typical of small western group.

Fig. 9. Bequaertomyia anthracina n.g., n.sp. female, lateral aspect of head.

Fig. 10. Goniops chrysocoma (Osten Sacken) female, anterior view of head.

Fig. 11. Apatolestes comastes Williston female, anterior view of head.
Drawn from type.

Fig. 12. Bequaertomyia anthracina n.g., n.sp. female, anterior view of head.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America

385

PLATE XXIX

/ E INCISURALIS

5 B ANTHRACINA

8 C CLAVICORNIS

2 C. BEAMERI

4 C L AT IF RONS

6 C. BRUNNEA

9 B ANTHRACINA

3 S. CALIFORNICA

7 B. ANTHRACINA

10 G CHRYSOCOMA

12 B. ANTHRACINA

II A COM AST ES

386 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXX

Figs. 13 to 24. Wing pictures of typical female Chrysops.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America

387

PLATE XXX

13 FULVISTICMA

14 CUCLUX

15 SORDID A

16 NIGRA

17 NIGRIBIMBO

18 MIT IS

19 CELER

20 CARBONARIA

21 EXCITANS

23 NOCTIFERA

22 D I VIS A

24 PERT I MAX

25—7186

388 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXI

Figs. 25 to 37. Wing pictures of typical female Chrysops.

Bhennan: Pangoniinae of Neakctic America

389

PLATE XXXI

36 NIGRIPES

37 FURCATA

390 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXII

Figs. 38 to 49. Wing pictures of typical female Chrysops.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America

391

PLATE XXXII

38 SHERMAN!

39 STRIATA

42 V IT TATA

44 CURSIM

43 VITTATA FLORIDANA

45 G EMI NAT A

46 LATERALIS

47 PIKE I

48 SEOUAX

49 INDA

392 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXIII

Figs. 50 to 63. Wing pictures of typical female Chrysops. Figures 50, 52
and 58 from the types.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America

393

PLATE XXXIII

60 FULIGINOSA

61 AMAZON

62 FRIGIDA

63 BIST ELL ATA

394 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXIV

Figs. 64 to 75. Wing pictures of typical female Chrysops.

Brkxxax: P.vNt.oMiNAK ok Xkakctic Amkkica

:;m:>

PLATE XXXIV

64 CLAVICORNIS

65 COQiiiLLETTi

66 FACIALIS

67 ROBUSTA

68 PACHVCERA

69 F LAV I DA

70 FULVASTRA

71 VIRGULATA

72 DISCALIS

74 LATIFRONS

73 DISSIMILIS

75 BRUNNEA

396 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXV

Figs. 76 to 93. Lateral aspects of antennae characteristic of neartic Pan-
goniinae.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America 397

PLATE XXXV

Vqjx^ ^^OJZ —^£P^

76 A COMASTES

77 G CHRYSOCOMA 78 £" INCISURALIS

79 C DISSIMILIS

80 c r lav ID a

81 C BRUNNEA

82 C VITTATA

83 B ANTHRACINA

84 C COOUILLETTI

85 C CLAVICORNIS

87 C. ROBUST A

86 C BEAMERI

88 C. VIRGULATA

89 S GIGANTULUS

90 C FULVASTRA

VO£

91 C. PACHYCERA

93 C L AT IF RONS

92 C FACIALIS

398 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXVI

Fig. 94. Stonemyia (Stonemyia) tranquilla (Osten Sacken) female, anterior
aspect of head. V = vertex.

Fig. 95. Silvius laticallus n.sp. female, anterior aspect of head.

Fig. 96. Buplex suavis (Loew) female, anterior aspect of head.

Fig. 97. Stonemyia tranquilla (Osten Sacken) female, lateral view of palpus.

Fig. 98. Silvius sayi n.sp. female, anterior aspect of head.

Fig. 99. Buplex suavis (Loew) female, lateral aspect of palpus.

Fig. 100. Chrysops hunger jordi n. sp. female wing picture.

Figs. 101 to 104. Wing pictures of typical female Silvius.

Brennan: Pancoxiinae of Nearctic America

399

IM.ATK XXXVI

94 S TRANQUILLA 95 S. LATICALLUS

97 S TRANQUILLA

98 S SAYI

96 B. SUAVIS

99 B SUAVIS

100 C HUNGERFORDI

101 S LATICALLUS

102 S SAYI

103 S QUADRIVITTATUS

104 S POLLINOSUS

400 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXVII

Figs. 105 to 114. Dorsal abdominal patterns of new and related or mis-
interpreted Chrysops.

Brennan: Pangoniinae of Nearctic America

UH

PLATE XXXVII

105 CLAVICORNIS

107 BISHOPPI

sag ^IsW -

109 PACHYCERA 110 CLAVICORNIS

108 PACHYCERA

III COOUILLETTI

112 COOUILLETTI

114 FURCATA

THE UNIVERSITY OF KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 14.

The Genus Tenagobia Bergroth (Corixidae, Hemiptera)

HOWARD O. DEAY, Lafayette, Indiana1

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAiiE

Introduction 403

Historical Sketch of the Genus and a Review of the Literature 404

List of Species and Synonyms with Type Localities 407

Synonymy 407

Material Studied 408

Morphology 409

Characters Used in Classification 415

Relationships 416

Description of the Genus 418

Groups within the Genus 419

Distribution 421

Key to the Species 424

Discussion of the Species 425

Literature Cited 455

Explanation of Plates 458

Abstract: The genus Tenagobia is confined to the New World. Sixteen
species are recognized in this paper. The following nomenclatorial changes
are recognized : T. socialis sobrina (White) syn. of T. signata (White) ; T.
seducta (White) syn. of T. signata (White) ; T. simulans (White) syn. of T.
signata (White); T. signata incerta Lundblad raised to specific rank; T.
minuta Deay syn. of T. costaricana Jaczewski.

A key to the four genera in the subfamily Micronectinae is given and
another for the species of the genus Tenagobia. The taxonomic relationships
morphology and geographical distribution are discussed. The study is based
upon 11,000 specimens.

INTRODUCTION

THE genus Tenagobia Bergroth, which includes those small, new-
world corixids which are characterized by having an exposed
scutellum and a crescent-shaped pronotum, has been much neglected
by systematic workers. Nothing or little of the morphology and
distribution of the species has been published, and no key for the

1. Contribution of the Department of Entomology, University of Kansas.

(403)
26—7186

404 The University Science Bulletin

separation of the species exists. Most of the few papers dealing with
the members of this genus are but isolated descriptions of new
species, and no attempt to deal with the genus as a whole has been
made.

In the present paper the writer purposes to give a complete treat-
ment of the present knowledge of the relationships, morphology,
synonymy and distribution of the members of the genus, together
with a detailed discussion of the species and a key for separating
them. The manuscript has been completed up to July 1, 1934.

The writer wishes to express his appreciation to all who have
assisted him in the preparation of this paper. He is especially in-
debted to Dr. H. B. Hungerford of the University of Kansas, at
whose suggestion and under whose direction this work has been per-
formed. Most of the material used in this study has been accumu-
lated by Doctor Hungerford and, furthermore, he examined ma-
terial, especially the types of Lundblad's and Stal's species, in
European museums and private collections which were inaccessible
to the writer. The writer also wishes to express his thanks to the
following: Dr. O. Lundblad, Naturhistoriska Riksmuseum, Stock-
holm, Sweden, who generously and promptly answered all questions
concerning his species; Dr. W. E. China, who has sent the writer
cotypes of the Buchanan- White species, the specimens of Tenagobia
collected by Champion, Smith and Forrer, and much other material
from the British Museum for examination and study; Dr. E. Wag-
ner of the Zoologische Staatsinstitut mid Zoologische Museum,
Hamburg, who loaned the writer the holotype of T. costaricana
Jaczewski, 1930, and other material for study; Dr. A. Dampf, chief
entomologist of Mexico, who has sent the writer much material and
data; and the curator of the United States National Museum, who
loaned the writer the Tenagobia material deposited there which was
collected by H. H. Smith in Grenada.

A HISTORICAL SKETCH OF THE GENUS AND A REVIEW

OF THE LITERATURE

The genus Tenagobia was erected by E. Bergroth (l)2 in 1889 for
his new species, marmorata, which was taken in Venezuela. He
bases the genus upon the crescent-shaped pronotum which distin-
guishes it from the closely related old-world genus Micronecta Kirk-
aldy. He also mentioned that Sigara fuscata Stal, 1859, and the five
South American species of Sigara described by Buchanan-White
(29) in 1879 belonged to this new genus.

2. Numbers in parentheses refer to literature cited.

Deay: Gents Tenagobia Bergrotu 405

Tlie first species of Tenagobia that were described, those of Stal
and White, were assigned to the genus Sigara of authors {ncc Fab-
ricius, 1775), a genus to which all "water boatmen" with a visible
scutellum were referred until Kirkaldy (14) erected the genus
Microneeta in 1897 to accommodate these species. Therefore, StaT's
and "White's species of the present genus Tenagobia were included in
the genus Microneeta, although Kirkaldy did not mention them
specifically.

T. fuscata (Stal, 1859) is the first species of Tenagobia that was
described. It was collected by Hj. Kinbcrg in Montevideo while with
the Swedish frigate "Eugenie" on its circumnavigation of the globe
from 1851 to 1853. Stal (25) as a matter of course placed his species
in the genus Sigara.

F. Buchanan- White (29) in 1879 described five new species and
a new variety of the genus from material collected by the Traill
Expedition to Brazil in 1873-75. White's species are T. selecta,
T. signata, T. socialis, T. seducta and T. simulans, and the variety.
T. socialis var. sobrina. Of these, T. signata, T. seducta, T. simu-
lans and T. socialis var. sobrina have proved to be identical. He
also identified some of the specimens as T. fuscata, which is probably
an erroneous identification. Although White placed his species in
the genus Sigara, he pointed out the fact that these new-world
species had a crescent-shaped pronotum, the character which was
later used by Bergroth for his generic criterion.

In 1894 P. R. Uhler (26) reported T. socialis from Grenada,
Lesser Antilles, and stated that this species also occurred in Mexico
and California. The Grenada specimens which Uhler referred to
T. socialis are T. incerta Lundblad, 1928. The writer has been
unable to locate any specimens of Tenagobia that have been col-
lected in California and has found no other references in the litera-
ture to this northern distribution except those based on the above
assertion. In all probability the specimens which Uhler saw from
California and Mexico are T. mexicana Deay, 1930.

The next mention of this genus in the literature, aside from the
proposal of the generic name by Bergroth and the description of
T. marmorata which have already been mentioned, was by G. C.
Champion in "Biologia Centrali-Americana" in 1901. In this he
reported that specimens of T. socialis had been taken in Mexico,
Guatemala and Panama, and published for the first time an illus-
tration of a member of this genus. The writer has examined all of
the specimens to which Champion refers and has found them to be
T. mexicana instead of T. socialis.

406 The University Science Bulletin

Although Kirkaldy (15), Kirkaldy and Bueno (16) and Van
Duzee (27) mention the genus in their check lists and catalogues,
no further contributions were made to the knowledge of the genus
until 1927 when H. B. Hungerford (9) described a new species,
T. pulchra, which had been collected by the Mulford Biological
Expedition to Bolivia in 1921-'22, and reported T. selecta from
Bolivia. He is the first to use the claspers of the male for specific
characters. He published illustrations of the claspers, abdomen and
fore tarsus of both T. pulchra and T. selecta and pointed out that
the latter species is pterodimorphic.

In 1928 T. Jaczewski (10) in his paper on the distribution of the
Corixidae discusses Tenagobia briefly as to its relationships and
probable distribution.

In the same year 0. Lundblad (17) described three new species
and a new variety of the genus. These are T. melini, and T. romani
from Manoas, Brazil, and T. schadei and T. signata var. incerta
from Paraguay. He redescribed T. fuscata, T. selecta and T.
signata; made T. socialis var. sobrina, T. seducta and T. simulans
synonyms of T. signata; and reduced T. socialis to a variety of that
species. In his generic description Lundblad pointed out that the
absence of a strigil in the members of this genus is an important
generic criterion.

A second paper by Jaczewski (11) in which Tenagobia is men-
tioned appeared in 1930. In this paper he described a new species,
T. costaricana, from Costa Rica and recorded T. signata from
Mexico and Dutch Guiana, and T. fuscata from Argentina (Buenos
Aires) and Uruguay (Montevideo). His identification of T. signata,
however, is erroneous; the writer has examined the specimens which
he identified and found the one from Mexico to be T. mexicana and
the ones from Guiana to be T. socialis.

In 1930 Deay (3) described six species of the genus as new
to science: T.minuta from Panama, T.truncata and T. con-
stricta from Ecuador, T. mexicana from Mexico, T. serrata from
Bolivia, and T. hunger jordi from Matto Grosso, Brazil. Of these
species T. minuta is identical with T. costaricana Jaczewski, and is
a synonym of that species since Jaczewski published in May, 1930,
and Deay in June, 1930.

Jaczewski (12) in 1931 lists T. signata, T. socialis and T. mexi-
cana as having been reported from Mexico. As pointed out above
these records all refer to T. mexicana.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 407

The most recent mention of the genus in the literature is in a
paper by Jaczewski (13) published May, 1933, in which he records
T. incerta and T. schadei from Pernambuco (Recife) , Brazil.

LIST OF SPECIES AND SYNONYMS WITH TYPE LOCALITIES

1. T. juscata (Stal, 1859), Montevideo, Uruguay.

2. T. selecta (White, 1879), Manaos, Brazil.

3. T. signata (White, 1879), Rio Purus, Brazil.

4. T. socialis (White, 1879), Rio Maderia up to Sao Antonio da Boa Vista;
Anana, Upper Amazon; Urubu Caxoeira, Rio Jurua; Rio Trombetas;
Manaos, Brazil.

5. T. socialis var. sobrina (White, 1879), Urucaca, Rio Jurua, Brazil. A
synonym of T. signata.

6. T. seducta (White, 1879), Rio Jurua, Brazil. A synonym of T. signata.

7. T. simulans (White, 1879), Upper Amazon and Tonantins, Brazil. A
synonym of T. signata.

8. T. marmorata Bergroth, 1899, Venezuela.

9. T. pulchra Hungerford, 1927, Rio Beni, Bolivia.

10. T. signata var. incerta Lundblad, 1928, Villa Rica, Paraguay. Raised to
specific rank in this paper.

11. T. melini Lundblad, 1928, Manaos, Brazil.

12. T. schadei Lundblad, 1928, Villa Rica, Paraguay.

13. T. romani Lundblad, 1928, Manoas, Brazil.

14. T. costaricana Jaczewski, 1930, Reventazon river, Costa Rica.

15. T. minuta Deay, 1930, Boqueron river, Panama. A synonym of T .
costaricana.

16. T. truncata Deay, 1930, Tena, Ecuador.

17. T. mexicana Deay, 1930, Nainari, Sonora, Mexico.

18. T. serrata Deay, 1930, Lower Mamore river, Bolivia.

19. T. constricta Deay, 1930. Tena, Ecuador.

20. T. hunger jordi Deay, 1930, Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil.

SYNONYMY

After a careful examination of the cotypes of T. signata, T. so-
cialis var. sobrina, and T. seducta (B. White), the writer has de-
cided that they are one and the same species. Since T. signata has
pagination priority over the others, T. seducta and T. socialis var.
sobrina are synonyms of T. signata. White based his species upon
color, and he, himself, was very doubtful of the specificity of T. se-
ducta. He says in his notes on T. seducta, "It is with much hesita-
tion that I have given this specific rank"; and in his description of
the species he says, "S. socialis var. sobrina persimilis, . . ." The
writer, as well as Lundblad (17) has found that color has no specific
value in this genus. Elsewhere in this paper the writer has stated
that he regards the male claspers as the ultimate specific criteria for
the species of Tenagobia, and in the above species the claspers are

408 The University Science Bulletin

identical. The distribution of these three so-called species also in-
dicates that they are one and the same species. The specimens of
T. signata were taken on the Rio Purus, which is a southern tribu-
tary of the Amazon, and those of T. socialis var. sobrina3 and T. se-
ducta were taken on the Rio Jurua, also a tributary of the Amazon,
which arises near the source of the Rio Purus.

T. simulans (White) was described from three female specimens
which seem to be identical with those of T. signata. Since it is very
difficult, if not impossible, to differentiate accurately between fe-
males of closely related species of Tenagobia, and since these speci-
mens were taken in the Upper Amazon region within the known
range of T. signata, but of no other species4 of Tenagobia, the writer
reduces this species to a synonym of signata.

Lundblad (17) besides placing the above species in synonymy
with T. signata also reduced T. socialis to a variety of T. signata
and described T. signata var. incerta. The writer holds that each of
these varieties is a distinct species. Both the right and left claspers
of the cotypes of T. socialis (PI. XLI, figs. 9, 14) taken on the Rio
Maderia and at Manaos differ markedly from those of T. signata
(PL XLI, figs, 8, 12) and in addition this species has only six or
seven long hair-like setae on the upper edge of the fore tarsus while
T. signata has 10 or 11. In the case of T. signata var. incerta (PI.
XLI, figs. 10, 11) the left clasper is not very different from that of
T. signata, but the right one is strikingly so, and the number of hair-
like setae on the upper edge of the fore tarsus is six. The writer,
therefore, raises T. signata var. incerta to specific rank.

T. minuta Deay (3) is a synonym of T. costaricana Jaczewski
(11) as Jaczewski's name has priority, his description having been
published in May, 1930,5 and Deay's in June, 1930. The writer has
examined the holotype of T. costaricana.

MATERIAL STUDIED

Approximately 11,000 specimens of Tenagobia have been exam-
ined individually by the writer during the course of this work. This
material came from all of the localities in which specimens of the
genus have been taken with the exception of California, the Rio

3. Lundblad (17) errs in giving Mancaa ;is tin- type locality of T. socialis var. sobrina.
White (29) stales that all of the specimens were taken at Urucaca, Rio Jurua; and the
cotypes which the writer examined were so labeled.

4. The writer believes that the cotypes of T. socialis which were taken at Anana, Upper
Amazon and on the Rio Jurua, are specimens of T. signata since they were taken at the
same time and in the same locality as that species.

5. The Zoological Record gives the date of publication of Jaczewski's papers as 1931, but
the writer received a separate from Doctor Jaczewski in October, 1930, which is dated May,
1930.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 409

Autaz, a left tributary of the Maderia river near its mouth, Venezu-
ela and Pernambuco, Brazil.

Included in the above specimens were types of the following spe-
cies: constricta, costaricana, hunger jordi, mexicana, pulchra, se-
lect a, serrata, signata, socialis and truncatd; the cotypes of the fol-
lowing synonyms of signata: scducta, simulans, and socialis var.
sobrina; and specimens of fuscata and incerta which had been com-
pared with the types.

Dr. H. B. Hungerford, who supervised this work, examined the
types of the following species and compared examples of the ma-
terial used in this study with them: juscata, incerta, melini, romani
and schaedi.

No specimens of marmorata were studied. Bergroth's collection
was inaccessible and no specimens besides the type material have
been taken.

MORPHOLOGY

The morphology of this genus has been much neglected. The
early workers, Stal, White and Bergroth, used very few structural
characters in their descriptions, and did not illustrate their publica-
tions. However, White (29) and Bergroth (1) pointed out the cres-
cent-shaped pronotum and mentioned that the scutellum is very
large. Champion (2) was the first to publish an illustration of a
member of this genus. Hungerford (9) was the first to use and
figure structural characters in descriptions. He used the claspers as
specific criteria and pointed out that T. selecta is pterodimorphic.
Lundblad (17) in 1928 redescribed Stal's and White's species and de-
scribed three species and one variety as new to science. He used
structural characters to differentiate the species and published
twenty-two text figures, illustrating forelegs, prothoraces, abdominal
segments and claspers, and one plate of photographs of wings. Al-
though Lundblad scattered his remarks on the morphology through
his specific descriptions, he has contributed more to the morphology
of the genus than any other writer. His outstanding contributions
are that one species, T. schadei, does not possess minute peg-like
setae on the hemelytra and that a strigil is absent in the members of
this genus. Jaczewski (11) and Deay (3) based their species on
structural characters and illustrated their papers.

General Appearance. The members of this genus (PI. XXXVIII,
figs. 4,7) are elliptical in shape, with the body slightly convex. The
head, as in all corixids, overlaps the prothorax. which in turn over-
laps the mesothorax. The pronotum is wider than long and is cres-

410 The University Science Bulletin

cent-shaped. The scutellum is triangular, and longer than the pro-
notum. The hemelytra slightly exceed the apex of the abdomen, the
right overlapping the left when at rest.

All of the known members of the genus are small, ranging in
length from 1.8 mm. (costaricana6) to 4.8 mm. {selecta) , and in
width across the head from 0.75 mm. (costaricana) to 1.8 mm.
(selecta) .

The color of the members of the genus ranges from a transparent
yellow to dark brown. As a rule the hemelytra are more or less in-
distinctly mottled, but they may be uniformly colored; the venter
and legs are usually uniformly colored and lighter than the dorsal
parts. Color is of little or no taxonomic significance in this genus.

The following secondary sexual characters are present: right-
sided asymmetry of the abdomen in the males (PI. XXXVIII, figs.
9, 12) ; the tibia and tarsus of the forelegs of the females fused into
a tibia-tarsus (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 1) and the tarsal claw of the fore-
legs of the males developed into a large, fleshy club-like structure
which folds into an excavation in the outer side of the tarsus.

The Head. It is triangular in outline, a little wider than the pro-
thorax; the front convex, sides subangular; in dorsal aspect (includ-
ing the eyes) obtuse triangular; hypognathous, the oral opening di-
rected ventrocaudally, lying between the forelegs (PL XXXIX, fig.
22). The posterior margin of the vertex is usually sinuate with a
median tubercle (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 2, 4, 7; PI. XXXIX, fig. 1).
The vertex is separated from the postocular sclerites by distinct
sutures ("impressed lines" of Bergroth). These sutures may bend
laterally, extend straight back (PL XXXIX, fig. 4) or curve mesally
(PL XXXIX, fig. 3), thus making the caudolateral angles of the
vertex acute, right, or obtuse. An eye may be either wider or nar-
rower than the dorsal interocular space, according to the species.
Ocelli are absent. The antennae (PL XXXIX, fig. 9) are very
short, three-segmented, and concealed in grooves on the underside
of the head. The second segment is the shortest and the third the
longest. The latter is thickly covered with numerous short hairs,
and on the underside there are several longer setae, some of which
are extremely long. The mouthparts (PL XXXIX, figs. 18-22) con-
sist of the labium, which forms the so-called rostrum, and the stylets.
The oral opening is at the front rather than at the tip of the rostrum.
The stylets are short and stout. The mandibles are toothed on the

6. Jaczewski (11) gives the length of the holotype of this species as 1.3 mm., but the
writer measured the holotype by using a micrometer eyepiece under a magnification of 120 X
and found it to be 1.8 mm. long.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 111

outside and are more slender than the maxillae, which are semi-
cylindrical. The left maxilla is larger than the right, which it partly
encloses. The teeth on the mandibles and the right maxilla are not
as prominent as Hungerford (8) shows in his illustration of the
mouthparts of a corixid.

The Thorax. The three segments of the thorax are distinct. The
prothorax (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 4, 7; PL XXXIX, figs. 1, 4, 13, 17)
overlaps the mesothorax and is but loosely fastened to it. The
tergum of the prothorax consists of but one sclerite and is referred
to as the pronotum. Taxonomically the shape of the pronotum is
of great significance, for it is upon the character of its crescent-
shaped pronotum that the genus is based. The pronotum is ap-
proximately the same width as the head; its cephalis margin is
angulate and its caudal margin concavely arcuate in front of the
base of the scutellum, and either truncate (PL XXXVIII, fig. 4; PL
XXXIX, fig. 1) in front of the bases of the hemelytra or with the
lateral margins narrow (PL XXXVIII, fig. 7; PL XXXIX, fig. 4).
The pleuron (PL XXXIX, figs. 13, 17) is divided into epimeron and
episternum by a well-defined pleural suture. The epimeron in some
species bears an upwardly directed group of hairs (PL XXXIX, fig.
13) which Lundblad (17) has aptly named the "mustache-like
bristles" (schnurrbartanliche Haare). The presternum is fused with
the episternum.

The mesothorax is very closely connected with the metathorax.
Its tergum is divided into praescutum, scutum, and scutellum. The
latter is the part that is visible when the hemelytra are still at-
tached. The scutellum is comparatively large in the members of
this genus, being always longer than the pronotum and usually twice
as long. It varies in size within the same species, depending upon
whether the wings are functional or not, being larger when the wings
are functional (see "structural characteristics" under T. selecta
and T. fuscata) . The pleuron is partly divided into an episternum,
which is fused with the sternum, and an epimeron. These plates ex-
tend over the coxae. The pleural suture is distinct from the caudal
margin of the pleuron to a point about halfway through the pleuron.
The mesosternum is a single plate which is fused with the episterna
laterally. The spiracles of this segment are on the intersegmental
membrane between the pro- and mesothorax.

The tergum of the metathorax consists of a single plate represent-
ing the fused prescutum, scutum and scutellum. The pleuron is
verv narrow and lies dorsally above the sternum and is divided into

412 The University Science Bulletin

episternum and epimeron. The pleural suture runs nearly trans-
versely. The metacoxa, whose base is covered by the metasternum,
articulates with the coxal processes of the pleuron. The metaster-
num is a very large, single plate covering the entire ventral aspect
of the metathorax. The second thoracic spiracle is located at the
border of the meso- and metathoracic boundary in a cavity bounded
laterally by the epimeron of the mesothorax and the sternum of the
metathorax and dorsally by the projecting edge of the mesonotum
and the pleuron of the metathorax. In this cavity also is a compli-
cated structure which is structurally the same as the so-called tym-
panal organ which Garner found in Corixa in 1865 and which was
described in detail by Hagemann (7) in 1910. This structure also
occurs in Micronecta. The organ is located above the second spir-
acle and consists of a peculiarly striated tympanum, in the central
part of which is a hump from which projects a club-like organ. In
the cephalic margin of the hump is a small knob-like structure from
whose inner side an innervated cell connects with the central nervous
system. From the second spiracle a tracheal trunk runs dorsad with
its walls close to the inner side of the striated tympanum, which is,
therefore, bordered on both sides by an air chamber. It has not
been experimentally proved that this is an auditory organ even in
Corixa geoffroyi Leach and Micronecta minutissima (Linn.) where
the investigators worked with live material. The writer has had no
live material of Tenagobia with which to experiment. The structure
of the organ, however, suggests that it is auditory in function, or, as
pointed out by Weber (28) , it may be an organ of touch, since Hage-
mann (7) found that Corixa geoffroyi responded to blows on the
aquarium but not to the tone of the violin. If the organ in Tena-
gobia is identical with that in Corixa and Micronecta, and from its
appearance it seems to be, then its presence in this genus lends sup-
port to Hagemann's contention that the large claw of the foretarsus
is a sound-producing organ in Micronecta, for no other of the sup-
posedly sound-producing organs, as pegs on the foretarsus and the
strigil, are present in Tenagobia, The club-like organ described
above is not innervated, so it is not. considered to have any bearing
on sound reception. Hagemann thinks they might serve to balance
the insect in flight, since they are shaped much like the halteres of
Diptera.

In the adults there are pairs of small openings on the underside
of the thorax on the suture between the mesoepimeron and the
metasternum which appear to be the ostioles of the scent glands.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 413

In the nymphs the scent glands open on the dorsal aspect of the
abdomen.

The Abdomen (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 9. 12). In Tenagobia the
abdomen consists oi seven visible segments, which are segments two
to eight, the first abdominal segment, as in other Hemiptcra, having
been lost. The ninth abdominal segment, the genital capsule (PI.
XXXIX, fig. 8), is enclosed within the eighth. In the females the
abdominal segments are symmetrical, but in the males the segments,
commencing with the fifth, exhibit right-sided asymmetry. The left
half of the eighth tergite (Pis. XXXVIII and XXXIX) is well
developed, but the right half is practically missing. The median
part of the right half of this tergite has become developed into the
form of a lobe which reaches its greatest specialization in T. selecta
(P. XXXVIII, fig. 12) where it has become a long finger-like
process. The shape of this lobe, and the number of hair-like setae
which it bears, is unique for each species of the genus except in
those of the signata group. The lateral margins of each abdominal
segment bear spine-like and many finer setae, some of the latter
being long and hair-like. The number of spine-like setae is constant
within a species. In some species the sixth abdominal tergum is
deeply cleft near the right edge (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 12) and along
this cleft is a row of hair-like setae. This row of hairs occupies
the same position as does the strigil in Micronecta (P. XXXVIII,
fig. 10, s). The species exhibiting this character all belong to the
hungerfordi group with the exception of T. selecta, which would
seem to indicate that the two main groups of Tenagobia have de-
veloped along parallel lines. The presence of this row of spines in
the cleft on the sixth tergite suggests to the writer that here we
may have an incipient strigil. The inner half of both the right
and left margins of the eighth segment is beset with numerous
hairs, arranged more or less in rows. These hairs as a rule are
bent over at the tip and are usually thickened towards the ends.
The genital capsule of T. constricta is shown in figure 8 of Plate
XXXIX; those of the other members of the genus are much the
same. The penis is thickly beset with barbs at its distal end.

The right clasper (Pis. XL and XLI) in Tenagobia as in Mi-
cronecta is either larger or equal to the left in size. This condition
is reversed in members of the subfamily Corixinae where in cases of
right-sided asymmetry, the right clasper is the smaller. The left
clasper, although usually smaller in size, has, however, become much
more specialized than the right.

414 The University Science Bulletin

The Legs. The legs of the members of this genus are much like
those of Micronecta. In the males the forelegs (PI. XLII) have
some very good taxonomic characters. Each fore femur has a row
of spine-like setae, varying from two to nine in number, on the
inner side. In addition a strong spur-like seta (PI. XLII, figs. 2, 3)
is found on the lower margin in the members of the signata group.
Besides the above setae, there are a few other spine-like setae and
some fine hair-like setae on the fore femur. The tibia is usually
shorter than the tarsus and bears a few rather large setae. The
one-segmented tarsus with its large, club-like tarsal claw is the
most striking part of the foreleg. The tarsus bears three rows of
setae on its inner surface which the writer has designated as the
lower, inner and upper rows. The setae in the lower row are bristle-
like; those in the inner row are usually small and fine, but in some
cases they are rather spine-like; and those in the upper row are
long and hair-like. The number of these setae is fairly constant
within the species. The outside of the tarsus is excavated so that
the large club-like tarsal claw can be folded back into it, The
tarsus bears no palal, or tarsal, pegs. In the females, the fore tibia
and tarsus have fused to form a tibia-tarsus (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 1).
Judging from their structure, the function of the forelegs in Ten-
agobia is the same as in other corixids, that is, to sweep the ooze
from the pools and streams in which they live up to their mouth-
parts (PI. XXXIX, fig. 22).

The middle legs (PL XXXVIII, fig. 11) are long and slender.
The tarsus is one-segmented and there are two long, slender tarsal
claws.

The hindlegs (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 6) are fringed with long hairs.
The tarsus is two segmented. The single tarsal claw (PL XXXVIII,
figs. 3, 5) is terminal and may be either two- or three-pronged,
depending on the species.

The Hemelytra. The hemelytra are well developed and exceed
the abdomen slightly in length. Each is divided into a clavus,
corium, and a more or less distinct membrane. There is also a deep
impression (fossctte subcostale of Poisson [19]) along the lateral
margin of the corium which, according to Abbott, forms an em-
bolium. The membranal suture is not very distinct, and is usually
more so in the right than in the left hemelytron. The membrane is
developed in proportion to the development of the wings. The
distal end of the right hemelytron overlaps the left when they are
folded on the insect's back. All of the members of the genus, both

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 415

male and female, possess a wing-coupling apparatus (Vappariel
d'accrochage of Poisson), which is a paired structure that is situated
just in front of the apex of the clavus on the median margin of each
hemelytron. Except in a single known species, T. schadei, the
hemelytra are beset on their dorsal surface with many minute peg-
like setae which are scattered irregularly over the clavus and
corium. The hemelytra also bear some fine setae which are long
and hair-like in some species, as T. fuscata.

The Wings. The wings are present and fully developed in all
of the specimens which the writer has examined except in the case
of two species, T. selecta and T. fuscata. The writer has seen no
specimens of T. fuscata that have had fully developed wings; the
wings in the specimens which he has examined were either absent or
very short, They are absent in the type according to Lundblad (17).
The writer has seen specimens of T. selecta with fully developed
wings, others with short wings, and still others with no wings. As
pointed out previously the size of the scutellum and the membrane
in the hemelytron varies in direct proportion to the development of
the wings.

CHARACTERS USED IN CLASSIFICATION

The females of closely related species of Tenagobia, as of other
corixids, are very difficult, if not impossible, to distinguish from
each other; therefore, all of the specific descriptions are based upon
male characters. Although the males of some of the species of
Tenagobia appear superficially to be indistinguishable, they all
possess structural characters by which they may be distinguished
from each other. In some cases these characters are so minute
that they need to be examined with the "high power" of a com-
pound microscope or even under an oil emersion objective. For
this reason the specimens studied must for the most part be dis-
sected and mounted upon slides.

Ferris (4) defines a species as follows: "If a group of closely
similar individuals, or an individual which may represent such a
group, is distinguished from another by one or more nonintergrad-
ing, structural characters, it may be regarded as a species, unless
and until it can be shown not to merit that distinction." The writer
has followed Ferris' definition in segregating the species of Ten-
agobia.

Many of the structural characters found in the genus are present
in two or more species; and it is therefore possible to arrange the

416 The University Science Bulletin

species in groups, the members of each group being closely related
to each other. These characters are: The presence or absence of
mustache-like bristles on the lateral margins of the epimera of the
prothorax; the general structure of the male claspers; pronotum
truncate in front of bases of hemelytra or not ; the presence or ab-
sence of a spur-like seta on the lower side of fore femur; the relation
of the width of the eyes to the interocular space.

The ultimate specific characters used by the writer are the shape
of the claspers in the males and the absence of setae on the hemely-
tra in one species, T. schadei. Other characters constant within a
species, but not always unique for a species are: the relative widths
of an eye and the vertex between the eyes; the number of spine-
like setae in the row on the inner side of the fore femur, which
varies in a few species; the approximate number of setae in each
of the rows on the fore tarsus; the relative lengths of the pronotum,
and from the apex of the scutellum to the apex of the clavus; the
relative lengths of the femur, tibia, tarsus, and tarsal claws of the
middle legs; the number of spine-like setae on the lateral margins
of the abdominal segments; the shape of the tergite lobe of the
eighth abdominal segment; and the approximate number of hair-like
setae which it bears.

Any nonintergrading structural character is in the writer's opinion
a good specific criterion when one is dealing with morphological
species.

RELATIONSHIPS

The genus Tenagobia belongs to the family Corixidae, whose mem-
bers are probably the most specialized of the Hemiptera. The fam-
ily is composed of the subfamilies Diaprepocorinae, Micronectinae
and Corixinae. Tenagobia is one of the four genera composing the
subfamily Micronectinae.

The subfamily Diaprepocorinae is both structurally and distribu-
tionally the most primitive of the three subfamilies. It contains but
the one genus, Diaprepocoris, which is represented by three species
which have been taken only in Southern Australia, Tasmania and
New Zealand. Among the primitive characters found in this sub-
family are two ocelli, which are found in no other Corixidae and as a
rule in no other water bugs; the slightness of the asymmetry of the
male abdomen — superficially the two sexes cannot be distinguished
unless the wings are spread; the fore tarsi similar in both sexes with
the tarsal claw stout, resembling a second tarsal segment7; and ab-

7. According to Hale (6) this character is also found in the genus Cymatia of the
Corixinae.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 417

sence of a strigil. However, the males of this genus possess a stridu-
latory apparatus, composed of two parts, located on the tergum of
the fifth abdominal segment.

In genera] the Micronectinae, except in having three-segmented
antennae, are structurally more primitive than the Corixinae. They
are characterized by having three-segmented antennae; the scu-
icllnm free and visible as in most other aquatic as well as terrestrial
Hemiptera; the hind tarsal claw apical; and the stridulatory pegs
absent on the fore tarsus of the males. The Corixinae are charac-
terized by having four-segmented antennae; a large pronotum which
covers the scutellum entirely or almost entirely; the hind tarsal
claw much more developed than in Micronectinae, anteapical, on the
inner edge of the tarsus; and stridulatory pegs on the fore tarsus of
the males except in the genus Cymatia. The asymmetry of the male
abdomen is much more pronounced in this subfamily than in the
other and the hind legs are better fitted for swimming.

The subfamily Micronectinae is composed of four genera : Micro-
necta Kirkaldy, Tenagobia Bergroth, Synaptonecta Lundblad and
Micronectella Lundblad.

The members of the genus Micronecta are the closest relatives of
the Tenagobia. These two genera present a striking example of
parallelism of development, as they are structurally much alike and
occupy comparable ranges in the Eastern and Western Hemispheres.
They differ structurally in that both the anterior and posterior mar-
gins of the pronotum are convex in Micronecta (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 8)
while in Tenagobia the posterior margin of the pronotum is con-
cavely arcuate (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 4, 7), thus making the exposed
portion of the scutellum much greater in Tenagobia ; and in that the
males of Micronecta possess a weakly developed strigil (PL
XXXVIII, fig. 10), this structure being absent in Tenagobia. The
claspers of the males, especially the left one, are more complicated
in structure in Tenagobia. In all other characters the two genera
are strikingly similar. The posterior enlargement of the pronotum
in Micronecta provides a larger chamber for the storage of air for
use when the insect submerges than in Tenagobia, thus making
Micronecta better fitted for an aquatic existence. This fact and the
presence of the strigil are evidence that Micronecta is the more
specialized.

Although the range of these two genera are parallel in that they
occupy comparable ranges in the Eastern and Western Hemispheres,
Micronecta has much the wider distribution. It has been taken in
Australia, the East Indies, Africa, Asia as far north as Manchuria,

418 The University Science Bulletin

and Europe as far north as the Arctic Circle. Tenagobia on the other
hand is restricted to the Western Hemisphere between the 35th
parallels (PL XLIII). Bergroth (1) suggests that Micronecta prob-
ably occurs in British Columbia, but it has not been taken there as
yet,

The genera Synaptonecta and Micronectella were described by
Lundblad (18) in 1933 from Java; the former being based on a single
male specimen and the latter on three male and one female speci-
mens. These genera appear to be very close to Micronecta. Synap-
tonecta, represented by the one species, S. breddini Lundblad, is ac-
cording to Lundblad very close to Micronecta haliploides Horvath.
The important generic criterion of the genus and the one which dis-
tinguishes it from Micronecta is that the tibia and tarsus of the fore-
leg of the male are fused, thereby forming a tibia-tarsus as in the
females of Micronecta and the other genera of the subfamily. The
genus Micronectella is based on the species M. acuta Lundblad and
differs from Micronecta in that the males possess no strigil.

The genus Tenagobia may be separated from the other members of
the family Corixidae by the following key:

1. Scutellum covered by the pronotum (rarely not at apex); antennae 4 -segmented ;

hind tarsal claw anteapical, on inner edge of tarsus Subfamily Corixinae.

Scutellum covered by pronotum only at the anterior margin; antennae 3-segmented;

hind tarsal claw apical 2

2. Two ocelli present; fore tarsal claw large, suggesting a sicond tarsal segment.

Subfamily Diaprepocorinae.
Ocelli absent; fore tarsal claw of females spine-like, of males large, fleshy and cap-
able of being folded back into an excavation on the outside of the tarsus.

Subfamily Micronectinae 3

• 3. Strigil present in males 4

Strigil absent in males 5

4. Fore tibia and tarsus of male fused into a tibia-tarsus. Known only from Java.

Sy7mptonecta.

Fore tibia and fore tarsus of male distinctly separated. A widely distributed

genus Micronecta.

5. Pronotum convex on anterior and posterior margins. Known only from Java.

Micronectella.

Pronotum crescent shaped, anterior margin convex, posterior margin concave. Known

only from the new world Tenagobia.

DESCRIPTION OF THE GENUS

Genus Tenagobia Bergroth

(Haplotype marmorata Bergroth)

1899. Tenagobia Bergroth. Ent. Mo. Mag., ser. 2, X(35) : 282.

1906. Tenagobia Bergroth. Kirkaldy, G. W.*, Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXXII : 152.

1908. Tenagobia Bergroth. Kirkaldy, G. W., and J. IJ. de la Torre-Bueno. Proc. Ent.
Soc. Wash., X: 193.

1917. Tenagobia Bergroth. Lundblad, O. Ark. f. Zool., XXA(7):4.

Original Description. "Pronotum lunuliforme, medio quam leteri-
bus haud multo longius, margine antico rotundato, margine postico

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 419

fere toto vel saltern ante scutellum plus minusve profunde arcuato-
sinuato. Scutellum magnum , pronoto longius, saepe multo longius.
Cetera ut in genere Micronecta, Kirk."

Writer's Description.. Corixids with three-segmented antennae;
ocelli absent; pronotum convex in front and concavely arcuate be-
hind, covering but anterior part of scutellum which is large; so-
called tympanal organ in metathorax present; strigil absent; ab-
domen in males with right-sided asymmetry; fore tibia and tarsus
in females fused into a tibiatarsus; fore tarus in males one-seg-
mented, without stridulatory pegs, and excavated on outer surface
to receive the large, fleshy, movable tarsal claw; a single, apical
hind tarsal claw.

This genus is very close to Micronecta Kirkaldy from which it is
distinguished by the crescent-shaped pronotum and absence of a
strigil in the males. It is distinguished from the other two genera of
the subfamily Micronectinae by the characters given in the key on
page 424.

GROUPS WITHIN THE GENUS

On the basis of their structural characteristics the genus can be
divided into two major and five minor groups. The presence or
absence of a group of mustache-like bristles on the lateral margins
of the epimera of the prothorax (PI. XXXIX, figs. 15, 17) divides
the species of the genus into two major groups.

Group I, those possessing mustache-like bristles, is composed of
the following species: constricta, fuscata, hungerfordi, melini, ro-
mani, and schadei. The species within Group I form two distinct
groups which the writer wishes to designate as the "constricta
group" and the "hungerfordi group." The constricta group, com-
posed of constricta and romani, is a very distinct one and possesses
the following characters: an eye at least one-fourth times wider
than the interocular space, long, slender forelegs which have but
two spine-like setae on each femur, and claspers (PI. XL, figs. 4, 7)
which are very different in shape from that of the other known
species. The hungerfordi group, composed of fuscata, hungerfordi,
melini, and schadei, is not as sharply defined as the constricta group,
but the species composing it have the following characters in com-
mon: each fore femur bears five or more spine-like setae (selecta
is the only other species having this many) ; the left clasper of each
(PI. XL, figs. 2, 3, 8, 13) has a brown, stiff projection on the inner
side near the base; the right side of the sixth abdominal tergum has
27—7186

420 The University Science Bulletin

a deep cleft which bears a row of simple setae (also present in
selecta) ; and the size and shape of the four species are similar. Of
the species in this group, schadei is unique in that it is the only
species of Tenagobia known which has no minute peg-like setae on
the hemelytra. In all other characters, however, this species is
much like hungerfordi and melini. T. juscata does not seem to be
closely related to the other species of this group. The claspers,
aside from the projection on the right one, are much different and
the wings are either absent or reduced to mere vestiges, an evidence
of specialization.

Group II, consisting of those species which do not have mustache-
like bristles on the lateral margins of the prothorax (PI. XXXIX,
fig. 17), includes the following species: costaricana, incerta, mexi-
cana, marmorata (in all probability), pidchra, selecta, serrata, sig-
nata, socialis and truncata. These species fall into three clearly de-
limited groups which the writer designates as the "truncata group,"
the "signata group," and the "selecta group" although this last
group contains but the one species. T. costaricana, marmorata, pid-
chra, and truncata compose the truncata group, which is character-
ized by the fact that the posterior margin of the pronotum is truncate
in front of the bases of the hemelytra. The members of this group
are the smallest of the known species of Tenagobia and are very
similar to each other. The signata group, composed of incerta, mexi-
cana, serrata, signata, and socialis, is characterized by the large
spur-like seta on the lower margin of the fore femur. The species of
this group are very similar in appearance and can be definitely dis-
tinguished from each other only by the claspers. In fact, Lundblad
(17) considers this group to be but a single species, signata, and its
varieties. The remaining species, selecta, of Group II is very dis-
tinct from any of the other species of the genus. It is not only the
largest of the species, but the tergite lobe of the eighth abdominal
segment (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 12) has become developed into a pe-
culiarly shaped finger-like process. Its claspers are also different
from those of any other species of the genus, the left (PI. XL, fig.
14), however, is somewhat like that of juscata. The number of
spine-like setae on the fore femur and the cleft in the right side of
the sixth abdominal tergum (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 12) which bears a
row of simple setae are the same characters which are found in the
hungerfordi group of Group I. Whether these last characters are
more indicative of relationship than the mustache-like bristles on
the lateral margins of the epimera of the prothorax, the writer is
unable to say.

2. The htoigerjordi group.

1. The truncata group.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrcth 421

SUMMARY OF CROUPS WITHIN THE GENUS
Group I. Characterized by the presence of mustache-like bristles on the
epimera of the prothorax.

1 . The constricta group JT. constncta

[T. rornani

T. juscata
T. hunger jordi
T. melini
T. schadei

Group II. Characterized by the absence of mustache-like bristles on the
epimera of the prothorax.

T. costaricana
T. marmorata
T. pulchra
T. truncata
T. incerta
T. mexicana

The signata group \T. serrata

I T. signata

[T. socialis

3. The selecta group T. selecta

DISTRIBUTION

The insects belonging to the genus Tenagobia are confined to the
Neotropical and southern extremity of the Nearctic Regions. The
known range of the genus is shown in Plate XLIII. The numbers
on this plate mark the places where material has been collected ex-
cept "1" which represents Uhler's (26) California record and "17"
which represents the type locality of T. marmorata, the actual lo-
cality in Venezuela where this species was taken not being known.
Although many more data are needed to determine the range of most
of the species, the extreme limits of the range of the genus are
rather definitely known. This statement is based on evidence which
is difficult to show graphically. The map (PI. XLIII) shows the
localities in which members of the genus have been taken, but gives
no indication of the many other localities in which collections have
been made without securing specimens of the genus. For example,
Dr. R. H. Beamer of the University of Kansas has made intensive
and extensive collections of the hemipterous fauna along the bound-
ary of the United States and Mexico, but has not taken a single
specimen of Tenagobia. This is very good evidence that no mem-
bers of the genus occur in the southern United States at present.

One of the most striking features of the distribution of the genus
is that it extends almost equal distance north and south of the equa-
tor. The extreme limits of north and south distribution are Cali-
fornia (33° ? N. lat.) and Buenos Aires (35° S. lat.). The northern
record is that of Uhler (26) and he does not state in what part of

422 The University Science Bulletin

California the specimens which he saw were taken. The most north-
erly locality from which the writer has seen specimens is Nainari,
Sonora, Mexico (28° N. lat.).

The members of the genus seem to be confined principally to re-
gions of low altitudes. Most of the specimens have been taken in lo-
calities below an altitude of 250 feet. Indeed, specimens have been
collected at but six places which have an altitude of over 1,000 feet.
These are Cuernavaca, Morelos, Mexico, 5,418 feet altitude, where
one specimen was taken at light; Puerto Bermudez, Rio Pichis, Peru,
between 1,000 and 2,000 feet altitude; Rio Mapiri, Bolivia, 1,400
feet altitude; Santa Cruz, Bolivia, 1,350 feet altitude; and Piropara
and Lassance, Minas Geraes, Brazil, about 1,000 feet altitude.

The range of the genus, except for California on the north, Buenos
Aires and Montevideo on the south, and the few localities above
1,000 feet altitude, lies within the tierra caliente thermal region, that
is, the region having a mean annual temperature above 72.5° F. The
highest mean annual temperature of any place in the genus range
is 82.2° F. (Manaos, Brazil) and the lowest 60.7° F. (Montevideo,
Uruguay).8 The maximum temperature ever recorded within the
range is 109° F. (Montevideo) and the minimum 25° F. (Monte-
video). This dependence upon high temperatures explains the re-
striction of the genus to the costal streams of Mexico and also why it
does not occur south or west of Buenos Aires. It seems to the writer
that members of the genus can undoubtedly be found in fresh water
anywhere in their range where the minimum temperatures are very
little below freezing.

Although as stated above more data are needed before definite
conclusions can be drawn about the distribution of the species, the
writer believes that the following discussion will be of some value,
since he has examined material from many localities which have
not been mentioned in the literature.

The species of Group I (PI. XLVI) have been taken as yet only
south of the equator. T. juscata seems to be confined to the region
south of the Tropic of Capricorn, therefore occupying territory to
the south of the range of the other species of the genus. T. schadei
has been taken at Villa Rica, Paraguay, and Pernambuco, Brazil,
indicating that it occurs throughout the Brazilian highlands. T.
hungerfordi has been taken in Paraguay, Corumba, Matto Grosso,
Brazil, and Province del Sara, Bolivia, indicating that it has a

8. The data in regard to temperatures and elevations were obtained from Page's (18) and
Reed's (20 and 21) works.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 42:3

more westernly distribution than does T. schadei. The fourth species
of the hunger jordi group, T.melini, and the two species of the
constricta group, T. romani and T. constricta, have been taken only
in their type localities, Manaos, Brazil, and Tena, Ecuador, re-
spectively.

Group II (Pis. XLIII, XLIV, XLV) has a wider range than
Group I, its species being distributed equal distances north and
south of the equator, but none of its species has been taken as far
south as has T. fuscata. There is but a small amount of data
available concerning the distribution of the truncata group (PI.
XLIV), marmorata, pulchra and truncata each having been taken
in but one locality. T. costaricana, however, has been taken in
three localities. However, since they have been taken in no other
localities, it seems logical to suppose that this group is confined to
the eastern slopes of the Andes north of 20° south latitude, Vene-
zuela, Colombia (probably), Central America, and possibly the
lowlands of southern Mexico. The signata group has a much wider
range than any of the other groups and seemingly is much more
abundant in individuals as its members are collected more fre-
quently than are those of the other groups. T. mexicana is the
northern member of this group (PL XLIII), and it has been taken
from California to Panama. T. signata (PI. XLV) seems to be con-
fined to the upper Amazon and its tributaries. T. sotialis ranges
from Sao Antonio da Boa Vista on the Maderia river north and
east to the Guianas. T. incerta has a very wide distribution. It
has been taken from Grenada and Trinidad on the north to Para-
guay on the south and from Pernambuco on the east to Bermudez,
Rio Pichis, Peru, on the west. It has not appeared among the many
specimens collected in British and Dutch Guiana, is very abundant
at Manaos, does not appear among the specimens taken by Traill in
the Upper Amazon, Maderia, Purus and Jurua rivers, but does
appear in Peru and Bolivia in the headwaters of the Amazon and
Maderia rivers. It is abundant in Paraguay, has been taken in the
headwaters of the San Francisco river, at Pernambuco on the east
coast and at Para at the mouth of the Tocantins river. Collections
on the Rio Negro and the Orinoco and tributaries which connect
these river systems may yield specimens of this species which will
explain why it is present in Trinidad and Grenada but not in
British Guiana. T. serrata has been taken but once, in the Lower
Mamore river in Bolivia. T. selecta (PI. XLIV) has been taken in

424 The University Science Bulletin

the Amazon region around Manaos, in Bolivia and in Paraguay.
It seems to be especially abundant in the region around Manaos.
These collection places must mark the boundaries of its distribution
rather definitely because it is so large in comparison with the other
species of the genus that it would not likely be unnoticed by the
collector.

No specimens of the genus have been taken in Colombia, although
they should occur in its northern part, nor have any specimens been
taken west of the Andes.

Judging from our present knowledge of the distribution of the
genus, the highlands between the Amazon and the Paraguay river
systems, made up largely of the Plateau of Matto Grosso, is the
primary center of dispersal of the species. However, this state-
ment is at best but a mere guess, for until many more collections
have been made within the known range of the genus, nothing
definite can be said of the complete distribution of the species, let
alone the center of dispersal.

Key to the Species op Tenagobia (Males)

1. Hemelytra without minute peg-like setae; claspers as in figures 1 and 3, Plate

XL T. schadei Lundblad, p. 435

Hemelytra beset with minute peg-like setae, sometimes not visible under low power, 2

2 (1). Pronotum truncate in front of bases of hemelytra, not narrowed at the

ends (Plate XXXIX, fig. 1) 3

Pronotum not truncate in front of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at ends (Plate
XXXIX, fig. 4) 0

3 (2). Scutellum but little longer than pronotum; has be; n taken in Venezuela only.

T. marmorata Bergroth, p. 439
Scutellum twice as long, or nearly twice as long as pronotum 4

4 (3). Fore tarsus as long as tibia (Plate XLH, fig. 11); 5th segment of abdomen

with 1 spine-like seta on each lateral margin, 6th segment with 2 spine-like
setae on each lateral margin, claspers as in figures 1 and 4, Plate XLI ; known

only from Panama, Costa Rica and Honduras T. costaricana Jaczewski, p. 437

Fore tarsus shorter than the tibia; 5th abdominal segment with 3 spine-like
setae on each lateral margin, 6th with 3 or 4 spine-like setae on each lateral
margin 5

5 (4). Sixth abdominal segment with 3 spine-like setae on either side; 5 long hair-

like setae in upper row and 17 bristle-like setae in lower row on fore tarsus;
claspers as in figures 2 and 5, Plate XLI; known only from Bolivia.

T. pulchra Hungerford, p. 440
Sixth abdominal segment with 4 spine-like setae on each lateral margin; 4 long
hair-like setae in upper row and 14 bristle-like setae in lower row on fore
tarsus ; left clasper as in figure 3, Plate XLI ; known only from Ecuador.

T. truncata Deay, p. 441

6 (2). Fore femur with a papilla-like projection on lower side from which arises a

stiff spur (Plate XLH, figs. 2 and 3), a row of 4 spine-like setae on inner side, 7
Fore femur without a papilla-like projection or spur on lower side, the row of

spine-like setae on inner side either more or less than 4 in number 11

7(6). He^-1 of left clasper acute and well developed (Plate XLI, fig. 6); right

clasper as in figure 13, Plate XLI T. mexicana Deay, p. 448

Heel of left clasper rounded, not produced (Plate XLI, figs. 7, 8, 9 and 10); right

clasper not as above (Plate XLI, figs. 11, 12, 14 and 15) 8

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 425

8(7). Right clasper with a double row of serratures ventrally, heel very acutely
angled (Plate XLI, fig. 15); the left as in figure 7, Plate XLI.

T. serrata Deay, p. 450
Right clasper without a double row of serratures ventrally (Plate XI. i; iigs. 11,

1 2 and 14) 9

9(8). Toe of left clasper suddenly produced into a definitely rounded point (Plate
XLI, fig. 9); heel of the right • much rounded (Plate XLI, fig. 14).

T. socialis (White), p. 451
Toe of left clasper not suddenly produced into a rounded point (Plate XI. T, figs.

8 and 10); right clasper (Plate XLI, figs. 11 and 12) not as in socialis 10

10(9). Toe of right clasper bluntly rounded, not much produced, heel not projected,
right angled (Plate XLI, fig. 12); left clasper as in figure 8, Plate XLI.

T. signata (White), p. 443
Toe of right clasper much produced, heel produced acutely angled (Plate XLI,

fig. 11); left clasper as in figure 10, Plate XLI T. incerta Lundblad, p. 446

11 (6). Tergite lobe of 8th abdominal segment produced into a long finger-like process

(Plate XXXVIII, fig. 12) T. selecta (White), p. 452

Tergite lobe of 8th abdominal segment normal, not produced into a long finger-
like process (Plate XXXIX, fig. 11) 12

12 (11). An eye about 1% times wider than inl rocular space (Plate XXXIX, fig. 4), 13

An eye narrower than interocular space (Plate XXXIX, fig. 3) 15

13 (12). Three lateral and 1 terminal spine-like setae on each lateral margin of 8th

abdominal segment: 7-9 spine-like setae on inner side of fore femur; claspers

as in figures 8 and 9, Plate XL T. fuscata (Sfal), p. 429

Onj or 2 lateral and 1 terminal spine-like setae on each lateral margin of 8th
abdominal segment; 2 spine-like setae on inner side of fore femur 14

14 (13). Twenty-two bristle-like setae in lower row on fore tarsus (Plate XLII,

fig. 6) ; 2 spine-like setae on each lateral margin of 8th abdominal segment ;
claspers as in figures 4 and 5, Plate XL T. romani Lundblad, p. 427

Fourteen bristle-like setae in lower row on fore tarsus (Plate XLII, fig. 8) ; 1
spine-like s^ta on each lateral margin of 8th abdominal segment; claspers as

in figures 6 and 7, Plate XL T. constricta Deay, p. 425

15(12). Eighteen bristle-like setae in lower row on fore tarsus (Plate XLII, fig. 4);
1 spine-like seta on each lateral margin of 6th abdominal segment; claspers
as in figures 12 and 13, Plate XL T. nielini Lundblad, p. 432

Twelve bristle-like setae in lower row of fore tarsus (Plate XLII, fig. 7); 2
spine-like setae on each lateral margin of 6th abdominal segment; claspers as
in figures 2 and 10, Plate XL T. hungerfordi Deay, p. 431

DISCUSSION OF THE SPECIES9

«

Tenagobia constricta Deay

(Plate XXXIX, figs. 4, 6, 8; Plate XL, figs. 6, 7; Plate XLII, figs. 8, 9)
1930. Tenagobia constricta Deay. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc, XXV(3) : 176-177.

Size. Length, male 2.80 mm.; female, 3.0 mm. "Width of head,
male 1.05 mm.; female, 1.2 mm.

Color. Uniformly fuscous brown above; front and vertex trans-
parent yellowish-gray, posterior margin of vertex darker; lateral
margins of hemelytra lighter, each with two fuscous maculations.
Ventral aspect of thorax yellowish, abdomen darker; legs uniformly
yellowish, slightly darker at distal ends.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Haul (PI. XXXIX, fig. 4):
Posterior margin of vertex sinuate, caudolateral angles not produced

9. The sp cies are arranged alphabetically under the various groups as outlined on page
421 except that T. signata is placed first in the signata group.

426 The University Science Bulletin

laterally; an eye about V/± times wider than interocular space;
posterior margin of eyes distinctly separated from posterior margin
of head. Prothorax: Mustache-like bristles on lateral margins;
pronotum a little narrower than head, 6V2 times wider than median
length, 2 times wider than base of scutellum; posterior margin not
truncate in front of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at ends. Scu-
tellum: Lateral margins sinuate, approximately IV5 times wider
than long. Hemelytra: Membranes well developed, membranal
suture of right hemelytron very distinct; numerous very minute
peg-like setae scattered irregularly over the hemelytra (these setae
are so fine that they appear to be missing when examined under
low magnification) ; many fine hair-like setae near caudal ends,
especially on the right. Ratio of lengths of pronotum, scutellum
and from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 21:50:135.
Wings: Well developed in both sexes. Abdomen: 6th and 7th
segments each with 2 spine-like setae on either side, the 7th segment
relatively long; 8th segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 6) with 1 lateral and
1 terminal spine-like seta on either side, tergite-lobe rather truncate
at end, bearing 15 long, slender hair-like setae, projection on the
mesocaudal angle of right side bearing a group of meso-caudally
directed bristle-like setae. Claspers: The right (PI. XL, fig. 7)
has a membranous basal portion, the distal part shaped somewhat
like a sled runner with a notch about midway of dorsal surface;
the left (PI. XL, fig. 6) with a membranous hairy cap set on the
upturned distal end. Genital capsule and penis (PI. XXXIX,
fig. 8) : As illustrated. Legs: Front (PI. XLII, figs. 8, 9) long and
slender, femur with 2 weak spine-like setae on inner side, tarsus
but little longer than tibia, 13 bristle-like setae in lower row, 14
setae in inner row, and 5 long hair-like ones in upper row, tarsal
claw long and slender. Ratio of lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus and
tarsal claws of middle leg is as 62:18:25:15.

Holotype. Male, Tena, Ecuador, Feb. 28, 1923 (F. X. Williams)
in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection.

Allotype. As above.

Paratypes. 1 male and 14 females as above.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLVI). Only the type specimens
have been taken.

Comparative Notes. This species and the next, T. romani, are
very similar. They agree in size, shape and in the fact that each
has 2 spine-like setae on each front femur. They differ in the
shapes of the claspers, although the right ones are very similar, in

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 427

the number of bristle-like setae on the lower edge of the fore tarsus,
T. romani having about 22 and constricta only 13, in the fact that
in romani there are 2 lateral spine-like setae on the 8th abdominal
segment and in constricta only 1.

Tenagobia romani Lundblad

(Plate XXXIX, fig. 10; Plate XL, figs. 4, 5; Plate XLIII, fig. 0)
1928. Tenagobia romani Lundblad. Ark. f. Zool. Bd. XXA (7): pp. 25-28.

Original Description:

"I. Halbdecken. Mit deutlichen, helleren Tropfenflecken auf dem brauen
Grunde. Clavus basal mit hellem Felde; Marginalarea etwa in der Mitte mit
einem sehr deutlichen, brauen Fleck. Ausserdem kleinere Flecke. Membran
und Fliigel gut entwickelt; Membransaum des rechten Deckflugels hell und
recht deutlich. Dome kommen in ziemlich grosser Menge vor, aber sie sind
ganz ausserordentlich wingzig und scheinen bei schwacher Vergrosserung zu
fehlen. Besonders hinten am rechten Deckfliigel sind recht viele, feine Haare
vorhanden.

"2. Antcnnen. Zwei Haare sind merklich grober als die iibrigen, aber ein
paar der anderen Haare erreichen anniihernd dieselbe Lange.

"3. Prothorax. Die Schnurrbartborsten sind sehr in die Augen fallend.
Die oberen sind viel grosser und liinger als die mehr ventral befestigten. Die
Borsten sind also hier von sehr ungleicher Lange und ungewohnlich zahlreich.
Die Epimera sind auch im iibrigen mit einiger kurzen, feinen Haaren
ausgestattet, wahrend die Episterna praktisch ohne solche sind. In der seit-
lichen Konkavitiit findet man die kewohnlichen Haare.

"4. Vorderbein. Der Schenkel zeichnet sich durch die schwache Bedornung
und Behaarung aus. Nur 2 Basaldorne sind vorhanden und die feine Behaarung
erstreckt sich nicht weit nach vorn. Auch die Palaklaue ist bemerkenswert
durch ihre gestreckte Gestalt und geringe Breite. Die Aussenkanthaare sind
zahlreich, etwa 22 und recht dick; die Innenkanthaare etwa 18, die langen
Haare der Palaoberkante 5-6.

"5. Mitterbein. Dies ist durch die schone Zeichnung iiusserst charakter-
istisch; der Schenkel hat namlich etwas vor der Spitze einen deutlichen, dunkel-
braunen Ring, der sofort in die Augen fiillt und auch bei den Nymphen
vorkommt. Aber auch die Tibiabasis und Basis und Spitze des Tarsus sind
ein wenig angedunkelt. Das Verhiiltnis Femur : Tibia : Tarsus : Klauen ist
62: 18: 25: 15.

"6. Sechstes Abdominalsegmcnt. Eine rechte Zunge fehlt, dagegen ist eine
linke entwickelt. Jederseits inserieren 2 Randdorne. Die Beborstung ist
sparlich.

''7. Siebentes Abdominalsegmcnt . Fiillt durch seine Liinge auf. Jederseits
stehen 2 Randdorne und innerhalf des Randes zahlreiche, feine Borsten, die
m. o. w. reihenformig angeordnet sind.

"8. Achtes Abdominalsegmcnt. Die Tergitzunge endet breit abgestutzt
und tragt einige Haare. Die Biirstenhaare sind beinahe alle an der Spitze
-patelformig verbreitert. An dem Yorsprung rechts steht eine Gruppe von
etwa 10 schief nach innen-hinten gerichteten Borsten.

428 The University Science Bulletin

"9. Neuntes Abdominalsegment. Das einzige beachtenswerte Merkmal ist
vielleicht die recht lang unci scharf ausgezogene, vordere Spitze der Genital-
kapsel.

"10. Rcchter Genital griff el. Recht eiufach, ohne verwickelte Kriimmungen
und sich gegen das Ende verbreiternd.

"11. Linker Genitalgriffel. Mit seinen haarahnlichen, gekrummten Ver-
langemngen am Ende sieht er ganz eigentiimlich aus.

"Fundort. Mehrere Exemplare wurden von Dr. D. Melin bei Manaos,
Brasilien, am 29. Oktober und 2. November, 1924, gefimden.

"Es handelt sich in T. romani um eine ganz besonders niedliche Art."

Writer's Description: 10

Size. Length, male, about 2.8 mm. ; width of head, male, 0.86 mm.

Color. Background of hemelytra brown mottled with distinct
transparent spots; base of clavus with a transparent V-shaped
figure; each lateral margin of hemelytra with a distinct brown spot
near the center. Middle legs light yellow with a dark-brown ring
near apex of femur; the base of the tibia and the base and distal
ends of tarsus dark.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: An eye about 1V4
times wider than interocular space; posterior margin of eyes dis-
tinctly separated from the posterior margin of head; posterior
margin of vertex with a minute median tubercle. Prothorax:
Mustache-like bristles present on lateral margins; pronotum nar-
rowed at ends, not truncate in front of bases of hemelytra. Scu-
tellum: 0.49 mm. long. Hemelytra: Membranes well developed,
membranal suture of right hemelytron very distinct; numerous very
minute peg-like setae scattered irregularly over the hemelytra
(these setae are so fine that they appear to be missing under low
magnification) ; many fine hair-like setae on the caudal end of
hemelytra, especially on the right. Ratio of lengths of scutellum
and from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 49:83. Wings:
Well developed. Abdomen: 6th and 7th segments each with 2
spine-like setae on either side, the 7th relatively long; 8th segment
(PI. XXXIX, fig. 10) with 2 lateral and 1 terminal spine-like setae
on either side, tergite lobe truncate and bears some fine hair-like
setae, a projection on the mesocaudal angle of right side which
bears 10 mesocaudally directed bristle-like setae. Claspers: The
right (PI. Ill, fig. 5) simple, distal end broadened, not upturned;
the left (PL XL, fig. 4) with the distal end upturned and hairy.
Legs; Foreleg (PI. XLII, fig. 6) long and slender, femur with 2 weak
spine-like setae in lower row, 18 setae in inner row, 5-6 hair-like

10. All data given here that are not contained in the original description were supplied
the writer by Doctor Lundblad through personal correspondence.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 429

ones in upper row, tarsal claw very slender. Ratio of lengths of
femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of middle leg is as 62:18:25:15.

Types. Manaos, Brazil, several specimens, Oct. 29 and Nov. 2,
1924 (D. Melin), in collection of Dr. D. Melin, Zoological Museum,
Upsala, Sweden.

The writer has not examined the types of this species nor has he
seen any specimens of it. Doctor Hungerford, however, examined
the types when at Stockholm in 1928 and compared examples of the
writer's material with them.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLVI). Only the type specimens
have been taken.

Comparative Notes. See this same heading under T. constricta.

Tenagobia fuscata (Stal)

(Plate XXXVIII, fig. 7; Plate XXXIX, fig. 11; Plate XL, figs. 8, 9; Plate XLII, fig. 5)

1859. Sigara fuscata Stal. Hemiptera. Kongl. Svens. Freg. Eugenies resa omk. Jord.
Zool., IV.

1879. Sigara fuscata Stal. White, F. B. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII : 273. (Prob-
ably an erroneous determination.)

1899. Tenagobia fuscata (Stal). Bergroth, E. Ent. Mo. Mag., ser. 2, X(35) : 282.

1928. Tenagobia fuscata (Stal). Lundblad, O. Ark. f. Zool., XXA (7): 4-9.

1930. Tenagobia fuscata (Stal). Jaczewski, T. Mitt. Zool. Staat. u. Zool. Mux. Ham-
burg, XLIV: 143.

Size. Length, male, 3.3-3.45 mm.; female, 3.4-3.75 mm. Width of
head, male, 1.3-1.4 mm.; female, 1.4 mm.

Color. Rather uniformly fuscous, sometimes shining above; eyes
black; front and vertex yellow, except posterior margin, which is
black; base of scutellum and tips and lateral margins of hemelytra
yellowish, the latter with two dark maculations; transparent V-
shaped figure near the base of each clavus. Venter dull grayish
fuscous, posterior margins of abdominal segments lighter; legs yel-
lowish, becoming fuscous distally.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head (PI. XXXVIII, fig.
7) : Median posterior margin of vertex elevated into a tubercle,
caudolateral angles of vertex right-angled; an eye about 1% times
wider than interocular space ; a distinct space between the posterior
margin of head and eyes. Prothorax: Mustache-like bristles pres-
ent on lateral margins; pronotum narrow, about 8!/2 times wider
than long, nearly twice as wide as base of scutellum, posterior
margin not truncate in front of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at
ends. Scutellum: Broad at base, narrowed abruptly about half
way to apex, which is very acutely angled. Hemelytra: Exceed ab-
domen about 0.2 mm.; membranes much reduced; short spine-like

430 The University Science Bulletin

setae scattered irregularly over the corium and clavus, few in num-
bers as compared with other species; distally there are many long,
extremely fine setae. Ratio of lengths of pronotum, scutellum and
from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 2:4:15. Wings:
Absent in type specimens according to Lundblad (17), present but
short and nonfunctional in specimens from Buenos Aires and Par-
aguay. This holds true for the females as well as the males. Ab-
domen: 5th, 6th and 7th segments each with 2 short, spine-like
setae on either side ; the right side of 6th tergite has a diagonal cleft
in which there is a row of short setae much as in T. selecta (PI.
XXXVIII, fig. 12); 8th segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 11) with 3
lateral and 1 terminal spine-like setae on either side, the tergite-
lobe as in illustration. Claspers: The right (PL XL, fig. 9) has a
broad base, a narrowed central part which bears a dorsal hump and
a narrowed, upturned distal part; the left (PI. XL, fig. 8) has a
strongly chitinized brown projection at the base, the central part
is slender and cylindrical and the distal part is greatly expanded
into a frail, leaf-like structure which is ornamented with numerous
rows of scale-like structures. Legs: Front (PI. XLII, fig. 5) femur
with a row of 6-9 spine-like setae on inner side; tarsus as long as
tibia with 16-18 bristle-like setae in the lower row, 14-15 setae in
inner row, and 3 long hair-like setae in upper row; tarsal claw
relatively long and slender. The ratio of lengths of femur, tibia,
tarsus and tarsal claws of middle leg is as 85:29:34:23.

Cotypes. Montevideo, Uruguay, many specimens (Hj. Kinberg,
collected while circumnavigating the globe in 1851-'53) in Riks-
museum, Stockholm 50.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLVI). Parjaguay, Argentina
(Buenos Aires) and Uruguay.

Collection Data. Argentina: Buenos Aires, 1 male (M. S.
Pennington) ; 1 female, July 26, 1893 (Michaelson) ; Hudson, Prov-
ince Buenos Aires, 3 males, 7 females, no other data. Paraguay:
Albovena Srojoguasi, 4 males, 9 females, December, 1926 (F.
Schade) ; Villa Rica, 1 female July 16 and 1 female Dec. 5, 1923
(F. Schade). Uruguay: Montevideo, many specimens, 1851-'53 (H.
Kinberg), cotypes; 1 female, Aug. 3, 1893 (Michaelson).

The writer has examined all of the known specimens of this
species except the cotypes. These were examined by Doctor Hunger-
ford, who compared part of the writer's material with them.

The specimens collected by the Traill Expedition in the Rio
Maderia and referred to as T. fnscata by White (29) are not in the

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 431

Perth Museum and seem to be lost, so it is impossible for the
writer to say whether they were correctly identified. However, it
is extremely doubtful if fuscata occurs that far north.

Comparative Notes. This species seems to be more closely re-
lated to T. hungerfordi, T. ■melini, and T. schadei than to any of the
other species. It can be distinguished from them readily by the
shape of the claspers and the number of spine-like setae along the
lateral margins of the abdominal segments.

Tenagobia hungerfordi Deay

(Plate XXXIX, figs. 2, 3, 13; Plate XL, figs. 2, 10; Plate XLII, fig. 7)
1930. Tenagobia hungerfordi Deay. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc, XXV (3) : 177-179.

Size. Length, male, 2.85 mm.; female, 3.-3.15 mm. Width of
head, male, 1.05 mm.; female, 1.2 mm.

Color. Brownish fuscous above; eyes dark; vertex and front
grayish transparent; hemelytra with lateral margins lighter and
four dark maculations on each; a transparent V-shaped figure at
base of each clavus. Yellowish beneath, hind legs darker distal ly.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head (PI. XXXIX, fig. 3).
Posterior margin of vertex without median tubercle, caudolateral
angles obtuse; an eye slightly narrower than interocular space;
posterior margin of eyes widely separated from the posterior margin
of the head. Prothorax: Mustache-like bristles present on lateral
margins (PI. XXXIX, fig. 13) ; pronotum about 7 times wider than
median length, 4 times wider than posterior margin of vertex, 2
times wider than base of scutellum, posterior margin not truncate in
front of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at ends. Scutellum: 1%
times wider than long, apex very acutely angled. Hemelytra:
Membranes well developed, the left transparent; many minute peg-
like setae scattered irregularly over the entire hemelytra, numerous
fine hair-like setae distally; a deep longitudinal impression near
each lateral margin in which there is a row of large setae. Ratio of
the lengths of the pronotum, scutellum and from the apex of the
scutellum to apex of clavus is as 20:50:120. Wings: Present and
well developed in both sexes. Abdomen: 5th, 6th and 7th seg-
ments each with 2 spine-like setae on either side, the 5th and 6th
tergites excavated on the right side and projected on the left; 8th
segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 2) with 1 lateral and 1 terminal spine-
like seta on either side; the tergite lobe bears 11 weak hair-like
setae, its inner margin sinuate, right half of segment with a slight
projection on mesal margin near the caudal end, which bears a tuft

432 The University Science Bulletin

of short bristle-like setae. Claspers: The left (PL XL, fig. 2) with
a brown pointed projection near the base, the end upturned and
hollow; the right (PL XL, fig. 10) has the distal end bent up at
nearly right angles to the basal part; ventrally there is a papilla-
like projection. This clasper is very similar to the corresponding
one in T. schadei. Legs: Front (PL XLII, fig. 7) with a row of
6 spine-like setae on inner side of femur; tarsus large, longer than
tibia, 12 bristle-like setae in lower row, 13 small setae in inner row
and 6 long hair-like ones in upper row. Ratio of lengths of femur,
tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of the middle leg is as 155:55:60:45.

Holotype. Male, Corumba, Matto Grosso, Brazil, Dec. 14-22,
1919 (R. G. Harris), in the Cornell University Museum.

Allotype and Paratypes. Nine specimens, all females, as above.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLVI). Bolivia, Brazil (Matto
Grosso) and Paraguay.

Collection Data. Bolivia: Province del Sara, 1 female, No. 30,
1912, and 1 female, Dec, 1913 (J. Steinbach). Brazil: Corumba,
Matto Grosso, 1 male, 9 females, types, Dec. 14-22, 1919 (R. G.
Harris). Paraguay: Villa Rica, 1 male, Jan. 7, 1923, and 1 female,
Dec. 15, 1923 (F. Schade).

Comparative Notes. See this same heading under T. melini.

Tenagobia melini Lundblad

(Plate XXXIX, fig. 16; Plate XL, figs. 12, 13; XLII, fig. 4)
1928. Tenagobia melini Lundblad. Ark. f. Zool. Bd. XXA(7): 18-23.

Original Description:

"1. Halbdecken. Die Zeichnung erscheint ungewohnlich deutlich hervor-
tretend. Moglicherweise beruht das darauf, dass das mir vorliegende Exemplar
in Alkohol laf und nicht aufgeklebt und getrocknet war. Die Halbdecken
sind mit hellen Flecken iibersat. Die Marginalarea weist 4 tiefbraune Flecke
auf, und die Clavusbass hat den gewohnlichen, hellen Fleck, der aber hier
nicht so deutlich und durchsichtig ist. Mit Ausnahme der vordersten Partie
ist das ganze Corium mit zahllosen (mehreren Hunderten) kleinen, dicht-
stehenden Dornen ausgeriistet. Auch der Clavus tragt solche Dome. Am
Ende der Halbdecken stehen viele, feine Haare. Ein ausgepriigter, heller
Membransaum fehlt (jedoch findet sich eine etwas hellere Partie). Die linke
Membran ist grosstenteils wasserklar und beide Membranen, wie die Fliigel,
sind gut entwickelt.

"2. Antenncn. Von den langen Haaren der Unterkante und der Spitae sind
zwei bedeutend langer als die ubrigen.

"3. Prothorax. Die Gestalt der Epimera ist recht eigenartig, mit hervor-
ragender Spitze (von vorn gesehen) . Hier inserieren einige Schnurrbartborsten.
In der Seitenkonkavitat stehen auch einige Borsten, wiihrend sowohl Epimera
■vie Episterna im ubrigen beinahe ganz kahl sind.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 433

"4. Vorderbein, Femur mit der gewohnlichen feinen, basalen Behaarung
und unten mit 6 recht langen, in einer Reihe stehenden Dornen. Die Palak-
laue ist recht schmal und langgestreckt, gegen Ende breitcr. Audi die Pala
ist relativ gestreckt. Von Aussenkanthaaren treten etwa 19, von Innen-
kanthaaren etwa 14 auf. Die Haare bcider Gruppen stehen in ungewohnlich
wt'itrn Absi-inden. Von feinen, langen Haaren finden sich 5 Stiick.

"5. Mittelbein. Das verhaltnis Femur: Tibia: Tarsus: Klauen betragt
85:27:34:17. Die klauen dieser Art sind also sehr kurz. Das Mittelbein ist,
wie das ganze Tierchen, ziemlich dunkel, jedoch, so viel ich finden konnte,
einfarbig.

''6. Sechstes Abdominalsegmcnt. Von den iibrigen Arten abweichend. Der
Tergit lauft hinten rechts in eine grosse Zunge aus, vor welcher nur wenige,
aber starke, reihenformig angeordnete Borsten stehen. Die Seitenriinder des
Segments weisen je nur einen cinzigen Dorn auf. Langer nach inner inserieren
die gewohnlichen, feinen Haare, die aber keine deutlichen Reihen bilden.

"7. Siebentes Abdominalsegment. Die Beborstung des Tergits ist recht
reich. Die feinen Haare stehen auch hier nicht reihenformig. Zwei Dome
befinden sich jederseits am Seitenrande.

"8. Achtes Abdominalsegment. Die linke Zunge ist sehr reich behaart,
wahrend der Segmentrand ausser dem Enddorn nur noch einen Dorn weit vorn
triigt.

"Die Burstenhaare des Segments sind ausserst zahlreich, besonders am
rechten Tergitteil. Sie sind sehr dunkel distal wenig oder nicht verdickt und
von ganz eigenartiger Struktur, durch ihre zahlreichen knotenformigen
Anschwellungeri leghaft an die bekannten Siisswasseralgen Lemanea und
Sacheria erinnernd.

"Wir finden auch ein Gegenstiick zu den bei signala vorhandened, von
rechts nach inner gerichteten Dornborsten. Sie sind aber hier mehr nach
hinten gerichtet, etwa 7 an der Zahl und seitlich gekriiuselt, jedoch nicht so
■stark wie die Burstenhaare.

"9. Neuntes Abdominalsegment. Die hier abgebildete Genitalkapsel ist
wenig bemerkenswert. Der weiche, mit Widerhakchen versehene Penis ist
eingefalteter Lage abgebildet. Beim Kochen in Kalilauge schwillt die Spitze
keulenformig an. Die dabei angenommene Gestalt diirfte dem Aussehen des
Gliedes in erigiertem Zustande entsprechen.

"10. Rechtcr Genitalgriffel. Die distale Partie ist mit dem basalen unter
einer sehr eigentlimlichen Knickung vereinigt, so dass die beiden Teile unter
annahernd rechtem Winkel ineinander iibergehen. Vielleicht sind sie etwas
biegsam verbunden.

"11. Linker Genitalgriffel. Er ist basal mit einem stark chitinisiertem,
braunem Auswuchs versehen. Sein distaler Teil ist nach oben gebogen, loffel-
formig und an der Spitze mit der Andeutung einer Netzskulptur.

"Fundort. Ein einziges Miinnchen wurde am 2, November, 1924, bei
Manaos, Brasilien, von Doctor Melin gefangen."

Writer's Description: n

Size. Length, male, about 3.0 mm. ; width of head, male, 1.36 mm.

Color. General color dark; hemelytra mottled with transparent

11. This is a translation and rearrangement of the original description together with some
additional information which was furnished the writer by Doctor Lundblad through personal
correspondence.

434 The University Science Bulletin

spots, base of clavus with clear V-shaped figure, lateral margins
each with 4 deep-brown spots, left membrane transparent. Legs
uniformly dark.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: An eye about four
fifths as wide as interocular space; posterior margins of eyes dis-
tinctly separated from the posterior margin of head. Prothorax:
Mustache-like bristles present on lateral margins. Scutellum:
Very acutely angled at apex. Hemelytra: Numerous (several hun-
dred) minute peg-like setae on corium and clavus, many fine hair-
like setae near the distal end of hemelytra; membranal sutures not
distinct; both membranes well developed. Ratio of lengths of
scutellum and from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 80:114.
Wings: Present and well developed. Abdomen: 5th segment with
2 spine-like setae on either side; 6th segment with 1 spine-like seta
on either side; posterior margins of 5th and 6th tergites projected
on left side and excavated on right; 7th segment with two spine-like
setae on either side; 8th segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 16) with 1
terminal and 1 lateral spine-like seta on either side; the tergite
lobe bears many fine hairs, the right side of segment with a projec-
tion on mesal margin near caudal end which bears a tuft of about 7
short bristle-like setae. Claspers: The left (PI. XL, fig. 13) is
furnished at base with a strongly chitinized brown projection, the
distal part upturned and spoon-shaped; the right (PL XL, fig. 12)
with the distal part bent up at nearly right angles to the basal part.
Legs: Front (PI. XLII, fig. 4) with 6 spine-like setae on inner side;
tarsus long, rather slender, longer than tibia, 19 long, bristle-like
setae in upper row. Ratio of lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus and
tarsal claws of middle leg is as 85:27:34:17.

Holotype. Male, Manaos, Brazil, Nov. 2, 1924 (D. Melin), in
the collection of Dr. D. Melin, Zoological Museum, Upsala, Sweden.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLVI) : But one specimen, the
holotype, has been taken.

Comparative Notes. This species and T. schadei and hungerfordi
are close to each other in general appearance. T. schadei is unique
among the species of Tenagobia in that it is the only one which has
no minute peg-like setae on the hemelytra. It also differs from
the other two species by the fact that it has but 5 spine-like setae
on inner side of the fore femur instead of 6, and that the right side
of the 8th abdominal segment is free from hairs for a short distance.
T. melini differs from the other two in that it has but 1 spine-like
seta on each lateral margin of 6th abdominal segment instead of 2,

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 435

and that the tarsal claws of middle legs are shorter when compared
to the tibia than in the others. T. hungerfordi differs from the other
two in that it has but 12 bristle-like setae in lower row on fore
tarsus while they have 18 or 19, and in that it has 6 long hair-like
setae in upper row of fore tarsus and they each have 5. The claspers
of all three species are distinct although the right claspers of schadei
and hungerfordi are practically identical.

Tenagobia schadei Lundblad

(Plate XXXIX, fig. 14; Plate XI.. figs. 1, 3)

1928. Tenagobia scliatci Lundblad. Ark. f. Zool. Bd. XXA(7): 23-25.

1933. Tcnayobia schadei Lundblad. Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. I'olonki, X(l):3.

Original Description :

"1. Halbdecken. In alien Merkmalen, so auch in den Halbdecken, steht
diese Art der vorigen ausserst nahe. Ein gutes Unterscheidungsmerkmal bieten
aber die kleinen Dome der Deckfliigel dar, die bei dieser Art vollstiindig
fehlen. Es ist dies ein gutes Beispiel, wie bei verwandten Arten ein gewisses
Merkmal sehr verschiedenartig entwickelt aein kann.

"2. Antennen. Ganz wie bei melini.

"3. Prothorax. Ganz mit melini iibereinstimmend.

"4. Vorderbein. Auch im Vorderbein ist die Ubereinstimmung, so weit ich
finden kann, vollstiindig, nur dass die Femurdorne anstatt 6 nur 5 sind. Auch
die Klaue ist ahnlich.

"5. Mittelbein. Das Verhaltnis Femur: Tibia: Tarsus: Klauen betriigt
82:29:34:19. Auch bei dieser Art sind also die Klauen sehr kurz.

"6. Sechtes Abdominalsegment. Die allgemeine Gestalt ist dieselbe, jedoch
ist die Tergitzunge rechts weniger stark abgesetzt und das Segment etwas
langer. Jederseits stehen 2 anstatt 1 dorn, und die in der Nahe der Zunge
befindliche, schriige Borstenreihe fehlt ganz.

"7. Siebentes Abdominalsegment. Hier kommen kaum Unterschiede vor.

"8. Achtes Abdominalsegment. Stimmt beinahe vollstandig mit clem der
vorigen Art iiberein. Der einzige Unterschied, den ich finden kann, bezicht
sich auf die Verteilung der Biirstenhaare des rechten Tergitteils, indem
zwischen der vorderen und hinteren Gruppe eine breite Partie ganz frei von
Borsten bleibt. Bei melini sind auch hier Borsten, auch nur kleinere und
mehr undicht stehende, vorhanden.

"9. Neuntes Abdominalsegment. Wie bei melini gebaut.

"10. Kechter Genitalgnfjel. In den beiden Styli finden wir einige der
besten, arttrennenden Merkmale. Der rechte griffel iihnelt sehr demselben
Gebilde bei der vorigen Art, aber die buckelige Dorsalauftreibung for der
Einschnurung ist nicht so stark ausgepriigt die bei dieser, und ventral findet
sich ein deutlicher, dornformiger kleiner Vorsprung.

"11. Linker Genitalgriffel. Hier sind die Unterschiede noch grosser, wenn
auch vielleicht in der Tat nicht ganz so gross, wie aus den Figuren hervor-
zugehen scheint. Wie bei melini ist der Endteil weich, mit Andeutung einer
retikulierten skulptur (in den Abbildungen nicht hervorgehoben). Bei schadei
ist aber der Endteil ausserdem sehr deutlich striiert.

28—7186

436 The University Science Bulletin

"Fundort. Zwei Exemplare wurden von F. Schade im Mai, 1925, bei Villa
Rica in Paraguay gesammelt."

Writer's Description:12

Size. Length, male, 3.1 mm. Width of head, male, 1.33 mm.

Color. The same as that of T. melini.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: An eye about % as
wide as interocular space, distinctly separated from the posterior
margin of head. Prothorax: As in T. melini. Hemelytra: The
minute peg-like setae absolutely missing, otherwise as in T. melini.
Wings: Present, well developed. Abdomen: 6th segment with 2
spine-like setae on each lateral margin, the projection on the left
side of the segment somewhat more produced and the whole seg-
ment longer than T. melini; 7th segment with 2 spine-like setae
on each lateral margin; 8th segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 14) with 1
lateral and 1 terminal spine-like seta on each margin, numerous
fine hair-like setae on tergite lobe, which is slightly different in shape
than that of T . melini; in the middle of the right side of the segment
is a space which is entirely free from hair-like setae. Claspers:
The left (PI. XL, fig. 3) with a strongly chitinized brown projection
at base and the reticulately sculptured and striated distal end is
upturned; the right (PI. XL, fig. 1) with distal end upturned and
with a papilla-like projection on under side. Legs: Foreleg with a
row of 5 spine-like setae on the inner side of femur, otherwise as in
T. melini. The ratio of lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal
claws of middle leg is as 82:29:34:19.

Holotype: Male, Villa Rica, Paraguay, May, 1925. (F. Schade)
in Museum at Helsingfors, Finland.

Paratype. 1 specimen as above.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLVI) : Brazil (Pernambuco) and
Paraguay.

Collection Data. Brazil : Beberibe, Pernambuco, 1 female, stream
with very slowly running water, and 3 females, in pond, Nov. 30,
1931; 6 males and 6 females, in same pond, Dec. 1, 1931 (W. Ros-
zkowski and St. Feliksiak). These data reported by Jaczewski (13).
Paraguay: Villa Rica, 2 males, types, May, 1925 (F. Schade).

The writer has seen none of the above specimens. The type, how-
ever, was examined by Dr. H. B. Hungerford.

Comparative Notes. This species is unique in being the only
species of Tenagobia which does not have minute peg-like setae on

12. This is a translation and rearrangement of the original description, together with some
additional information which Doctor Lundblad has furnished the writer through personal
correspondence.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 437

the hemelytra. For further comparative notes see discussion under
T. melini.

Tenagobia costaricana Jaczewski

(Plate XXXVIII, fig. 4; Plate XXXIX, fig. 2; Plate XLI, figs. 1, 4; Plate XLII, fig. 11)

li)3(). Tenagobia costaricana Jaczewski. Mitt. Zool. Staat. u. Zool. Mus. Hamburg,
XLIV: 1 II. May.

1930. Tenagobia minuta Dray. Bull. Ent. Soc. Brook., XXV (3) : 171-172. June.
(Sj nonym.)

Size. Length, male,1-'5 1.8 mm.; female 1.8-2.0 mm. Width of
head, male, 0.75 mm.; female, 0.78 mm.

Color. Above brownish-yellow, marked with indistinct fuscous
irrorations; eyes darker, sometimes crossed with light bands.; front
transparent yellowish-gray with dark irrorations; scutellum some-
times with indistinct, broken, longitudinal reddish stripes; costal
margins of hemelytra each bearing 3 fuscous maculations. Under-
side of thorax and legs uniformly yellowish-gray; abdomen darker,
sometimes fuscous.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 4) :
Posterior margin of vertex with median tubercle, caudolateral angles
but little produced laterally ; an eye about % as wide as interocular
space; posterior margin of eyes approximate the posterior margin
of head. Prothorax: No mustache-like bristles on lateral mar-
gins; pronotum 5 times wider than its median length, 2% times
wider than posterior margin of vertex, 2 times wider than base of
scutellum, anterior margin angulate, posterior margin truncate in
front of bases of hemelytra and concavely arcuate in front of
scutellum. Scutellum: Relatively large, approximately twice as
long as median length of pronotum, apex very acutely angled.
Hemelytra: Membranes well-developed, membranal suture in right
rather well developed; many minute, peg-like setae scattered ir-
regularly over the clavus and corrium, more on posterior half of
right corium than on the left; a distinct longitudinal impression
along the costal margin of each corium. Ratio of length of pro-
notum, scutellum, and from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is
as 21:40:70. Wings: Well developed in both sexes. Abdomen:
5th segment with 1 spine-like seta on either side; 6th segment with
2 spine-like setae on either side; 7th segment with 4 spine-like setae
on either side, a circular patch of minute setae in dextro-cephalic
angle of the tergum; 8th segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 2) with 3
lateral and 1 terminal spine-like setae on either side, the tergite

13. Jaczewski (11) gives the length of the holotype of this species as 1.3 mm.; however,
the writer found its length to be 1.8 mm. when measured with a micrometer eyepiece under a
magnification of 120 X.

438 The University Science Bulletin

lobe with 12 hair-like setae, the right half of segment with a hump-
like projection on mesal margin near caudal end which bears a tuft
of short bristle-like setae. Claspers: The left (PI. XLI, fig. 1)
with a membranous, club-like distal end beset with scale-like
structures, the basal and connective parts much the stronger; the
right (PI. XLI, fig. 4) of the same texture throughout, apex pointed,
the dorsal margin flattened in front of the apex and then curves
down to join the base, 5 minute setae on right side. Legs: Front
(PL XLII, fig. 11) with 2 spine-like setae on inner side of setae,
tarsus large, as long as tibia, 13 bristle-like setae on lower edge,
setae of inner row, except terminal ones, very minute, 5 long hair-
like setae in upper row; tarsal claw large, disc-shaped, constricted
into a neck at base. The ratio of the lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus
and tarsal claws of the middle leg is as 32:12:15:11.

Holotype. Male, Farm Hamburg am Reventazon, Costa Rica,
"Einig. Nr. 52," 1927, in the Zoologische Staatsinstitut unci Zo-
ologische Museum, Hamburg.

Allotype (Designated in this paper) : Female, Boqueron river,
Panama, May, 1907 (A. Busck) , in the U. S. National Museum.

Paratypes. None.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLIV) : Costa Rica, Honduras and
Panama.

Collection Data. Costa Rica: Farm Hamburg am Reventazon,
1 male, holotype, 1927, no other data. Honduras: Near Tela, 8
males, July 16, 1933 (F. H. Test) . These specimens were taken in
a small pool in sand near a small creek which empties into the
Tela river two and one half miles from the town of Tela. Altitude
80 to 90 feet. There were many individuals in the pool. Panama:
Boqueron river, 4 males, 3 females, May, 1907 (A. Busck). The
Boqueron river is an inland stream east of the Canal Zone. It
flows into the Pequeni river, which in turn empties into the Rio
Chagres.

As Jaczewski described the species from but a single specimen,
the writer designates one of the females taken in Panama as al-
lotype.

Dr. E. Wagner of the Zoologische Staatsinstitut und Zoologische
Museum of Hamburg has been kind enough to send the writer the
holotype of this species for examination.

Comparative Notes. See this heading under T. truncata.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 439

Tenagobia marmorata Bergroth

1899. Tenagobia marmorata Bergroth. Ent. Monthly Mag., ser. 2, X (35) : 282.
1928. Tenagobia marmorata Bergroth. Lundblad, O. Ark. f. Znol. Bd. XXA(7):3.

Original Description :

"Oblong-ovalis, glabra, nitidula, albido-testacea, frontc notulis nonnullis
rubris ornata, scutello maculis duabus parbis basalibus ferrugineis signato,
pronoto et hemelytris glaucis, his fusco-marmoratis, area costali albido-testacea,
macula media et apicali fusca notata, no venula obliqua basali, margine interno
commissuraque clavi albidis, pedum posteriorum femoribus, tibiis articulisque
tarsalibus apice nigrinis. Caput laeve, fronte paullo rotundato-prominente,
vertice base oculo distincte latiore, prope orbitam interiorem oculorum lineoa
longitudinali breve impressula praedito, margine basali medio in tuberculum
minutum nigricans elevato. Pronotum laeve, capite perpaullulum latius et
distincte brevius, margine antico medio subangulato, margine postico ante
basin hemelytrorum truncato, ante scutellum profunde sinuato. Scutellum
nonnihil convexum, parte parva apicali deplanatum, base verticis paullo latius,
pronoto perpaullo longius. Hemelytra apicem abdominis paullum superantia,
fere impunctata, area costali latiuscula, profunde impressa, extus late rotundata,
commissura clavi scutello fere domidio longiore. Long., 2 mm. Venezuela."

Original Description (translated by the writer) :

"Oblong-oval, smooth, shining, whitish-testaceous, front ornamented with
several red marks, scutellum marked with two small basal, iron-gray spots,
pronotum and hemelytra glaucus, the latter dark mottled, the costal area
whitish-testaceous, a median spot and apex marked with fuscous; oblique
basilar veinlets, internal margin and the commissures of clavus whitish; pos-
terior leg with the femur, tibia and tarsal segments black at apex. Head
smooth, front somewhat roundly prominent, base of the vertex distinctly
wider than an eye, furnished near the interior orbit of the eye with a short im-
pressed longitudinal line, median basal margin elevated' into a minute black
tubercle. Pronotum smooth, very little wider and distinctly shorter than head,
median anterior margin subangulate, posterior margin truncate in front of the
base of the hemelytra, deeply sinuated in front of the base of the scutellum.
Scutellum not convex, small apical part flattened, base little wider than vertex,
very little longer than pronotum. Hemelytra a little longer than apex of the
abdomen, closely punctated, costal area expanded, deeply impressed, broadly
rounded outwardly, commissures of the clavus fully one half longer than the
scutellum. Length, 2 mm."

Although this species is the halotype of the genus it is not known
whether the holotype is a male or a female, as the type specimens
cannot be found. Bergroth's description contains few references to
structural characters, but it seems to the writer that there are
enough characters given to distinguish this species from any of the
others known. The structural characters of diagnostic value which
Bergroth gives are "length, 2 mm.," "median anterior margin of

440 The University Science Bulletin

pronotum subangulate, posterior margin truncate in front of bases
of hemelytra, deeply sinuated in front of base of scutellum," "scu-
tellum very little longer than pronotum," "claval commissure fully
one half longer than scutellum."

Types. Unfortunately all of the type specimens seem to be lost
at present. No distributional or habitat data, except that the speci-
mens were taken in Venezuela, are given by Bergroth.

No other species of Tenagobia has been taken in Venezuela, al-
though T. incerta has been taken in Trinidad.

Comparative Notes. T. marmorata belongs to the "truncata
group" of Tenagobia. It may be distinguished from the other
species of this group by the shortness of the scutellum, which is but
"little longer" than the pronotum.

Tenagobia pulchra Hungerford

(Plate XXXIX, fig. 5; Plate XLI, figs. 2, 5; Plate XLH, fig. 12)
1927. Tenagobia pulchra Hungerford. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash. XXIX (8): 189.

Size. Length, male, 2.1-2.2 mm.; female, 2.17-2.25 mm. Width
of head, male, 0.8 mm. ; female, 0.82 mm.

Color. General color grayish-yellow above and whitish below.
Hemelytra with brownish irrorations, lateral margins paler, each
with 2 brown maculations.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: Posterior margin of
vertex with a median tubercle, caudolateral angles but little pro-
duced laterally; an eye about % as wide as interocular space; pos-
terior margin of eyes narrowly separated from the posterior margin
of head. Prothorax: No mustache-like bristles present on lateral
margins; pronotum a little over 4 times wider than its median length,
2% times wider than posterior margin of vertex, 2 times wider than
base of scutellum, anterior margin angulate, posterior margin trun-
cate in front of bases of hemelytra, concavely arcuate in front of
scutellum. Scutellum: As wide as long, apex very acutely angled.
Hemelytra: Membranes well developed in both hemelytra; many
minute peg-like setae scattered irregularly over corium and calvus,
more on lateral halves. The ratio of the lengths of the pronotum,
scutellum and from the apex of scutellum to the apex of clavus is as
6:11:21. Wings: Present, well developed in both sexes. Abdomen:
5th and 6th segments each with 3 spine-like setae on either side, 7th
segment with 4 spine-like setae on either side, 8th segment (PI.
XXXIX, fig. 5) with 3 lateral and 1 terminal spine-like setae on
each side, the tergite lobe with 12-13 hair-like setae, right part of

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 441

segment with a small hump midway on mesa] margin, the segment
as a whole relatively free from hairs. Claspers: The left (PI. XLI,
fig. 2) with the distal part weak and broad but tapering at apex,
beset with scale-like structures, the base and central parts much
stronger; the right (PI. XLI, fig. 5) of the same texture throughout,
constricted suddenly near distal end, 5 minute setae on the right
side. Legs: Foreleg (PI. XLII, fig. 12) with 2 spine-like setae on
inner side of femur; tarsus shorter than tibia, 17 bristle-like setae in
lower row, 14 setae in inner row and 5 long hair-like setae in upper
row. The ratio of lengths of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of
middle leg is as 38:14:18:12.

Holotype. Male, mouth of Rio Mapiri, Rio Beni, Bolivia, Sep-
tember (W. M. Mann, Mulford Biol. Exp. 1921- '22) in U. S. Na-
tional Museum.

Paratypes. One male and many females taken with the holotype,
in the U. S. National Museum and the Francis Huntington Snow
Entomological Collection.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLIV) : Only the type specimens
have been taken.

Comparative Notes. See this heading under T. truncata.

Tenagobia truncata Deay

(Plate XXXIX, figs. 1, 15; Plate XLI, fig. 3; Plate XLII, fig. 1)
1930. Tenagobia truncata Deay. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc, XXV (3) : 172-174.

Size. Length, male, 2.17 mm.; female, 2.3 mm. Width of head,
male, 0.8 mm. ; female, 0.9 mm.

Color. Uniformly browmish to fuscous above; front lighter; no
maculations on lateral margins of hemelytra, the proximal half dark,
bases of hemelytra lighter; scutellum sometimes with lighter longi-
tudinal lines. Venter fuscous; legs uniformly yellowish-gray.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head (PI. XXXIX, fig. 1) :
Posterior margin of vertex with minute median tubercle, caudo-
lateral angles but little produced laterally; an eye about % as wide
as interocular space; posterior margin of eyes narrowly separated
from the posterior margin of head. Prothorax: No mustache-like
bristles on lateral margins; pronotum 5 times wider than median
length, maximum width a little greater than base of head, nearly 3
times wider than scutellum, anterior margin angulate, posterior
margin truncate in front of bases of hemelytra and concavely arc-
uate in front of scutellum. Scutellum: Approximately twice as long
as median length of pronotum, apex very acutely angled. Heme-

442 The University Science Bulletin

lytra: Membranes in both sexes well developed, membranal suture
distinct in right hemelytron; many peg-like setae scattered irreg-
ularly over the corium and clavus, more numerous along the longi-
tudinal impression along the lateral margin of each corium. The
ratio of lengths of pronotum, scutellum and from apex of scutellum
to apex of clavus is as 28:55:80. Wings: Well developed in both
sexes. Abdomen: 5th segment with 3 short spine-like setae on
either side ; the 6th and 7th segments each with 4 spine-like setae on
either side, the 7th with a patch of minute setae in dextrocephalic
angle of tergum; 8th segment (PI. XXXIX, fig. 15) with 3 lateral
and 1 terminal spine-like setae, the tergite lobe with 10 hair-like
setae, the right half of segment with a hump-like projection on
mesal margin near caudal end, which bears a tuft of short bristle-
like setae. The 8th segment is much smaller in this species than it
is in either costariciana or pulchra. Claspers: The left (PI. XXXIX,
fig. 3) membranous distally and rather spoon-shaped (the drawing
is of the lateral aspect), beset with minute scale-like structures on
its right face, basal and connective parts stronger; the right re-
sembles that of costaricana and pulchra, its apex roundingly pointed
and sloping gradually from the apex to the base, 6 minute setae on
right side. Legs: Front (PI. XLII, fig. 1) slender, femur with two
spines on inner side, tarsus noticeably shorter than tibia, 14 bristle-
like setae in lower row, 11 weak setae in inner row, 4 long hair-like
setae in upper row, tarsal claw large, disc-shaped. Ratio of lengths
of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of middle leg is as 32:-
10:15:9.

Holotype. Male, Tena near Oriente, Ecuador, March 29-April 10,
3923 (F. X. Williams), in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomo-
logical Collection.

Allotype. As above.

Paratypes. 1 male and 3 females as above.

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLIV) : Only the type specimens
have been taken.

Comparative Notes. This species and the preceding three, cos-
taricana, marmorata and pulchra form the truncata group of Group
I, being characterized by having the pronotum truncate in front of
the base of the hemelytra. The localities in which the different
species have been collected are distant from each other (PI. XLV),
and each, with the exception of costaricana, has been taken but
once. Other species that belong to this group will undoubtedly be
found when more intensive collections have been made; in fact,

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 44:5

the writer has specimens of females of this group which are without
doubt distinct from the known species.

Of the four species known, marmorata is unsatisfactorily de-
scribed; but as pointed out under the discussion of that species,
Bergroth states that the scutellum is very little longer than the
pronotum ("pronoto perpaullo longius") and this distinguishes it
from the other three species. The remaining three species are more
distinct that the preceding descriptions possibly indicate. T. trun-
cata is not as robust as the other two, its legs being much more
slender and the abdominal segments, especially the eighth, much
smaller. Aside from the claspers, costaricana is probably best
distinguished from the other two by the fact that the fore tarsus is
as long as the fore tibia; and truncata from pulchra by the shape
of the eighth abdominal segment, particularly of the tergite lobe and
by the fact that the sixth abdominal segment bears three spine-like
setae on each lateral margin in pidchra and four in truncata.

Tenagobia signata White

(Plate XXXIX, fig. 7; Plate XLI, figs. 8, 12)

1879. Sigara signata White. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII: 274.

1879. Sigara socialis var. sobrina White. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII : 275. (Orig.
descrip. of synonym.)

1879. Sigara seducta White. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII: 275. (Orig. descrip.
synonym.)

1879. Sigara simulans White. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII : 276. (Orig. descrip. of
synonym.)

1928. Tenagobia signata (White). Lundblad, O. Ark. f. Zool. Bd. XXA (7) : 13-10.

1930. Tenagobia signata (White). Jaczewski, T. Mitt. Zool. Staat. u. Zool. Mus. Ham-
bug, XLIV: 143-144. (Mistaken identity.)

1931. Tenagobia signata (White). Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici, IX (15) : 233.
(Mistaken identity.)

Size. Length, male, 2.4-2.8 mm.; female, 2.6-3.0 mm.; width of
head, male, 0.95 mm.; female, 1.0 mm.

Color. Varies from grayish or yellowish to brownish fuscous
above, sometimes uniformly colored, but commonly with alternate
lighter and darker wavy longitudinal striations which give a marbled
appearance to the hemelytra, rarely with broken and irregular
orange-red lines on vertex, pronotum, scutellum and hemelytra;
lateral margins of hemelytra each with four dark maculations, a
transparent V-shaped figure near base of each clavus, a slender,
transparent longitudinal line in right hemelytron caudal to claval
suture, distal end of left hemelytron transparent. Venter and legs
vary from grayish white to grayish fuscous.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: Posterior margin of

444 The University Science Bulletin

vertex with a minute median tubercle, caudolateral angles produced
laterally; an eye about six sevenths times as wide as interocular
space; distinct, though narrow, space between the posterior mar-
gin of eyes and posterior margin of head. Prothorax: No mus-
tache-like bristles on lateral margins ; pronotum about 5 times wider
than median length, about 2% times wider than posterior margin of
vertex, about 1.6 times wider than base of scutellum, posterior mar-
gin not truncate in front of bases of hemelytra, narrowed at ends.
Scutellum: About 2% times wider at base than length, a little over
twice as long as pronotum. Hemelytra: Exceeds abdomen slightly,
membranal suture distinct in right hemelytron, but not in left;
minute peg-like setae scattered irregularly over the outer half of
the corium, those on lateral margins arranged in longitudinal rows,
impressed line on outer half of corium forming an embolium. Ratio
of lengths of pronotum, scutellum, and from apex of scutellum to
apex of clavus is as 18:40:70. Wings: Present in both sexes.
Abdomen: 5th, 6th and 7th segments each with 2 short spine-like
setae on either side, 8th segment with one terminal and 3 lateral
spine-like setae on either side, the tergite lobe (PI. XXXIX, fig. 7)
with a few weak hair-like setae, the right half of segment with a
hump-like projection on the mesal margin near the caudal end from
which arises a tuft of short bristles. Claspers: The right (PI. XLI,
fig. 12) serrate ventrally, the heel right angled, toe slightly pro-
duced, broadly rounded at apex; the left (PI. XLI, fig. 8) rather
simple, heel not developed, toe sharply pointed. Legs: Front, femur
with a stiff spur which arises from a papilla-like projection on the
lower side (PI. XLII, figs. 2, 3) ; above this on the inner side is a
row of 4 spine-like setae; tarsus shorter than tibia, 16-17 bristle-
like setae in the lower row, 14-16 short setae in inner row, 10-11 long-
hair-like setae in upper row; tarsal claw short and broad except at
distal end where it is suddenly constricted. The ratio of lengths
of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of middle leg is as 60:19:-
25:20. The tarsal claw of hind leg is 3-pronged, one being very
short, and the one of medium length being over three fourths as
long as the longest.

Cotypes. Dio Purus, Brazil, 9 specimens, November, 1873 (J. W.
H. Traill), in Perth Museum, Perth, Scotland, and British Museum
(Natural History).

Synonyms. As pointed out in the general discussion on synonymy,
socialis var. sobrina (White) , seducta (White) and simulans (White)
are all synonyms of T. signata. The writer also pointed out at

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 445

that time that on account of their geographical distribution that he
believes the specimens of T. socialis collected by Doctor Traill at
Anana, Upper Amazon, November, 1874, and at Urubu Caxoeira,
November, 1874, belong to signata.

Distribution (Pis. XLIIT and XLV). Brazil: Rio Jurua, Rio
Purus, Tonantins, Upper Amazon.

Collection Data. Rio Purus, 9 specimens, November, 1873 (J. W.
H. Traill), type locality; Rio Jurua, "many specimens at light"
October and November, 1874 (J. W. H. Traill), seducta; Urucaca,
Rio Jurua, "many specimens" (J. AY. H. Traill), socialis var. so-
brina; Upper Amazon, October 13, and Tonantins, December 12,
1S74. 3 females (J. W. H. Traill), simidans.

The writer, through the kindness of Dr. W. E. China, has ex-
amined specimens of the cotypes and all of the synonyms.

Lundblad (17) refers some female specimens collected by Ramon
in the Rio Autaz, near Manaos to signata, but they are probably
specimens of incerta or socialis. The writer has examined many
specimens of the signata group which have been collected on the
Amazon from Manaos to its mouth, but no T. signata specimens
have been among them. In fact, no specimens of this species have
been taken since Traill's Expedition in 1873-75, but on the other
hand, no collections of Tenagobia have been made in the Upper
Amazon, Jurua and Purus rivers since that time. The fact that
signata has not appeared in the collections that have been made
since the above expedition is a good indication that this species is
restricted to that region.

The specimens in the Zoologische Staatsinstitut unci Zoologische
Museum of Hamburg which were referred to signata by Jaczewski
(11) belong to socialis and mexicana. That is, the specimens from
Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana, are socialis, and those from Mexico are
mexicana.

Comparative Notes. As stated previously in this paper under
the heading "groups within the genus," signata, socialis, incerta,
mexicana and serrata compose a group of very similar species which
the writer (3) has designated as the signata group. The females of
this group are practically indistinguishable from each other, but
the males exhibit definite, constant characters which are specific.
For this reason, and because of the distribution of these species, the
writer believes them to be distinct species. Lundblad (17) reduced
socialis to a variety of signata and described incerta as a variety of
it. The other two species of the group had not been described at

446 The University Science Bulletin

that time. The species can be easily distinguished from each other
by the shape of the male claspers. An idea of the differences in
these claspers can be obtained more clearly by studying the illustra-
tions in Plate XLI than from a verbal description of them. Both
claspers of mexicana (figs. 6, 13) are distinct; the left claspers of
signata (fig. 8) and serrata (fig. 7) are very similar, and that of
incerta (fig. 10) resembles them, but the right claspers of these three
species (figs. 12, 15, 11) are very distinct; on the other hand, the
right claspers of socialis (fig. 14) and serrata (fig. 15) are somewhat
alike, but the left claspers of these two species (figs. 7, 9) are dis-
tinct.

Tenagobia incerta Lundblad

(Plate XLI, figs. 10, 11)

1928. Tenagobia signata var. incerta Lundblad. Ark. f. Zool. Bd. NXA (7) : 16-18.
1894. Sigara socialis White. Uhler, P. R. Proc. Zool. Soc. London: 224. (Mistaken

identity.)

1933. Tenagobia signata var. incerta Lundblad. Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici,

X(l): 2-3.

Size. Length, male, 2.55-2.8 mm.; female, 2.85-3.0 mm. Width
of head, male, 1.0 mm.; female, 1.1 mm.

Color. As in T. signata.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: As in signata except
an eye is but three fourths as wide as interocular space, and caudo-
lateral angles of vertex are nearly right angles. Prothorax: As in
signata; pronotum about 5% times its median length, and about 1.8
times wider than the base of scutellum. Scutellum: About 3 times
longer than median length of pronotum. Hemelytra: As in signata.
Ratio of lengths of pronotum, scutellum and from apex of scutellum
to apex of clavus is as 2:6:10. Wings: Present in both sexes. Abdo-
men: As in signata. Claspers: The right (PI. XLI, fig. 11) is not
noticeably serrate ventrally, heel acute, much produced, ventral
margin of clasper excavated immediately proximad to it, toe nar-
rowed and produced; the left (PI. XLI, fig. 10) is rather simple,
resembling that of signata and serrata, but toe is not produced and
is rounded. Legs: As in signata except the fore tarsus has 14-15
bristle-like setae in lower row, 14-15 small setae in inner row and
only 6-7 long hair-like setae in upper row; the middle-sized prong
of the hind tarsal claw is only one-half as long as the longest.

Holotype. Male, Villa Rica, Paraguay, May, 1925 (F. Schade) ,
in Museum at Helsingfors, Finland.
Allotype and Paratypes. As above.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 447

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLV) : Bolivia, Brazil (Amazonas,
Matto Grosso, ]\Iinas Geraes, Para), Grenada, Paraguay, Peru.
Trinidad.

Collection Data. Bolivia: Province del Sara, 2 females, Nov.
30, 1912 (J. Steinbach), 1 male, 2 females, Feb., 1913 (J. Steinbach),
1 male, 15 females, Dec., 1918 (J. Steinbach) ; Puerto Saurez, 2
females, alt. 500 feet (J. Steinbach) ; Rio Mapiri (W. M. Mann,
Mulford Biol. Exp. 1921-'22) ; Santa Cruz de la Sierra, 1 male, 4
females, alt. 1,350 feet, Nov., 1910 (J. Steinbach).

Brazil: Manacapura, Solimoes river, Amazonas, 2 males, 2 fe-
males, June, 1926 (S. M. Klages) ; Corumba, Matto Grosso, 57
males, 84 females, Dec. 14 to 22, 1919 (R. G. Harris) ; Lassance,
Minas Geraes, 11 males, 32 females, Nov. 9, 1919 (R. G. Harris) ;
Piropara, Minas Geraes, 22 males, 44 females, Nov. 11, 12, 1919
(R. G. Harris); Para (Belem), 1 male, 2 females, Dec. 6, 1907;
Pernambuco 14 (Recife) , westwards of Olinda, a fresh-water pool
on a roadside, 8 females, 1 nymph, Nov. 28, 1931 (Roszkowski and
St. Feliksiak) ; Pernambuco, near Boa Viagem, large pool, 3 males,

1 female, 2 nymphs, Nov. 29, 1931 (Roszkowski and St. Feliksiak) .
Grenada, Lesser Antilles: Woburn, 2 males, 4 females, no date,

labeled P. R. Uhler Collection (Sauter and Smith) ; Woburn, 2
males and 3 females in U. S. National Museum collection, one of
which is labeled P. R. Uhler Collection, no date (H. H. Smith).
Uhler (26) says "Nearly two dozen specimens of this species, in-
cluding some varieties in size and color, were collected on most
parts of the island. At Balthazar it was found July 11, flying at
sunset after a heavy rain. On the Mount Gay and Telescope estates
it was taken in August from spring water; but at Woburn it was
more common, August 30, in a sluggish stream in the open country
near sealevel."

Paraguay: Villa Morra, Asuncion, 4 males and 6 females, no
date (Vezenyi) ;15 Caraveni, 3 males, 8 females, April 15, and 1
female, Oct, 30, 1924 (F. Schade) ; Molinasque, 1 male, 9 females,
June 20, and 16 males, 28 female, Oct. 22, 1925 (F. Schade) ; Villa
Rica, 1 female, Dec. 6, 6 females, July 3, and 2 females, July 16,
1923 (F. Schade) ; 9 males, 23 females, Feb. 21, 1924 (F. Schade) ;

2 females, Jan. 15, and the type specimens, May, 1925 (F. Schade).
Peru: Puerto Bermudez, Rio Pichis, 1 male, 2 females, July 12

to 19, 1920 (Cornell Univ. Exp.).

14. The Pernambuco records are reported by Jaczewski (13). The writer has not seen these

cens.
1."). This part of a long series which is deposited in the Museum at Budapest.

448 The University Science Bulletin

Trinidad: Prince Town, 2 specimens at light, Dec. 13, 1928 (J. G.

Myers).

The writer has examined all of the material, about 350 specimens,
mentioned above except the types and those reported by Jaczewski.
The types were examined by Doctor Hungerford, who compared
part of the writer's material with them. Doctor Lundblad has
kindly informed the writer as to the disposition of the types, a
matter not mentioned in the original description.

On the basis of our present knowledge of the distribution of the
genus, this species is more widely distributed than any of the others.
It has been taken from Grenada, Lesser Antilles on the north to
Villa Rica, Paraguay, on the south, and from Puerto Bermudez,
Peru, on the west to Pernambuco, Brazil, on the east.

Comparative Notes. See this same heading under T. signata.

Tenagobia mexicana Deay

(Plate XXXVIII, fig. 5; Plate XLI, figs. 6, 11; Plate XLII, fig. 3)

1930. Tenagobia mexicana Deay. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc, XXV (3): 174-175.

1894. Sigara socialis White (in part). Uhler, P. R. Proc. Zobl. Soc. London: p. 224.

1901. Tenagobia socialis (White). Champion, G. C. Biol. Cent. Amer., Hemip.-Heter.

II: 383.

1930. Tenagobia signata (White) (in part). Jaczewski, T. Mitt. Zool. u. Zool. Mus.

Hamburg, XLIV : 143-144.

1931. Tenagobia signata (White). Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici, IX (15) : 223.

1931. Tenagobia socialis (White). Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici, IX (15): 223.

1931. Tenagobia mexicana Deay. Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici, IX (15): 223.

Size. Length, male, 2.55-2.7 mm.; female, 2.85-3.0 mm. Width of
head, male, 0.97-1.0 mm.; female, 1.12-1.17 mm.

Color. As in signata.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: As in signata, but
with caudolateral angles of vertex less acute and an eye % as wide as
interocular space. The space between the posterior margin of eyes
and the posterior margin of head greater than in the other species
of the signata group, but this character is variable. Prothorax: As
in signata; pronotum 6 times wider than median length. Scutellum:
1% times wider than long. Hemelytra: As in signata. Ratio of
lengths of pronotum, scutellum, and from apex of scutellum to apex
of clavus is as 2:6:11. Wings: Present and well developed in both
sexes. Abdomen: As in signata. Claspers: The right (PI. XLI,
fig. 13) not serrate ventrally, the heel acute, caudal margin deeply
excavated, toe much produced and rounded at apex; the left (PI.
XLI, fig. 6) very striking, the distal part somewhat hammer-shaped,
the heel and toe both acutely angled and much produced. Legs:
Front (PI. XLII, fig. 3) the same as in signata except for the num-

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 449

ber of setae on the tarsus, there being 14-15 bristle-like setae in the
lower row, 15-17 small setae in the inner row, and 8 long hair-like
setae in the upper row. The middle leg as in signata. The tarsal
daw of hind leg (PI. XXXVIII, fig. 5) as in signata.

Holotype. Male, Nainari, Sonora, Mexico, August 19, 1927 (A.
Dampf ) , in the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection.

Allotype. As above.

Parati/pes. Thirty-eight males, sixty females, as above.

Distribution (PI. XLIII) : California (?) (socialis specimens re-
ported by Uhler), Guatemala, Mexico (Chiapas, Guerrero, Morelos,
Nayarit, Sinaloa, Sonora, Tabasco, Tamaulipas, Tepic, Vera Cruz),
Panama.

Collection Data. Guatemala: Paso Antonio, 2 males, 4 females,
altitude 44 feet, Feb. 19-28, 1881 (G. C. Champion).

Mexico: Huixtla, Chiapas, 7 specimens taken at light in hotel
room, altitude about 135 feet, and 76 specimens taken at trap light
on shores of Huixtla river ("The bed of the river is filled with
boulders and gravel, the current is swift and there are small cata-
racts. Huixtla is nearly thirty kilometers from the sea (Pacific)
immediately where the Sierra Madre begins to arise"-— from notes
accompanying the specimens), Nov. 21, 1930 (A. Dampf); Tlapa-
huala, Guerrero, 2 females at lights on shore of Balsas river, altitude
about 660 feet, Aug. 23, 1930 (Public Health Inspector of Mexico) ;
Cuernavaca, Morelos, 1 female, March 5, 1928 (A. Dampf) ; Aca-
poneta, Nayarit, 1 male, Nov. 2, 1923 (J. H. Williamson) ; Presidio
de Mazatlan, Sinaloa, 1 female (A. Forrer) ; Nainari, Sonora, types,
at light at house of General Obregon, near Yaqui river, Aug. 19,
1927 (A. Dampf) ; Teapa, Tabasco, 2 females, 1888 (H. H. Smith) ;
El Mante, Tamaulipas, 1 male, 2 females, at light, altitude about
330 feet, Oct. 26, 1930 (A. Dampf) ; Hac de Ixtapa, Tepic, 2 males,
3 females, 1908 (P. Hacker) ; Santa Lucrecia, Vera Cruz, 16 males,
34 females, Nov. 9, 1930 (A. Dampf) ; Cardel, Vera Cruz, 9,872
specimens, at light on shore of Rio San Francisco, August, 1932 (R.
Soto).

Panama: David, 1 female, 1881 (G. C. Champion).

The writer has examined all of the above specimens.

Uhler (25) says that T. socialis occurs in California. The writer
hag been unable to locate any specimens of Tenagobia which have
been taken in California, although he has seen several specimens of
Tenagobia which were in Uhler's collection. These had, however,
all been taken on the Island of Grenada. It seems logical that the

450 The University Science Bulletin

California specimens to which Uhler referred were specimens of
mexicana, since it is the only species of Tenagobia known to occur
north of Central America.

The specimens of T. mexicana collected by P. Hacker at Hac de
Ixtapa, Tepic, and deposited in the Zoologische Staatsinstitut und
Zoologische Museum at Hamburg were misidentified by Jaczewski
(10) as signata.

The specimens collected by Forrer, Smith and Champion and de-
posited in the British Museum (Natural History) are the ones re-
ferred to as T. socialis in "Biologia Centrali Americana."

Comparative Notes. See this heading under T. signata.

Tenagobia serrata Deay

(Plate XLI, figs. 7, 15)
1930. Tenagobia serrata Deay. Bull. Brook. Ent. Soc, XXV (3): 175-176.

Size. Length, male, 2.55 mm.; female, 3.0-3.1 mm. Width of
head, male, 1.0 mm.; female, 1.2 mm.

Color. Much as in T. signata, except that the legs are uniform
yellow in the specimens known.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: As in T. signata ex-
cept that an eye is about four fifths as wide as interocular space
and caudolateral angles of vertex are more acute. Prothorax: As
in signata. Scutellum: 2% times wider than long. Hemelytra:
As in signata. Ratio of lengths of pronotum, scutellum and from
apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 6:15:30. Wings: Present
in both sexes. Abdomen: As in signata. Claspers: The right
(PI. XLI, fig. 15) with a double row of serratures ventrally, the
heel very acute, a deep excavation immediately proximad to it, the
toe somewhat produced and rounded; the left (PI. XLI, fig. 7)
rather simple, heel not developed, toe pointed, resembles that of
signata closely. Legs: As in signata.

Holotype. Male, Lower Mamore river, December, 1913 (J. Stein-
bach), in the Carnegie Museum.

Allotype and Paratypes. Eight females, as above.

Distribution (Pis. XLI and XLV) : Only the type specimens have
been taken.

Comparative Notes. See under T. signata. This species seems
to be between signata and socialis, the right clasper resembling that
of socialis and the left that of signata.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 451

Tenagobia socialis (White)

(Plate XLI, figs. 9, 14; Plate XLII, fig. 2)

1879. Sigara socialis White. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII: 27 4-27.").

1894. Sigara socialis White. Uhler, P. It. Proc. Zobl. Soc. London: 224. (..Mistaken
identity.)

1901. Tenagobia socialis (White). Champion, G. C. Biol. Cent. Amer. Hemip.-Heter.
II: 3S3. (Mistaken identity.)

1928. Tenagobia signata var. socialis (White). Lundblad, O. Ark. f. Zool. Bd.
XXA (7) : 16.

1930. Tenagobia signata (White) (in part). Jaczewski, T. Mitt. Zool. Staats. u. Zool.
Mus. Hamburg, XLIV : 143-144.

1931. Tenagobia socialis (White). Jaczewski, T. Ann. Mus. Zool. Polonici. IX: 223.
(Mistaken identity.)

Size. Length male, 2.25-275 mm.; female, 2.6-2.9 mm. Width
of head, male, 1.0 mm.; female, 1.2 mm.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head: About the same as in
signata except that the vertex is wider in proportion to the total
width of head, an eye being about three fourths as wide as in-
terocular space, and the caudolateral angles of the vertex are more
produced laterally. Prothorax: As in signata; pronotum 6 times
wider than median length, about 1.7 times wider than base of scu-
tellum. Hemelytra: As in signata. Ratio of lengths of pronotum,
scutellum and from apex of scutellum to apex of clavus is as 2:6:10.
Wings: Present in both sexes. Abdomen: As in signata. Claspers:
The right (PI. XLI, fig. 14) serrate ventrally, the heel acute, much
produced, toe rounded; the left (PI. XLI, fig. 9) differing from all
others in the signata group in the shape of the distal end. Legs:
As in signata except that there are only 6-7 long hair-like setae on
the fore tarsus (PL XLII, fig. 2).

Cotypes. Rio Maderia up to Sao Antonio da Boa Vista, June,
1874; Rio Trombetas, March, 1875, and Manoas, Brazil, August,
1875 (J. W. H. Traill), in Perth Museum, Perth, Scotland, and
British Museum (Natural History) . White also gives Anana, Upper
Amazon, Sept., 1874, and Urubu Caxoeira, Rio Jurus, Nov., 1874
(J. W. H. Traill), as type localities.

Distribution (Pis. XLI and XLV) : Brazil (Manaos, Rio Maderia,
Rio Trombetas, Santarem), British Guiana, Dutch Guiana.

Collection Data. Brazil: Manaos, cotypes, Aug., 1875 (J. W. H.
Traill) ; Rio Maderia up to Sao Antonio da Boa Vista, cotypes,
June, 1874 (J. W. H. Traill) ; Rio Trombetas, cotypes, March,
1875 (J. W. H. Traill) ; Santarem, 7 males, 15 females, Dec. 10-11,
1909.

British Guiana: East Coast Demerara river, July 20, 1932, Aug.
2, 1932, Aug. 25, 1932 (S. Harris) ; Lamaha Conservancy, east

29—7186

452 The University Science Bulletin

coast, Demerara river, 26 males and 32 females, Aug. 2, 1932 (S.
Harris) ; Canal Polder No. 2, west bank, Demerara river, 4 males
and 22 females, Aug. 25, 1932 (S. Harris) ; Georgetown, 13 males,
25 females, at light on Middle street, Jan. 27, 1927 (L. D. Cleare,
Jr.) ; Koriabo, Barima river, 1 female, at light, May 5, 1929 (J. G.
Myers) ; Tumatumari, 7 males and 12 females, July 19, 1923 (F. X.
Williams).

Dutch Guiana: Cottica, Para District, several specimens, no
other data; Paramaribo, many specimens, both male and female,
no date (C. Heller).

White (29) says of the cotypes, "Many specimens taken at light,
etc." The writer has examined 5 male and 3 female cotypes from
Manaos. He examined none from the Trombetas river, but he has
examined specimens from Santarem, which is within a hundred miles
of the Trombetas. All of the other material mentioned under "Col-
lection data" has been examined by the writer. White (29) also
places the specimens taken by Traill at Anana, Upper Amazon and
at Urubu Caxoeira, Rio Jurua, in this species. The writer has not
seen any of these specimens, but believes that since they were taken
at the same time and in the same localities as the cotypes of signata
that they belong to that species.

The socialis specimens mentioned by Champion (2) are mexicana.
The specimens collected by Heller at Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana,
and deposited in the Zoolgische Staatsinstitut und Zoologischen
Museum at Hamburg were misidentified as signata by Jaczewski
(11). The specimens collected in Grenada and referred to this
species by Uhler (26) belong to incerta.

Lundbald (17) reduced socialis to a variety, but as stated else-
where, the writer believes it to be of specific rank.

Comparative Notes. See this heading under T. signata.

Tenagobia selecta (White)

(Plate XXXVIII, figs. 1, 2, 3, 6, 9, 11, 12; Plate II, figs. 9, 17-22; Plate XL,
figs. 11, 14 ; Plate XLII, fig. 10)

1879. Sigara selecta White. Trans. Ent. Soc. London, XVII : 273.

1927. Tenagobia selecta (White). Hungerford, H. B. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., XXIX (8):
189.

1928. Tenagobia selecta (White). Lundblad, O. Ark. f. Zool., XXA (7) : 9-13.

Size. Length, male, 4.2-4.6 mm.; female, 4.4-4.8 mm. Width of
head, male, 1.6-1.8 mm.; female, 1.7-1.9 mm.

Color. Varies from a unifrom light brown to a mottled dark
brown above; front and vertex usually yellowish transparent, the
yellow more noticeable in the darker individuals; lateral margins of

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 453

hemelytra lighter, each with two large deep brown maculations, a
transparent V-shaped figure near the base of each clavus, the
membranal suture of right hemelytron transparent. Ventral aspect
of thorax yellowish, of the abdomen darker; legs and antennae yel-
lowish.

Structural Characteristics of Male. Head (PI. XXXVII, fig.
2, PL XXXIX, fig. 22) : Posterior margin of the vertex right angled ;
an eye about l1/^ times wider than interocular space; posterior mar-
gin of the eyes distinctly separated from the posterior margin of the
head. Prothorax (PI. XXXIX, fig. 17) : No mustache-like bristles
on lateral margins; pronotum very short, 7 times wider than median
length, posterior margin not truncate in front of bases of hemelytra,
narrowed at ends. Scutellum: Varies in size according to the ex-
tent that the wings are developed; in winged specimens it is twice
as long and wide as in the wingless ones. Hemelytra: Membrane
well developed in winged individuals and much reduced in wingless
ones of both sexes, the right membranal suture distinct; many minute
peg-like setae scattered irregularly over entire hemelytra ; numerous
extremely long, fine setae distally; a deep longitudinal furrow near
each lateral margin in which there is a row of fairly large setae.
Ratio of lengths of pronotum, scutellum and from apex of scutellum
to apex of clavus varies according to the development of the wings;
in wingless forms it is as 11:22:113; in individuals with small
functionless wings it is as 11:38:115; in winged forms it is as
11:45:105. Wings: Present, absent, or small and useless for flight.
This is true for both sexes. Abdomen (PI. XXXVIII, figs. 9, 12) :
5th segment with 1 short spine-like seta on either side; 6th and 7th
segments each with 3 short spine-like setae on either side, the right
side of 6th tergite with a diagonal cleft along which is a row of
short setae; 8th segment with four lateral and 1 terminal spine-
like setae on either side; the tergite lobe is strikingly different from
that of the other species, being elongated into a finger-like process,
the caudal margin with a brush of hair-like setae gradually elon-
gated from left to right. Claspers: The left (PI. XL, fig. 11) is
divided into three distinct regions, a strong, brown basal part, a
shaft-like central part and a greatly expanded, leaf-like, trans-
parent, distal part which is beset with numerous papillae; the
right (PI. XL, fig. 14) with a broad base, a slender middle part
which has a dorsal hump toward the distal end, and an enlarged
distal part, constricted between middle and distal parts. Legs:
Foreleg (PI. XLIII, fig. 10) with a row of from 7-9 spine-like

454 The University Science Bulletin

setae on lower side of femur; tarsus large, nearly twice the length
of tibia, 16-18 bristle-like setae on lower margin, 12-15 setae in
inner row, 5-13 long hair-like setae in upper row. Ratio of lengths
of femur, tibia, tarsus and tarsal claws of middle leg (PI. XXXVIII,
fig. 11) is as 123:38:52:27. Tarsal claw of hind leg (PI. XXXVIII,
figs. 3, 6) two-pronged.

Cotypes. Manaos, Brazil, "many specimens," "at light," August,
1875 (J. W. H. Traill) in the Perth Museum, Perth, Scotland, and
the British Museum (Natural History).

Distribution (Pis. XLIII and XLIV) : Bolivia, Brazil (Manacap-
ura, Manaos, Rio Autaz), Paraguay.

Collection Data. Bolivia: Ivon Beni, 24 specimens, February
(W. M. Mann, Mulford Biol. Exp. 1921-22). All of these speci-
mens have well-developed wings.

Brazil: Manacapura, Amazonas, 85 males, 111 females, June,
1926, and 40 females, March, 1928 (S. M. Klages) ; Manaos, many
specimens, at light, August, 1875 (J. W. H. Traill), cotypes; Rio
Autaz (near Manaos), October, 1924 [A. Roman, reported by Lund-
blad (17)]. The specimens collected by Klages are either wingless
or with very small wings; the cotypes are winged.

Paraguay: Villa Rica, August, 1926 (F. Schade). This is the first
time that selecta has been reported from Paraguay and this record
extends its known range over a thousand miles.

The writer has examined 6 of the cotypes and all of the other ma-
terial known except the specimens taken by Roman in the Rio Autaz.

Comparative Notes. T. selecta is the largest of the known species
of Tenagobia. It belongs to the group which is characterized by the
absence of mustache-like bristles on the lateral margin of the pro-
thorax, but it does not seem to be close to any of the other species of
this group. It can be easily distinguished from the other species of
the genus by the tergite lobe of the 8th abdominal segment (PI.
XXXVIII, fig. 12).

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii 455

LITERATURE CITED10

*1. Bergroth, E. A new genus of Corixidae. Entomological Monthly Maga-
zine, ser. 2, X(35) :2S2. 1899.

*2. Champion, G. C. Biologia Centrali-Americana. Insecta. Rhynchota.
Hemiptera-Heteroptera II: 383; fig. 27, Tab. 22. 1897-1901 (1901).

*3. Deay. Howard O. Six new species of Tenagobia (Hemiptera, Corixidae).
Bulletin of the Brooklyn Entomological Society XXV(3) : 171-181; pis.
9, 10. June, 1930.

4. Ferris, G. F. The Principles of Systematic Entomology. Stanford Uni-
versity Publications in the Biological Sciences V(3). 1928.

5. Godman, Frederick Ducane. "Itinerary of Mr. G. C. Champion's Travels
in Central America, 1879-1883." In Biologia Centrali-Americana. Intro-
ductory Volume : 46-54. 1915.

6. Hale, Herbert M. Studies in Australian Aquatic Hemiptera IV. The
Corixid genus Diaprepocoris. Transactions and Proceedings of the Royal
Society of Southern Australia XLVIII : 7-9. 1924.

7. Hagemann, Johannes. Beitrage zur Kenntnis von Corixa. Zoologische
Jahrbucher. Abteilung fur Anatomie und Ontogenie der Tiere: 373-426.
Jena, 1910.

*8. Hungerford, H. B. The biology and ecology of aquatic and semiaquatic
Hemiptera. Kansas University Science Bulletin XI: 3-265. 1919.

*9. A report upon the aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera of the

Mulford biological expedition to Bolivia, South America, 1921-'22. Pro-
ceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington XXIX (8) : 187-189;
pi. 10. 1929.

*10. Jaczewski, T. Bemerkugen fiber die geographische Verbreitung der
Corixiden. Annates Musei Zoologici Polonici VII: 45-67; 2 pis. 1928.

♦11. Die Corixiden (Corixidae, Heteroptera) des Zoologischen Staats-

instituts und Zoologischen Museum in Hamburg. Mitteilungen aus deni
Zoologischen Staatsinstitut und Zoologischen Museum in Hamburg
XLIV: 140-148; 10 tx. figs. May, 1930.

*12. Studies on Mexican Corixidae. Annates Musei Zoologici Polonici

IX(15) : 187-230. November, 1931.

*13. — Corixidae collected during the winter voyage, 1931-'32, of the

Polish training ship "Dar Pomorza." Annales Musei Zoologici Polonici
X(l): 1-6; 1 pi. May, 1933.
14. Kirkaldy, G. W. Notes on the Genus Sigara Fab. (Rhynchota). The
Entomologist XXX: 236-260. 1897.

*15. List of the genera of the pagiopodous Hemiptera-Heteroptera

with their species, from 1758-1904 and also of the aquatic and semiaquatic
Trochalopoda. Transactions of the American Entomological Society
XXXII: 117-156. 1906.

*16. Kirkaldy, G. W., and J. R. de la Torre-Bueno. A catalogue of Ameri-
can aquatic and semiaquatic Hemiptera. Proceedings of the Entomolog-
ical Society of Washington X: 173-215. 1908.

16. Titles marked with an asterisk refer to Tenagobia specifically.

456 The University Science Bulletin

*17. Lundblad, O. Zur kenntnis der gattung Tenagobia Bergroth. Arkiv for
Zoologi (Stockholm) XXA(7) : 1-28; 22 tx. figs., 1 pi. 1928.

18. Zur kenntnis der aquatilen und semiaquatilen Hemipteren von

Sumatra, Java und Bali. Archiv fur Hydrobiologie 1933. Suppl. Bd. XII
"Tropische Binnengewasser IV": 1-195, 263-489.

19. Matthew, W. D. Climate and Evolution. Annals New York Academy
of Sciences XXIV: 171-318. 1915.

20. Page, John L. Climate of Mexico. United States Monthly Weather
Review, Suppl. 33: 30 pp., 41 figs. 1930.

21. Poisson, Raymond. Hemiptera. In Contribution a l'etude de la Faune
du Cameroun par Th. Monod. Faune des Colonies Francaises III, fasc. 2,
No. 13 : 156-158. 1929.

22. Reed, W. W. Climatological data for northern and western tropical
South America. United States Monthly Weather Review, Suppl. 31 : 22
pp., 4 figs. 1928.

23. Climatological data for southern South America. United States

Monthly Weather Review, Suppl. 32: 23 pp., 1 fig. 1929.

24. Scudder, S. H. The Tertiary insects of North America. United Slates
Geological Survey of the Territories XIII : 343-344. 1890.

*25. Stal, Carl. Hemiptera. Kongl. Svenska Fregatten Eugenies resa
omkring jorden under befal av. C. A. Virgin aren 1851-'53. Zoologi IV.
1859.

*26. Uhler, P. R. On the Hemiptera-Heteroptera of the Island of Grenada,
West Indies. Proceedings of the Zoological Society of London: 224. 1894.

*27. Van Duzee, E. P. Catalogue of the Hemiptera of America North of
Mexico excepting the Aphididae, Coccidae and Aleurodidae. University
of California Publications, Entomology II, xiv, 902 pp. 1917.
28. Weber, Herman. Biologie der Hemipteren: 543 pp. Berlin, 1930.

*29. White, F. Buchanan. List of the Hemiptera collected in the Amazons
by Prof. J. W. H. Traill, M.A., M.D., in the years 1873-1875, with de-
scriptions of the new species. Transactions of the Entomological Society
of London XVII :273-375. 1879.

458 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXVIII

Fig. 1. Tibia-tarsus, foreleg, female, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 2. Head, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 3. Hind tarsal claw, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 4. Dorsal aspect, T. costaricana Jaczewski.

Fig. 5. Hind tarsal claw, male, T. mexicana Deay.

Fig. 6. Hind leg, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 7. Dorsal aspect, male, T. fuscata (Stal).

Fig. 8. Dorsal aspect, male, Micronecta pronuba Distant.

Fig. 9. Ventral aspect of abdomen, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 10. Dorsal aspect of abdomen, male, M. pronuba Distant; s — strigil.

Fig. 11. Middle leg, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 12. Dorsal aspect of abdomen, male, T. selecta (White).

Deay: Genus Texagobia Bergroth

459

PLATE XXXVIII

460 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XXXIX

1'ig. 1. Head and pronotum, T. truncata Deay.

Fig. 2. Left part 8th abdominal segment, male, T. costaricana Jaczewski.

Fig. 3. Head, T. hungerfordi Deay.

Fig. 4. Head, pronotum, scutellum, T. constricta Deay.

Fig. 5. Left part 8th abdominal segment, male, T. pulchra Hungerford.
(Drawn to a larger scale than same structure in other species.)

Fig. 6. Left part 8th abdominal segment, male, T. constricta Deay.

Fig. 7. Left part 8th abdominal segment, male, T. socialis (White).

Fig. 8. Genital capsule and penis, T. constricta Deay.

Fig. 9. Antenna, T.selecta (White).

Fig. 10. Left part 8th abdominal segment, male, T. romani Lundblad. (Re-
drawn after Lundblad.)

Fig. 11. Left part 8th abdominal segment, T. fuscata (Stal).

Fig. 12. Left part 8th abdominal segment, T. hungerfordi Deay.

Fig. 13. Front aspect, prothorax, T. hungerfordi Deay.

Fig. 14. Left part 8th abdominal segment, T. schadei Lundblad. (Redrawn
after Lundblad.)

Fig. 15. Left part 8th abdominal segment, T . tmncata Deay.

Fig. 16. Left part 8th abdominal segment, T. melini Lundblad. (Redrawn
after Lundblad.)

Fig. 17. Front aspect, prothorax, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 18. Right mandible, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 19. Right maxilla, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 20. Left maxilla, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 21. Left mandible, male, T. selecta (White).

Fig. 22. Head and foreleg, male, T. selecta (White).

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth

4G1

PLATE XXXIX

462 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XL

Fig. 1. Right clasper, T. schadei Lundblad. (Redrawn after Lundblad.)

Fig. 2. Left clasper, T. hungerjordi Deay.

Fig. 3. Left clasper, T. schadei Lundblad. (Redrawn after Lundblad.)

Figs. 4 and 5. Left and right claspers, T. romani Lundblad. (Redrawn after
Lundblad.)

Figs. 6 and 7. Left and right claspers, T. constricta Deay.

Figs. 8 and 9. Left and right claspers, T. fuscata (Stal).

Fig. 10. Right clasper, T. hungerjordi Deay.

Fig. 11. Left clasper, T. selecta (White).

Figs. 12 and 13. Right and left claspers, T. melini Lundblad. (Redrawn
after Lundblad.)

Fig. 14. Right clasper, T. selecta (White).

Figures 2, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 14 drawn to the same scale from microscopic
mounts which were studied under a magnification of 450 X-

Deay: Genus Texagobia Behgroth

463

PLATE XL

464 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XL1

Fig. 1. Left clasper, T. costaricana Jaczewski.
Fig. 2. Left clasper, T. pulchra Hungerford.
Fig. 3. Left clasper, T. truncata Deay.
Fig. 4. Right clasper, T. costaricana Jaczewski
Fig. 5. Right clasper, T. pulchra Hungerford.
Fig. 6. Left clasper, T. mexicana Deay.
Fig. 7. Left clasper, T. serrata Deay.
Fig. 8. Left clasper, T. signata (White).
Fig. 9. Left clasper, T. socialis (White).
Fig. 10. Left clasper, T. incerta Lundblad.
Fig. 11. Right clasper, T. incerta Lundblad.
Fig. 12. Right clasper, T. signata (White).
Fig. 13. Right clasper, T. mexicana Deay.
Fig. 14. Right clasper, T. socialis (White).
Fig. 15. Right clasper, T. serrata Deay.

All figures are drawn to the same scale from microscopic mounts which were
studied under a magnification of 450 X-

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergrotii

465

PLATE XLI

466 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLII

Inner Aspect of Forelegs of Males

Fig. 1. T. truncata Deay.
Fig. 2. T. socialis (White).
Fig. 3. T. mexicana Deay.

Fig. 4. T. melini Lundblad. (Redrawn after Lundblad.)
Fig. 5. T. juscata Stal.

Fig. 6. T. romani Lundblad. (Redrawn after Lundblad.)
Fig. 7. T. hungerfordi Deay.
Fig. 8. T. constricta Deay.
Fig. 9. Fore tarsal claw, T. constricta Deay.
Fig. 10. T.selecta (White).
Fig. 11. T. costaricana Jaczewski.
Fig. 12. T. pulchra Hungerford.

All figures, except 4 and 6, drawn to the same scale from microscopic mounts
which were studied under a magnification of 450 X-

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth

467

PLATE XLII

30—7186

468 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLIII

(See page 471)

Map showing localities in which specimens of Tenagobia have been col-
lected.

Fig. 1. California — T. mexicana (?). Reported by Uhler (26).

Fig. 2. Nainari, Sonora — T. mexicana Deay. Type locality.

Fig. 3. Mazatlan, Sinaloa — T. mexicana.

Fig. 4. Acaponeta, Nayarit — T . mexicana.

Fig. 5. Hac de Ixtapa, Tepic — T. mexicana.

Fig. 6. El Mante, Tamaulipas — T. mexicana.

Fig. 7. Tlapahuala, Guerrero — T. mexicana.

Fig. 8. Cuernavaca, Morelos — T. mexicana.

Fig. 9. Cardel, Rio San Francisco, Vera Cruz — T. mexicana.

Fig. 10. Santa Lucrecia, Vera Cruz — T. mexicana.

Fig. 11. Teapa, Tabasco — T. mexicana.

Fig. 12. Huixtla, Chiapas — T. mexicana.

Fig. 13. Paso Antonio, Guatemala — T. mexicana.

Fig. 13a. Near Tela, Honduras — T. costaricana Jaczewski.

Fig. 14. Farm Hamburg, Reventazon, Costa Rica — T. costaricana. Type
locality.

Fig. 15. David, Panama — T. mexicana.

Fig. 16. Boqueron River, Panama — T. costaricana.

Fig. 17. Venezuela — T. marmorata Bergroth. Type locality.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth 469

PLATE XLIII— Continued

Fig. 18. Grenada, Lesser Antilles — T. incerta Lundblad.

Fig. 19. Trinidad — T. incerta.

Fig. 20. Tumatumari, British Guiana — T. socialis (White).

Fig. 21. Georgetown, British Guiana — T. socialis.

Fig. 22. Demerara River, British Guiana — T. socialis.

Fig. 23. Paramaribo, Dutch Guiana — T. socialis.

Fig. 24. Cottica. Dutch Guiana — T. socialis.

Fig. 25. Tena, Ecuador — T. truncata Deay and T. constricta Deay. Type
locality.

Fig. 26. Tonantins, Brazil — T. signata (White).

Fig. 27. Rio Jurua — T. signata.

Fig. 28. Rio Purus — T. signata. Type locality.

Fig. 29. Manacapura, Amazonas — T . selecta (White) and T. incerta.

Fig. 30. Ma-naos, Amazonas — T. melini Lundblad (type locality), T. romani
Lundblad (type locality), T. selecta (type locality), T. socialis.

Fig. 31. Rio Autaz, left tributary of Maderia — T. selecta. Reported by
Lundblad (17).

Fig. 32. Trombetas River — T. socialis. Type locality.

Fig. 33. Santarem, Para — T. socialis.

Fig. 34. Para, Para — T. incerta.

Fig. 35. Puerto Bermudez, Rio Pichis, Peru — T. incerta.

Fig. 36. Sao Antonio da Boa Vista, Maderia River — T. socialis. Type
locality.

470 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XL1II— Concluded

Fig. 37. Pernambuco (Recife), Pernambuco— T. incerta and T. schadei
Lundblad. Reported by Jaczewski (13).

Fig. 38. Ivon Beni, Bolivia — T. selecta.

Fig. 39. Rio Beni at mouth of Rio Mapiri— T. pulchra Hungerford (type
locality) and T. incerta.

Fig. 40. Lower Mamore River — T. serrata Deay. Type locality.

Fig. 41. Province del Sara, Bolivia— T. hunger jordi Deay and T. incerta.

Fig. 42. Santa Cruz de la Sierra, Bolivia— T. incerta.

Fig. 43. Puerto Saurez, Bolivia — T. incerta.

Fig. 44. Corumba, Matto Grosso— T. hunger jordi (type locality) and T.
incerta.

Fig. 45. Piropara, Minas Geraes — T. incerta.

Fig. 46. Lassance, Minas Geraes — T. incerta.

Fig. 47. Paraguay— T. juscata (Stal) at Albovena Srojoguasi and Villa Rica;
T. hungerjordi at Villa Rica; T. incerta at Asuncion, Caraveni, Molinasque
and Villa Rica (type locality) ; T. schadei at Villa Rica (type locality) ; T.
selecta at Villa Rica.

Fig. 48. Buenos Aires, Argentina — T. juscata.

Fig. 49. Montevideo, Uruguay— T. juscata. Type locality.

Deay: Cikm's Tkxagobia Bergroth

471

PLATE XLIII

472 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLIV

Map showing localities in which the Truncata group and
T. selecta have been collected.

• T. costaricana Jaczewski. (Also taken in Honduras.)

♦ T. marmorata Bergroth.
D T. pnlchra Hungerford.
O T. selecta (White).

■ T truncata Deav.

Deay: Gents Texagobia Bergrotii

473

PLATE XLIV

474 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLV

Map showing localities in which the South American members of the Signata
group have been collected. See Plate XLIII for distribution of T. mexicana.

• T. incerta Lundblad.

•i* T. serrata Deay.

O T. signata (White).

■ T. socialis (White).

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth

475

PLATE XLV

476 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLVI

Map showing the localities in which the species composing
Group I have been collected.

4* T. constricta Deay.

O T. fuscata (Stal) .

■ T. hunger jordi Deay.

® T. melini Lundblad.

□ T. romani Lundblad.

• T. schadei Lundblad.

Deay: Genus Tenagobia Bergroth

477

PLATE XLVI

Rankin: Lethocerus Americanus INI

or individual masses.* Since this collection represented a larger
number of Lethocerus eggs than Doctor Hungerford had seen in ten
years collecting in this region, he suggested that with this abundant
material I endeavor to rear the species. In the pool we caught one
adult Lethocerus americanus (Leidy) and nymphs of various sizes
up to the fourth instar.

The next few days were spent in visiting the ponds in the region
of the Douglas Lake Station in search for other egg masses. The
results, which are shown in the chart below, were most gratifying,
for I collected a total of nine clusters, all but two compound, repre-
senting thirty masses, and a total of 2,118 eggs.

The pool where most of the eggs were found is known as the
Sedge Point pool and is located directly north across Douglas Lake
from the Station buildings. It is well known to all who have ever
attended the Biological Station because of the excellent collecting
that it affords both zoologist and botanist. The pool is about 100
feet or more from the shore of Douglas Lake. It is approximately
50 feet wide and 150 feet long. It has a luxuriant flora common to
a lenitic society. The principal plants are Typha, eel grass and
water lilies. While all but onef of my collections were found on dead
Typha stems from five inches to a foot or more above the water,
Doctor Hungerford has collected them on logs and under boards on
the shore.

Chart of Eggs Collected

Number Number
Date collected. Place. of masses. of eggs.

June 27 Gravel pit pool 5 375

June 27 Gravel pit pool 8 569

June 28 Sedge point pool 3 145

June 27 Gravel pit pool 1 73

June 27 Gravel pit pool 2 154

June 28 Sedge point pool 1 85

June 24 Sand pit pool 2 145

June 28 Sedge point pool 4 302

TYPES OF AQUARIA AND CONTAINERS

The egg clusters brought into the laboratory were supported on
cattail stems above water in large, glass battery jars twelve inches
in diameter and eighteen inches deep. As the eggs hatched the
nymphs fell to the water. It was soon observed that the older
nymphs would attack and kill the recently hatched nymphs, espe-
cially when no other food was given them. This made it necessary
for the nymphs to be isolated in individual aquaria. A large num-

* See Plate XLVIII, figure 3.

t This one was attached to a reed.

482 The University Science Bulletin

ber of glass finger bowls were used for this purpose. They were
about four inches across and two inches deep. Two or three pebbles
were placed in each, and a^couple of pieces of dead cattail stem
were floated on the water, to give the bugs something for support.

In addition to the laboratory rearings, it was decided to take
some of the one-day-old nymphs over to Sedge pool and place them
in cages, where they would have more natural conditions and yet
could be observed and fed daily. Some ordinary window screen
cylinders, six inches in diameter and a foot in height were used.
The bottoms were of screen and the tops were cheese-cloth tied on
with string. Two dozen of the cages were placed in Sedge pool.
They were placed in about six inches of water between two logs
that were staked down. Later a larger cage was made. This cage,
shown in figure 4, Plate XLVIII, was two feet square and a foot
deep. Tin was cut and soldered to form sixteen compartments. It
was easier to care for and observe the bugs in this cage because the
trouble of removing and replacing the cheesecloth, as on the cylinder
cages, was avoided.

As the nymphs in the laboratory reached the fourth and fifth
instars, they were placed in gallon glass jars, which gave them more
room.

On August 15 when the summer session at the Michigan Biological
Station closed, twenty of the fifth instar nymphs were placed
singly in one-half pint ice-cream containers with some dampened
grass and leaves and transported by automobile to the University
of Kansas laboratory at Lawrence, Kansas. The nymphs withstood
the two-days journey with only one fatality.

FOOD

One of the most interesting parts of the study was in observing
the way in which the bugs fed. While collecting with a dip net
several of the nymphs were captured as they were feeding on tad-
poles. These young amphibians proved to be the most satisfactory
food and were used as such in rearing the bugs. Each day a field
trip was made to collect tadpoles with a minnow seine. The nymphs
were fed every second day. A tadpole would be dropped into the
aquarium and, although quite often the tadpole would weigh many
times that of the bug, the bug would strike, grasp its prey with its
forelegs and at the same time plunge its beak into the body. It
was very unusual for the nymph to be shaken loose, although there
was always a great deal of thrashing around in the jar by the

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 15.

Life History of Lethocerus America?ius (Leidy)*
(Hemiptera-Belostomatidae)

K. P. RANKIN,

Department of Entomology, University of Kansas

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PAGE

I. Introduction 479

II. Habitat and Description of Egg Masses 480

III. Types of Aquaria and Containers 481

IV. Food 482

V. Description of Stages 483

VI. Life History Charts 485

VII. Bibliography 486

VIII. Plate XLVII 489

IX. Plate XLVIII 491

Abstract: The common and widespread American giant water bug Letho-
cerus americanus (Leidy) places its egg clusters on reeds above the surface of
the water. There are five nymphal instars. From egg to adult, using tad-
poles as food, 33.4 days was average developmental period for field-reared
specimens and 58.9 days for laboratory-reared specimens. Tadpoles and small
frogs proved to be the best food. Of the seven pairs of abdominal spiracles
functional in the nymph only the last pair is functional in the adult. These
are located near the base of the retractile caudal filaments.

INTRODUCTION

THE genus Lethocerus Mayr, 1852, contains, according to Cum-
mings,17 18 species, of which 13 occur in the Western Hemi-
sphere. These bugs are often called "Giant Water Bugs" or "Elec-
tric Light Bugs"; and the most common American species is Letho-
cerus americanus (Leidy) 1847.

Although several papers on the anatomy of this and closely re-
lated insects have been published by such men as Locy, 1884,4 Mar-

* Contribution from the University of Michigan Biological Station and the Department
of Entomology, University of Kansas.

(479)

480 The University Science Bulletin

tin, 1893,° and C. V. Riley, 1894/ little has appeared on the biology.
Such papers as have been published are not complete. Dimmock,
1886,5 mentioned the fact that species of Belostoma (referring no
doubt to Benacus and Lethocerus) were destroying young fish in the
state fish hatcheries of Massachusetts. Hungerford, 1919,13 gives
notes on the habits, hibernation, oviposition, feeding habits, etc., but
ends his paper with the summary: "These giant water bugs, dis-
tinguishable by the presence of a groove in the fore femora, are
fiercely predaceous creatures of our larger ponds. In their nocturnal
migrations from one body of water to another they are frequently
attracted to the lights.

"The eggs of L. americanus (Leidy) and L. uhleri (Mont.) are
now known. In nature they are laid on reeds above the surface of
the water. Nothing is known about the length of the various stages."
Bueno, 1924,15 describes the last molt of L. americanus. Hoffman,
1924,14 published some biological observations on the overwintering
of the adults, feeding habits, and described the molting process.
Hungerford in another paper in 19251G described the eggs and the
hatching process of L. americanus. These papers all show the in-
terest that these large water bugs have attracted, and it is strange
that the life history has not been more fully studied. In the follow-
ing pages are presented the data collected during the past season on
Lethocerus americanus (Leidy).

I wish to express my appreciation to Dr. H. B. Hungerford, head
of the Department of Entomology of the University of Kansas, for
the opportunity of making this study, as well as for his kindly help
and criticism. I also wish to acknowledge my indebtedness to Dr.
George R. La Rue, Director of the University of Michigan Biologi-
cal Station, for the facilities that he placed at my disposal.

HABITAT AND DESCRIPTION OF EGG MASSES

On the morning of June 27, Dr. H. B. Hungerford and I made a
collecting trip to a gravel pit pool near Pellston, Mich. This pool
had been known to Doctor Hungerford for a number of years and is
an ideal pool for aquatic and semiaquatic insects. The gravel pit
pool, as indicated by its name, is the result of the removal of gravel
some years before ; the bottom is clay and gravel but a layer of sedi-
ment of some three or four inches covers the harder bottom. The
pool is divided by certain grass-covered islands. Along the margin
a good stand of cattail (Typha) has taken root. It was on the dead
stems of this Typha that four egg masses of L. americanus were
found; one an unusually large mass or cluster consisted of 8 layers

Rankin: Lethocerus Americantjs 4s::

captured tadpole. A few times the tadpole jumped completely out
of the bowl onto the table with the bug still clinging on. It was
discovered that in some cases the mouth parts of the insect were
seriously injured so that death resulted from the struggle. There-
after, the tadpoles were intentionally injured before they were used
for food. Uninjured tadpoles, however, were quickly subdued,
which would indicate that the bugs must secrete some poison that
apparently paralyzes the prey. Damsel-fly naiads were used as
food for the first instar nymphs. Small fish and beefsteak were
also tried but proved much less satisfactory than tadpoles.

It was necessary to remove the food soon after the insect com-
pleted feeding and to change the water in the rearing bowl. The
insects died if left long in water contaminated by the decomposing
tadpoles. In warm weather two or three hours would bring about
a condition of the water unsuitable for the insect. The care of
several hundred isolated nymphs in the laboratory was therefore
time-consuming. The nymphs in the cages in Sedge pool were
also fed tadpoles. Toward the end of the season young frogs were
much easier to collect than were tadpoles, so they were used as
food for the bugs. In this case the small frogs were cut in two and
only one half given to each nymph. In order to get a bug to feed it
was necessary to move the frog about in the bowl to attract its
attention.

DESCRIPTION OF STAGES

Egg Stage

Size. Length, 5 mm.; greatest width, 2.5 mm.

Color. Light brown, the apex or anterior end being a cap or lid,
which is much darker and is set off by a light circle between the lid
and the body of the egg. At one side on the margin of the lid is a
very dark spot — this is the side that lifts up at the time of hatching.
A microscope shows that the brown shading of the corium is caused
by a fine stippling, there being no indication of other ornamentation
as often occurs in the Hemiptera.

Shape. Irregularly shaped cylinder, the anterior end rounded,
the posterior more pointed, the greatest diameter being nearer the
anterior than the posterior end. The shape is best shown in the
photograph on Plate XLVIII. During incubation it was observed
that the egg increases in size; this varying in the same egg mass.

I observed the emergence of several of the nymphs. One evening
one of the egg masses was placed under the binocular, and a few
minutes later several of the caps on the eggs popped open. At first

31—7186

484 The University Science Bulletin

the head was gradually pushed through the opening and then with
rather weak heaves the rest of the body was drawn out, with the ex-
ception of the legs, which were still held pressed to the body and
were still in the opening of the shell. Finally, with a last effort, the
little bug broke through the membrane that had still surrounded him,
and with the help of his legs, pulled on out and fell to the water
below (normally 5 or 6 inches), where he lay quietly on the surface
for a moment and then feebly swam away. This hatching process
takes between six and eight minutes.

First In star

Size. Length, 10 mm.; greatest width, 5 mm.

Color. Dorsum: brown; thorax with few indistinct light yellow
markings. The abdomen with six yellow spots on the connexival
edges; these spots are large and rectangular. There are six other
yellow spots along the median line. Venter: brown, few yellow
markings. The legs banded with yellow; each femur and tibia hav-
ing two bands. These markings give the nymph a general banded
appearance.

Shape. Much as in the adult. The interocular space is relatively
greater.

Structural Characteristics. Ventral part of the abdomen clothed
with fine hairs. Tarsi all one-segmented and each has two claws.
There are seven pairs of abdominal spiracles and two pairs of tho-
racic spiracles.

Second Instar

Size. Length, 15 mm.; greatest width, 8 mm.

Color. Same markings as first instar only lighter in color. Barred
effect not as evident as on first instar.

Shape. Comparatively broader than in the first instar. The an-
tennae are shown in Plate XLVII. Claws of each tarsus of equal

length.

Third Instar

Size. Length, 22 mm.; greatest width, 11 mm.

Color. Same as the second instar, the same markings still evi-
dent. The venter is of a slightly lighter shade, a whitish-grey.

Structural Characteristics. The wing pads may be seen in Plate
XLVII as well as the developing antennae.

Fourth Instar
Size. Length, 31 mm.; greatest width, 14.5 mm.
Color. Same general brown as in the preceding instars.
Shape. Same shape as others except the length is a little greater

Rankin: Lethocerus American rs

IS;!

in comparison to the width. Wing pads are about four fifths of the
total marginal length of the meso and metathorax. Antennae are
beginning to develop two lateral processes. (See Plate XLVII.)

Fifth [nstab

Size. Length': Male, 39 mm.; female, 43 mm. "Width: male, 18
mm.; female. 21 mm.

Color. Generally brown, but darker on the dorsum and lighter
on the venter.

Shape. Practically the same. Length, in comparison to width, is
still greater than in the fourth instar.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae much broader in compari-
son to length. "Wing pads extend short distance beyond the meta-
thorax. (See Plate XLVII.) Tarsi still one-segmented, each having
two claws of equal length. (The tarsi of the forelegs in the adult
having two segments and only one clawr.) The straplike, caudal ap-
pendages are becoming fairly well developed, but the nine pairs of
spiracles are still functional, although the last or seventh abdominal
is the only abdominal one functional in the adult. This spiracle in
the adult is in the retractile caudal filament, and is directly con-
nected with the principal, longitudinal trachea.

The measurements mentioned above were taken from live speci-
mens and also checked with the molted skins. The molted skins of
all specimens were carefully preserved.

Length in Days of Nymphal Stages of Lethocerus americanus (Leidy)
reared at Douglas Lake, Michigan.

First instar.

Second instar.

Third instar.

Max.

Min.

Av.

Max.

Mid.

Av.

Max.

Mm.

Av.

Reared in laboratory

Reared in Sedge pool

18

7

6
2

9.2
5.0

12

8

O

K.

3

8.2
4.9

14
23

5
4

8.5
5 7

Fourth instar.

Fifth instar.

Totals.

Max.

Min.

Av.

Max.

Mm.

Av.

Max.

Min.

A v.

Reared in laboratory

17
9

9
4

11.5
6.

28
15

15
10

21.5
11.8

89
62

38
23

58.9

Reared in Sedge pool

33.4

486 The University Science Bulletin

As will be seen in the table above, the average developmental
period was 33.4 days for the bugs reared in Sedge pool and 58.9
days for those reared in the laboratory. Not only was there marked
difference in time required for development between the field and
laboratory rearings, but the number of adults secured was much
larger in the field. In the laboratory 45 percent of the nymphs died
in the second instar, and 18 percent in the third instar, a total of 63
percent perishing before attaining the fourth instar, whereas in the
field cages not a single death occurred before the fourth instar.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. 1847. Leidy, J. History and Anatomy of the hemipterous genus Belos-
toma. Jr. of Acad. Nat. Sci., Phil., 1847, Vol. I, pp. 57-67, pi. 10.

2. 1864. Dufour, L. Rectifications sur les Belostomides. Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.
Ser. 1864, tome vi, p. 221. Oct. 12.

3. 1866. Dohrn, A. Zur Anatomie der Hemipteren. Stettiner entom.

Zeitung, 1866, pp. 321-352, Tafel 4.

4. 1884. Locy, W. A. Anatomy and Physiology of the Family Nepidae.
Am. Nat., Vol. XVIII, pp. 359. 1884.

5. 1886. Dim mock, George. Belostomidae and Some Other Fish-destroying
Bugs. Annual Report of the Fish and Game Commissioners of Mass.
1886.

6. 1893. Martin, J. Nepa cinera, development of its respiratory apparatus.
Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris. (8) v., p. 57.

7. 1894. Riley, C. V. Notes Upon Belostoma and Benacus. Proc. of the
Ent. Soc. of Wash., 1896, vol. Ill, pp. 83-88.

8. 1895. Martin, J. Nepa, false stigmata. Bull. Mus. Paris, 1895, i, pp.
110-111.

9. 1906. Bueno, J. R. De La Torre. Belostoma fluminea, life-history. Canad.
Ent., vol. 38, pp. 189-197, 1906.

10. 1907. Bueno, J. R. De La Torre. The Classification of Belostomatidae.
Canad. Ent., vol. 39, pp. 333-341, 1907.

11. 1907. Needham, J. G. Eggs of Benacus and Their Hatching. Ent. News,
1907, vol. XVII, pp. 113.

12. 1908. Kirkaldy, C. W. Notes on Certain Belostomidae (Hemiptera)
Canad. Ent., vol. 40, p. 164. 1908.

13. 1919. Htjngerford, H. B. Biology of Water Bugs. Kansas Sci. Bull., 1919,
vol. XI, pp. 148-151.

14. 1924. Hoffman, W. E. Biological Notes on Lethocerus americanua,
(Leidy) Psyche; 1924. Vol. XXXI, pp. 175-183.

15. 1924. Bueno, J. R. De La Torre. Lethocerus americanus, Last Molt.
Ent. News, 1924, vol. 35, p. 369.

16. 1925. Hungerford, H. B. Lethocerus americanus, Habits. Psyche, 1925,
vol. 32, pp. 88-91.

17. 1933. Cummings, Carl. The Giant Water Bugs (Belostomatidae, Hemip-
tera). Kansas Sci. Bull.. 1933. vol. XXI. p. 197.

488

The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLVII

Fig.

1.

First instar, L. americanus.

Fig.

Fig.

2.

Second instar.

Fig.

Fig.

3.

Third instar.

Fig.

Fig.

4.

Fourth instar.

Fig.

Fig.

5.

Fifth instar.

Fig.

6. First instar antenna.

7. Second instar antenna.

8. Third instar antenna.

9. Fourth instar antenna.
Fig. 10. Fifth instar antenna.

Rankin: Lethocerus American i s

tM>

PLAT I : XLVI1

i f. £

10

1

490

The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLVIII

Fig. 1. Egg mass "E."

Fig. 2. Egg mass "C."

Fig. 3. Egg mass "B."

Fig. 4. Cages in Sedge pool.

Fig. 5. Egg mass "A" on a stem of

Typha as found.
Fig. 6. Adult L. americanus.

Rankin: Lethoceri > A.mericanus

4!»1

PI. ATI-: XLVIII

9&$

i]'-mm

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. ] April 15, 1935 [No. 16.

The Genus Abedus Stal. (Hemiptera, Belostomatidae)

JOSE HIDALGO, Jr.,
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas

Abstract: The genus Abedus is found only in the New World, where it is
confined to the territory extending from California and Arizona through Mex-
ico to Panama. Abedus herberti from Arizona is described as new. (Types in
the Francis Huntington Snow Collection of the University of Kansas.)

The following species are keyed out and redescribed: A. signoreti Mayr,
A. ovatus Stal, A. breviceps Stal, A. dilatatus (Say), A. macronyx (Mayr),
A. montandoni Do Carlo, A. hungerfordi De Carlo and A. indentatus (Hald).

THE Belostomatidae is a family of aquatic Hemiptera, most
species of which are above average size. While these insects
rear their young and spend most of their adult lives in the water,
they frequently fly by night and are attracted to lights. Thus they
come to the attention of many people. The larger forms especially
are known as giant water bugs or electric light bugs. The family
is widely distributed over the world and is divided into a number
of genera. One of these genera is Abedus Stal, which is confined to
a restricted portion of the new world.

Abedus Stal was erected by Stal in 1862 to embrace two new
species of Belostomatidae which he named Abedus ovatus Stal, and
Abedus breviceps Stal. He characterized the genus as follows:
metasternum strongly keeled; antennae four segmented with a long
curved prolongation from the second and third segments; abdominal
venter lacking strong hairs, at least in the middle.

In 1862, in the same paper, Stal established the new genus Ser-
phus, differentiating it from Abedus Stal in that it has an entirely
pubescent abdominal venter and three-segmented antennae, and
placed the species Belostoma dilatatus Say in this genus.

In 1863 Mayr established the genus Stenoscytus Mayr, using
as characteristics: the first joint of the beak longer than the second;

(493)

494 The University Science Bulletin

only the third joint of the antennae with a prolongation; and
metasternum with a long and stout metaxyphus. Stenoscytus mexi-
canus Mayr was described under the genus. In the same paper
Mayr, 1863, created the genus Pedinocoris, separating it from
Stenoscytus Mayr by the following characters: first joint of the
beak shorter than the second; a prolongation from the second and
third segments of the antennae; and metaxyphus not keeled. He
described the species Pedinocoris macronyx Mayr and P. brachonyx
Mayr. In 1871, Mayr placed the genus Stenoscytus Mayr in syn-
onymy with Abedus Stal.

In 1897 Kirkaldy established the genus Deinostoma Kirk. He
placed Say's Belostoma dilatatus, which had been described in 1831
by Say, and designated by Stal in 1862 under Serphus dilatatus
(Say), under the new genus Deinostoma Kirkaldy, and character-
ized the genus Deinostoma Kirk, as having a metasternal keel, a
three-segmented antenna, and an entirely pubescent abdominal
venter.

J. A. De Carlo,4 in his work, considers Serphus Stal, 1862, Steno-
scytus Mayr, 1863, Pedinocoris Mayr, 1863, and Deinostoma Kirk.,
1897, as synonyms of Abedus Stal.

The key metasternum for the genera of the family Belostomatidae
found in I^orth America is as follows:

A. Metasternum with a strong mid-ventral keel (or at least elevated) ; membrane

of the hemelytra reduced Abedus Stal

AA. Metasternum without a mid-ventral keel; membrane of the hemelytra not reduced.
B. Basal segment of the beak longer than the second ; base of the wing-
membrane nearly or quite straight. Body about 25 mm. or less in

length Belostoma Latr.

BB. Basal segment of the beak shorter than the second ; base of the wing-
membrane sinuous. Body more than 37 mm. in length.

C. Anterior femora grooved for the reception of the tibiae.

Lethocerus Mayr

CC. Anterior femora not grooved for the reception of the tibiae.

Benacus Stal

The distribution of the genus Abedus Stal extends from California
to Panama as shown by the map on page 519, plate LII.

The following nine species are recognized in this paper: A.
signoreti Mayr; A. ovatus Stal; A. breviceps Stal; A. dilatatus
(Say) ; A. macronyx (Mayr) ; A. indebitatus (Hald.) ; A. montandoni
De Carlo ; A. hungerfordi De Carlo; and A. herberti n. sp.

Mayr described Stenoscytus mexicanus Mayr as a new species
in 1863. Champion, 1901, figures this species as a synonym of
Abedus ovatus Stal.

Abedus vicinus was described by Mayr in 1871. A female speci-

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus 495

men was the type specimen. Champion, 1901, says that with the
types of A. signoreti Mayr and A. vicinus Mayr before him, he can-
not see any specific differences. Mayr used a male specimen in
describing A. signoreti Mayr, which probably is responsible for the
slight differences which caused him to describe the female and male
as separate species.

Haldeman6 described Abedus indentatus (Hald.), 1853, under the
genus Zaitha. Uhler, 1877, placed this species under the genus
Pedinocoris Mayr, and made Pedinocoris brachonyx Mayr synony-
mous with indentatus. In 1900 Montandon placed Serphus Stal,
Pedinocoris Mayr and Deinostoma Kirkaldy, synonyms of Abedus
Stal.

The species are separated into two main groups, one with ab-
dominal venter entirely pubescent and the other in which the ab-
dominal venter is not entirely pubescent. In the first group there
are six spe"cies, three of which — A. dilatatus (Say), A. macronyx
(Mayr), and A. montandoni De Carlo — have three-segmented an-
tennae, with or without a definite prolongation from the second seg-
ment and none from the third segment. A. dilatatus (Say) can be
separated from the other two species by having the metaxyphus
keeled. A. macronyx (Mayr) is separated from A. montandoni De
Carlo in that A. macronyx has a three-segmented antenna with no
prolongations and A. montandoni De Carlo has a three-segmented
antenna with a short prolongation from the second segment. The
other three species in the first group are: A. hunger jordi De Carlo;
A. indentatus (Hald.) ; and A. herberti n. sp. A. hungerfordi De
Carlo has four-segmented antenna with a prolongation from the
second and third segments and the other species have three-seg-
mented antennae with a prolongation from the second and third
segments. A. indentatus (Hald.) has very short and stout front
tarsal claws (three fourths as long, or less than the terminal tarsal
segment) ; while A. herberti n. sp. has front tarsal claws as long or
longer than the terminal tarsal segment. A. herberti n. sp. also
differs from A. indentatus (Hald.) in that the caudal filaments of
A. herberti n. sp. have a swollen pouch-like structure on the dorsal
side.

In the second group the three species A. signoreti Mayr, A.
ovatus Stal, and A. breviceps Stal, may be separated by the ab-
dominal venter characters, the antennae and the caudal filaments.
A. signoreti Mayr has the abdominal venter entirely glabrous (in
some specimens there is a little pubescence along the lateral borders

496 The University Science Bulletin

of the pleura), the antennae are three- or four-segmented with a
long prolongation from the second and third segments, the membrane
of the hemelytra with conspicuous closed cells, and caudal filaments
long and slender. A. ovatus Stal has the abdominal venter with an
elongated, inverted, V-shaped glabrous area along the median ridge,
the antennae three- or four-segmented with a very short prolonga-
tion from the second and third segments, and the membrane of the
hemelytra with no conspicuous closed cells, and A. breviceps Stal
has the abdominal venter covered with an irregular, fairly broad,
glabrous area along the median ridge, antennae three- or four-seg-
mented with a long prolongation from the second and third seg-
ments, and the membrane of the hemelytra with conspicuous closed
cells.

A general survey of the characters of the genus Abedus Stal was
made. The antennae were studied first, but their characters were
found not to be specific, although they have proven to be good
group characters. The antennae are either three- or four-segmented,
with or without prolongations from the second and third segments.
When only one of the segments is prolonged, it is the second, but
the third segment is never prolonged alone. The greatest variation
in antennal characters is found within the species A. signoreti
Mayr. The antennae are three- or four-segmented, with the second
and third segments bearing a prolongation. The prolongations of
the second and third segments vary in the degree of curvature from
a pronounced curve to a straight segment.

The metaxyphus was found to be a good group character, but not
specific. The form and degree of elevation of keel varies to a great
extent within the species. The abdominal venter shows good
specific characteristics. Its degree of pubescence separates the
species into two groups. One group has an entirely pubescent ab-
dominal venter. This group includes A. dilatatus (Say), A.
macronyx (Mayr), A. montandoni De Carlo, A. hungerjordi De
Carlo, A. indent atus (Hald.), and A. herberti n. sp. In the other
group are included A. signoreti Mayr, A. ovatus Stal, and A. brevi-
ceps Stal. The species of the latter group can be separated by the
degree of pubescence on the abdominal venter.

The length of the fore-tarsal claws is the character used in separat-
ing A. indentatus (Hald.) from the following similar species: A.
hungerjordi De Carlo, A. dilatatus (Say), A. macronyx (Mayr),
and A. herberti n. sp. A. indentatus (Hald.) has the front tarsal
claws not more than three fourths as long as the terminal segment,

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus 497

while in the other species the front tarsal claws are as long or longer
than the terminal tarsal segment. The tarsal claws of the middle
and hind legs show no specific characters.

The wings show differential characteristics only in the mem-
brane. The membrane of the hemelytra of A. ovatus Stal is very
narrow and lacks closed cells. In the other species the width of the
membrane varies with the size of the species.

The size of each species varies within certain measurements, but
since several species may be about the same size, it is a character
which is not worth considering.

The genitalia do not even show group characters. The caudal
filaments are specific in character. The long and slender caudal
filaments of A. signoreti Mayr separate it from the other species.
The caudal filaments of the other species are somewhat similar, but
separate the species into two groups. The first group has caudal
filaments with a swollen pouch-like structure on the dorsal side
about the middle of each filament. It includes A. ovatus Stal, A.
herberti n. sp., and A. dilatatus (Say). The second group, A.
breviceps Stal, A. hungerfordi De Carlo, A. indentatus (Hald.), and
A. montandoni De Carlo, have no such structure.

The interocular space as compared with the width of the hind
tibiae was also considered, but it was found that the proportions of
the measurements vary with the size of the species.

Key to the Species of the Genus Abedus Stal.

1. Abdominal venter entirely pubescent 4

1A. Abdominal venter not entirely pubescent 2

2. Abdominal venter entirely glabrous ; (in some specimens some degree of pubes-

cence is present along the pleural border), antennae three- or four-segmented
with a long prolongation from the second and third segments, .signoreti Mayr, p. 498
2A. Abdominal venter not entirely glabrous 3

3. Abdominal venter with an elongated, inverted, V-shaped glabrous area along the

median ridge; antennae three- or four-segmented with a very short prolonga-
tion from the second and third segments; caudal filaments short, broad, and
with a swjllen pouch-like structure on the dorsal side, about mid-length of

each filament ovatus Stal, p. 499

3A. Abdominal venter with an irregular, fairly broad, glabrous area along the median
ridge; antennae three- or four-segmented with a long prolongation from the
second and third segments; caudal filaments short and broad ... breviceps Stal, p. 501

4. Antennae three- or four-segmented with a definite prolongation from the second

and third segments 7

4A. Antennae three-segmented with or without a definite prolongation from the second

segment, none from the third 5

5. Metaxyphus keeled; caudal filaments long, broad, with a swollen-like structure

on the dorsal side of each filament, and a band of dark hairs across each fila-
ment beyond the middle dilatatus (Say), p. 502

5A. Metaxyphus not keeled 6

6. Antennae three-segmented with no prolongation from any segment.

macroin/r (Mayr), p. 503

498 The University Science Bulletin

6A. Antennae three-segmented, with a short prolongation from the second segment.

montandoni De Carlo, p. 504

7. Antennae four-segmented ; a prolongation from the second and third segments ;

caudal filaments long, broad, and stout hungerfordi De Carlo, p. 505

7 A. Antennae three-segmented; a prolongation from the second and third segments... 8

8. Front tarsal claws very short and stout (three fourths as long or less, than the

terminal tarsal segment); caudal filaments long, stout and without a swollen
pouch-like structure on the dorsal side of each filament. .. .indentatus (Hald.), p. 506
8A. Front tarsal claws as long or longer than the terminal tarsal segment ; caudal
filaments long, broad, and with a swollen-likn structure on the dorsal side of
each filament herberti n. sp., p. 507

Abedus signoreti Mayr, 1871

(Plate XLIX, fig. 2)

1871. A. signoreti Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXI, p. 404.
1871. A. vicinus Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXI, p. 405.

1901. A. signoreti Mayr. Champion, Biol. Centr. Am., Heter., II, p. 363, pi. 21. (Says
A. vicinus Mayr is synonym.)

Size. (Ten specimens measured). Average length from the front
of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen, 24.3 mm., average width, be-
tween inner posterior border of the eyes 2.7 mm., width of head
including the eyes 6 mm., width of anterior portion of prothorax 7
mm., width of posterior border of metathorax 9.3 mm., greatest
width about midlength of hemelytra 13.7 mm.

Color. Dorsal side : color varies from light brown to dark brown ;
with head, prothorax, scutellum, and membrane darkest of all.
Ventral side: tibiae of forelegs with two wide, yellow crossbands
on the outer surface; abdominal venter glabrous, yellowish-brown,
the operculum finely punctate; pleural region covered with light to
dark brown hairs; caudal filaments yellow, long and slender.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae slender, three- or four-
segmented with the second and third segments each extending into
a long and curved prolongation which is about intermediate in
length between those of A. ovatus Stal and A. breviceps Stal; the
membrane of the hemelytra with several closed cells, and 2.5 mm.
in width at its widest point; metaxyphus strongly keeled; caudal
filaments long and slender and covered with long hairs.

Types. Mayr, 1871, in his description fails to designate types.
He merely states that there are two specimens from Mexico and
one from Guatemala in the Museum at Stockholm in Signoret's
collection. However, Champion (1901) says, "with types of A.
signoreti Mayr 5 and A. vicinus (Mayr) £ before me. . . ."

H. B. Hungerford, 1928, while examining entomological collec-
tions in Europe, compared the specimens of these species in the
Museum at Stockholm and Vienna with specimens from the Francis

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus 499

Huntington Snow Entomological Collection of the University of
Kansas. He tells me that he agrees with Champion, 1901, that
A. vicinus Mayr and A. signoreti Mayr are the same species.

Comparative Notes. This is one of the smallest species in the
genus, and can be separated from the other two small species, A.
ovatus Stal and A. breviceps Stall, by the glabrous venter, wide
membrane, antennae, and caudal filament characters as shown by
Plate XLIX, fig. 2; Plate L, fig. 7; Plate LI, fig. 4.

Data on Distribution. Mayr, 1871, mentions the fact that there
is one specimen in Signoret's collection labeled from Guatemala.

I have seen the following in the Francis Huntington Snow Ento-
mological Collection: Mexico: Rio de las Balsas, Guerrero, Hobart
Smith 1932; Colima, Dr. 0. Staudinger 1929. Central America:
El Salvador. R. A. Stirton; San Jose, Costa Rica, H. Schmidt 1932;
Rio Virilla, Costa Rica, H. Schmidt 1931. Panama: Chiriqua,
Staudinger 1912; Patria? From the United States National Mu-
seum, Washington, D. C: One specimen labeled "Victoria, Ta-
maulipas XII-10-09, Mex., F. C. Bishop collector." Another speci-
men is labeled "Rio Acelhuate, San Salvador, Salvador, 1-21-24,
Hildebrand collector."

Abedus ovatus Stal, 1862

Plate XLIX, fig. 1

1862. A. ovatus Stal. Stet. Ent, Zeit., XXIII, p. 461.

1863. Stenoscytus Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XIII, pp. 343-347, PI. II, figs.
6-10.

1863. S. mcxicanus Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XIII, p. 347, PI. II, figs. 6-10.
1901. A. ovatus Stal. Champion, Biol. Centr. Amer., Heter., II, p. 363, PI. 21, fig. 19.
(Says S. mexicans Mayr is synonym.)

Size. (Ten specimens measured.) Average length from the front
of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen 24.9 mm., average width of
head between inner posterior border of the eyes 3 mm., width of
head including the eyes 6.4 mm., width of anterior portion of
prothorax 6.9 mm., width of posterior border of metathorax 9.5 mm.,
greatest width about midlength of hemelytra 14.6 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: dusky brown, varying from dark to some-
what lighter shades in different specimens; with head, prothorax,
and scutellum darker brown. Ventral side: tibiae of forelegs with
two yellow crossbands on the outer surface; similar bands may be
seen on the tibiae of the middle and hind legs of some specimens;
abdominal venter entirely pubescent except for an elongated in-
verted V-shaped glabrous area along the median ridge; the hairs

500 The University Science Bulletin

covering the abdominal venter are of a light brown to a dark gray-
ish color; caudal filaments with black hairs.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae slender, three- or four-seg-
mented, having on the second and third segments a short, straight
prolongation which is shorter than the antennal prolongations of A.
breviceps Stal and A. signoreti Mayr; the membrane of the hem-
elytra without any closed cells and .5 mm. at its widest point;
metaxyphus strongly keeled; caudal filaments broad and stout, with
a swollen pouch-like membrane on the dorsal side of each filament
as shown on Plate LI, fig. 7.

Types: Stal, 1862, in his description of this species does not
designate types. He states that the specimens are in the Museum
at Stockholm, and in the collection of Signoret. He says nothing
of the habitat of this species, except that the work in which the
description was published is called "Hemiptera Mexicana." Mayr,
1863, says that specimens of Stenoscytus mexicanus (Mayr) may
be found in the "Kaiserliche Zoologische Museum at Wien," and in
his collection from Mexico; and for Abedus ovatus Stal he says that
specimens from Mexico are found in the Museum in Stockholm
and Museum in Vienna, in the collection of Signoret, Fieber, and
Mayr. H. B. Hungerford, 1928, while examining entomological col-
lections in Europe, says the following about a specimen which is in
the Museum at Stockholm: "the specimen has an old paper label
'ovatus Stal' 'Mexico' 'Signt.' It must be the type."

Comparative Notes. This is one of the smallest species that has
been described in the genus, and can be separated from the other
small species — A. signoreti Mayr, A. breviceps Stal — by the pres-
ence of an elongated inverted V-shaped bare area along the median
ridge on the abdominal venter (PI. XLIX, fig. 1) ; with a short,
straight prolongation from the second and third segments (PI. L,
fig. 4) ; and caudal filament characters as shown on Plate LI, fig. 7.

Data on Distribution. Champion, 1901, gives the following data:
"North America — Arizona, Texas, Lower California. Mexico: Xau-
ripa in Guerrero, and Jalapa.

I have seen the following in the Francis Huntington Snow En-
tomological Collection: Mexico: Real de Arriva District of Temas-
caltepec, H. E. Hinton 1933. San Cristobal, 1920 and 1929.

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus ;,oi

Abedus breviceps Stal, 1862

(Plate XLIX, fig. 3)
1862. .1. brew, p Stal Ste1 I'm. Zeit., XXIII, p. 462.
1871. A. breviceps Stal. Mayr, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien XXI p 404
1901. A. breviceps Stal. Champion, Biol. Centr. Am., Heter., II, p. 3G3, PI. 21, fig. 20.

Size. (Ten specimens measured.) Average length from the
front of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen 26.08 mm.; average
width, between inner posterior border of the eyes 3 mm 'width of
head including the eyes 6.5 mm.; width of anterior portion of
prothorax 6.8 mm.; width of posterior border of metathorax 10 4
mm.; greatest width about mid-length of hemelytra 15.6 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: color varies from a light brown to a dark
brown; with head, prothorax, and scutellum reddish-brown. Ventral
side: tibiae of forelegs with two yellow crossbands on the outer
surface; abdominal venter bare along the median ridge but covered
with reddish-yellow hairs along the pleural border, the hairs on the
pleural area lighter in color; caudal filaments with dark brown and
yellow hairs.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae slender, three- or four-seg-
mented, having on the second and third segments a long, curved
prolongation which is longer than the prolongations on the antennae
of Asignoreti Mayr; the membrane of the hemelytra with a few
closed cells and 1.7 mm. at its widest point; metaxyphus stronglv
keeled; caudal filaments broad and stout, and without a swollen
pouch-hke structure on the dorsal side of each.

Types. Stal, 1862, in his description of this species does not
designate types. He states that the specimens are in the Museum
at Stockholm, and in the collection of Signoret. He gives no
locality of the specimens he described, except that the work in
which the description was published is called "Hemiptera Mexicana."
Mayr, 1863, gives as location of some specimens the Museum at
Stockholm in Signoret's collection and in the Museum at Vienna
H. B. Hungerford, 1928, while examining entomological collections
m Europe, compared some specimens of A. breviceps Stal from the
Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection at the Univer-
sity of Kansas with specimens of that species found in the Museum
at Stockholm and in the Museum at Vienna.

Comparative Notes. This is one of the smallest species in the
genus, and can be separated from the two other small species A
signoreti Mayr and A. ovatus Stal, by the presence of hair along
the border of the abdominal venter (PI. XLIX, fig. 3) ; antennae

32—7186

502 The University Science Bulletin

as shown in Plate L, figure 8; and caudal filament characters as
shown by Plate LI, figure 2.

Data on Distribution. Champion, 1901, gives the following loca-
tion for this species. Mexico: Cuernavaca.

I have seen the following in the Francis Huntington Snow En-
tomological Collection at the University of Kansas: Mexico:
Tejupilco, H. E. Hinton 1933; Tarandacuao, Hobart Smith 1932;
San Antonio, P. A. Readio 1927, L. D. Anderson 1927, and Stevenson
1927; Real de Arriva District of Tema-scaltepec, H. E. Hinton
1933. United States: Arizona, Cochise Co., L. D. Anderson 1927;
Texas, Valentino, L. D. Anderson 1927, and R. H. Beamer 1927.
From the United States National Museum, Washington, D. C.
One specimen labeled "Mex. 2499, Collection of C. F. Baker." An-
other specimen "P. R. Uhler, Collection."

Abedus dilatatus (Say), 1832

(Plate LI, fig. 8)

1832. Belostoma dilatatus (Sav). Heter., N. Harm., p. 38; Fitch Reprint, p. 810;
Compl. Writ., I, p. 366.

1862. Serphus Stal. Stet. Ent. Zeit., XXIII, p. 462.

1862. Serphus dilatatus (Say). Stal, Stet. Ent. Zeit., XXIII, p. 462.

1871. Serphus dilatatus (Say). Mayr, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXI, p. 403.

1897. Deinostoma dilatatus (Say). Kirkaldy, Entomologist, XXX, pp. 258-259.

1901. Deinostoma dilatatus (Say). Champion, Biol. Centr. Am., Heter., II, p. 362,
PI. XXI, fig. 18-18a.

Size. Length of body from the front of the eyes to the tip of the
abdomen (male) 29 mm., (female) 25 mm.; width between inner
posterior border of the eyes (male) 3 mm., (female) 2.9 mm.;
width of head including the eyes (male) 7 mm., (female) 7 mm.;
width of anterior portion of prothorax (male) 8 mm., (female)
7.5 mm.; width of posterior border of metathorax (male) 10.5 mm.,
(female) 9.5 mm.; greatest width about mid-length of hemelytra
(male) 16 mm., (female) 14.2 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: the color of this species varies, some speci-
mens being light brown and others being dark grayish-brown, with
head, prothorax, and scutellum darkest of all. Ventral side: tibiae
of the forelegs with two narrow, light yellow crossbands on the outer
surface; venter covered with light yellow, reddish-brown, or dark
brown, velvety hairs; pleural area covered with lighter colored
hairs; caudal filaments covered with brown hairs and a band of
dark hairs crossing each filament beyond the middle.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae three-segmented with a
short prolongation from the second segment and none from the third

Hidalgo: Genus Abeius 503

segment; membrane of hemelytra with conspicuous closed cells and
1.3mm. at its widest point; metaxyphus keeled; caudal filaments
broad, stout and covered with long hairs. Each filament has a
swollen pouch-like structure on the dorsal side about mid-length.

Types. Say, 1832, in his description of Belostoma dilatatus does
not mention anything about types or their location, if there are any.
Stal, 1862, mentions the Museum at Stockholm as the location of
some specimens of Scrphus dilatatus (Say). Mayr, 1863, says that
there are six males and five females of this species located in the
Museum at Stockholm, and also other specimens in the Museum at
Vienna.

Comparative Notes. This species is about the same size as A.
signoreti Mayr, A. brcviceps Stal, and A. ovatus Stal, but it can be
separated from them by the entirely pubescent venter; three-seg-
mented antennae with or without a definite prolongation from the
second segment and none from the third segment (PI. L. fig. 6) ;
and the caudal filaments with a swollen pouch-like structure on the
dorsal side of each filament about the middle. It differs from A.
montandoni De Carlo in that A. dilatatus (Say) has the meta-
xyphus keeled.

Data on Distribution. Champion gives the following on distribu-
tion: "North America — California, Lower California, and Arizona.
Mexico — Tacubaya, San Bartolo, Puebla, and between Vera Cruz
and Jalapa."

I have seen the following in the Francis Huntington Snow En-
tomological Collection at the University of Kansas. Mexico:
Michoacan, Zitacuaro; Tarandacuao, Hobart Smith 1932. United
States: Utah, St. George, L. A. Woodbury, collector.

Abedus macronyx (Mayr), 1863

(Plate L, fig. 2)

1863. Pedinocoris macronyx Mayr. Verb. Zool.-Bot. Gcs. Wien, XIII, p. 350, PI. II,

figs. 1-4.

1863. Pedinocoris Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XIII, pp. 317-350, PI. II, figs. 1-5.

1871. Pedinocoris macronyx Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXI, p. 405.

1901. Pedinocoris macronyx Mayr. Champion, Biol. Centrali-Amerciana, Heter., II,
p. 364.

Size. Male (one specimen in the Francis Huntington Snow Ento-
mological Collection, University of Kansas), length from the front
of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen 37.1 mm., width of head be-
tween inner posterior border of the eyes 4.9 mm., width of head in-
cluding the eyes 8.9 mm., width of anterior portion of prothorax
10 mm., width of the posterior border of metathorax 13 mm., great-

504 The University Science Bulletin

est width about mid-length of hemelytra 22 mm., length of fore-
tarsal claws 1.1 mm., length of terminal tarsal segment 1 mm.,
length of the second tarsal segment .8 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: yellowish-brown, with head, prothorax, and
scutellum dark brown. Ventral side: tibiae of forelegs with two
yellow crossbands on the outer surface; abdominal venter covered
with dark brown, velvety hairs, which are reddish-brown on the
pleural region.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae long, stout, three-segmented
with no prolongation from any segment; membrane of hemelytra
with closed veins and 2 mm. at its widest point; metaxyphus ele-
vated, but not keeled; fore tarsal claw 1.1 mm. in length.

Types. Mayr, 1863, gives the "Kaiserliche Zoologische Museum"
as the location of a specimen, but does not mention the type. Mayr,
1871, states that he has specimens of this species in his collection.

Comparative Notes. This is the largest species of the genus and
can be separated from the other large species, A. indentatus^ (Hald.)
and A. hunger jordi De Carlo, by the antennal and fore-tarsal char-
acters given in the key to the species on pp. 497 and 498.

Data on Distribution. Mayr, 1863 and 1871, gives California as
the habitat of this species.

Champion, 1901, adds the following localities: Mexico: Rio Mes-
cales, Cuesta de Miscantla, and Jalapa. Lower California.

I have seen the following in the Francis Huntington Snow Ento-
mological Collection at the University of Kansas: Arizona, F. H.
Snow 1902. From the United States National Museum, Washington,
D. C: "Reddington, Arizona, Dr. W. Barnes, dedit."

Abedus montandoni De Carlo, 1932

(Plate L, fig. 5)

1932. Abedus montandoni De Carlo. Revista De La Soeiedad Entomologica Argentina,
No. 22, Nov. 30, pp. 121-123, PI. V, figs. 5-6.

Size. Length of body from the front of the eyes to the tip of
the abdomen 26 mm.; width between inner posterior border of the
eyes 3.3 mm.; width of head including the eyes 7 mm.; width of
anterior portion of prothorax 7 mm.; width of posterior border^ of
metathorax 9.5 mm.; greatest width about mid-length of hemelytra
15 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: light to dark brown; with head, prothorax,
and scutellum darkest of all in some specimens. Ventral side:
tibiae of forelegs with two light-yellow crossbands on the outer
surface; abdominal venter covered with dark brown, velvety shiny

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus 505

hairs; pleural area covered with reddish brown, shiny hairs; and
the connexiva light yellow.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae three-segmented, the second
segment with a short prolongation; the membrane of the hemelytra
with conspicuous closed cells, and 1.5 mm. at its widest point;
metaxyphus elevated but not strongly keeled; caudal filaments with-
out a swollen pouch-like structure on the dorsal side of each.

Types. Holotype, male; allotype, female; eight paratypes; Zina-
cantepec, Mexico, A. Spegazzini, collector. Holotype, allotype, and
seven paratypes are in the Natural History Museum of Buenos
Aires, catalogued under number 30432. One paratype is located in
the Francis Huntington Snow Entomological Collection, University
of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.

Comparative Notes. This species resembles A. signoreti Mayr,
A. breviceps Stal, and A. ovatus Stal, in size and also in color, but
can be distinguished from them by its entirely pubescent abdominal
venter, and its metaxyphus which is not strongly keeled. It is
smaller than A. macronyx (Mayr).

Data on Distribution. De Carlo, 1932, in his description of this
species, gives as its habitat, Mexico: Zinacantepec, A. Spegazzini,
collector.

I have seen the following in the Francis Huntington Snow En-
tomological Collection, Arizona, F. H. Snow. Mexico: Zinacante-
pec, A. Spegazzini collector.

Abedus hunger j or di De Carlo, 1932

(Plate L, fig. 9)

1932. Abedus hungerfordi De Carlo. Revista De La Sociedad Entomologica Argentina,
No. 22, Nov. 30, pp. 123-124, PI. V, figs. 3-4.

Size. (Ten specimens measured) . Average length from the front
of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen 34.5 mm. ; width between inner
posterior border of the eyes 3.4 mm.; width of head including the
eyes 8 mm.; width of anterior portion of prothorax 9 mm.; width
of the posterior border of metathorax 12 mm.; greatest width about
mid-length of hemelytra 18.9 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: the color of this species varies from a light
brown to a dark, grayish-brown, with head, prothorax, and scutel-
lum darkest of all. Ventral side: tibiae of forelegs with two nar-
row, light-yellow crossbands on the outer surface; abdominal venter
covered with velvety dark brown or reddish hairs; caudal filaments
light yellow with a narrow band of dark hairs crossing each fila-
ment bevond the middle.

506 The University Science Bulletin

Structural Characteristics. Antennae stout, four-segmented, the
second and third segments with a prolongation as in A. ovatus Stal,
A. signoreti Mayr, and A. breviceps Stal; the membrane of the
hemelytra with many closed cells and 2.5 mm. at its widest point;
metaxyphus broadly elevated but not keeled; caudal filaments
broad, stout, and covered with long hairs, and without a swollen
pouch-like structure on the dorsal side of each.

Types: Holotype, male; allotype, female; six paratypes; one al-
lotopotype, female; Alpine, California, L. D. Anderson, collector,
July 9, 1929. Four paratypes, females, one allotopotype, female,
and a holotype are located in the Francis Huntington Snow En-
tomological Collection, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kansas.
Three paratypes are located in the Museum of Natural History of
Buenos Aires, catalogued under number 30433.

Comparative Notes. This is one of the largest species of the
genus, and can be separated from the other large species, A.
dilatatus (Say), A. indentatus (Hald.), and A. herberti n. sp., by
the antennae (PI. L, fig. 9) ; caudal filaments (PI. LI, fig. 6) ; and
fore-tarsal claw characters as given in the key to the species on
pp. 497 and 498.

Data on Distribution. I have seen the following in the Francis
Huntington Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas.
California: Alpine, L. D. Anderson 1929, and R. H. Beamer 1929;
Laguna Mts., L. D. Anderson 1929 ; San Diego Co., R. H. Beamer
1929 ; Campo, H. W. Capps 1932 ; Indio, P. W. Oman 1929. Arizona :
Santa Rita Mts., R. H. Beamer 1932, and L. D. Anderson 1929,
and F. H. Snow; Huachuca Mts., R. H. Beamer 1927; Yavapai Co.,
P. A. Readio 1927; Chiricahua Mts., R. H. Beamer 1932; Pima Co.,
P. A. Readio 1927; Gila Co., P. A. Readio 1927; Sabino Canyon,
Painter 1932.

Abedus indentatus (Hald.), 1853

(Plate LI, fig. 3)

1853. Zaitha indentatus Hald. Proc. Acad. Sci. Phila., VI, p. 364.

1863. Pedinocoris brachonyz Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XIII, p. 351.

1871. Pedinocoris brachonyx Mayr. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXI, p. 405.

1877. Abedus indentatus (Hald.). Uhler, Wheeler's Rept. Chief Eng., p. 1331.

1900. Abedus Stal. Montandon, Bui. Sci. Bucharest, IX, Nos. 2, 3, p. 11.

Size. Female (one specimen in the collection) : Length from the
front of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen 35 mm. ; width of head
between inner posterior border of • the eyes 3.5 mm.; width of
anterior portion of prothorax 9 mm.; width of head including the
eyes 8 mm.; width of the posterior border of the metathorax 13 mm.;

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus 507

greatest width about mid-length of hemelytra 20 nun.; length of
fore-tars a 1 claws .4 mm.; length of terminal fore-tarsal segment 1.1
nun.; length of the second fore-tarsal segment .9 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: yellowish-brown. Head, prothorax, mesotho-
rax, and scutellum speckled with irregular dark-brown spots. Mem-
brane of the hemelytra dark brown. Ventral side: tibiae of fore-
legs with two yellow crossbands on the outer surface, abdominal
venter entirely pubescent with dark brown, reddish, velvety hairs.
The caudal filaments covered with brown hairs.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae long and stout, four-seg-
mented with a short, straight prolongation on the second and third
segments. Membrane of hemelytra with closed cells and 2.9 mm. in
width at its widest point. Metaxyphus broad and slightly elevated.
Caudal filaments broad, stout, and covered with long hairs, and
without a swollen pouch-like structure on the dorsal side of each.

Types. There is no information about types. Mayr, 1863, gives
as the location of one specimen of this species "Kaiserliche Zoolo-
gische Museum." Mayr, 1871, gives the Museum at Vienna as
the location of specimens of this species.

Comparative Notes. This species is about the largest in the
genus, but can be separated from the two other large species, A.
hungerfordi De Carlo and A. dilatatus (Say), by antennae (PL
L, fig. 3) ; metaxyphus; caudal filaments (PI. LI, fig. 3) ; and fore-
tarsal claw characters as given in the key to the species on pp. 497
and 498.

Data on Distribution. Mayr, 1863 and 1871, gives California as
the place of collection of the specimens which are located in the
"Kaiserliche Zoologische Museum in Wien."

I have seen one specimen which is in the Francis Huntington
Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas. Arizona:
Ft. Grant, 1917. One specimen from the United States National
Museum, Washington, D. C, which has no label.

Abedus herberti, n. sp.

(Plate LI, fig. 1)

Size. Male: Length from the front of the eyes to the tip of the
abdomen 29 mm.; width of head between inner posterior border of
the eyes 3 mm.; width of head including the eyes 7 mm.; width of
anterior portion of prothorax 7 mm.; width of the posterior border
of metathorax 10.5 mm.; greatest width about mid-length of hemely-
tra 16.5 mm.; length of fore-tarsal claws 1 mm.; length of terminal

508 The University Science Bulletin

fore-tarsal segment .9 mm.; length of second fore-tarsal segment
5 mm. Female: Similar to male in all measurements except length
from the front of the eyes to the tip of the abdomen, which is 30
mm., and width of head between inner posterior border of the eyes,
which is 4 mm.

Color. Dorsal side: dark, yellowish-brown. Head speckled with
small, irregular darker brown spots. Prothorax, mesothorax, and
scutellum nearly covered with dark brown irregular specks, except
for a spindle-shaped, yellowish area extending from the posterior
part of the prothorax and ending at the anterior border of the
scutellum. An irregular dark yellow area extends from the anterior
border to the posterior border on the median line of the prothorax.
Ventral side: tibiae of forelegs and middle legs with two yellow
crossbands on the outer surface. Abdominal venter entirely pubes-
cent with dark brown, velvety hairs, which are reddish-brown along
the border of the venter and also in the pleural region. Connexiva
translucent yellow. Caudal filaments light yellow and a band of
dark hairs crossing each filament beyond the middle.

Structural Characteristics. Antennae long and stout, three-seg-
mented, having a short, straight prolongation on the second and
third segments. The prolongations are shorter than those in the
antennae of A. breviceps Stal, A. signoreti Mayr, and A. ovatus
Stal; membrane of the hemelytra with closed cells and 1.8 mm. at
its widest point; metaxyphus elevated but not keeled; caudal fila-
ments broad, stout, and covered with long hairs. Each filament
with an elongated, swollen pouch-like membrane on the dorsal side
as shown on Plate LI, figure 1.

Types. Holotype, male ; allotype, female ; five paratypes, Arizona ;
F. H. Snow, collector. These are located in the Francis Huntington
Snow Entomological Collection, University of Kansas, Lawrence,
Kansas.

Comparative Notes. This species may be confused in size with
A. breviceps Stal, A. signoreti Mayr, and A. ovatus Stal, but may be
separated from them by antennae (PI. L, fig. 1); metaxyphus; ab-
dominal venter; membrane of the hemelytra; and caudal filament
characters as given in the key to the species on pp. 497 and 498.

Data on Distribution. The Francis Huntington Snow Entomo-
logical Collection has specimens of this species from Arizona, F. H.
Snow, collector. One specimen from the United States National
Museum, Washington, D. C, labeled "Arizona, P. R. Uhler Col-
lection."

Hidalgo: Genus Abedis 509

BIBLIOGRAPHY

1. Bueno, J. R., de la Torre. 1907. Can. Ent., XXXIX, p. 336. Abedus Stal.

2. Comstock, J. H. 1919. An Introduction to Entomology, p. 366. Key to
the Four Genera of Belostomatidae of North America by H. B. Hunger-
ford.

3. Champion, G. C. 1901. Biologia Contrali-Americana, Heter., II, p. 362,
Deinostoma Kirkaldy; p. 363, Abedus Stal.; p. 362, D. dilatatus (Say);
p. 363, pi. 21, fig. 19, A. oval us Stal; p. 363, pi. 21, fig. 20, A. breviceps Stal;
p. 363, pi. 21, A. signoreti Mayr; p. 364, P. macronyx Mayr; p. 364,
Pedinocoris Mayr.

4. De Carlo, J. A. 1932. Revista De La Sociedad Entomologica Argentina,
Nov. 22, pp. 121-123, pi. V, figs. 5-6, A. montandoni De Carlo, pp. 123-124,
pi. V, figs. 3-4, A. hungerjordi De Carlo.

5. Dufour, L. 1863. Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr., ser. 4, III, p. 395, A. dilatatus
(Say); pp. 379, 395, Deinostoma Kirk.; pp. 379, 396, Abedus Stal.; p. 396,
A. ovatus Stal; p. 396, A. breviceps Stal.

6. Haldeman, S. S. 1853. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila, VI, p. 364, Zaitha
imh ntatus (Hald.).

7. Herrich-Schaeffer, G. A. W. 1853. Wanz. Ins., IX, p. 35, fig. 898,
Z. dilatatus (Say).

8. Kirkaldy, G. W. 1897. Entomologist, XXX, p. 258, Deinostoma Kirk.;
p. 259, D. dilatatus (Say).

9. 1898. Entomologist, XXXI, p. 3, A. macronyx (Mayr).

10. 1906. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, XXXII, p. 151, Abedus Stal, Deino-
stoma Kirk., Pedinocoris Mayr.

11. Kirkaldy and Bueno. 1908. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., X, p. 189, Abedus Stal.

12. Mayr, G. L. 1863. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XIII, pp. 341, 343,
Abedus Stal; p. 347, pi. 11, figs. 6-10, Stenoscytus Mayr, S. mexicanus
Mayr; pp. 347-350, pi. 11, figs. 1-5, Pedinocoris Mayr; p. 350, pi. 11, figs.
1-4, Pedinocoris brachonyx Mayr.

13. 1871. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, XXI, pp. 400, 401, 403, Abedus

Stal; pp. 401, 403, Deinostoma Kirk.; pp. 401, 405, Pedinocoris Mayr;
p. 403, S. dilatatus (Say); p. 405, A. vicinus Mayr; p. 404, A. signoreti
Mayr; p. 404, A. breviceps Stal; p. 404, A. ovatus Stal; p. 405, A. signoreti
Mayr; p. 405, P. macronyx Mayr; p. 405, P. brachonyx Mayr.

14. Montandon, A. L. 1900. Bui. Soc. Sci. Bucarest, IX, Nos. 2, 3, p. 11,
Abedus Stal.

15. 1903. Bui. Soc. Sci. Bucarest, XII, pp. 110, 113, Abedus Stal;

p. 113, Deinostoma Kirk.; p. 113, Pedinocoris Mayr.

16. Say, T. 1832. Heter., N. Harm, p. 38; Fitch Reprint, p. 810; Compl.
Writ, I, 366, B. dilatatus Say.

17. Stal, C. 1862. Stet, Ent. Zeit, XXIII, p. 461, Abedus Stal; p. 462,
Deinostoma Kirk.; p. 462, A. ovatus Stal; p. 462, A. breviceps Stal; p. 462,
S. dilatatus (Say).

18. 1865. Hemip. Afr, III, p. 179, Deinostoma Kirk. (Serphus Stal) ;

p. 180, Abedus Stal.

19. Uhler, P. R. 1875. Wheeler's Surv. 100th Merid, V, p. 840, A. ovatus
Stal.

510 The University Science Bulletin

20. 1876. Bui. U. S. Geol. Geog. Surv., I, p. 338, A. ovatus Stal; p.

338, A. dilatatus (Say) Serphus Stal; p. 338, A. macronyx (Mayr).

21. 1877. Wheelers Rept. Chief Eng., p. 1331, A. macronyx (Mayr);

p. 1331, A. indentatus (Hald.) ; p. 1332, A. breviceps Stal.

22. 1884. Stand. Nat, Hist., II, p. 258, A. dilatatus (Say) Serphus Stal;

p. 258, Abedus Stal.

23. 1894. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., ser. 2, IV, p. 291, A. ovatus Stal;

p. 292, A. macronyx (Mayr) ; p. 292, A. dilatatus (Say) Serphus Stal.

24. Van Duzee, E. P. 1914. Trans. San Diego Soc. Nat. Hist., II, p. 33, A.
dilatatus (Say).

512 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE XLIX

Fig. 1. Abdominal venter of Abedus ovatus Stal.
Fig. 2. Abdominal venter of Abedus signoreti Mayr.
Fig. 3. Abdominal venter of Abedus breviceps Stal.

The figures are to illustrate the extent of pubescence mentioned in the key
on page 497.

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus

513

PLATE XLIX

1. A. ovatus

2. A.

signoreti

»M5

'A'< mix y> vw1

WV

imp®
MM

MMu'tfi'/f'

/V'/'jWii'"

3. A. breviceps

514 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE L

Fig. 1. Antenna of Abedus herberti Hidalgo.

Fig. 2. Antenna of Abedus macronyx (Mayr).

Fig. 3. Antenna of Abedus indentatus (Hald.).

Fig. 4. Antenna of Abedus ovatus Stal.

Fig. 5. Antenna of Abedus montandoni De Carlo.

Fig. 6. Antenna of Abedus dilatatus (Say).

Fig. 7. Antenna of Abedus signoreti Mayr.

Fig. 8. Antenna of Abedus breviceps Stal.

Fig. 9. Antenna of Abedus hungerjordi De Carlo.

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus

515

PLATE L

I. A. Inihrrti

2. A. nuii.imv

3. A. indentatus

4. A. ovatus

5. A. montandoni

6. A. dilatatus

7. A. signoreti

8. A. brevictps

9. A. hungerfordi

516

The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LI

Fig. 1. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus herberti Hidalgo.

Fig. 2. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus breviceps Stal.

Fig. 3. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus indentatus (Hald.).

Fig. 4. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus signoreti Mayr.

Fig. 5. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus montandoni De Carlo.

Fig. 6. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus hungerfordi De Carlo.

Fig. 7. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus ovatus Stal.

Fig. 8. Retractile caudal filament of Abedus dilatatus (Say).

At the base or upper end of each of these filaments will be seen the spiracle.
Figures 7 and 8 show the swollen-like structure on the dorsal side of the fila-
ment mentioned in the key on page 497.

Hidalgo: Genus Abeihs

517

PLATE LI

1. A. herberti

4. A. signoreti

6. A. hungerfordi
33—7186

2. A. breviceps

7. A. ovatns

3. A. indentarus

5. A. montandoni

8. A. dilatatus

518 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LII

Map showing the distribution of the genus Abedus Stal.

Hidalgo: Genus Abedus

519

PLATE LII

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SCIENCE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII. 1 April 15, 1935 [No. 11

The Insect Tarsus

PHILIP LEVEREAULT

Department of Entomology, University of Kansas

TO THE student-entomologist of the American university the
insect tarsus appears, at present, as an ill-defined feature, and
a muddled terminology aggravates the situation. This paper, it is
hoped, may serve to clarify the morphology of the insect tarsus.

Since the tarsus is a segment of the body-wall evagination pro-
ducing the insect limb, it is probably to advantage that this dis-
cussion begin with the present conception of the origin of the in-
sect leg. The prototype of the present insect leg was most prob-
ably well segmented, so it should be understood that the simple
evagination represented by Plate LIII, figure 1, is a diagram of the
protoarthropodan appendage. Stripped of their individual speciali-
zations the limbs of some annelids are rather similar in structural
plan to that of figure 1.

Sclerotization of the pleura, and of the limbs themselves, involves
the necessity of certain mechanical modifications, namely, the de-
velopment of more or less persistent sclerites and articulations.
Probably the first modification, after sclerotization, of the ap-
pendage of figure 1 was the division into a primary coxa {pes, PI.
LIII, fig. 2) and a telopodite (tip). Snodgrass believes the second
modification of a divisional nature separated the telopodite of
figure 2 into primary femur (pfm, PI. LIII, fig. 3) and primary
tibia (ptb). Basally from the primary femur the trochanter sepa-
rated, and from the primary tibia the tarsus separated, which
resulted in the probable primitive segmentation of the thoracic ap-
pendage of the insect-ancestor, as shown in Plate LIII, figure 4.

Paleontology offers only meager evidence, and ontogeny, as far as
the university student is concerned, is no more explicit than paleon-
tology concerning the development of the insect leg. The mor-

(521)

522 The University Science Bulletin

phologist has to resort to comparative studies and to his imagina-
tion, guided by "common sense." If the preceding paragraph does
not appear reasonable, the reader should study Snodgrass' paper on
the insect, head (Smithson. Rpt. for 1931, pages 465-467), and his
paper on the thorax (Smithson. Miscl. Col., v. 80, pages 72-98), in
which he discusses the subject in detail. In this paper the tarsus
is the object under scrutiny.

In figure 4, Plate LIII, the tarsus is represented as a single leg-
segment, which is not the generalized condition in insects. The most
generalized orthopterans have the tarsus with six subdivisions, each
of which is adequately described by the term subsegment. That
these subsegments are not individually equal in value to a segment
such as the tibia or femur is indicated by the lack of muscles be-
tween the subsegments (see PI. LIII, fig. 5). The base of / (PI.
LIII, fig. 5) usually has extensor (1) and flexor (2) muscles ex-
tending into and attached to the tibia, which suggests that the six
tarsal articles are subdivisions of one segment.

Before establishing any conclusions, however, the flexor appa-
ratus of the claws should be considered. Plate LIII, figure 6, shows
the nature of this apparatus in longitudinal section. The unguitra-
tor (ugt) is a sclerite at the ventral base of the distal-most tarsal
subsegment, and has an invagination to which the unguiflexor tendon
(u-t) is attached. The tendon extends into the tibia, and the
unguiflexor muscle is not, usually, the basitarsal flexor. Such a
condition does not materially aid deMeijere's idea of the two-seg-
mented primary tarsus, but it also prevents the unconditional ac-
ceptance of the single-segmented primary tarsus, since muscles
are known to shift origins, and since the attachment of the ungui-
flexor tendon to the unguitractor plate strongly suggests a flexor ap-
paratus for the base of a true limb-segment.

Whether or not the tarsus is primarily two-segmented cannot be
settled at the present time, but something can be done towards
rectifying other conceptions of the insect tarsus. Even if deMeijere's
idea proves to be correct, his term "pretarsus" is not a fortunate one.
Distitarsus is more definitive.

Before considering more terminological alterations, the morphol-
ogy of the distitarsus should be made clear. Figure 7, Plate LIII,
is a diagram illustrating that the claws are essentially evaginations
of the distitarsal cuticula. The sclerotization of these evagina-
tions, and the unguiflexor apparatus make it mechanically neces-
sary that the claws articulate against some firm feature, and the

Levereault: Insect Tarsus 523.

dorsodistal rim of the preceding subsegment is a convenient point
for such an articulation.

The median portion of the distitarsus then becomes a cushion-like
structure between the claws, and, in place of "arolium" (the Latin
for a roll of cloth!) the term pulvillus is suggested. It is here
acknowledged that the term pulvillus has been used for the paired
pads beneath the claws of certain insects, but since these paired pads
are most probably ventrolateral evaginations of the median pulvillus
why is not the term parapulvillus better for the pad beneath the
claw''

As for the term "empodium" it is not needed, since it is recognized
by most morphologists as an elongated process of the unguitractor
(PI. LIII, fig. 8). It is hardly sensible to have two terms for one
structure.

Comparative ontogenetical studies may furnish evidence for the
correct interpretation of the tarsus, but until the results of such
studies are made available this simple interpretation and term
revision is contributed especially to the university student-ento-
mologist.

REFERENCES

Crampton, G. C. 1923. Preliminary note on terminology for the insect leg.

Can. Ent. 55, pp. 126-132.
deMeijere, J. C. H. 1901. Uber das letzte Glied der Beine den Arthropodan.

Zool. Jahrb., Anat., 14, 417-476.
Snodgrass, R. E. 1927. Morphology of insect thorax. Smithson. Miscl. Col.,

80.

1JU1. JU. * WXU LJ.VJ1J. V

ABBREVIATIONS

a — dorsal or chief articulatory

pfm — primary femur

point of coxa.

pin — pleuron

app — appendage

ppul — parapulvillus

b — ventral or accessory

articulatory

scl — sclerite

point of coxa.

tar — tarsus

cla — claw-

tb — tibia

ex — coxa

tip — telopodite

fin — femur

tr — trochanter

m — membrane

ugt — unguitractor

pcx — primary coxa

u-t — unguiflexor tendon

524: The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LI 1 1

Fig. 1. Hypothetical appendage, based upon fundamental annelidan ap-
pendage.

Fig. 2. Sclerotized hypothetical appendage.

Fig. 3. Sclerotized hypothetical appendage with primary leg-segments lead-
ing to the insect type.

Fig. 4. General plan of the insect leg.

Fig. 5. Left half of tarsus, from sagittal plane, with the subsegment condi-
tion as in generalized Orthoptera.

Fig. 6. Left half of distitarsus, from sagittal plane.

Fig. 7. Ventral half of distitarsus from inner view.

Fig. 8. A — Dorsal view of grasshopper distitarsus. B — Ventral view of
grasshopper distitarsus.

Fig. 9. Ventral view of an asilid distitarsus.

Fig. 10. Ventral view of a tabanid distitarsus.

Lkykrk.u i.t: Insect Tarsus

>25

PLATE LIII

pin X/

Jif 1

— i I

1 u m m i jzt

,pul

\,

ex

RK^ Flip} % ft -c7?^ C7^7
^ / MV7 J|V«V

^J/'a. <3

J?y. 9 J5y. /0

THE UNIVERSITY OP KANSAS

SGIENGE BULLETIN

Vol. XXII.] April 15, 1935 [No. 18.

A Monograph of the Genera Alapus and Hebecephalus
(Cicadellidae Homoptera)

R. H. BEAMER and L. D. TUTHILL,
Department of Entomology, University of Kansas

Abstract: North American (north of Mexico) species of the genera Alaptjs
and Hebecephalus are reviewed and the following new species described:
A. acutus, A. elongatus, A. angulatus, H. furcilliatus, H. rostratus, H. sagittatus,
H. truncatus, H. occidenlalis, H. adversus. Hebecephalus signatifrons var.
crassus DeLong is raised to specific rank. Hebecephalus obesus (Osb. & Ball)
is referred back to Deltocephalus. Drawings of male and female genitalia
and keys to all species are included. Types of all new species are in the Snow
Collection, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan.

INTRODUCTION

THIS paper is a review of the known species of the genera Alapus
and Hebecephalus in North America north of Mexico, with the
descriptions of nine new species. Thanks are due Dr. H. H. Knight
of Iowa State College, Dr. J. N. Knull of Ohio State University
and Mr. Maurice James of the Colorado Agricultural College for
the loan of type material.

The Genus Alapus DeLong

The genus Alapus was erected in 1929 by DeLong and Sleesman
(Annals Ent. Soc. Am. p. 86, vol. XXII, 1929) to receive Delto-
cephalus fraternus Ball and Deltocephalus mendosus Ball. Since
the genus has been more than doubled and we are adding three new
species at this time, making a total of seven, we are giving a key
to separate the various forms.

Key to the Species of Alaptjs

1. Male pygofer about twice as long as plates 2

Male pygofer much shorter, not over one and one half as long as plates 3

2. Male plates exceeding the valve by almost its length; posterior margin of last

ventral segment of female shallowly excavated attenuatus Lawson, p. 529

Male plates much shorter, exceeding valves by one third its length; posterior

margin of last ventral segment of female deeply excavate elongatus n. sp., p. 531

(527)

528 The University Science Bulletin

3. Styles long, tips usually visible at apex of plates 4

Styles short, never visible at apex of plates 6

4. Valve very long and acute, almost as long as plates; whole posterior margin of

plates membranous and shriveled in appearance ; last ventral segment of female
smoothly excavated to pair of large median teeth.

marcidus Beamtr and Tuthill, p. 529
Valve much shorter; posterior margin of last ventral segment of female with
small or no median teeth 5

5. Large species 3.5-4 mm. ; outer third of style with sides almost straight and

parallel; posterior margin of last ventral segment of female with two teeth.

angulatus n. sp., p. 529
Smaller species 3-3.5 mm.; outer third of style crescent -shaped ; posterior margin

of last ventral segment of female without teeth mendosus (Ball), p. 530

6. Male plates rounding to rather blunt apices ; posterior margin of last ventral seg-

ment of female concavely excavated to two prominent median teeth.

fratermis (Ball), p. 528
Male plates obliquely truncated to sharp apices ; posterior margin of last ventral

segment of female almost straight, median teeth not prominent. . .acutus n. sp., p. 528

Alarms fratermis (Ball)

Deltocephalus fraternus Ball, E. D., Can. Ent. XLIII, p. 102, 1911.

This is a very common Florida species. The study of many speci-
mens leads one to the conclusion that there is quite a variation in
the posterior margin of the last ventral segment of the female.
Dissections of males, however, reveal quite constant characters.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus very small. Styles large and broad,
never reaching apex of plates, with quite long and slender lateral
processes near outer third; slightly curved on inner margin, tips
truncate, outer margin longest.

Alapus acutus n. sp.

Resembling A. fraternus (Ball), but male plates with acute apices
and female last ventral segment with posterior margin scarcely
concave and very deep mesal slit. Length, 3.5-4 mm.

Color. Grayish-white with definite tawny tinge. Vertex with
fuscous spots typical of Alapus, arcs of face visible. Pronotum
fleeted with fuscous. Elytra with veins light, irregularly fuscous
margined. Venter more or less fuscous.

Structure. Vertex about half again as long mesally as width be-
tween eyes, slightly concave before apex. Elytra slightly shorter
than abdomen in females and usually about as long in males.

External Genitalia. Last ventral segment of female about one
half as long again as preceding. Posterior margin scarcely con-
cave, with deep mesal slit and two notches each side forming a pair
of sharp median teeth and a broader, blunter one on each side.
Male valve acute. Plates slightly broader than valve at base,
outer margin slightly sinuate to apex of valve, then obliquely

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecephalus 529

truncate to sharp apices. Pygofer usually exceeding plates by about
half their length, basal tumosity not prominent,

Internal Genitalia. Styles much shorter than plates, with broad
truncate apices and stout lateral processes.

Holotype, male; allotype female; 6 females and 8 males Estero,
Fla., July 21. 1934, R. II. Beamer. Other paratypes as follows:
1 male and 4 females, Tampa, Fla., July 20, 1934, P. McKinstry;
1 male and 1 female, Bonita Springs, Fla., July 21, 1934, J. D.
Beamer; 7 males, Fort Myers, Fla., Aug. 14, 1930, R. H. Beamer;
3 males, Fort Myers, Fla., Aug. 14, 1930, P. W. Oman.

Alapus attenuatus Lawson

Alapus attenuatus Lawson, Paul B., Jour. Kans. Ent. Soc, Jan., 1032, vol. 5, No. 1, p. 29.

This large species is quite easily recognized by the very long
male pygofers, coupled with the distinctive shape and size of the
male plates. The females are more easily confused with .4. frater-
nus, from which they may usually be separated by the posterior
margin of the last ventral segment of the female being slightly
excavated with not prominent median teeth as compared with
prominent lateral angles, deep excavation of posterior margin and
prominent median teeth of fraternus.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus inconspicuous. Styles not reaching
apex of plates, inner margins almost straight, apices truncate.

Alapus marcidus Beamer and Tuthill

Alapus nwrcidus Beamer and Tuthill, Jour. Kans. Ent, Soc, vol. VII, p. 1, 1934.

This species is usually quite readily distinguished by the three-
notched appearance of the posterior margin of the last ventral seg-
ment of the female. The males are more readily confused with A.
fraternus, but may be separated by the shape of the male plates.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus very small. Styles large, some-
times visible at tip of plates, outer third semisagittate, inner margin
slightly curved, sides slightly converging.

Alapus angulatus n. sp.

Resembling A. marcidus B. & T., but with processes on outside of
male style at about right angles to shaft, apex of plates more round-
ing, last ventral segment of female with mesal notch very nar-
row and shallow with very prominent keel below notch. Length,
3.5-4 mm.

530 The University Science Bulletin

Color. Grayish-white with tawny tinge. Vertex with usual five
spots. Frontal arcs showing on margin. Pronotum irregularly
flecked with fuscous. Elytra with veins light, irregularly fuscous
margined. Face fuscous with definite light arcs mesally incomplete.
Venter more or less fuscous.

Structure. Vertex rather acute, one third longer mesally than
width between eyes. Elytra longer than abdomen in male, slightly
exceeded by pygofer in female.

External Genitalia. Last ventral segment of female about one
and one half times as long as preceding, posterior margin deeply
concave with pair of sharp teeth bordering shallow, very narrow
median slit, oval black spot almost reaching base of segment each
side of prominent mesal keel. Male valve acute. Plates slightly
wider than valve at base, outer margins straight to apex of valve,
evenly rounded to apices, small rectangular apical portion of plates
with withered appearance, often exposing tips of styles. Pygofer
large, bulbous near base, heavy throughout, exceeding plates by
about one fourth their length, decidedly stouter than in A. marcidus.

Internal Genitalia. Styles equalling plates in length with lateral
processes at right angles to shaft midway between apex and point
of attachment; apices truncate. Processes of pygofer much as in
A. marcidus.

Holotype, male; allotype, female; two male and two female para-
types, Okefenokee Swamp, Georgia, Aug. 3, 1934, R. H. Beamer.

Alapus mendosus (Ball)

Deltocephalus fratemus var. mendosus Ball, E. D. Can. Ent., XLIU, p. 202, 1911.

This species, the smallest so far in the genus, is typically found
in southern Florida. This past summer (1934) a fine series of both
males and females was taken at Homestead, Fla., not associated
with any other species in the genus. Another nice series was taken
a few days earlier at Estero, Fla., the type locality of the species,
but these were associated with the new species A. elongatus, making
it somewhat difficult to separate the females. In general, the median
notch in the posterior margin of the last ventral segment of men-
dosus is smoother and more pronounced.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus inconspicuous. Style long, tips
usually visible at apex of plates, outer third scimitar-shaped with
quite rounded, narrow apices.

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecephalus 531

Alapus elongatus n. sp.

Resembling .4. mendosus (Ball), but pygofer of male very long,
twice as long as plates. Length, 3-3.5 mm.

Color. Grayish-white with tawny tinge. Vertex with fine fuscous
spots. Arcs of face visible. Pronotum flecked with fuscous. Elytra
with veins irregularly fuscous margined. Venter more or less
fuscous.

Structure. Vertex acute, almost twice as long mesally as width
between eyes. Elytra about as long as abdomen in male, reach-
ing the pygofer in female.

External Genitalia. Last ventral segment of female deeply ex-
cavated on posterior margin with mesal slit almost reaching base of
segment, three teeth on each side. Male valve acute, plates slightly
wider than valve at base, outer margins almost straight to apex of
valve, rounded to blunt apices, barely exceeding valve. Pygofer ex-
tremely heavy at base, exceeding plates by their length, and
sharply tapered on apical half.

Internal genitalia. Styles slightly exceeding plates, apices round-
ing to point on outer margins, stout lateral processes forming cres-
cents with curving apices.

Holotype, male ; allotype, female ; 5 female and 32 male paratypes,
Estero, Fla., July 21, 1934, R. H. Beamer; one male paratype, Fort
Myers, Fla., August 11, 1930, R. H. Beamer.

The Genus Hebecephalus DeLong
There have been eleven species and one variety included in this
genus up to the present time. This paper raises the variety H.
crassus (DeL.) to specific rank, refers H. obesus (0. & B.) to the
genus Deltocephalus, to which it evidently belongs, and adds six
new species, most of which have been confused with H. signatifrons
(Van D.). Type material of H. signatifrons (Van D.), H. crassus
(DeLong), H. discessus (VanD.), H. blandus (Gill.), H. cruciatus
(0. & B.), H. scriptanus Oman, H. neomexicanus Tuthill and H.
tener Beamer and Tuthill was available for this study.

Key to the Species of Hebecephalus

1. Very light colored species; fuscous markings of vertex two longitudinal bands

(except cruciatus) ; posterior margin of last ventral segment of female without

large mesal notch 2

Dark colored species; fuscous markings of vertex not in two longitudinal bands;

posterior margin of last ventral segment of female with large mesal notch 7

2. Posterior margin of last \entral segment of female with median tooth 3

Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female without median tooth 6

532 The University Science Bulletin

3. Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female evenly produced to small

median tooth scriptanus Oman, p. 538

Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female sharply excavated each side
of median tooth 4

4. Posterior margin last ventral segment of female with median tooth shorter than

lateral lobes 5

Posterior margin last ventral segment of female with median tooth longer than

lateral lobes tener Beamer and Tuthill, p. 537

5. Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female concavely sinuate to small

median tooth cruciatus (0. & B. ), p. 539

Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female deeply excavate to large median

tooth blandus (Gill. & Bk.), p. 539

6. Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female almost straight, very slightly

excavated at middle furcilliatus n. sp., p. 537

Posterior margin of last ventral segment of female sharply excavated each side of

median sinuation neomexicanus Tuthill, p. 537

7. Markings of vertex not definitely six spotted, anterior pair usually U-shaped, pos-

terior pair smaller vinculatus (Ball), p. 538

Markings of vertex definitely six spotted 8

8. Middle pair of spots on vertex small, not in form of broken cross band.

sexmacnlatus (Gill. & Bk.), p. 538

Middle pair of spots on vertex much larger, usually in form of a broken crossband, 9

9. Posterio-ventral corner of male pygofer without hook discessus (Van D.), p. 538

Posterior-ventral corner of male pygofer with hook 10

10. Pygofer hook extending posterio-dorsally, mesal lobes of last ventral segment of

female angular 11

Pygofer hook extending ventrally ; mesal lobes (if present) on last ventral segment
of female rounded 12

11. Mesal notch of last ventral segment of female very deep; pygofer hook retrorse.

adversus n. sp., p. 536
Mesal notch shallow callidus (Ball), p. 536

12. Male plates squarely truncate; pygofer hook small truncatus n. sp., p. 534

Male plates not squarely truncate 13

13. Male plates roundingly truncate, mesal margins shortest, pygofer hook very large

and crooked, visible ventrally between apices of plates, .signatifrons (Van D.), p. 532
Male plates and pygofer hook not as above 14

14. Oedagus with sagittate tip almost no processes; pygofer hooks large 15

Oedagus with long apical processes ; pygofer hooks small 16

15. Elytra with fuscous bands; male plates long, with more obliquely truncate apices.

crassus (DeL.), p. 533
Elytra without fuscous bands, male plates very slightly, obliquely truncated.

sagittatus n. sp., p. 533

16. Oedagus short, stout, with long retrorse, lateral processes almost parallel to shaft.

occidentalis n. sp., p. 535
Oedagus long, slender, with apical processes shorter and but slightly retrorse.

rostratus n. sp., p. 534

Hebecephalus signatifrons (Van D.)

Deltocephalus signatifrons Van Duzee, E. P. Trans. Am. Ent. Soc, p. 305, XIX, 1892.

From a study of the male and female types of this species, in-
cluding the internal male genitalia, it is apparent that there has
been a great deal of confusion as to the true identity of this species.
The distinctive genital characters of the male and female revealed
in this study are given here and this pair are designated lectotypes.

External Genitalia. Female, last ventral segment with posterior
margin sharply excavated from prominent lateral angles to a large

Bkamer and Ti thill: Alapus axd Hkbecephalus 533

rounded lobe either side of a deep median notch with distinct tooth
at base. Male valve short, quite obtuse; plates about twice as
long as valve, very broad, roundingly truncate apices, inner margin
shorter. Posterioventral corner of pygofer with very large, crooked
hook visible between apices of plates.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus long and slender, apex sagittate
with a small retrorse ventral barb on each side of shaft behind head.

Hololectotype male, and allolectotype female, from the mountains
of Colorado, dissected and figured. Types in collection of Iowa State
College, Ames, Iowa. Numerous specimens of this species are at
hand from Colorado and San Francisco Mts., Flagstaff, Ariz., elev.,
11.000 feet.

Hebecephalas crassus (DeLong)

Deltocephalus tignatifrons var. crassus DeLong, D. M. Ohio State University Studies,
vol. II, 1926.

A study of the internal male genitalia shows this to be a distinct
species. It is characterized by the very obliquely truncate male
plates. The posterior-ventral corner of the pygofer bears a very
large hook.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus slender, evenly curved dorsally, with
sagittate apex.

A paratype and two other specimens from the type locality were
studied.

Hebecephalus sagittatus n. sp.

. Resembling H. crassus (DeL.) but without a banded appearance
of elytra, male plates much smaller, and but slightly truncate;
posterior margin of last ventral segment of female but shallowly
notched. Length, 3.5 mm.

Color. Cinereous with fuscous markings. Vertex with two
oblique apical triangles, four quadrate spots on disc, anterior ones
connected to margin, fuscous. Pronotum and scutellum flecked with
fuscous. Elytra with veins light, more or less regularly margined
with fuscous. Venter mottled.

Structure. Vertex bluntly angled, about one sixth wider between
eyes than mesal length. Elytra longer than abdomen.

External Genitalia. Female, last ventral segment with lateral
angles prominent, posterior margin shallowly excavated to two very
broadly rounded lobes separated by a broad, shallow, mesal notch.
Male valve slightly wider than long; plates about as long again as
valve, narrowed to rounded, slightly truncate apices. Posterio-
ventral corner of pygofer with medium hook.

34—7186

534 The University Science Bulletin

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus of medium length, shaft slender,
evenly curved to sagittate tip, shaft with two small lateral teeth
just behind head.

Holotype, male; allotype, female; 2 male and 3 female paratypes,
Hot Lake, Oregon, July 13, 1931, R. H. Beamer.

Hebecephalus truncatus n. sp.

Resembles H. signatifrons (Van D.), but much lighter colored,
and male plates very broad and squarely truncate. Length, 3.5 mm.

Color. Cinereous with fuscous markings. Vertex with two oblique
apical dashes, spot between these and ocelli, and four more or less
quadrate spots on disc, fuscous. Pronotum and scutellum flecked
with fuscous. Elytra with veins light, more or less regularly mar-
gined with fuscous. Venter light, mottled with fuscous.

Structure. Vertex bluntly angled, about one sixth wider between
eyes than mesal length. Elytra longer than abdomen.

External Genitalia. Female, last ventral segment with posterior
margin sharply excavated from prominent lateral angles to a large
rounded lobe either side of a deep median notch with distinct tooth
at base. Male valve bluntly obtuse, plates slightly narrower than
valve at base, about twice as long, apices squarely truncate. Pos-
terioventral corner of pygofer with medium hook.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus short, fairly slender, sharply bent
dorsally near apex, two slender, retrorse, lateral processes arising
at apex, almost half as long as shaft; a pair of very small latero-
ventral teeth about midway of shaft.

Holotype, male; allotype, female; one male paratype Farwell
Creek, S. Sask. Can.

Hebecephalus rostratus n. sp.

Resembling H. signatifrons (Van D.), but smaller without banded
appearance of typical signatifrons, male plates narrower, obliquely
truncated and pygofer hook shorter. Length, 3.5 mm.

Color. Cinereous with fuscous markings. Vertex with two oblique
apical dashes more or less suffused with orange and two pairs of
more or less rectangular transverse spots on disc, fuscous. Pronotum
and scutellum more or less flecked with fuscous. Elytra with veins
white, more or less regularly fuscous margined. Venter dark, more
or less flecked with white.

Structure. Vertex bluntly angled, one sixth wider between eyes
than at middle. Elytra longer than abdomen.

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecephai.i - 535

External Genitalia. Female, last ventral segment with fairly
prominent lateral angles, posterior margin with prominent hemi-
spherical lobes each side of very broad mesal notch. Male valve
broadly rounded; plates wider than valve at base, lateral margins
almost straight to obliquely truncate tips. Noticeably narrower
than in H. signatifrons. Pygofer with short, sharp, curved, postcrio-
ventral hook.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus long, fairly slender, shaft with pair
of lateral apical retrorse, curving processes, diverging from shaft at
45 degrees, about one fourth as long as shaft.

Holotype. male, Cheyenne Co., Kan., July 1, 1925, R. H. Beamer;
allotype female, Lawrence, Kan.. August 9, 1934, R. H. Beamer;
paratypes as follows: 16 males and 8 females. Flagstaff, Ariz., Aug.
5, 1933, R. H. Beamer; 2 males same data as holotype.

Hebecephalus occidentalis n. sp.

Resembling H. rostratus B. & T., but with much stouter male
oedagus, with larger, longer, lateral apical processes more nearly
parallel to shaft. Length, 3 mm.

Color. Cinerous with fuscous markings. Vertex with two oblique
apical dashes more or less suffused with orange and two pairs of
more or less rectangular transverse spots on disc, fuscous. Pro-
notum and scutellum more or less necked with fuscous. Elytra with
veins white, more or less regularly fuscous margined. Venter dark,
more or less flecked with white.

Structure. Vertex bluntly angled, one sixth wider between eyes
than at middle. Elytra longer than abdomen.

External Genitalia. Female, last ventral segment without promi-
nent lateral angles, posterior margin almost straight with two large
hemispherical median lobes separated by a moderately wide notch.
Male valve narrow, obtusely angled. Plates wider than valve at
base, lateral margins almost straight to obliquely truncate tips.
Pygofer with short, sharp, curved, posterioventral hook.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus very short and stout; lateral pair of
apical retrorse, slightly divergent processes almost as long as shaft.

Holotype, male; allotype, female; and numerous male and female
paratypes. Republic, Washington, August 6, 1931, R. H. Beamer.
Other specimens are at hand from British Columbia, Montana, and
( lolorado.

536 The University Science Bulletin

Hebecephalus callidus (Ball)

Deltocephalus callidus Ball E. D. Can. Ent., XXXI, p. 306, 1899.

This species is known only from the three female types taken at
Pullman, Washington, and in the collection of E. D. Ball.

Hebecephalus adversus n. sp.

Resembling H. callidus (Ball), but markings of the vertex are
quite different, last ventral segment of female with median slit, and
both sexes larger. Length, male, 3.5; female, 4 mm.

Color. Cinereous with fuscous markings. Vertex with two promi-
nent apical triangles usually drawn into marginal line, including
ocelli, black. Interrupted transverse band behind ocelli and large
spots near base much lighter. Pronotum fleeted with fuscous. Scu-
tellum with large spot in each basal angle and smaller median pair.
Elytra with veins lighter, heavily and irregularly marked with fus-
cous. Upper half of face dark with light arcs, lower half light.

Structure. Vertex bluntly angled, very slightly wider between
eyes than mesal length. Elytra as long as abdomen in female and
longer in male.

External Genitalia. Female, last ventral segment with lateral an-
gles prominent, posterior margin shallowly excavated to two promi-
nent angulate lobes separated by a straight-sided notch of varying
width. Male valve roundingly obtuse, much wider than long; plates
as wide as valve at base, lateral margins almost straight to truncate
tips, mesal margin shorter. Pygofer exceeding plates by about one
third their length, hook long, slender, visible, extending posterio-
dorsally.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus long and slender, in lateral view
slightly curved dorsally most of its length then sharply bent dor-
sally with tip curved out, in dorsoventral view shaft straight with
pair of small lateral tubercles one third distance from tip. Apical
third of style distinctly avicephaliform.

Holotype male, allotype female, 4 female paratypes North Pow-
der, Oregon, July 13, 1931, R. H. Beamer; 1 male and 3 female
paratypes Barclay, Utah, July 2, 1931, R. H. Beamer; 1 male para-
type Anthony Lake, Oregon, July 11, 1931, J. 0. Nottingham.

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecephalus 537
Hebecephalus tener Beamer & Tuthill

Hebecephalus tener Beamer and Tuthill. Jour. Kans. Knt. Soc., vol. 7, No. 1, p. 16, 1934.

This mountain species is near //. blandus (Gill.), but quite dis-
tinct. It may he separated by the differences in the posterior mar-
gin of the last ventral segment of the female. The internal male
genitalia are here described for the first time.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus with long slender shaft, a pair of
large retrorse lateral processes at apex, almost half as long as shaft.

The pygofer of this species has no hook on the posterioventral
corner.

Hebecephalus neomexicanus Tuthill

Hebecephalus neomexicanus Tuthill, L. I). .lour. Kans. Ent. Soc, vol. Ill, No. 2, p. 44, 1930.

This species is known only from the type female.

Hebecephalus furcilliatus n. sp.

Resembles H. neomexicanus Tuthill, but the vertex is much
sharper, the posterior margin of the last ventral segment of the fe-
male is almost straight instead of deeply sinuate. Length, 2.5 to 3
mm.

Color. Whitish with light fuscous markings. Vertex with two
oblique dashes at apex; two somewhat broad irregular vittae arising
near ocelli extending to base, fuscous. Four faint, longitudinal
vittae on pronotum. Elytra semihyaline, veins white, irregularly
margined with fuscous. Face light with dark arcs. Venter light,
more or less infuscated.

Structure. Vertex acutely angled, mesally half again as long as
width between eyes. Elytra shorter than abdomen in females, ex-
ceeding it in males.

External Genitalia. Female last ventral segment with lateral
margins rounding to almost straight posterior margin but slightly
excavated on median fourth, black rectangular spot bordering ex-
cavation. Male valve broader than long; plates narrower than valve
at base, about twice as long, lateral margins sinuate to blunt apices,
about one half their greatest width. Pygofer pointed, exceeding
plates by about length of valve, lacking posterioventral hook.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus with heavy shaft, larger at base, bent
dorsally almost at right angles on outer third with pair of flaring,
lateral, apical, processes and a larger, bifid, retrorse process arising
ventrally on curve. Style almost straight on apical third, slightly
narrowed to rounded apices, slightly crenulate on inner margin.

538 The University Science Bulletin

Holotyps, male; allotype, female; and 6 male and 11 female para-
types, Vaughn, N. Mex., June 5, 1933, R, H. Beamer; 1 male and 3
females New Kirk, N. Mex, June 5, 1933, R. H. Beamer.

Hebecephalus scriptanus Oman

Hebecephalus scriptanus Oman, P. W. Proc. Ent. Soc. Wash., p. 77, vol. 36, No. 4,
April, 1934.

Paratypes of this species are at hand. No specimens other than
the type series females have been reported.

Hebecephalus sexmaculatus (Gill. & Bk.)

Deltocephalus sexmaculatus Gillette and Baker, Hemiptera Colo., p. 88, 1895.

We have dissected specimens of this mountain species from the
type locality. The internal male genitalia are very peculiar, show-
ing no very close relationship to any of the known species.

Internal Genitalia. Oedagus in dorso-ventral view straight, fairly
stout, broad basally, somewhat tapered to blunt apex. In lateral
view shaft slightly curved dorsally, slightly swollen at apex, with
extremely heavy, large basal processes.

Pygofer hook, short, stout and strongly curved.

Specimens are at hand from Wyoming and Colorado.

Hebecephalus vinculatus (Ball)

Deltocephalus vinculatus Ball, E. D. Can. Ent. XXXI, p. 191, 1891.

Material from Wyoming which we have had for study and which
to us seems to agree in every way with Ball's description does not
agree with Delong and Sleesman's drawings of the internal genitalia.
Until such time as type material can be examined this discrepancy
cannot be eliminated.

Hebccephalus discessus (Van D.)

Deltocephalus discessus Van Duzee, E. P. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci., p. 416; 1925.

A male paratype of this species was studied.

Internal genitalia. Oedagus short and stout, abruptly curved dor-
sally near middle with pair of slender, lateral, retrorse, processes
arising well back from apex.

One male and one female from Tehachapi, Cah, besides the para-
type, were studied.

Beameb and Tuthill: Alaptjs and Hebecephalus 539

II, hi c( phuhis blandas (Gill.)

Deltocephalus blandus Gillette. C. P. Colorado State Agri. Exp. Sta. Bui. 43, p. 26; 1898.

This is a very distinct little mountain species. The type was
examined.

Hebecephalus cruciatus (Osb. & Ball)

Deltocephalus cruciatus Osborn and Ball. Proc. Dav. Acad. Sci., VII, p. 77; 1898.

A cotype of this species was sent to us by Dr. H. H. Knight of
Iowa State College for this study. It is figured and here designated
a hololectotype. The specimen is in the collection of the Iowa State
College, Ames, Iowa.

External Genitalia. Male valve obtusely rounded, wider than
long. Plates wider than valve at base, rather long and evenly nar-
rowed to obliquely truncate tips. Pygofer with long sharp hook on
postevioventral corner. This is one of the best diagnostic charac-
ters of this species.

Internal G< nit alia. Oedagus stout, of medium length, in dorso-
ventral view angularly enlarged before apex. Styles on outer third
scimitar shaped.

540 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LIV

Fig. 1. Alapus mendosus (Ball). Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
la, last ventral segment of female.

Fig. 2. Alapus fraternus (Ball). Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
2a, last ventral segment of female.

Fig. 3. Alapus angulatus n.sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
3a, last ventral segment of female.

Fig. 4. Alapus elongatus n.sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
4a, last ventral segment of female.

Fig. 5. Alapus acutus n.sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdomen; 5a, last
ventral segment of female.

Fig. 6. Alapus marcidus Beamer and Tuthill. Ventral view of tip of male
abdomen; 6a, last ventral segment of female.

Fig. 7. Alapus attenualus Lawson. Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
7a, last ventral segment of female.

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecepiialus 541

PLATE LIV

6 Alapus marcidus

7a

7 Alapus attenuatus

542 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LV

Fig. 1. Hebecephalus signatifrons (Van D.). Ventral view of tip of male
abdomen; la, dorsoventral view of oedagus; lb, last ventral segment of
female.

Fig. 2. Hebecephalus crassus (DeL.). Ventral view of tip of male abdo-
men; 2a, dorsoventral view of tip of oedagus.

Fig. 3. Hebecephalus sagittatus n. sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
3a, last ventral segment of female; 3b, dorsoventral view of tip of oedagus.

Fig. 4. Hebecephalus truncatus n. sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdo-
men; 4a, dorsoventral view of tip of male oedagus; 4b, last ventral segment
of female.

Fig. 5. Hebecephalus occidentalis n. sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdo-
men; 5a, dorsoventral view of tip of oedagus; 5b, last ventral segment of
female.

Fig. 6. Hebecephalus rostratus n. sp. Ventral view of tip of male abdomen;
6a, last ventral segment of female ; 6b, dorsoventral view of tip of oedagus.

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecephaltjs 543

PLATE LV

6 Hebecephalus rostratus

544 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LVI

Fig. 1. Hebecephalus jurciUiatus n.sp. Ventral view of tip of abdomen of
male; la, dorsoventral view of oedagus; lb, last ventral segment of female;
lc, lateral view of oedagus.

Fig. 2. Hebecephalus cruciatus (Osb. & Ball). Ventral view of tip of abdo-
men of male; 2a, dorsoventral view of tip of oedagus.

Fig. 3. Hebecephalus blandus (Gill. & Baker). Last ventral segment of
female.

Fig. 4. Hebecephalus tener Beamer and Tuthill. Dorsoventral view of
oedagus.

Fig. 5. Hebecephalus adversus n.sp. Ventral view of tip of abdomen of
male; 5a, lateral view of oedagus; 5b, last ventral segment of female.

Fig. 6. Hebecephalus discessus (Van D.). Lateral view of oedagus; 6a,
dorsoventral view of oedagus.

Fig. 7. Hebecephalus sexmaculatus (Gill. & Baker). Lateral view of
oedagus; 7a, dorsoventral view of oedagus.

Fig. 8. Hebecephalus vinculatus (Ball). Dorsoventral view of oedagus;
8a, lateral view of oedagus.

BEAMER AND TuTHILL: ALAPUS AND HEBECEPHALrS 545

PLATE LVI

- r — 1

alus adversus /

7 Httxcephalus sexmaculatus

8 Hebtccphalus vinculatus

546 The University Science Bulletin

PLATE LVII

Lateral view of pygofers of species of Hebecephalus.

Beamer and Tuthill: Alapus and Hebecephalus 547

PLATE LVII

Hebecephalus tener

Hebecephalus furcilliatus

Hebecephalus discessus

□
15-7186

Publications of the University of Kansas

i

Recently adopted postal charges are 1 cent for each two ounces in the United
States and possessions, and 1 V2 cents to all foreign countries. In transmitting
postage for mailing, find proper amount of postage for your zone by weight in-
dicated.
Volume KANSAS university quarterly

I No. 1, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 2, 3, supply exhausted. No. 4,

weight, 12 ounces.
II Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

Ill Nos. 1, 2, supply exhausted. No. 3, weight, 16 ounces. No. 4,

weight, 12 ounces.

IV No. 1, weight, 9 ounces. No. 2, weight, 12 ounces. Nos. 3, 4, weight

each, 8 ounces.

V No. 1, weight, 8 ounces. No. 2, weight, 6 ounces. Vol. V consists of

only two numbers.

VI, A... Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

VI, B...N0. 1, weight, 8 ounces. No. 2, weight, 12 ounces. No. 3, weight,

8 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces.

VII, A... Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, supply exhausted.

MI, B...Nos. 1-2, weight, 12 ounces. No. 3, weight, 8 ounces. No. 4,
weight, 16 ounces.

VIII, A. . .No. 1, weight, 9 ounces. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces. No. 3, weight,
12 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces.

VIII, B. ..No. 1, -weight, 8 ounces. Publication of Series B was suspended with
this number.

IX.... ...No. 1, weight, 10 ounces. No. 2, weight, 10 ounces. No. 3, weight,

9 ounces. No. 4, weight, 12 ounces.

X Nos. 1, 2, 3, 4, weight each, 12 ounces.

Volume science bulletin

I Nos. 1-4, weight, 8 ounces. Nos. 5-9, weight, 12 ounces. Nos.

10-12, weight, 6 ounces.

II Nos. 1-3, weight, 20 ounces. Nos. 4-9, weight, 11 ounces. Nos.

10-15, weight, 20 ounces.

Ill Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 7-10, weight, 25 ounces.

IV Nos. 1-6, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 7-20, weight, 28 ounces.

V Nos. 1-11, weight, 33 ounces. Nos. 12-21, weight, 27 ounces.

VI No. 1, weight, 27 ounces. Nos. 2-7, weight, 19 ounces.

VII Nos. 1-17, weight, 50 ounces.

VIII Nos. 1-10, weight, 52 ounces.

IX Nos. 1-21, weight, 54 ounces.

X Nos. 1-15, weight, 17 ounces.

XI No. 1, weight, 20 ounces.

XII Nos. 1-2, weight, 19 ounces.

XIII Pt. I, Nos. 1-9, weight, 12 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 10-15, weight, 10

ounces.

XIV Nos. 1-21, weight, 34 ounces.

XV Nos. 1-6, weight, 18 ounces.

XVI Nos. 1-6, weight, 14 ounces.

XVII Pt. I, No. 1, weight, 18 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 2-7, weight, 8 ounces.

XVIII Nos. 1-13, weight, 38 ounces.

XIX Pt. I, Nos. 1-7, weight, 6 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 8-14, weight, 16

ounces.

XX Pt. I, Nos. 1-6, weight, 11 ounces. Pt. II, Nos. 7-21, weight, 15

ounces.

XXI Nos. 1-16, weight, 32 ounces.

The Kansas University Quarterly and the Science Bulletin will be sent in ex-
change for other publications of like character, or will be sent on receipt of the
amount of postage according to weight mentioned above, or may be sent by ex-
, charges collect. Separates of all articles in the Science Bulletin, not out of
print are available. Applications should be made to Science Bulletin, Library of
the University of Kansas.

BULLETINS OF DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY

'Two Grain Insects." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow); exhausted.

'Common Injurious Insects of Kansas." V. L. Kellogg; exhausted.

'The Horn Fly of Cattle." V. L. Kellogg (with F. H. Snow); exhausted.

'The More Destructive Grasshoppers of Kansas." Hunter and Snow; exhausted.

'Scale Insects Injurious to Orchards." S. J. Hunter; exhausted.

'Alfalfa, Grasshoppers, Bees; Their Relationships." S. J. Hunter; exhausted.

'The Honey Bee and Its Food Plants in Kansas." S. J. Hunter; exhausted.

'The Green Bug and Its Natural Enemies. " S. J. Hunter.

'Report of Results of University Research Commission on Horse Plague." S. J.

Hunter, A. L. Skooe, W. K. Trimble, N. P. Sherwood; exhausted.
'Orchard Problems and How to Solve Them." H. B. Hungerford; exhausted.
'Studies in Kansas Insects." Bulletin 11.

1. Grasshoppers; Melanopli of Kansas. P. W. Claassen.

2. Grasshoppers; CEdipodinte of Kansas. R. H. Beamer.

3. Dragonflies of Kansas. C. H. Kennedy.

4. Scale Insects Injurious to Fruit and Shade Trees. P. B. Lawson.

5. Spring Cankerworm and Its Control. W. H. Wellhouse.
'Insect Pests About the House." H. B. Hungerford.

Application should be made to the State Entomologist, University of Kansas.

STATE GEOLOGICAL SURVEY OF KANSAS

I,

II,
in,
iv,

v,

VI,
VII,

VIII,
IX,
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin

Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin

Bulletin

Bulletin

Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin
Bulletin

Bulletin
Bulletin

1896 General Stratigraphy of Eastern Kansas; exhausted.

1897 General Geology of Western Kansas ; exhausted.

1898 Special Report on Coal; exhausted.

1898 Upper Cretaceous Paleontology; exhausted.

1899 Gypsum and Gypsum Cement Plasters.

1900 Carboniferous Invertebrates. Cretaceous Fishes; exhausted.

1902 Special Report on Mineral Waters; exhausted.

1904 . . . ,). . . .Special Report on Lead and Zinc.

1909 Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas; exhausted.

1, 1913 Special Report on Well Waters in Kansas.

2, 1915 Crystalline Rocks in Kansas; exhausted.

3, 1917 Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas; exhausted.

4, 1918 Environment of Camp Funston.

5, 1918 Elk City Gas Field.

6, 1918 Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas.

1920 Part 1. General Geology of Oil and Gas.

1920 Part 2. Geology of Kansas.

1920 Part 5. Allen and Neosho Counties.

1921 Part 6. Wilson and Montgomery Counties.

1927 Part 7. Anderson County.

7, 1921 Geology of El Dorado Oil and Gas Field.

8, 1921 Economic Geology of the Arkansas City District.

9, 1924 Geology and Invertebrate Paleontology of the Comanchean

and "Dakota" Formation of Kansas.

10, 1925 Geology of Russell County, Kansas, with Special Reference

to Oil and Gas Resources ; exhausted.

11, 1926 Geologic Investigation in Western Kansas, with Special Ref-

erence to Oil and Gas Possibilities; exhausted.

12, 1929 Geology of Cowley County

13, 1927 Underground Resources of Kansas; exhausted.

14, 1928 Volcanic Ash Resources of Kansas.

15, 1930 Geology of Cloud and Republic Counties.

16, 1930 Geology of Mitchell and Osborne Counties.

17, 1930 Fauna of the Drum Limestone of Kansas and Western

Missouri ; exhausted.

18, 1832 Geology of Wallace County, Kansas.

19, 1933 Geology of Ness and Hodgeman Counties.

MINERAL RESOURCES OF KANSAS

Report for 1897, 1898, 1899, 1900-'01, 1903; exhausted.

Mineral Resources Circular 1. Oil and Gas Resources of Kansas in 1927.

Mineral Resources Circular 2. Development of Oil and Gas Resources in Kansas

1928-'29-'30.
Mineral Resources Circular 3. Development of Oil and Gas Resources in Kansas

in 1931-'32.
Circular 3, 1931. Diatomaceous Marl from Western Kansas, a Possible Source oi

Hydraulic Lime.
Circular 4, 1931. Mineral Resources of Wyandotte County, Kansas.
Circular 5, 1933. Preliminary Report on Ground Water Resources of the Shallow

Water Basin in Scott and Finney Counties.

CONTRIBUTIONS TO PALEONTOLOGY

Grasses and Other Plants from the Tertiary Rocks of Kansas and Colorado.
Pliocene Diatoms of Wallace County.

Cephalopods of the Pierre Formation of Wallace County, Kansas, and Adjacent
Area.

Publications of the State Geological Survey are distributed from the office of
the State Geologist, Lawrence, Kan. Apply to this office for list of mailing
charges.

» 4*

Date Due

AUS 15 '87

•